A REVISION OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES BY FREDERIC WOOD JONES, D.SC. Summary The beautiful jumping mice which inhabit the vast open spaces of Australia are such peculiarly Australian types that it is rather remarkable that they have received so little attention from Australian zoologists. Of the ten species and sub-species so far recognized, one was described by W. Ogilby (1838), three by Gould (1844, 1851, and 1863), and six by Thomas (1921, 1922). A REVISION of ror SOUTH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE, wrrn ‘rar DESCRIPTION or a NEW SPECIES. By FREDERIC WOOD JONES, Dyse, Tue beautifnl jumping mice whieh mhabit the vast oper spaees of Australia are sueh peeuliarly Australian types that if is rather remarkable that they have veeeived so hiith attention from Australian 2zooloeisis. OF the ten species and sub-species so far recownized, one was described ly W. Ogilby (TSS), three by Gould (TSE T8517, and T8659), aud sis hy Thomas (1921, 1922). The distinction of these jumping mice is in their adaptive modifications ta acsiliatory mode of progression: they have become adapted alone lines similar to these whieh have montded their marsupial companion Aateehiionis, and similar fo those that have resulted in the development of the tene Jerhoas (Dipodinde) of the Palacarctie and Ethiopian regions, The Australian jumping mice were for lone ineluded with other specialized rodents, whieh, however, showed no saltatory modifieations, ii Liehtenstein’s genus Mupalotis (1820). This name, being preoccupied, was superseded by Conilurus W. Owvilby (1858), ois a eurious fact that, thon@h saltatory and nomnal forms were contained in this large @enus, the non-saltatory aiumals were all named Jerboa Rats ov Jerbou Mice. The type of the venus was (. albrpes, an antnal showing normal proportions of the limbs, and if is vemerkable that, although this and many other non-salfatory vats were contained te the venus, an clongation of the hind Tamh was defined as one of the @enerie characters. Tt was not until 1898 that Waite vesened the true saltatory -erboa mice from the mixed assemblaze of normally proportioned imurines contained in the genus Conmlirus. Althoneh incorrect veneralizations had beeu previously made concerning the elonwated tind tanh. Waite was the first to recognize that, in the high specialization of the clon@ated foot, the true Serbo mice showed themselves to be a cistinet aml well defined @ronp. To tis group with the modified feet he gave the name of Podanainatis (TS98), the type of which was 2. longieaudaties, lat, stiee Lesson had already (1S41) eiven the wame Nefoays to the first recognized Australian Jerboa monse (Nonifelelty), this vame has priority aver Waite’s appropriate designation, tn Hie sume paper of Ta9s. Waite drew attention to the gular pouch possessed bay A a RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM the Fawn-colouved Jerboa mouse, and he proposed for this species a new generic tithe, Thealucouys, but finding that this name night be in jeopardy. owing to preoceupation, he replaced it mm W900 by Aseopharyir, with A. eereriis as the type of the genus, In 1906 Oldfield Thomas wrote: Tam not at present prepared to consider its possession of a gular pouch as a character of generie dnportanee, and should therefore place Ascopharyne as a synonym of Netomys.”’ Until the present time ceresnius has remained alone as a Jerboa mouse i which a enlar poneh has been deserihed ; and if is meh to be reeretted that in ho recent description of a new species is any attention given fo this point, The discovery of another well-defined species possessing a gular ponel, combined with the niter lack of any sugeestion of a poueh in the remaining Jerboa mice of which T have made a thorough examination, cousiderably strenethiens Waile's opinion of the generie distinction of the ponched forms. To have, therefore, followed Waite in separating ceretids and its new ally from those Jerboa mice in which we know, from repeated examinations of recent specimens, that ao pouch exists, The detection of a new poncehed form with a specialization af Foot structure made i imperative to ascertain if, what may be termed the original Jerboa mouse (ulehell/) was pouched or pouchless. At my request Mr. 1. Le «. Tronehton very Iindly examined the two type specimens of wuilehell7 in the Australian Museum, Sydney. and although the condition of the specimens is not ideal, he reported concerning the powell: “PE feck reasonably sire hat the character is not present in the two nelteheli? As Waite sngvested in TS98, aitehelli, therefore, allies itsel? with lagi Crd ahs. We may then feel some assurance in the nomenclature of the tye potehless forms with whieh we are familar, of whieh abundant and satisfactory material has been examined, and of which acequate deseriptions have been published, All measurements in millimetres. NOTOMYS LONGICAUDATUS Gould, 1844, This well-defined species has been adequately redeseribed byw Waite (1898). No speeimens examined by present writer. [1s essential characters ave as follows: Colour. Sandy above, with sone dark hairs admixed: white below Gitar pouch, Alsent Pes, Length, efre, 48 mm, TWallieal pad present. Tail, To 190 mm. Shull. Basal leneth 88 mm. Mpper molar series, @-5 mm, Woop Jonges—SoutTu AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE 3 NOTOMYS MITCHELLI Ogilby, 1838. Numerous specimens, including one from type locality, examined hy present writer, Colour. Grizzled isabelline brown above, white below, hairs dark smoky at hase. Gilar pouch. Absent. Pes. Leneth, ere. 36 1m, Liv sub-species macropus 39 mm, Tallueal pad present, Tail. To 155 mm. Shull, Basal leneth, 27-30 ma. Upper molar series. 5 mm. Of the pouched forms there are also two well-defined species present in the fanna of this State, ASCOPHARYNX CERVINUS Gould, 1851. This distinet species redeseribed by Waite (1898). Numerous specimens examined by present writer. Colour. Pale sandy, with occasional dark tipped hairs on dorsal surtace, Ventral surface white, hairs white to their roots, Gular pouch, Present ti both sexes, Pes, Length, 34mm. Hallieal pad present. Tail. To 155 mm. Shull. Basal length, 26-28 mm. l’pper molar seri¢s, 5 yam, ASCOPHARYNX FUSCUS sp. nov. Characters may be epitomized as follows: Colour, Rather drab and uniform isabelline Hebt brown above, Below white; the hairs pale smoky at the bases. Gilar pouch. Present in both sexes, Pes. Leneth, ere, 53 min. Elallneal pad absent, Tail. Vo 135 mm, Shull. Basal leneth, 27 min. Upper malar serves. 5mm. Extended description. This little Jumping mouse, which is readily distinguished from its allies by its external characters, has previously been confused with the other Jerboa mice 4 RECORDS OF ‘ring SA, Muse in whose company i happens to be living in any of the distviets of the more aril parts of the Contre Li deseribing cl. cereines, Gorld qentions thaloa darker form. is sometimes met with. and be fiewres, in a rather imeonvineine manner, (his darker fort in the baekeround of his plate depicting the Fawry-coloured -lerbou Morse, Waite, When examining the specimens of Jerboa mice procured by the Horn Expedition, votived Chat among (he specimens obtained trom Charlotte Waters and Alice Springs there were some speeimens whieh, thomel possessing a gular poneh, differed from ol. cerca in being of a darker colour, OF this iype heawwrote: A darker Torn awas considered fo beoa second speeies of the wens Celseopharyie) until a comparative examination of the skulls showed i to be specifiewty identical The fiwiecolonred portions are replaced Dv aomneh deeper tind and the fi el the anderparts is @rey at ihe base > Tbe also stated dhat In colour it resembles No nietehedi? Thy noting the difference in the colon of the base of the ventral while Titties, Waite reeoeniaed one of the specifie characters of al. fuses. In separating the jnembers of the old genus Contre into those with normal feet and those with specialized feet, Watte noted that of ihe six pads present Tn normal oirines “fwo or more are absent ae the Perboa mice, As we have seen, twoare abseut in all the forms previousky cleseribed ss the only member, whieh has been acequately described up to the present time. haying move then lava absent ts Ae Pisces. The fact that the so-called “dark form’ of ol eermiis has a different type of sole pads, as well as a different character of cout colouration, @ives ih the reli to specie rank: aid the animal is here tamed osecopharwie fuseus. may be said at once that, im all, some ten speeies of -lerboa mice of the genera Nolonus and Ascophiarie lave been deseribed, but the deseriptions of most of (hese species are so tistifficient that if is impossible to determine if the presen Form das been previously tamecl by authors who have neglected details of structive necessary for the propor cletermination of the species of this wens, This species, which rescribles aA, caucus in possessing a e@ular powell in both sexes, differs from that species in veueral colouration amd ia the eolawr of the mdividital hates, as well as in the fact that the foot, whieh os comsiderably broader, tas no puclat the base of the first digit. The general colour of the head and dorsal suebiee of the body as leh isebelline brown, laeking altogether that vellowness whieh renders oh. corms Mawnecolonred, Not only is the shade of yellow absent. but dhe whole colouration is considerably darker and more deab. ba weneral form i resembles ob. eer prits very Closely and its aveasirements do not differ in aay cousin clireetion fram (hose of that species, The incdividdal titivs of the clorsab stefaee dive smoky at the Dase, beawn tn theereafer portion oF their length, the tips berg only sliehtls: darker than the Woon Jones -SourH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MIcE 5 shafts. The contrast between the colour of the shaft and the tip of the haivs of the dorsal strface is not so marked as in A, cereus, the whole pelage being more vnifome dull brown and aot so definitely flecked with dark tipped hairs at the hinder end of the body, At the sides of the hody the darker tips of the hairs disappear altogether, and the lvown of the dorsal surface merges somewhat wradually into the white of the ventral surtace. The face ix uniformly colonred the same light brow as characterizes the head and dorsal surface. The outer cide of the limbs rather brighter brown than the dorsal surface. Laner side of the limbs and the whole of the ventral surface white, but, iu distinction Prom AA. corvinus, the white hairs of the ventral surface are pale smoky at their bases and not pure white in the whole of their extent, as they are in that species. The vhinaritim is dusky pink, and is not so prominent or hooked: as if ts iW Ao eemdnes. ‘The vibrissae ave lone and, save for a few of the short antberion hrembers, whieh are white thronghout, ave dark brown at the base and white at (he tips; the longest measures 92 man, The ears are long, thin, and membranous, but ave dusky ta colour ihroughout, a few Heht brown hairs Clothing the base without, and beiig sparsely scattered over the surface of the auricle. Manus and pes white, but the soles nore dusky in colour than those of A. cererius, The pes is move robust than that of A. cereinis, its breadth aeross the base of the three middle digits averaging 6 ain., jostead of +. qm. in the latter species. The pads of the soles are constantly recueed to three, the pad at the lase of digit 1 being quite unrepresented, The tail is lone, considerably exceeding the length of head and body. Hts clothed with short brown hairs on its dorsal surface and well pencilled at the endowith a tuft of brown hairs; below, the hairs are white, a small portion of the ventral surface of the terminal pencil being composect of white hairs, The seale rows average fourtecn to the ceutunetre, The eular pouch is present im both sexes, and differs no vo way fron that oF ol. eereiids. The nipples are four in number aud abdominotnetinial ta position, Dimensions. SPECIMENS PROM OoLDRA. 3 A 2 g Head and body .. of 110 105 110 1s Rhingrim to ear... AP Al 2S oy 25 ar ; ods _ ZT th) —~ 2h Pos a) ia 7. S4 32-5 34 | Tail He a ad 125 Bh* 13 108* ‘The tiils of these specimens iperteet. 6 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The skull differs from that of al. cereinies it possessing palatal foramina which do not extend backwards past the witerior edge of the first molar tooth, and im the form of the mesial pterygoid processes, whieh ave curved outwards ab (hei posterior extremities, instead of beine practically straight. Dimensions of Skull. ApuLir & PROM OonpEA. Greatest length ds oh Z 4 30 Basal length .. wt ast :. ~ 27 “Zygomablic breadth — .. ee jh. els 16 Tnterorbital constriction t. r i an Nusals length .. os ae e J, 10 Palate leneth .. sh M46 ’ - 15 Upper anolar series ct Ai is “ft This Jerboa mouse is not uneounnen about Ooldea, whenee FE have received Munerous speciuens from Mer. A. GQ. Bolan. Alhoueh at Charlotte Waters and Alice Springs ii was found living in company with AL cerefaus, with which species if has, as we hye seen, been previously eoufused; at Ooldea it lives iu company with Notomys aitchell, and there is confounded with that species, Although in giving brief summaries of the chiracters of the previously (leseribed species of Jerboa mice, measurements of foot and tail and skull have heen employed, if anust be remenibered that the diagnosis is not made solely on the measurements. There has been a tendeney to over-estimate the importance of mere size in determining the specitie characters of members of these genera, So inuich is this the ease that ne proper comparison muy be made between my species A. fusens and the published descriptions of some of the other recently described species. ALL Australian zoologists will realize that ne system of measurement alone can ever determine the specific identity of mammals inhabiting the arid Centre, Their adult size depends upon the nature of the seasons in whieh their span of life is passed. As Sir Baldwin Spencer noted, in the Zoology of the Tlorn Expedition, animals living during a succession of good seasons ave larger than those which have grown curing @ successive series of bad seasons. One of the most remarkable instances of this is that of Dusyeereus cristieuuda, which, in the second generation bred in captivity, exceeds its wild ancestors very remarkably in size, The same factor must be considered when dealing with the Jerboa mice, as the following measurements of a series of NV. mitehelli will show: Woop JoNnEs—SoutTH AUSTRALIAN JERBOA MICE 7 Female specimen Average of five Maximum bred in captivity wild-caught measurements — from wild-eaught specimens from of wild-caught parents front Ooldea, specimeus. Oolden, Head and body AS A 121 28 132 Rhinarium to ear... ty 31-4 32 32 Kar “4 als i ve 25 26 26 Pes 12 i av o« 3a8 879 39) Tail a os “f - 147 15 150 This inerease of size applies to the skull, as well as to the external measurements. Wild-enught Specimen reared specimen, in capitivity, Greatest length ro, j. Fe 3 54-5 Basal length .. ; af ak 27 30 Zyvomati¢ breadth .. Rg it, 16 17-5 Interorbital Goustriction —.. as ” 6 Nasals leneth i .. Ne 10-5 13 alate leneth . :. a: 15:5 7 Upper molar series .. ud oa a 5 It will be noticed that in this general enlargement of the skull the teeth take no part, The same fact holds good with other murines, since the skulls of Radhus murray? kept iv confinement show a considerable increase in size, but the very small teeth, diagnostic of the species, remain unaltered. It is to be hoped that Australian workers will make a closer study of the Jerboa mice before it is too late, and flat wood general descriptions, instead of a few measurements, uiay be forthcoming of all species at present existing. REFERENCES Waite (1) Proe. Roy. Soe. Viet., 1898 (new series), x, pt. a, p. 117, pl. v, vi, (2) enti, Maw. Nat. [ist., sev. 7, ii, 1898, p. 196. (3) Ann. Mag, Nat. IList., sor 7, v, 1900, p. 222. Oldfield tine (1) Ann, Mag. Nat. Pist., ser. 7, xvii, 1906, p. 82. (2) Ann, Mae. Nat. Tist., ser. 9, villi, 1921, p. 586. (3) Amu. May, Nat, Hist., ser. 9, ix, 1922, p. 315, THE EARED SEALS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY FREDERIC WOOD JONES, D.SC. Summary The Otarid seals that inhabit the Australian coasts have been subject to much confusion in literature. There are several reasons for this, among wihich the following are the most important: the rather vague descriptions given by the early navigators; the hasty diagnosis of specific and generic characters on insufficient material, notably by Gray; the local use and frequent misuse of the terms Fur Seal and Hair Seal, Sea Lion and Sea Bear; the great changes which age, sex, and wetness or dryness effect in the appearance of a seal. The present paper applies particularly to the seals of South Australia, where the author has alone made first-hand observations. THE EARED SEALS or SOUTIT AUSTRALIA. By FREDERIC WOOD JONES, D.Se. Tre Otarid seals that inhabit the Australian coasts have bee subject to mich eontusion im Jiterature. There are several reasons for this, amoung which the following ave the most important: the rather vague deseriptions given hy the early navigators; the hasty diagnosis of specific and veneric Characters on insufficient material, notably by Gray; the local use and frequent misuse of the forms Fur Seal ard Hair Seal, Sea Lion and Sea Bear; the great changes which awe, sex, and wetness or dryness effeet in the appearance of a seal. The present paper applies particularly to the seals of South Atistralia, where the amlor bas alone made first-hand observations. Sealing as au organized industry has ceased to exist mn South Australia ; but there are many men still living who took pari in all the oll activities and brutalities of the sealing days. For these men there were two kinds of seal uormally vesident on the coast and islands: (1) Ac Bur’ seal, a sivall wuiinial with a underfur, and valuable for its pelt; (it) AS’ Hair’? seal, a larger vicinal with no under-fur when adult, and valuable only for its hide and oil, We nay say that a fur seal is an auimal whieh when adult averages sin feet fora wie ( 2) and five feet fora Klapmateh ( 9). The hair seal, on the other haud, is far larger: am achilt bull gome to ten, or ever more, feet, avd an adult klapmateh to an average of about cight, What are the proper specific names for these two animals? Péron gives the first description of the South Australian seals, and, to my mind, his account (despite the faet that his promised monograph never saw the livht of day) is clear enough, even ta the ramming account of the voyage. His first specifie naming oveurs in the deseription of animals seen on Kanwaroo Island during the stay from December, 1802, fo February, 1808. The ovieinal aceount is as follows: *Parmi les Phocaces nombrens qui peuploiweni les rivages de Vile, on distinguoit simtout mi norvelle espece du genre Otarie (Oturiu cinered, No) qui parvieut a la longue de 30 a 32 decimetres (1 a 10 pieds), Tae poil de cet animal est tres court, tres duret, tres grossier: mais son euiv est epais et fort, et Phidle qucon prepare aver sa ptaisse est asst borne qu abancdante, “Pour Wun ef Vautece rapport. la peche de cet amphibie offrrroit de precieux avantages: i en es de meme de quelques autres especes de Phoeaces plus petites WW Keconbs OF THE S.A. MUSEUM qivon (rouve egaloment en tres-grand nombre sir ees lords, ef qui portent des Fourrires de bore quatites. 7 To Allen (') seh oa deseription might justify Péron’s Ofaria ederea bein placed among “mythical and indeterminauhle species’: but only the faek of local Knowledyve could warrant this attitude. Tf is obvious that: (1) Péron's Ohi cinerea Was a laree seal nine to ten feet lone; (2) that it was a hair seal: (3) that its only value lay in its leather and oily (4) that it was different from the smaller far seals whieh existed in great timbers, and which were not specifically named, The next phase in the history of this specifie namie is its veaise hy Qioy and Gatmard. ‘These authors, duving the voyage of the “Astrolabe, examined a seal from Western Port, and identified it with Ofarla efnerca Pévon. ** Comme cette espeee’” (O. emeren), le ameme selon nous que celle qui nous occupe, a ete admis dans los catalogues’? They then deseribe an adult male seal seven feet lone, atid on parting the hair of whieh ‘ton vott un feuture roux pen epais,’?? That Quoy and Gaimard’s Otarie Condree was un animal altowether different from Péron’s Ofaria cinerea is obvious, His therefore diffieul to see how Quoy and Gaimard’s specimen, whieh is preserved in the Zoologieal Gallery of the Museen at fhe -ardin des Plantes. ean rightly be referred to as the type of Olan cinerca Peron, althouwh Clark (10) has siegested this course. To those familiar with the Baved Seals of South Avstealia i is at onee apparent that Péron applied the name Olaria cinerea to the lavee hair seal of Kangaroo Island (there can, T submit, be no alternative to this suggestion), whilsl Quoy and Gaimard, in error, appliod Péron’s mame to the smaller tue seal—the animal whieh Pérouw hack mentioned but lad vot named, In order fo wnravel the nomenclature and svaouomy of these animals if is best to adhere (6 the terminology of the old sealers, and deal diest with the Lovie seal and then with the Fu seal. The Large Hair Seal, also locally termed the Cowled Seal or Counsellor Seal, in hooks often termed Austratiin Sea Lien, By sealers the male is known as the ball and the feniale as the klapmatel, (a) Peron (1) undoubtedly referred do this animal when he bestowed the namie Olaria ecmeread on the large hair seal of Kanvaroo Islid (Isle Deeres), Since Ho mention is made of the light mane or cowl i Péron’s deseriplion. il seems certain that his diagnosis was made from klapmatehes and youne bills only. (hb) Péron (2) also certainly wave the name Olarie albicallis to the same species when he saw the older bulls on St. Peter Island (Isle Eugene), His (1) Allen, History of North Atmerieun Pinnipers, PSS0, ps, 205, Woop JONES—EARED SEALS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 1} deseription is as follows: ‘fous ces individus appartenoient a Line espece nouvelle du genre particulier que j'ai cru devoir etablir sous le nom d’Otarie. IIs parviennent a la longeur de S a 9 pieds, et se distingneut surtout par ine erand tache blanche a la partie wovenne ef superieure dit cous c'est dvapres se caractere, que jai deerit, ce phocace nouveau sous le nom cd? Otarie Albicolle’’ (Ofwmia albicallis N.). Péron contrasted their behaviony with that of other seals, and said they were “Wun natural bien woins timide que ces derniers’’; another indication that he was dealine with bulls of a species of which he had previously seen only klap- matches. (e) Gray (3) renamed the same animat as Arelocephalus lobatus. (7) Quow and Gaibnard (4) recdeseribed) a small female specimen from King George's Sound under the mame Ohmi australis, they having previously bestowed Péron’s name eseren om the Fur seal ol Western Port im error, te) Peters (12) eave i as his opinion that Olan eonerea, O, lobutus, and YO albicallis were syuonyms ; brit le does not mention the dada om whieh he arrived aft this opinion. With various generic designations, it was known under the speeifie nate ol lobutus ov lubuta, until in IS75 Clark (10) revived Péroiw’s ame Oluria alhieollis. fu Australian zoological literature, however, the specific name lobalus per- sisted qutil Alexander (15) deseribed if under the name Ryaeelopias albreallis, Since it cammob be maintained that Peron’s description of the Katiwgaroo Island air seal is so vaeite as to leave im coubt the aetual animal to whieh he applied the specifie name ehrered, this name should be aecepted as the designation of the spevies. The Small Fur Seal, sometimes known as the Sea Bear. By sealers the male is known as the wig and the female as the klapmateh, (7) Peron (1) termed this speeies ‘ Phoeaces plus petites qui portent des fourrures de bone qualite’ He did not, however, bestow i speeiftie mate on ite thes Voyawe,? even if he may have done so in the lost monograph. (Db) Quoy and Gaimard (+) referred it to Ofarig eherce Peron ti ervor, fe) Gray (31) confused it with a perfectly clistinet species, Ofwrra forstery (liesson, S28). (id) No other name has ever been applied to it, for Allen, Clavie, and all later writers have either accepted the erroneous desivnation of efmerca Peron ov confused if with forstery. Jt is obvious, therefore, (hat the small fur seal of the coasts of South Australia is zoolopically an unmaamed species, aad this heine so, I propose for it the specific name of doriferus. 12 RECORDS OF THE Sv. MusKUM With regard to the generic designation of these species. Péron’s generie title Olarva is generally agreed to have been ereated for Ofarie jubata. Accepting Ofuria jubata as the type of the monotypic genus Ofaria, TP see to reason to dissent from Becddarel s conclusion (7) that all the vest of the Hared Seals should be embraced in i. Cuvier’s genus arelocephalus (1824), of whieh the type is Phocu ursing There are certainty no differential features of @enerig rank to separate enerens and doriferius. The synonormy is as follows (the works are referred to by numbers in the text): Arctocephalus cinereus. (1) IS16. Ofaria etnerea Perou, Voyage ans Terres Australes. ii, p. 77. (2) 1816. Ofaria albieollis Peron, op. enh. sip. py. 11S. (3) 1888. Aretocephalus labatus Guay, Spicilewia Zovlowieu, part i, p. 1, pl. iv, fig. 2. (4) 1830. Olarin dustralis Quoy and Ganmard., Zvolowie du voyare le I Astrolabe, i, p. 9). (9) 1865. Aretocephalius lobulus Gould, Mammals of Australia, ii, p. A. (6) 1866. Neophoca lobatus Gray, Anu. and Mag. Nat. Hist. xwili, p. 231, (7) 1866, Ofaria lobata Peters, Monatsh, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 276, 668, (8) 1sS70. Zulophus tobatus Allen, Bulletin, Mus. Harvard, ii, p. td. (9) S73. Zalophus lobutus Scott, Maninalia, Recont and Extinet, p. 20. (10) ISTH. Otaria albteallis Clark, PLZ.S., pp. Go0-677. (11) IS76. ALretocephalus lobutus Waterhouse, in Hareus’s South Aus- tralia, p. 283, 7. Otaria einerea Peters, Monatsh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, pp. 405-7. 887. Humetopius chiereus Turner, Voyaee of ELMS. Challenger, xxvi, Report ou Seals, p. 7 (ian part). (14) 1892. Zalophus fobutics Opilby J.D... Cat. Aust. Mami. p. P26. (15) 1920. Binnetapias albfeatlis Mexander, Journ, Ginn. Boe, (Zool.), XXXIV, p, 478. (16) 1922. Aretocephalus forstery Wood Jones, Trans. Roy, Soe. Souk Australia, xivi, p. 198, Arctocephalus doriferus sp. nov. (17) 1816. Sinall Fur Seal of Kanearoo Tslaud, Peron, ap. e7f.. po 11s, (18) S80. Ofaria ehrerea, Qnoy & Gaimard, Voyare de i Astrolabe, (Zooloey ), i, p. 89. (2) Beddared, Tris. Zoul Sar, xii, PSii) pp. aie, Woop JONES—TEARED SEALS OF SovuTU AUSTRALIA 13 (19) 1854. Aretarephalus comereus Gray, PLAS. po 8)8. (20) 1878. Otfaria emerea, Clark, PuZ.S. pp. Ta0-760, (21) TSS4. Ofer eftnener Clark, loe. ert, pp. TS8-196. (22) (S874. Byelaria emerea Gray, Hand List of Seals, ete. in Brit. Muts.. p. ob. (23) V8T9. Bvotaria einerca MeCox, Prod. Zool. Viet., Dee. iv. pl. 51, p. 7. (24) 1882. Buataria emerca MeCoy, Prod, Zool, Viet. Dee. viii, pl 71. py 7. (25) TssT. Binnelopias cinereus Turner, loc. ert, (26) 1802. Arelaeephalus forster’? Ogilby, loe. cit, p. 127. (27) 1909. cretocephalus forster’ Lueas & Le Souél, Animals of Aus- tralia, p. 16 (with MeCoy’s description and figures of Biatarn cmered. ) In order to clear some further uncertaintios from this question, it is well to include the synouomy of the typical fur seal of New Zealand. Arctocephalus forsteri. (28) 1SP8. Ofaria forsfery Lesson, Diet, Class. d“Tist. Nat., sil, p. 421, 29) 1820. Phoed forsters Fischer, Synop. Mamin., p. 252, BQ) S44. Phoea wresing Forster, Deseript. Animal. p. 64. 31) 1866. Aretacephalus cinereus Gray, Amn. Mae. Nat. Hist. xvii, p. 286. 32) 1866. Arectocephalus forstert Gill, Proc, Kssex. Instit., v, pp. 1-15. 33) IS7T2. Aretocephalus cinereus UWoecetor, Trans. New Zealand Lastitute. iv, p. 196, 34) 1872. Gypsophoed tropicalis Grity, PLAS. p. both. 35) 1875. Olaria forster? Clark, loc, cit. sup. AG) 1900. vlretocephalus forsteri Waite, Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, u, p. 48. The distineuishine characters of these three species are as follows: ARCTOCEPHALUS CINEREUS Pvron. Adult male, 10 to 12 feet. Adult female, & to 10 feet, Adult with voarse hair only; dark red under-fur present in pups, but shed later, Calaur, Adult Male. The entire body brown, with the exception of the large yellowish mane whieh extends from the crown of the head to the shoulders. Adult Female. Brown on the dorsal surface: yentral surface pale yellowish white. Pups of both sexes brown throughout. Nails of the three middle digits of the pes extending to the free edee of the interdigital webbing. 14 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Prolongations of middle three diwits falling far short of those of lateral digits. Crantdl characters. Adult Male. The sagveital and nnehal crests are extremely well developed. and the skull is large and massive, Condylo-basal leneth fo 300 am. Adult Female. Cresis not nearly so well developed. Condylo-basal leneth fo 250 mm, Both Sexes. Interorbital constriction, behind supra orbital processes, rela- tively short, broad, and rounded. Zyvomatie arch without marked post orbital processes. Posterior ends of nasals falling considerably short of posterior extremity of superior maxilla. Dental characters. Cheek teeth viariahly — or 8 * fhe smaller for- mula being most Frequently met with, _ . With numerous small viriable bosses of the cineulun, bat with no vesuler secorlary Clsps, ARCTOCEPHALUS DORIFERUS sp. nov. Adult male. about G@ Feet. Adult female, about 5 feet. Adults with course hair, but a vieh ehestnut iuncder-fir retained throughout. life. Calour, Adult Male. Greyish brown on the dorsal surface, Dark brown ou the ventral srvface. Adult’ Female, Ashy-erey or yellowish brown on dorsal surface. Dark browit on ventral surface. Pups of both sexes. Dark brown, Nails of three mice digits of the pes fail to extend to the free edge of the inferdigial webbing by constderably more than their own length, Prolongations of middle three pedal dievits practically equal to those of lateral digits, Cranial characters. Adult Male. Crests boi poorly marked, and difference between the sexes not nearly so pronounced as in el. efmereus. Condylo-basal leneth. adit male, to abont 250 mm, Condylo-basal length, adult female, to about 200 mm. toth Sexes, Diterorhital contriefion, behinl supraorbital processes, lone wud narrow, “Zyeomatic arch with well-developed post-orbital process. Posterior ends of nasals nearly reaching posterior niareins of superior maxillae. Dental charaeters. Cheek teeth variable : y ov = the larger for mula being usually met with. With well-defined anterior and posterior secondary ensps on all except the last upper mole, Woop JONES—EARED SEALS OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 15 ARCTOCEPHALUS FORSTERI Lesson. Adult male. § fo 7 fect. Adult female, o to 64 feet. Adults with coarse lair, buta light red-brown under-fur retamed throueh- out life. Colour. Both sexes. Dorsal surface dark brown, evizzled baw the presence of white tips to the dark hairs. Ventral surface reddish brown. Nails of the three middle pedal digits fail to reach the free edge of the inferdigital webbing by their own leneth. Prolongations of middle three pedal digits not quite so long as those of lateral diwits. Cranial characters. Inomost cross details falls within the range of variation of A. dariferus. Condvlo-basal length of males and females to about 230 aim, Dental characters, Cheele teeth normally with only aa anterior & secondary evisp rising from the cineuliam., Distribution of these three species, Arclacephalus emerens vanges from Houtman’s Alrolhos in the west to the ishinds of Bass Straits in the east, In these ishinds its present existence is, aceording to Lord, doubtful. At one time its range extended to the imaintand of Tasmania, for its bones are frequent in the kitehen middens of the aborigines. The headquarters of the species is now the islands in the Great Australian Bight. Arctocephalus doriferus apparently ranged from the Recherche group in the west to the eastern coasts of Australia and to Tasmania, AL present it appears to be eonfined to certain islands off Tasmania (Isle due Phoques, ihe Tippolytes, ete.), to the islands of Bass Straits, and to Casuarina Islands, off Kangaroo Island. His years since one was seen by a reliable observer on Kangaroo Tsland, itself, and, thoneh it is often reported as living on the ishinds of the Bight, ihe writer has seen no living animal nor recent specimen. Moreover. no skeletal remains have been found on any of the numerous islands of the Bieht visited hiring the past five years, though a seaworn and broker skull was found on the beach of D’Estree Bay, Kangaroo Island, in Mareh, 1925. The animal still lives on the Casuarina Islands (a proclaimed sanetumrey), whenee the last eareo of pelts was taken mm 1912, 16 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Arctocephalus forsteri frequented the coasts of New Zealand and its sub- antaretie islands, and has many times been reported as a member of the Aus- tralian fauna, probably being confused with A. doriferus. Of its recent status in New Zealand we have the pleasing assurance of Waite (36) that its numbers have increased, ‘Sand if poaching, which undoubtedly takes place, can be stopped, there is no reason why the animal should not again people its old haunts.’’ |The peculiar word ‘‘Klapmateh,’? applied to female seals, is evidently ‘ derived from ‘‘Klapmyd,’’? the Danish name of the Hooded or Bladder-nosed Seal (Cystophora cristata). The word ** Wie’? is the technical name for the coarse hair on the shoulders of a full-erown male fur-seal, hence for the seal itself.— Editor. | FIELD NOTES ON SOME AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A BATRACHIAN BY EDGAR R. WAITE, P.L.S., C_.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SA MUSEUM Summary The following are extracts from notes on observations made from time to time, mainly in the field, either by myself or by others, to whom the notes are acknowledged. For assistance in connection with the photographs and drawings I am indebted to Messrs. H. M. Hale and B. C. Cotton, of the Museum staff. FIELD NOTES ox some AUSTRALIAN REPTILES Ann A BATRACHIAN. By EDGAR RR, WATTE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror Sowrn Ausreatian Musvum, Figs, 1-14, Thur following are extracts from notes on observations made from time to time, minty on the field, ether by myself or by others, fo whom the notes are acknow- ledeed. For assistance in connection with the photoeraphs and dvawings Tan imdebted ta Messrs. 1. M. Hale and B.C. Cotton, of the Museum stat. CHELONLA. WATER TORTOISES, Chelodina iid Emydura. Figs. 1-3. Karloan, a Point Macleay native. was born at a period wher tis people had to damit and fish for themselves: im the days wheu Government rations were unthought of. Te says that lis tribal name is Mutlentypery, the Long-neeled Tortoise (Chelodina lougicollis Shaw), bestowed in allusion to dis feats in the water and his facuity for catching **turtles’? when a little bow.‘ Maillen’? is the native name of the weed amone whieh the reptile lives. The tortoise is sought by wading, perhaps waist deep, and located by sight or eroping with the hands; it does not elimh on to logs, and sometimes feeds on land as well as in the water. Ti can duek its head and neek eompletely under the marein of the shell, and lays about twenty eggs ina hole scooped in the evound:; the hole is made by the reptile turning itself round and rouud and throwine out the sand ov earth with its feet. The ewes are Jaid after the first rains in November or December, and the young appear in Febrnary or March. It is good to eat. The eges laid by one female measure 31 x 20 nm... and five examples are shown in fie. 1 (atural size). Respecting the Murray River Tortoise (2mydira imaequaril Gray), Karloan says his name for this species is ** Ware.’ and that if cannot tek ifs head and neck completely under the shell, as ean ihe Maillentypers.. Tt elimbs out of the Water on to partially submerged logs, where it may vemain for considerable periods, but it feeds only in the water. The flesh is uot so good as that of the Mullentypery, and, fomuch is eaten, sores are produced om the body. H 18 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Karloan’s statement as to the sideways retraction of the head and neek, complete in Cheloding and partial in Aargdierd, might almost be inferred from an examination of the respective shells. In the former (fig, 2) if is free from the — LT en acral | Hos. = ¥ Pte = Mir, 1 Bees of Chelodria longicollis, Nitiural sive. attachment of the skin, all round the front marein, for nearky an inch under the carapace in large examples, and about half that space above the plastron. tn Hivdura fie, 3), though free at the sides, the skin converges forward under the carapace, and in the middle is attached just below the marein of the nepal and first marginal plates om cach side, whenee it contracts, and therefore leaves a owider space. In the plastron the skin is attached elose to the edge of the shell all the way round. The encroachment of the skin, in this species, may therefore prevent the complete retraction of the head and week, an apparent disability not experienced by Chelodina. T am told that though both tortoises are caten by natives, Haydiura only is relished ly Europeans, and at one time, when the eheloniaus were more plentiful in the yieinity of our towns than they are to-day. the Maurvay Tortoise ws reenlarly eaught and consigned to Adelaide, where it was sold to restaurants and served us turtle soup. Cheladina was, on the other hand, not utilized in any wity, because ‘it stiiks horribly.” WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A BACTRACHIAN 19 When hatehed, sometimes at considerable distanees from water, the young seent fo dustinetively make their way to the viver, aud en route are sometimes picked ip by school children, 'Phis sense of direetion has been attributed to the leading of falling ground, it being common alike to marine tuvtles, erocodiles, ete. [ have kept several Mervay ‘Tortoises in my garde: wher aissed from then pond they were tivariably to be found avaiust the back warden fenee. the erouitd vently sloping i that direction, and to whieh the reptiles wandered in evident searel For more extensive waters than had been provided for them, Mig. 2. Under side of front portion of earapaee of Chelodina longieollis, The impor line represents the attachment of the skin, indicated by shading. Redeed, There are, however, exceptions to the falling ovoid sieewestion; im eertain paris of Australia, when successions of rainy seasons are followed by periods of drought. water holes dvyv up, and the tortoises that may have been hatehed in the vieinity, and lived in certain water holes, possibly for four or five years, are compelled to mierate. To this end they, of necessity, have to make for rising eromicd, and have been seen crossing ridges belween low-lying pools. On a ridge betwee fwo swamps a rabbit-proof fenee was erected, and later the migrating tortoises were discovered piled up dead against the wire barrier. Tf is allewed ihat tortoises cat ihe ewes of fishes, and at the instance of vives fishermen the om Mig. 8. (Wnder side of front portion of earapaee of Bmydura macquarii. THe diner line represents the attachment of the skin, iodieated by shading. Redneed 20) Recorns oF THE S.A. MUSEUM legislature of this and other States placed a price on the tortoise, and paid a sum for each unfortunate’s head. The rabbit netting aboye mentioned proved a copper mine to certain astute fishermen, for, according fo my informant (My. 'T, P. Bellehambers), all they had to do was to walk along the fence and decapt- tate the already caught chelonians, for each head of whieh they were duly paid by an uusnspecting Govermment, It might be thought that if any of our indigenous animals are to SUEVEVe the onslaneht of introduced foes, such would be the rather shy and well-protected water tortoises. These reptiles do not meet their foes in the water, nor are they attacked on land: the destruction is wrought ou the eees by that arch eneniy, the Kuropean fox, which dies them ont of their holes and destroys batch after bateh. LACERTILIA. DTELLA, Peropus variegatus Dioncril and Bibron, : p g Mig, 4. Typical examples of Peropus variegatus Gray and Lefleronota binge! Caay ave so distinct that one would searcely think it necessary to look twice to deter- mine to whieh species a veeko might belong. Writing of the lizards of Monte Bello Islands (off Western Australia), the late P. D. Montague says that i is Mig. 4. Ages and young of Peropus variegalus, photographed on the day of emergence. an Natural size. remarkable that on Hermite [skind these two species bear a stromg superticial resemblance to one another both in size and colouration, The fact is interesting, as the two species are found together on the same ground, thoneh IMeteronota WaAtre @AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A LSALTIACTTAN ‘| obfiins iis fourlouw the sand abd Peropus ou the bashes above, This cnmfortinare that, both in the (ext and exsplatation of plates accompanying Moutigne’s paper, an ilustvation of Peropus paricgatus, as evidenved tw the dilated: tiiwers and joes oek ehiwless ier diwits, is ascribed to dfeleronefa i) i, The literary refer onees in This article are also meorreet, Montagne wis killeck Ta tie Great Wan, yh cloubtless ciel tot see prods af Lis paper. The aecompanving ilustratiou, indifferent though Wis. is prblished ty show Che sive of the cees and of the voune, the photowtaph tawtig leer taken onthe das on whieh they omereed. As soon as talided the yout ones enitted vos hull) Tittle squeak. The ewes were presented by Mia. Mdwi Ashby. SHINGLE-BACK, Trachysaurus rugosus (11%)\. Wives. oO. 6, Also called Sleepy Lizard and Stimipelailed Lizard. ‘Plas reptile is vers COMMON TE LG: patties distriets, and varies e@rentiy di thee relative: aimcnet sete Uisposiiian of the Tawi aid vellow colonvation: some: exaniyiles bere alost Mie 3. Young allie of Treehayscarik pegosus. Rodieed, entirely brown, while in otters the Tighter tit preporderites, 1 tase knowa of two perfect albinos, one of whieh, now alive, and presented fo the Misery (1) Montigue, E628. HE, po Gl phe i Recorps o» THe S.A. Muskum Pie, G, Pwo foetuses of Tavelyadarne edgosis, plotographedl i sche. The wl ayliping Pen bergen lave been removed Crom one at the specimens. Natural sive, WALTE AUSTRALIAN KEPTILES AND A GBATRACILIIAN 23 hw Miro. PL Kelly, of Monarto, is Wlisteated in the accompanying photoerapl figs aj. Notoonly is the body white and the eves pink, bit the tonene, whieh is hovmally blne. and inside of the mouth are also pink, there being everywhere anoentire absenee of pigment. The pineal aren is clearky defined, and is well shown in the photograph: if is covered with about nine small scales, This lizard is viviparous, and MeCow’s statement (2) that it prodnees bet asinyle yout ata birth has been freely copied. Aceidents will happen. even in the reptile world, ancl it is not impossible that on oceasion one ovine only mes be fortiiizeds my experience is that two young are prodtieed, and the photowraph (tiv. 6) shows the two well-developed foetuses within the body of the mother, by one the membranes beve been removed tooshow dhe miaukinws, cutive of the bods, and the position of the Hinbs, ete. Iaieas and Le Soneb (*) state that the Shingle-baek has a @reat reputation as an diveterate enemy of suakes, No specific instances are reeorded, and L faney that the veprtation is as little deserved as is that of snakes swallowing theip young. This Haard is assuredly darewely a vewelarian, ane the berries of the uative currant (Leptomeria) ave often found in its stomach; it also eats coad stools, Tn eaplivity if readily feeds and thrives on bananas and other fruit, ane cuts suas quite freely. Phat the lvard falls a vietim to suakes TP know, for I have mysel! taken an example from the stomaeh of a python, whieh, of eorvsc, World have to ciffienity ja piekiie ap the most stuge@ish of lizards. and of whieh Me. A, G. Bolan (') writes: *' Eh moves alone at almost a snail's or tortoise’s pace, and consequently has great difficulty in wetting ont of anyone's way, parhientathy if it ts crossing a track upon whieh vehicles gia?’ Another enemy is of more recent origine ‘The litwe, triaueular tread, suililenty combmacted fo the deck, was developed before the days of wiresettine, the introdnetion of whieh is responsible for a proportion of fatalities amone the Shingle-hacks. Phe lizard starts off to climb the rabbit-prool wetting, awd appar ently tests the spaces as itaseends. Lt ultimately manages to wet its lead throne one OF the meshes, but as i ean neither withdaw its lead nor pass its beds through the mesh, i is doomed to perish miserably. The Bearded livid (Amphibolurus barbatus) is similarly trapped, and fo have on more than one oveasion resened specimens from their predicament, (2) MeCow, Prov. Zool Viet. dee, xi, I88h, p. 4. (4) Dress sod Le Soutt, ** Animals of Australia,’ (909) po 240. (ty) Bolin, §! The Trans \astealisn Wouderlund ** RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM OPHIDIA. BLIND SNAKE, Typhlops australis (iray. Rie, 7, The Australian members of the wenus Pyphlops were somewhat fully coat with in the ** Review of Avstralun Twphlopidae (°), and to the present there Win 7. Vupllops wastratis. Natural size, pn Three plotogvaphs of 7. brlibereuditis, a somewhat slender is HttHle to ade. T. australis is usnally of much stonter habit, and form, aecompanted the paper. Hho dbusteation (fie. 7) represents an average exaniple of natural size, WOMA, Aspidites ramsayi Miicleay. Mies. SL oo. Inoauy contribution to the account of the Museum Expedition to Strzeleeli mid Cooper Creeks (), the Word of the Cooper Creek natives was. identified with the python Aspidites ransaywt, and aw photograph of a deack specimen 258s mim, ta leneth, was published. loam now able to present a pietine of a Lying (o) Waite, Ree Sov, Mis i, THTS, pe. bet neg. (4) Waite, Trams. Roy. Soe, SAL ali, MOET) p. 4a, tig 7, and ph owsxvii, tis 2 Walth AUSTRALIAN KEPTITES ANI) A TATWACHIAN 25 pxample (fig. 8). The snake was obtained al Cordillo Downs. and wis: presented lo the Marseuin ba Prot. fh i. Clelated, Hoyas pllotowdpled dicen delve a bag eatts Pies. Livine esaiple at dsyadilis pause, 7 PL V0 i te Teduethe oll tons, anid the picture well shows {he extory Aid AISPOSTETOL ul Whe mole Wnaehkings., fn (hie paper referred fo) Vuraished ilrawings af tio profile and pper part ol the head of this species, and These are new sapplerented by a UWustration cf the iacderesiefiece, as seen in the recent example fig. 9), oP, (ie fh Taawer view af treme ot Alapatifes vedic. Nabi) sizes ony KReCOkDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM GREY-BELLIED SNAKE, Demansia textilis, vir. Figs. 10,11, hn -Tatary dast PE spent a week, in company with my colleague, Prot i, Wood Jones. on the northern end of Coffin’s Bay Perntasula, an dhe west coast of Eyre Peninsula, irom its resemblanee toa praneing, thoneh headless, horse, Hho vomarkable headland is also known as Horse Peotusula. What are, in winter, Pig. WU. Llend of Teuitista tertilis van. oifreniteila, x 8. (doubtless shallow dikes become ciey flats dn stammter, smpportiige low herbage ouly. On these flats we frequently disturbed sturkes of a particularly active species, whieh | did not then recognize, The gromad bordering the flats is riddled with rabbit Dbivrews, info whieh the reptiles rapidly cisappear when Histirbed. The location of these barrows is evidenthy well known fo the stakes, so that, although reasonably expert ‘tat the eame,’? we found i impossible te eapiaire them alive or uninjured. The snake usually sighted tis before we had discovered is presences, and disappeared down a not far distant brrrow ere we could peach i. The ein was the only alternative, and all the specinietis secured were shot. Several of those this clisabled were not obtained, for sometimes a snake. blown almost in two, world manage to escape; the fore portion, perhaps Hine inebes in length, taking with it two feet or more of body ane tail, attached WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A ISATRACHIIAN 17] hy Little move than a slender shred of tissue. Spectnens arrested in this damaged condition pit up a most determined fight, and bit savagely at anything presented fo them. UT was remarked that, lone after the head and fore end were dead, the remaining portion of body and tail continued in vigorous reflex action, A subsequent examination of the specimens obtamed, indicates that they eannot be structurally distinguished from Demanusia terctilis, but as the vemartk- able colouration and ornamentation are alike in all examples seen, and notably different, especially im the lower portions, from typical specimens of ota common Brown Snake. a varietal name. at least, may be accorded to the Coffin Bay Poninsula form, Demansia textilis var, inframacula nov. Kies. 10, 11, Seven sinall teeth follow the fang. The horizontal diameter of the eve is iwiee its distance from the mouth: the vostral is wider than deep, the portion visible from aboye measures two-thirds tts distance from the frontal; interiasal sutnve about half that of the prefrontals; frontal shehthy broader than either supra-ocular, its breadth three-fifths its leneth, which is equal to its distanee iv. 11. Portion of ventral scales of Demansia textitis var. tiframacila, (The drawing ts somewhat diagrammatic, for the lower lateral scales are not visible in a ventral view, the scutes extending the entire width of the body.) from the end of the snout; parictals very large, as long as their distance from the vostro-nasal suture; their suture equal to the leneth of the frontal; nasal entire in short contaet with the sinele large preocidar; two postoculars in contact with the parietal; temporals 1-4-2. Six upper labials, first two in contact with the nasal, third and fourth entering the eve, sixth the largest. Mental triangular. Seven lower labials, the first broadhy in contact with its fellow and excluded from the third labial; the first, third, and fourth broadly, the second barely, in contact with the anterior ehin shield, the suture of which is shorter than that of the first labial but longer than that of the posterior chin shield, the bifurcation of the latter pair occupied by a single seale. 2s kecoRDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM Seales de LT vows vomaid the middle of the body, 22 round (he necks vemtrals 190, forming a shelt rounded ridgee alone eaeh sides; anal divided: subeaucdals in OY paies, all diviced. Colours. Wari maber drown abowe, hlaek patches om the head, tle scales on the upper part of the body and tail interspersed with isolated black seales, Which are massed on the vertebral dine. forming a double row, or. in parts, a single row ouly. Phe ventrals above the slight angularity ave paler than the Upper surface, their median portion is dark wrey; ou the throat and fore part of the body, the rey eronnd colour is larwely obscured with bhiek. whielk farther lek, divides, forming on each sete tive black pateles, usually separated on the median fine as ilastrated in fie, V1. Phe condition of the markines is continued vider the tail but after the first ineh they aeain become median, Total lenwth, 1.055 qm. : tail TO ma. lh second specimen. O60 dunt. to length. i whieh the tail is 160 tami, There ave TUS vertral seutes. aid the subeaudals ave in SS partes. The unfamiliar appearance of this snake. coupled with the eirennuistauee that al spoctmens seen were jdention! iy colonmition, suewested that i was a species hitherto ddeseribed. As, however. 7b exhibits ao external etrnetiuve ieriie from DP. ferlilis, i is regarded as a moelanotic variation developed locally uucdes almost tisubar conditions, Albinisnt appears to be rare in snakes. thoneh a cobra and others have Furnished examples, Melanism, on the other hand, is not mmeommnon, at least in some of our species. Examples of our conmon Black Snake (Peevdech is porphyry ecus), vormally distinguished by its eharacteristie red belly, are not infrequently: found, in whieh the red is veplaced by dark ervey, On Byve Peniusnla, and on the southern portions of this State. meltnotie varieties of the Tiger Snake (Noatechis scutatus) ave frequently wet with, while on Frauklin Estand, Nanearoo Island, aed in Tasmania this is the coaminant form. Mr, Kineton bas cistin- ettished specimens fron Kangirog Island byw the varietal mame NN. seulales var. wiger (7). A uiehinotie variety of 2. feetilis is now added and, though se apparently distinet, the black markings of the ventral sewtes may be correlated With the smaller pale ved or brown spots se often seen in the Brown Snake, especially in young examples, Mehinisnr ow the dovsel surfaee is expressed in the Dlaekenine of certain seales, more particularly of those on or ene the vertebral line, ) Kinghorn, Ree. Aust. Mus., xiii, 1921, VS, ph xwvi, fa. G8, and xiv, T94. p. 165, a 2. WAITE—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A BATRACHIAN ry BLACK-NAPED SNAKE, Denisonia gouldii (tray. Figs. 12,13. Though Flowers tshind, in the Nuyts’ Archipelago, las been several (ies visited byw collectors, no suake has hitherta heen recorded therefront. In Mareh dast. however. the omission was remedied tay the ageney of Mr W.S. Bastomb, who broneht to the Museum a stall snake, taken an Flinders Ishind., and the only specimen be has seen there. Vig, (2, Devisonia qoulde fabet oo iiders [stil Natural sive, Hi proves to be an example al Denison gauld77, the colour markings being typieal of South Australian examples, in whieh the anterior half of cach seate on the back ancl sides is black. Tn the Flinders fsland example the three median (lorsal senles are entirely black, so that a black vertebral line arises frome the characteristic hood, aud is continned along the whole leneth of the hody; on the fall the Tine is confiied to one seale in owidil, there being only Four seales avoune its hinder part, and the terminal seale is twice as lone as the ofhevs, and viitivided. Tle a fornte of a walkine-stiek. A photograph of the specimen is shown in fiz, 12, and drawings of the head scales in fio. 13, In connection with the name Nuyts* Archipelago, used above, opportunity may here be taken to correct an error ina former paper of mine (°). Tn dentine &) Waite, Trans, Woy. See, Sol. Styai, Te pe 127. 30) ReEcornps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM with the snakes of Sti. Braneis Island, [ pointed ont that, as the name of the Ditehman after whom the eroup was designated was tot Nuyt, but Nits, the DALONGS HEN USS rN Fiy, 13, Head of Dewisonia qouldin, a, name of ihe group should be Nuyis’ Archipelawe. Unfortunately, the final apostrophe was dropped after my veyision, and the paragraph, as printed, thus beetme meanineless, DESERT BANDED SNAKE, Rhynchelaps bertholdi Jan. Kies, 14, 14. Travellers hy the Transcontinental Hast-West Railway arrive at Adelaide or Perth not infrequentiy with a small reptile as an addition to their lugvaye. Ty is usually a lizard. less commmotly a snake. The train is met at several of fle stations ev rote aeross the treeless plains by small parties of natives, who offer for sale or exchange for tobacen. specimens of the reptiles. "Phe Jizaad is Moloch harridus, the stake Rhynehelips Berthold, perhaps the prettiest of all our snakes, its colour varvine front pale yellow to reddish orange, crossed with about thirty black bands, Advantage was taken of the arrival al a recent speeimen fo obtain the phofoerapl tere reproduced natinal sive (fie. Te). and to frenish deawings of the head shields (fie, 15), WAILTE-—AUSTRALIAN REPTILES AND A DATRACHIAN ‘1 ms eS os EE C3 Sey: — Pim Wi Hendot Rlijehelapes lepthnatdi, x 4, BAT RACHIA. SWAMP FROG, Limnodynastes dorsalis Gray. This frog is comanon on the swamps of Flinders Chase, Manwaroo Tshand, Where the water i some eases is so shallow that the traeks made by the frows, in 32 ReEcorpDSs Of THE S.A. MUSEUM swimming, remain visible for days, the swish of the lees disturbing the surface layer of extremely fine mud. An attempt fo wade the swamp results in’ one sinking to the knee, and sometimes deeper, in the treacherous mud, The frogs appear fo enjoy a quiet bask in the warm water, squatting on the mud with their heads above the surface; when disturbed they plunge into the soft mud wid disappear from sight, but a sudden dash with the edge of the net toa depth of five or six inches will generally secure them. Leeches abound in the water, and every frog To saw had several of these annelids attached to it. Pairing frogs, being unable to rid themselves of the fomporary parasites, had, literally, seores of Jeeches attached fo their bodies, like so many streamers, If the swamps were visited in the post-breeding season of the fro@s, there Is Hitthe doubt that leeches would be found attached to the tadpoles also, as in fhe case of larvae seen elsewhere. Addendum. After writing the foregoing T veeeived, by courtesy of Miss Procter, her paper on diving snakes (%), in which she deseribes and illustrates an albino example of the Indian Cobra, She writes: ‘Albino snakes are excessively rare, und, althongh individuals of various species have been recorded from time to time, T eannot find any reference to an albino Cobra.’ My reference to such a one was culled from two Ubuistrations of an individual published in the London “Mies? (weekly) of September 1, 1924, and they obviously velate fo the specimen later figured by Miss Procter. (9) Proeter, PuZ.S., 24, pp. 1125, pl 1. NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA NO. IV BY HERBERT M. HALE, ZOOLOGIST (CRUSTACEA), SA MUSEUM Summary The following species has now to be added to the recently reviewed Isopoda-Valvifera of South Australia. Family Astacillidae. Neastacilla Tattersall. Neastacilla Tatt., “Terra Nova”, Zool., it1, 1921, p. 243; Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., xlviii, 1924, p. 212. NOTES on AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEA. No, IV. By HERBERT M. HALE, Zootocisr (Crusracea), Sourn Ausrratian Museum. Fig. 16. THe following species has now to be added to the recently reviewed Isopoda- Valvifera of South Australia. (1) Famity ASTACILLIDAE. NEASTACILLA Tattersall. Neastaeilla Tatt., “* Terra Nova,’’ Zool, ii, 1921, p. 248; Hale, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xbviii, 1924, p. 212. NEASTACILLA DEDUCTA sp. nov. é Form = slender. Cephalon about as long as ereatest width, with anterior margin excavate, very shehtly bisinuate. Eyes distinct, moderately large. First antennae reaching almost to middle of length of third article of Pig. 16. Neastacilla deducta, male (4 diams.) ; a, dorsal view of cephalon and first three peracon segments (8 diams); b, dorsal view of pleon (8 diams.) ; ¢, first antenna (19 diams.) ; d, maxilliped (88 diams.) ; ¢, f, and g, first, fourth, and fifth peracopods (19 diams.) ; h, dactylus of fifth peracopod (95 diams.); 7, first pleopod (88 diams.). second antennae; basal article of peduncle stoutest, almost as lone as second and third together; third article a little shorter than second; flagellum slightly longer than pedunele, with sensory appendages on lateral marein. Second antennae a 1) Hale, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aust., xlviii, 1924, pp, 209-225. J , , Pl Cc 34 Recorps of THE S.A. MUSEUM little compressed: first article short, but extending past anterior margin of lead; second about half as lone as third, whieh is equal in length to fifth, and less than two-thirds as lone as the fourth article; Hagellim two-thirds as long as last article of pedunele, composed of threo joints and an cloneate terminal sivle. Manxillipeds with slender fivejointed palp: basipodite broad, with inner lobe wide aid Furiishal with a few short, setose spies alone distal marein and five longer spines at anterior half of inner margin; epipodite large, sub-oval in’ shape. Peraeon snb-evlindrical; first se@ment Fused with the cephalon, and with infero- lateral mares scarcely expanded downwards: second and third seauents sub- equal in Jeneth; fourth very long, more than three times as lone as first tiree tovether, and one-half total leneth of animal exclusive of the autennac; fifth. sixth, aud seventh segments decreasing in leneth backwards. Pour anterior pairs af peraeopods slender, fringed with lone, fine hairs; first pair the shortest; three posterior pairs moderately strong. Pleon tmuseementate, Little more tla ore third as lone as fourth pervaeon seement; in dorsal view the lateral mareius are sub-parallel for the greater part of iheir leneth, the postero-lateral margins are shehtly tumid. and the apex of the telson is rounded. Male appendage of first pur of pleapods stout, longer than the narrow natatory rami, and tapering 10 an acute apex; male stelet of second pair slender, longer than the rami. Colour, after long preservation in aleohol, ereen, Length, 12 mm, Mab. South Australia: Port Adelaide, ‘Selinging te a buew’? (Wo HL. Baker). (Twpe, South Aust, Mns,, Ree. No. C. 278.) The male deserihed aboye and a smaller specimen were secured. The speeies is close to N. algensis Wale (7). but differs in haying no dorsal tubercle on the evephalon, in the different relative proportions of the articles af the secon antennae, and im the stouter posterior peraeopods. (2) Hale, Joe. ait, p. 212, NOTES ON SOME CALCAREOUS INSECT PUPARIA BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SA MUSEUM Summary From time to time the South Australian Museum acquired specimens of roughly elliptic calcareous cases or nodules, measuring up to 2 % x 1 % inches, and weighing up to 3 ounces. Similar cases have several times been exhibited at meetings of the Royal Society of South Australia. The cases may be seen in abundance for about 300 miles of the South Australian coast up to the West Australian border, and for about 40 miles inland. In colour they vary from pale buff to a rather dirty greyish-white or dingy cream. The outer surface, except for slight inequalities, may be either smooth to the touch, like a rather coarse chalk, or harsh, caused by sand and other grit. NOTES ox some CALCAREOUS INSECT PUPARIA. By ARTHUR M. LEA, FLEAS. Exromonocisr, Sours Avsieantan Muspunt. Plate I. From time to tine the South Australian Museum acquired specimens of roughly elliptic calearcous cases or nodules, measuring up to 24 8 1} inelies, and Weighing ip do ounees, Similar eases have several dimes been exhibited at micetings of the Royal Society of South Australia, The eases may be seen io dhinidance for about 800 miles of the South Australian coast up to ihe West Australian border, and for about 40° miles inkimd. tn coloue they vary fron pale Du to a rather dirty gveyish-white or dingy cream. The onter surface, exeepl for slight inequalities, may be either smooth to the toueh, like a rather coarse Chalk, or harsh, caused by sand and other eit. If was assumed that they were pupal cases or coeoons of insects, that liad hoon altered by the aetion of lime waters but of what inseel was unlnewn ill recently, when Mr. J. Ro Ryan, of Ceduna, who had broueht in many of the specimens, Sent others which proved that the oriwinal eases, or at lewst mia ot them, were constructed by large weevils, Leplops duponti, some of then being achally in their original cases. Mr. Ryan wrote: They are found alinost every- Where on the coast, inland as well as near the seaside, and can be dug up just under the surface of the gronmd, Those TP gathered were mostly lying on the eround as TL happen to walk across them, Tn sandy country, where the limestone is not so plentiful, these shells are only half the weieht of those where it. is plentifiil, They are se delicate that onee they are touched they erumble to dust, Before being handled they look similar to the others, except for colour anu smaller size”? Many of the eases are solid. without any indications of openings, but on euting Hhrough such eases the original cavity is clearly indieated (fiws, 17, 90) - the majority, however, have a large cirealar opening near one end (fives, 3, 8,9) either complete Cin whieh condition the ease is hollow), or indieated ons (figs. 1, ), the inside being filled with sand solidified by infiltvations of lime. Some of the cases have small holes, present ov indieated, and the sugwestion Tas been made that these were due to eseape holes of parasites. and where no laree exit holes are present, probably this is the case, The majority of cases are those of Leptops dupouti, but other laree members of the genus are doubtless also responsible, The specimens in whieh the laree opening is terminal or subterminal may be aseribed to such. Probably many of 36 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM the smaller cases (fies. 10-14) are due to other insects, as in these the large opening is median, [ft is probable that some of these were caused by eovkehafers (Scarabacidae) and other beetles that habitually pupate im the ground, Inmosi parts of Australia the pupal eases world no doubt soon disintegrate, bit in the districts where the heavy cases occur, in all of whieh travertine lime- stone is present, they are prevented from doing this by the infiltration of Time. Mr. Edear Ro Waite and Prof. F. Wood Jones at Coffin Bay reecitly saw many of the cases on the surface, with indieations that they had been thrown up by burrowing rabbits: but probably many of them are of considerable antiquity and have been exposed and covered many times. Leptops dupauti isa rough, wingless weevil, widely distributed in Australia (in many works dealing with Australian entomology it is referred fo as Lh. fribulus, but that species, from the type in the British Museum, is now krown 70 bea much smaller species, and is confined to Queensland). To may be obtained on wattle trees of many kinds, and its larvae are beleved to feed on thei roots ; it varies wreathy in sizes and several varieties are known, Explanation of Plate I. (Photograph by N. B. Tindale.) Pies. 1.4. Cases with end openings almost filled. Pie, 2.) Case completely filled, Kies. 3.8.9. Empty eases with large exit holes, Bie, 5. Small ease with small end hole, Fies. 6,7. Brittle cases with Leplaps dupontr (in siti). Pies. 10.71.73. Small empty eases with large hole im middle Wies, 12, 14. Small filled cases, Pies. 14,176, Wiids of large cases. Wie 17, Laree ease cot across to show filling. Rie. 18. Large empty case eut across. Bie, 1. Large empty case cut lengthwise. Bie, PO.) Large case ent lenethavise to show filling, Pie 21. Leptops digpont) Boisd Rie, S.A. Museum, Vor. Ill. Pratt L. CALCAREOUS COCOONS. ON A NEW PLOEOTHRIPS (THYSANOPTERA) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND BY H. H. KARNY, BUITENZORG, DUTCH EAST INDIES Summary When at Norfolk Island in 1915, Mr. A. M. Lea, Entomologist, of the South Australian Museum, collected some Thysanoptera, which were later sent to Dr. Bergroth, who is describing one of the species under the name Phloeothrips sanguinolentus. Two tubuliferous specimens, also collected by Mr. Lea, were sent to me by Dr. Bergroth, and these likewise prove to be new. They may be known as: Phloeothrips Leai sp. nov. On A NEW PHLOEOTHRIPS (THYSANOPTERA) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND. By H. TL. KARNY, Burrénzorc, Durer Masr Iwotrs. Rig. 17. Wuen at Norfolk [sland in 19145, Mr. A, M, Lea, Entomologist, of the South Australian Musenin, collected some Thysanoptera, whieh were later sent to Dr. Bergroth, who is describing one of the species under the name Phlocothrips sunguinalontus. wo tubuliterous specimens, also collected by Mar. Lea, were vent foane by Dr. Bergroth, and these Likewise prove to be new. They may be known as: PHLOEOTHRIPS LEAT sp. nov. General colour blackish-brown, tube slightly paler distally. Hove tibiae dark yellow, mfuseated in the middle part, especially along mareins; riddle and hind ones blackish-brown, broadly yellow at base, narrowly yellow at apex, All tarsi yellow. Antennae as dark as body; second joint slightly paler distally, third yellow in basal hall, fourth in basal third, fifth at extreme base (pedicel), Head somewhat longer than wide. Cheeks strongly protruding neur the hind margin of eves, thenee almost straight, converging baekwards aud censely set with small granules, the larger of which bear short bristle-spines, the hinder most of whieh are longer and stronger than the others. Postocular bristles shorter than their distance from the cheeks, stvonely dilated at apex, Ovelli arranged in an equilateral triangle. yes moderately large. not prominent, produced further backwards on dorsal than on ventral surface. Forehead slightly produced in front of the eyes. Antenmie short and thick, not quite twice as long as head. Middle joints clavate, eighth conival, broadly united with seventh; seventh and cighth together fusiform. Seuse-area of second joint placed beyond the middle, Senso-eormes on joints three and four thick, moderately short, those on fifth and sixth longer anid more slender, Forniula: (1, 12: 1V, 2-2; Vy 1-1: Vi, 1-1: VIL with one on (lorstim near apex, Mouth cone loug, aeutely pointed, reaching across prosternunm., Maxillary palpi slender, moderately lone, basal joint not longer than wide, apical join about seven times as long as wide, set with some stiff sensecbristles near aper. Labial palpi slightly Jaager than maxillary palpi, with basal joint twice us long 35 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM as wide, and one-half as long as apical joint, the apex of whieh is set with stiff bristles, Mig V7. Pitoeotlotps Tegimern. ted; ty fore lems el igadtivey palparss dy habitat prtpiess , bristles an fore eon, oe, de ouere onhirged: than a amd be Prothovax moderately large, shorter than head, aeross fore coxae tearty twice as wide as lone. Owing to the dark colour of proflorax, antero- ani poxfero-naretial bristles are not vistble. ATL other bristles well developed, strongly dilated at apes; anterolaterals about twice as long as the postoculars. modiolaterals somewhat shorter, posterolaterals somewhat Jonwer, about half as Jone as prothorax. Near the anterolaterals, there is a yery short, forwardly directed, potted bristle at cach anterior anele, Fore eoxae, near the hind anele of femur, with a short, hwaline bristle. whieh is stronvly dilated at apex, and is about as lone as the postoculars. Behind it there are three shorter, thiek. dark, pointed bristles. Fore femora inerassate. about twice as lone as wide, without teeth. Tore tibiae thick, slightly swollen in the middle, uot foothed, Pore tarsi with a strong, slightly curved tooth. Ptierothoras slightly wider than lone, constrieted af tind marein of qiese thorax; metathorax dilated backwards. Wines very slivhthy constricted in the middle, ahnost parallelsided, reaching to abort the sixth or seveuth abdominal segment, not densely fringed, slightly mfianate, hind wings especially so alone median vein, Bielt to twelve iiterloeated eiliae, KARNY—ON A NEW PHLOEOTHRIPS 39 Abdomen about as wide as pterothorax, about two and one-half times as lone as wide. Segments, near each hind angle, with two hyaline, distally dilated bristles, and with one shorter, darker, pointed bristle; the dilated bristles on seements seven and eight are about as long as the segments themselves, om the preceding segments shorter (most of them broken off in the two specimens before me) ; ninth segment near each hind angle with about four pointed bristles (none dilated), the longest of which is hardly more than half as long as tube, Wine-retaining spines well developed on segments two to seven, S-curved ; fore pair weak, shorter than the hind pair; hind ones on middle segments about as lone as the distance of their tips, or even a little longer, on segments two and seven shorter. Tube two and one-half times as long as wide at base, at apex slightly move than half as wide as at base; sides straight, converging distally. Terminal bristles hair-like in distal half; the longer ones about two-thirds the leneth of tube, and three times as long as the shorter ones. Measurements. Antenna, total length, 0-45 mm.; [ jomt, 0-05 x 0-045 mim. ; LL joint, 0-06 x 0-03 mm.; TEE joint, 0-08 x 0-04 mm.; TV joint, 0-08 x 0-04 mm. ; V joint, 0-065 x 0-03 mm.; VI joint, 0.055 x 0-083 mm.; VIT jot, 0-045 x 0-027 mm.; VEEP joint, 0-028 x 0-013 mm. Head, 0-27 x 0-23 mm. Prothorax, 0:21 x 0-37 mm. (across fore coxae). Fore femora, 0-27 x 0-13 mim.; fore tibiae Cinel. tarsi), 0-23 x 0-05 mm. Pterothorax, 0°83 x 0°36 mm. Middle femora, 0-17 x 0-06 mm.; middle tibiae (inel. tarsi), 0-28 x 0-05 mm. Hind femora, 0-24 x 0-075 imm.; hind tibiae (incl. tarsi), 0°83 x 0-05 mm, Length of wings (without fringe), 1-0 mm, Abdomen (incl. tube), 1-0 x 0°37 mm. Length of tube, 0-18 mm.; width at base, 0-07 mm.; width, 0-04 mm... Total leneth, 1-8 to 1-9 mm. I have pleasure in naming this speeies—the first) Thysanopteron known from Norfolk Island—in honour of its collector, Ma. A. M. Lea. This species belongs to the auaulipes group in Priesner’s key (1), and is between salicinus and parcvus, but differs from the others of the group. (all European) especially by the shape of the head and antennae and by the stronger fore femora. Norfolk [sland (A. M. Lea): 1 type (2) and 1 cotype (perhaps 4 ). The specimens were carded when I got them, and are now in balsam slides. (1) Priesner, Tijdschr. y. ntom., Ixvi, 19238, pp. 96-103, ODONATA, NEUROPTERA AND TRICHOPTERA FROM GROOTE EYLANDT, GULF OF CARPENTARIA BY R. J. TILLYARD, M.A., SC.D. (CANTAB.), D.SC. (SYDNEY), F-RS., F-.N.Z. INST., E_LS., F.GS., FELS., C.M.Z.S., ENTOMOLOGIST AND CHIEF OF THE BIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT, CAWTHRON INSTITUTE, NELSON, N.Z. Summary Groote Eylandt is a large island lying in the western portion of the Gulf of Carpentaria, off the coast of Arnhem Land, at about latitude 14 degrees south. The collection of ninety specimens dealt with in this paper was made by Mr. N. B. Tindale. The collections were made in 1921-1922, and except for three specimens of the common Diplacodes bipunctata Br., two of which were taken on the smaller Woodah Island and one on Bickerton Island, all the specimens are from Groote Eylandt. ODONATA, NEUROPTERA axp TRICHOPTERA From GROOTE EYLANDT, GULF or CARPENTARIA. By R. J, TILLYARD, MLA., Sc.D. (Cantab,), D.Se. (Sydney), FAR.S., FLN.Z, Iver, FLS., PoG.S., FLBAS., C.M.Z.8,, Mxromenogisr anp Curr or rit Btonocican DeearTMEnr, Cawrnron Txsverere, Nerson, N.Z. Groove Wylandt is a large island tyig in the western portion of the Gulf of Carpentaria, off ihe coast of Aruhem Land, at about latitude 14 degrees south, The collection of winety specimens dealt with in this paper was made by Mar, N. 2B. Tindale. The vollections were made in 1921-1922, and except for three specimens of the common Diplacodes bipinetata Br. two of w hich were taken ou the smaller Woodah Esland and one ow Biekerton Usland, all the specimens ave from Groote Wylandt, Orpen ODONATA., Sup-Orver ZvyPpaorvera. Usually written Cocnagrionidae, but the stem of Agra (Greek — a wild thine) is agree, hener Cocnagriidae ts correet. Pamaiy COBRNAGRILDAE. AGIAGRION FRAGILIS Till. One female. A rare speeies, only known hitherto from: North Queensland, CERIAGRION ERUBESCENS Sel. Three females, Not unconunon on reedy backwaters and billabongs from Port Darwin aid Cape York to as far south as Brisbane. The females are sorme- Limes reddish, sometimes vrevish brawt; the males are red. AGRIOCNEMIS sp, indet. Three females in yery bad coudition, and one broken specimen withort abdomen, Probably females of the common vl. pygmoen hyvermthus Tul, but thei condition coes not allow of accurate determination. Faminy LESTIDAE, AUSTROLESTES ALBICAUDA McL, One tale, three femeles. These specimens are assivned provisionally to this species, with which they agree in the form of the male terminal appendages, The colouration of the male, however, is much darker than that of the speci mens which FT have examined from North Queensland, and the appendages are 43 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM uniformly dark all over; the thorax is much darker, the head also darker, but with pale biue labrum; the abdomen has segment 10 pale blnish. As this form is probably a distinet race, | name it race findales, alter its discoverer. The type form of this species is found from Aru Islands to North Qtreensland, along the margins of lagoons and billabong, Sun-Orpek Aw rsoOPrera, amity ABKSCHNIDAE, ANAX GUTTATUS Burm. One male. A large and handsome species which flies rapidly over lagoons and billabones throughout Northern Australia. GYNACANTHA ROSENBERGI Br. One female. Common throughout Northern Australia; it has a habit of frequenting shady plaees, and vsually flies towards dusk. To have taken i} i thick mangrove swamps and also in railway tunnels, and numbers have been obtamed at Hehts at night. Famiry LIBELIVULIDAR, AGRIONOPTERA INSIGNIS ALLOGENES Till. Three males, four females. This subspecies occurs fairly commonly throueh- out Northern Australia and the Aru Islands. LATHRECISTA ASIATICA FESTA Sel. One female. The male has a bright ved abdomen: the female is dull brownish, A handsome species with a well-marked Northern Australian sub- speetiic form. ORTHETRUM V. VILLOSOVITTATUM Br. One male. The Australian subspecies of this very common speeies is found as far south as southern New South Wales. The bright red males are very handsome, NEUROTHEMIS 8. STIGMATIZANS Fabr. Seventeen mates, eighteen females. A handsome species common throughout Northern Australia, The teneral males have the wings pale fulvous, with pale straw-colour pterostigiia ; in the mature males the wings are rieh ehestuut-brown and the pterostigma pink, The females are quite different, with amedian aud apical brownish patches on the wings; these are eenerally more clearly minke In teneral than in mative specimens, and the pterostigria is coloured as in the mutes, ts TILLVYARD—ODONATA, NEUROPTERA, AND TRICHOPTERA } DIPLACODES TRIVIALIS Ramb. One female. A common Oriental species which extends as far as Queensland, DIPLACODES BIPUNCTATA Br. Two aales: also two females from Woodah Ishind and one female from Bickerton sland, One of the commonest of Australian dragonflies. NANNODIPLAX RUBRA Kby. Three females, one male. Not wicommon throughout Northern Australia, TRAMEA LIMBATA Des}. One amale, This species is not so common im Australia as the closely allied T. loewii Br., but it overs throughont the tropical parts, and also extends right dlown into Sonth-western Anstrala. RHYOTHEMIS BRAGANZA Karsch (— R. ALCESTIS Till). Four amales, two females. A rare species, recorded only from Darwin anid North Queensland. Karsch mistakenly deseribed his type specimen as from Brazil: henee the masuitable name, Orpen NE UROPTERA. Sun-Orprer PLANIPENNIA. Fawiny CHRYSOPIDARF. CHRYSOPA sp. indet. One specimen in yery bad condition. Faminy MANTISPIDAR. MANTISPA STRIGIPES Westw. One specimen. bi general form and venation this specimen agrees with the type, but the forelegs are entirely rafons, without any dark mark on the inside f the femora. | therefore name it var. riufipes, Famiry OSMYLIDAE. CONCHYLOSMYLUS TRISERIATUS Banks. One specimen, somewhat damaved: right forewing broken off at halfway, ief{ forewing damaged. An exceedingly rare species, ouly known from. two other specimens, the type from Herberton and a second specimen from Stannary Hills, both in North Qneeusland. The general colour, pale yellowish, is excep- tional for an Osmylid; the forewing carries, at about one-third of its length along the posterior margin, a stall oval raised patel or bulla, yellowish brown in colour, and crossed by four dirk brownish veintlets. 44 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM Faminry MYRMELEONTIDAEF, PROTOPLECTRON VENUSTUM Gerst. Ove tnature specimen, somewhat damaged. This species is recorded from scattered localities in the drier paris of Australia. DISTOLEON SOMNOLENTUS Gerst (— D. VERTICALIS Banks), Two specimens, in fair eoudition, Widely spread throughont the drier parts of Australia, bat nowhere common, BRACHYLEON DARWINI Banks. Two specimens. A very rare species. only recorded previously from Darwin. Hasily reeognized by its small size and by the short, dark, longitudinal stripe on the hindwings, MYRMELEON UNISERIATUS Gerst. Two specimens. This is the commonest of the pit-forming speeies in Australia, the larva and its conical pitfalls ocenrring under almost every riser house in Queenshind : less common in New South Wales. MYRMELEON PICTIFRONS Gerst. One specimen, A close ally of the preceding, with similar habits, exeept that the larva move often makes its pitfall iu loose sand in the open. Distin- guished by the more pointed wings and the black Vanark on the pale face, MYRMELEON CROCEICOLLIS Gerst (— M. LOWERI Till). One specimen with left forewing broken, A rare speeies, distinenished hy the pale yellow prothorax. Known from as far sonth as Broken Hill, Pamity ASCALAPHIDAE. SUHPALACSA DIETRICHIAE Br. Two spechnens, both females. A rather rare species, confined to Norther Australia. The correct spelling of the genus is as above, the name havine been eiven asa complete anagram of the word Asealaphus; even the Greek consonant & was written backwards as hp’ Au inexensable joke. but it has priority over all suggested amendments! The idea was, evidently, to commemorate the antipodean character of the @enus. Orper TRICHOPTERA. Faminy LEPTOCERIDAR. NOTANATOLICA MAGNA Walk. One male, one female. A very common speeies, whose larva lives in still Waters ina ease made of twies, bits of leaves, or debris, OBSERVATIONS ON ABORIGINES OF THE FLINDERS RANGES, AND RECORDS OF ROCK CARVINGS AND PAINTINGS BY HERBERT M. HALE AND NORMAN B. TINDALE, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary In furtherance of a recent decision of the Board of Governors of this Museum, that endeavours should be made to more systematically study the fauna of South Australia, we made the observations and collections concerning which this paper forms a first contribution; it deals more particularly with notes connected with the natives of the district investigated. OBSERVATIONS on ABORIGINES or rok FLINDERS RANGES, ann RECORDS or ROCK CARVINGS anp PAINTINGS. By HERBERT M. HALE asp NORMAN B. PTINDALE, Sourn Avsrranran Museum. Plates ii-y and text figs. 18-22. IX furtherance of a recent decision of the Board of Governors of this Museum, that endeavours should be made to more svstematically study the fauna of South Australia. we made the observations and collections coucerning which this paper forms a first contribution: it deals more particularly with notes counected with Ihe natives of the district investigated, We spent the greater part of November and December, 1924, in the Northern Minders Ranges. Leaving the railway at Copley, formerly known as Leigh's Creek, we journeyed to Mount Serle, antil recently the Government camel station, and alter working here for some days, moved on to Owileandana, at the fool of ihe Gammon Range. and there camped for a month, Aborieines were eneamped in the viemity, and we had many interesting conversations with the older natives. The younger generation eyinee little or no interest in the enstoms and handiwork of their ancestors, and, indeed, know very little concerning them. Even the older abovigines have been in more or less intermittent contact with the white man all their lives, and only meagre details of the old-time customs of theiv tribe inay be gleaned from them. The language also is ‘apidly falling: into disuse; some of the full-blooded young men do not know the aboriginal names of common amimals around them, and it is probable that in the eourse of a few vears the death of the natives of the former eeneration will mean the severing of the last feeble lik with the past Jife of this tribe. We therefore place on revord the notes we were able to make, WAILPI TRIBE. The territory of the Wailpi tribe at one time extended from Nernivankaninia {0 Blinman (the native name of which is Anguriehina), and ineluded part of the eastern’ slope of the ranges almost to Lake Frome, The members of the trie speak of themselves as Anyimatana, a desienation meaning literally hill-people, hit the tribal name, Wailpi, has a vali equivalent te that of neighbouring iribes, details of the distvibution of whieh were supplicd by old men of the former tribe. Tis, the north and east sides of Lake Torrens were once oeen pied 4b Recorps ov Tie S.A. MuskuM by the Kawani tribe, whieh was divided into two loeal gronps; one of these eroiyps was known as the Warta-Kuwant Cor plats countes, Mayani). and the natives so fitled lived alone the borders of Lake Torvens, and in the country near the foot of (he main range: the other seetion of the tribe inhabited the foothills around Leieh’s Creek and as far south as Beltana, and were known as the Ajnya-Kauyani. The Diert iribe oeenpied the country around southern Lake Eyre, and the Yandiwulda, or Yantruwunta, tribe roamed from Touamineka to Mianpeowle, A derritory east of Lake Callabouna, between Tileha and Yandima, was the home of the Wadikali tribe, The Flinders Ranges south of Blinman were Frequented bv the Parnkalla tribe, whose bomundaries extended far south to Port Lineoln, Still another tribe lived on the western side of Lake Torrens. These sarrouneling (ribes apparenth: always veferred to the aborigines with whem we were in coutaet as the Wailpi people, bit the last-named, as previoushy mentioned, usually called themselves Anvimnatana. The location of these tribes is shown iw fhe wecompanyving map (fie. 21). Towith ¢') briefly mentions the natives of the horther Flinders Ranges as the Maredala, The members of the Wailpt tribe were divided into two interanarryine classes, called ‘Marudi’ Deseent was traced, as in the Lake Eyre tribes, in the female line, The ereat majority of the aborigines of this tribe belone to one or other of two main totems, ‘Yalpu’ or’ Wara.’ allhough formerly other totenis, ineliding * Warichi’ * Wilka,’ ‘Vertis and ‘Bineen. were also represented, Rach of these totems fell into one of the two primary Snierncdi.’ as shown in the following table: Class L. (lass 11, Yalpu ( Wombat ) Ware (Pinto. ov Rabbit-bancdicoot) Warichi (Him) Binarn (Carpet-sniate Wilka (Dingo) Verti | Witehetty Caub) No members of the first class could iitermaery, bat mast seleet a partner from the vepresentatives of the second ehass. ‘Chas an ald man ney living al Mount Serle, {Wenoniuldi by dame (fie, TS), isa Yalpuy ane his wife is a Ware, While another old quan named * Mauiaya. or * Widlildlay® ie tlie same locality: is a Wara and lis wife isa Yalpu. Most of the old women remaining in the eanmip at Mount Serle are * Ward and therefore ib would not be correet for Miunaya to marry any of them. whereas Warjulda world not be restrieied Prom doing so, These fwo old men compltined that in recent years marriage rites had becouse very Geeadent, citing eases where younger natives had disreearcded the reste. tions. and had, indeod, forgotten even the vane of thei totem The renimants (1) Howitt, Native tribes of south-east Australian, odd. poy. HILAL AND TINDALE (\BORIGINES OF THE bP LiInpiks RANGIS 17 of the teibe are fine types, well proportioned, sturdy, intelligent, and independent, Mimava stated that his mother’s father, Windawapala, witnessed the acdvernt of the fivst white man to the Wailpt territory. The story, as often told to Munya by tis grandparents, ts here setoont as velated. Windawapala was one day enodeed jo tating for oposstans ithe bed oof the Brome Creek, ata plaice about half mile north of the present Mount Serle Station, TLe had ascended a avn bree, when some white den and horses appeared, and stayed for sone time tt the viemity. One of the white men ted the horses into the ereek bed and. seeine the pative in the tree. callect out to ditt, ane then placeck some tobaeco. flor, ane Pig. V8. Wiurjaldir, oul nite at dhe Warillpé trite, soon beneath the tree. Wincawapala was alraid to leave the tree until the White nen had wone out of sieht, when te descended, and examined the gilts, hut, not knowing then ase, threw them away. Later he followed the tracks of the straneers toa place called Mangjieviijieie Ca dow dill north of aud quite close to Mount Serley, and here found evidences of another stopping-place. This he avoided, ancl fled east to where others of his tribe were encamped, Oi Nueust 27, 1540, Ko. Eyre visited this locality. anc naned) Mourn Serle and the Frome Creek (7). The Wailpi natives saw camels for the first time at More Springs, whet Munaya was a sinall boy: the aborigines watehed the strate auimals file past from) the top of a hill Later, when they crossed the treks of the eames, the ald amen comipelled the wounen to Daa the dine of the beasts, and soioky fires were Tif fa obliterate the tmaismal smell The fighting weepons of the tribe were prineipally in the forme of missiles, Amongst these were javelins or spears itwadlata’), throwing elubs (bern? aid with), amd ton-retirning boomerunes (owaraa). The throwine lib knew) (2) Myre, Journ, of Bsped. inte Central Aust, i, ISba, yp. 17. » be RhecoKDS OF Tike ScA. MusieM as bern consisted ofa lone shaft with a elubbed extremity, while Chat teruied witi Was Hal. knobbed af one end, and either striwht or bootmerane shaped as reaapels tle shall. both types were throwin with a swinging motion. The taya. lone ane very slender stick, terminating ina rather heavy, fasiforu: head and similar to those sometimes labelled *playestieks’ in iisetine colleetions, was also Liew, usually ino phiyy but sometimes in seciots fighting; another stiek, ‘vlled ridla,’ was necessary to effectively throw this type of elab, Mie aya lravelled a dishanee of thirty to forty yards, the Aieht bei sidous, thts making the weapon ciffientt to avoid. AL of these elibs were parried with a Vaestivk (onium wink’). made of selected amatlee wood, very toneh, and not liable to break when striek. Stone tiplements oy cdla’) were obtained frome a Quartaite mine ad Muaripeewie, to which exenesions were made from dime to time, Where water is scares, roots of shrubs, snehous the needle-lush (/fahed leveoplerad, (he wadive aame of whieh is “barna, ave cig out, and water ts drained from them. Also, amd especially during visits to the sandhill country neue Murnpeowie, an uestivating sandhill frog is dug up in emergencies and robbed of its comlained water. Owieandata has been used as a caniping site Tor a very lone Lime, indeed, (his locality is one of The most important stoppine-pliees of the Wailpi people, for here is a small, permanent waterhole or well, whieh, to the knowlecoe of the inttives, always yields a constant supply of water, ALL around are cytdences of fortrer camps, colle Praimeworks of wothes aie broken pote stones, belt DV tHe nomadk as they moved to fresh tumting @ronnds. Their Pood tn this lncality at least, consisted principally of gene seed, opossums. wallabies, lizards, particularly the Goana (Verdns qouldind, anc the Shinele-back (Trach ysquries rogesusd, id Carpel-snakes (Mullan spilates), "The acacia seed was gromnl hetween a pounding stone, Known as Suara,’ and ai laren flat stote Cowen’), whieh is offen referred to i Museris as a cnandeo” stone. although the tardoo (Mirsilea quadeifali) is only one ol the univ foods whieh is reduced to flour Hheroon, Phe roofs of a veranivm (Hrediiin eyqierin) known as cajimaripn’ were caten, as were also portions of another speeies called ‘wind’ (Geran pitas“), Wallabies were caphired tia nef closed hy a rimine moose, "The twine for the nets was made from the strong fibres of an enclonic Mrbisenus (7F. loregehi). The fibres were obtained be iacerating the stems in owitter, and thins separating the softer material or, i water were searee. by burying dhe wood motil the HWimsier fissies rotted away. This type of net is still meniifaet ured, but Eavopere string is asially used. Wallabies, aid ineeced: all aative: cians, are How exceedingly scaree at Owdeandana, The laree onms bear sears where food-vessels have been ent out cpl ii. fig. TD). and where the bark las been tHakec olf in seavel of witehetiv wrobs. Mie ahorigines reeootize Cheee linds of edible LEAR EB AND OCPINDALR (ABORIGINES OF THE FLINpieRS WANGES 44 larvae vider this ame. The eaterpillars of a larwe moth (AV yletesd are fern in the voots of the red gum. while larvae of different species of loneieann heotles bore tito the sapwood of the iain teak within sis feel oor saul the erotiid devel and dh the tipper beaches. Those oecurriae i the tiwh bowels are puke i eolorur, MALKAIA ROCK PAINTINGS. At Malhaia, about six aiiles sorth-east fram Mount Serle, is aa aneient rock shelter, This One-line eanipiiw sihecak thie aborigines is situated ona roel shelf fifteen foot or so above the beck of a narrow western tributary of the Novih MeRhinley Creek, in owhich the Mathai Sprites are located. Mie shelter consists ofa ell which overhangs the shell aud towers abeve dan almost perpendieulor face for about thirty feet cpl i, fie. 2). The vetveat is in the cliff forming the northern side of the ravine through which the tributary creek vins, ancl is quite a short cistauee [rom the more or less permanent springs. "Phe aetual floor area of the oxeavation ts that of a moderatessized rooms buried in the debris of the flogy were a fey Hint chippings (stielo as are used for carving patterns un wooden weapons), Fogether with broken bones of walkibies aie) otlier aautmals. At theowestern side of the sheler is a atiral aleave, ane it is evident that bere the natives built thene fires. for the wall above is nuely blaekened with sole, Ahnost the whole oof Che reniininig wall space? foal least as bieh as a tall maa Con retell, is covered with pabitines Ti pipe-elax, elireoal, ame red ane yellow ochre, OM the time of orm visit Here was on the floor of the shelter a stone, fad on both sides, evidenthy used for erinding or pomnding colours, for still adhering fo ih were Leaees of ochre, Many of the patterns jutaehated ae the vouks at Owiemidania and other localities, as well as other designs, are here reprodiecd In-coloui The attists possibly appliak the pienents without special fouls, lor (he Ties have the appearance of having: been smedred on with a finger dipped in the colour desived, the latter Iuiving been mixed tito a paste with water, Phony die, 8, shows the pamtings oecupying a very tmeven part of the poek surface at the north-western portion of the shelter, near the firepliee Wies, 1 Soon ph ii are photoeraplis of the back of the caves the design ear (he aril lower viehtland corner of fie, Pois showin separately on pl ii fig. de This ‘awire ds about erehteen jehes ti lenwth, acl consists of a perpencientar white stripes on each side oF whieh sprig alternate white aid yellow Draneles. ba these photowriplis the markings ga owhite pipe-eliay oul are comsprenous, for the ped, vellow, and black pigments used for many of the patterns show to contrast to the sombre voek when ceprodueed in halftone We copied most of te designs, amd Tyo qeconipaivines text figuives (figs. 19, ZO) represent freehand sketedies of some of them. ON bird trick inored with two additional digits in black. rey 30) RROOR TS OF DME SX) MESEOM PP é wk | wow REESE! iy & WHER [ yEbouW [erties & hen Wy, DLAC es ATMA NTU ay ee TH ei eT iow Cale th UA a Ud CS Uy Vi Y, WH ee BManavmecauiy ANI I Whe Th avehe peers MTG Copperncrebhely ane TAP neil | abate} \ Vl WHE TT LIN DS DANS ORNS OL ' ’ AND LPINTIAL IO AE ALY TL WHI be © = oc = a ni a oe eer et eer 6G SS SS - HE haw Ce TETAS TT Tivot pitting ih Mlk op hha, 53 RECORDS OF Tile S.A. AbUSst ts he recoonized atage, in abel pare barred cireles, and fe gaielos chredhar patterns ino white and ved Perpendicular bars similar to those ad fo are executed in various colors, and may be erossed be horizoutal stripes, as at js hk is obviously aorepresentation of a boomerang, aud d@ and o ave amplifientions of this desivn. The fwe envious figures at gq ure in justaposition. as shown im the sketeh. The design (ed, consistine of a sub-horizontal earved bar above whieh are some perpendicular bars. is similar to patterns referred to by Baseclow, as represent ity pubic tassels, ete.; m another painting of (his same design the horizontal bar is about two Teer long and the perpendiendar siroles are lad two imehes, ov less, in teneth. This and certain other designs are repeated in different localities, hothoas carvings ancl patties. so consistently thal ib seems certain that some definite signiflennmee was attaehed fo each type ol ciagiimn. A meandering paliorn ate apparently represents a snake. and ais a vether slender bird tracts; the motifs of the remaining drawings are uitters for conjecture. ROCK CARVINGS, Th 1907 Tasedow noted, and in P91 () deseribed and ilhustrated seven separate oecurrences of rock carvings ja South Avsteatia, whieh, he remarks, represent a“ umique Eype of aboriginal aad 7. he also mentioned that be tual heen informed of three other localities in the qorthern part of our State, and one in New South Wales, where (hese earvings lave heen seen, A set of carvings ona vertival roel Face at Oratunea, in the Moolooloo cdistriet, is recorded ty him, but another similar roek in the same locality, whieh is also insertbed with a fow closivns, is not mentioned, Similar carvings to those cleseribed by Basedow were examined da Mir. K, GQ, Waterhouse, at Marnahill in Seuth Austerlia. on May 4, 1902. Ile removed part ol one carving a forbnieht later, aad) fomwarcded the leaenent be ALGO. Pepper (then Entomologist at the South Avstralian Mitseum), toeethor wilh the lollowine descriptive letter: “Loum sendin oparh Of de native batter of a leewaroo's traet, Whiell Loblatned whilst on my leave at tear Mannehill wheee F karow of minmerous Talioes or rock carving of (he natives, some of which are very well done. Oi the Vth dust. PE teied fo get some of (hem off the roeks. bart so fel fo ove Hop, as the rock was very bard and brittle; - fhe specimen is about Chree quarter track of the right part of tle aieht foot of a Tsien, “Some of the tracks are so nicely fattooed on the roeks that it is quite easy fo distinguish (he difference between the kanenroo, ena, and wallaby “Thoseme places vou can see what is apparently meant for a waterhole fattooed on the roeks, and tracks of animals and birds @oine away ina certain CH) Basedaw, date, Boy. Amtihrap. Gist. xtliv, 19a, pp. MY5-bd, pil doer HALE AND TINDALE—ABORIGINES OF THE FLINDERS RANGES 53 direction to feed, and in other places where they are going to a waterhole to drink, “On some parts of the Oultalpa run there are large mounds of stones built by the native, but for what reason up to now fF have not been able to ascertain, “T should like very much sometime to photograph some of these objects, and it is my intention when T eet my next annual leave to do so, also to saw some of these carvines off.”’ Tn reference to this discovery the following note appears in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia (+) for June of the same vear: ** My. J. GO. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a piece of Tmestone from Mannahill, for- warded by Mounted-Constable Waterhouse, of Crystal Brook, who supposed the markines on it to have been done by aborigines. Ma. Tepper explained that these were due to the action of certain algae and lichens. The Secretary was instructed to write to Mv. Waterhouse and ask him to protect any native etchings he might any time know of from being disfigured. ’’ Owing to this misidentification, nothing further has been written concerning these Mannahill carvings, the first examples of this type of native art to be noted, The specimen and letter from Mr. Waterhouse are preserved in the South Australian Museum. During a recent trip to the Northern Territory, one of us learned that at Muneajera, a mountain near the mouth of the Roper River, there is a leaning rock-face, in the surface of whieh emu-tracks. conventional human figures, and hands have been cut. These appear to be of great age, having been smoothed by the passage of time. The people of the coastal section of the Mara tribe do not remember how or when these earvines were made. At Owleandana a number of outcrops of sedimentary rock, situate on low rises within one or two hundred vards of the aforementioned waterhole, and a few rock-faces in the bed of the Gammon Creek, are inscribed with carvings, so that this locality is also to he added to those already listed. The aeeompanying map (fie. 21) indicates all known sites of these carvines in South Australia, with the exception of Mallett, whieh is not ineluded. Tt seems probable, from informa- tion we gathered from bushmen, that others will be reeorded when the aboriginal camping places are more thoroughly explored. Carvines north and south of Owieandana have been already deseribed, but those at this locality have eseaped previous notice, The Owieandana carvings oeeur upon clay slate, a similar rock fo that upon which carvings are made at Mannahill and Oratunga, Similarly, the strface of surrounding roek and carvines alike are covered with a hard, “dark, rust-coloured ‘patina,’ or elazed surface-film. - +» The strongest geological evidence in support of ereat antiquity.’? By diggine at the bases of (4) Trans. Roy, Soe., S. Aust., xxvi, 1902, p. 826. i RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM Thvaniieka YANTRUWUNTA Lake Byre | Nortn) uo & th Tapped ative iiiin ¥ Lake Byre (South) Hlanete \ bret = El vnc neater 7 Riipc brute oa \ Map peony Lake Calla lina Sandie. ooorpe Mullavartina Copley hy \INVA+KUYANI a ee fr hake Frome 2 MY Padawurtn Lacey Torres wo Http Por Aneueti > ene bf Rael Parvin Mative Tite tae WALT Pie. 21. Map slowing distribution of tribes of northern Minders Reaies, and sites of rock ehrvings, HALE AND TINDALI® ABORIGINES OF THE PLINDERS NWANGES 35 some of the outcrops at Owieandana, carvings partially or wholly buried were exposed. some of them being nine inehes below the present eromid level. Basedow found thats’ Phe living veneration of blacks m the Flinders Ranges know nothing about the carved productions of art here diseussed.’7 We also found this te be so, for several old) amen, on being questioned, remarked that when they were boys thei fathers made the carvings with the sharpened end ola horseshoe. A few of the clesivus have not the technique of the majority, Cirelos, for instance, are in qost eases formed of a e@reat mimber of closely connected indentations, possibly made with the sharp potmt of a hard stone chisel. A few of the patterns, however, consist of a civeular series of strait indentations (Suelo as might be anade with the edg@e of a cold-elisel). each cut disconmected, and obviously not executed with the skill and precision of the ollerss a portion of one of sueh cireles is shown on the left edee of one of thie photoetaphs (pl iii, fig. 3). These are in all probability those referred to hy the old) men, and evidently represent comparatively recent, sporadice attemprs to copy the ancestral work, without knowledge of ifs ortgmal siguificance, Mig 2 Tracings of roek carvings at Owirnelins (one-fourth mufiead size). ukeu as a whole. the carvings are perhaps not so interesting as some of those previously veeorded. bathe main they consist of *corrobborrer-civeles” some a mere outline, some with a bar across, others sparsely stippled with ilentations in the euelosed area—incomplete enreles, some spiral desivns, a lew eon amd other tracks, andl seme unidentified patterns. The Tow circles on perpendicular voek faces in the hedoof the Gammon Creek are miueh larger than {hose on the higher eraund whieh are carved on sub-lovizomtal surlaees, 5b RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Photographs of a few seetious of the Owleandana carvings are reprodiioc| on plot and iv. As our camer was a small one. the imtagtios were ~aibhed mo with pipeeelay before they were photo@raphed, so as do core platily clefine the patterns. The ibistrations on pl iit, fies 8. and oon pl. iv, fies. 1 and 2, represent some of the small onterops of slate apon whieh the earvyines cee. loser views of a few of the designs are showh on plo iii, figs oand on pl. iy, fi. So and traces of six patterns appear in text fig. 22. In places portions of the voek faces, two dnehes or more i thiekness, lave heen separated from the iain uss of the slate bw the aetion of the weather; ‘he Two pietiires on plo iv, figs. 8. 4) show this cisintewration clearly. A. few eurvings were found on small sections tins fractured: These examples were eommparatively easiiy removed, and were brotght to Adelaide for the Museum ealleetion. A natiralsize photograph of two eoujomed cireles engraved on one of These fragments shows the character of the ehippinws forming the desien (plod. Bya familiar ilusion the sentphuring will, fo many, appear to be raised pistedd of crt into the roek, Basedow notes the eveat differences between these Plinders Range carvings andl thase servatched or cut into the Triassic sandstone at Port saeksor, Some years ago, one of us inspected some designs seratehed bw natives of the lowe Miiy River district i the back of a small eave al Woneullin The cesigns were ent into the soft Kovene sandstone of the elit! with a sharp stone tistrenment, and in ne way resemble the technique of the novthern emrvings (pl iv, dig. bo). The aforementioned author ihistrates a design occuming on vooks at Deep fion Creek,‘ stronely sigeestive of a phiuiwpus. and vomarks that there is reason for supposing that this animal has been observed in Dalhousie Springs. 8 The deseription viven by natives of some animal seen by them in the springs, auc the corroborative evidence by a veliable bushnin, are responsible tor this heliok TT Thomay be of some Tittle interest to here mote dhal we alsa net a bushman who. on lis own initiative, and withowt previous diseission on the subject, informed as that le had recently seen a phity pis in the interior, LANGUAGE, The old Wailpi natives say tit many of their evandparents and athens Were able to speak more thin their own tribal loweaee, bat dias they them selves know only the one dialect, Lone ago Che oldest men of the fribe cout converse amongst themselves ing manner whieh the vorneer natives contd aol Hniderstand. As previously mentioned. the yorne mon af to-day ave wrndiatly forvetting their tribal langriioe, The natives have a distingnishine mame for every plivsiographiea! Feature of Theie territory, to matter how apparently Min portant the Leathe ia be. HALE AND TINDALL -ABORIGINES OF THE PLINDEKS WKANGES 7 tue Thus Mout Seele as a whole is known aso Avto wirapinay” the western face of the hill is ealled *Nalimatic” and the northern saddle * Wokara,’ while the lower foothill to the north of the mount is named ‘Manji yunjuru. Many animals have more than ove dane, but, on the other hand, several closely allied) species may bea a common mame, as, for tistance, two species of Babblers ¢ Panatos fomus), whieh ware not differentiated, both being termed *inyula.’ Tt thay at first whinee seem curious that there should be in an arid northern area an sborivinal term (aula?) for snow, Some of the natives, however, have seen snow on Mount Padawurta (formerly known as Mount Rugeed), in the Moolaoloa distriet, on several oceasions, The Wailpi people call this monniain *Verti Warta. and *Padeawrertia’ is obviously a eorription of this name. The hand is referred to as cmara.’ aud this term is also applied to the pounding or sraller mill stone, which is erasped in the hand for grinding food, PART VOCABULARY OF WAILPL TRIBE, Mammals. Dineo or wild dow ‘4, aR ws 4 .. will Bure (Mieropus robustus) ~. Je a ee a Pinta ~ “ ts st Ay us .e Ware Reel Ranearoo (Mereropiis rifiis ) 4 2. well Roek Wallaby (Pelrogale ranthopus) .. v4 2. anda Wombat (Phitscoloniys ) . if. As .. valpu Birds. Australian Pustard (2upodotis wustralis) .. .. Wal’la Australian Pipit (cbidhius qustralis) 5. ie .. valiworuna Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cucutia gymutuopts ) ye .. Warandu Bird (veneral mame for small bird) .. re ee yuh Black-backed Magpie (Gyanorhina tibieen) .. ee wrernkali Chestnit-cerowned Babbler (Pamidtostanus riuficeps) tivila Chestrut-eared Finch (Taenapygi castanotis ) .. athi (Ghoas in ‘the’) Crested Pircon (Oeyphaps lophales) .. i ee Uranibera Crow (Cormusd — .. ot at nk =: .. Wakla Kani (Draws warde-lollundiae) he fs .. Wareli Grey Buteher-bird (Cracticus tarquatis) his -. adipa Grey Shrike-thrush (Cofllimemela harmouied) 2. gine nea Masked Wood-swallow (slrfaaaes personals ) -.» valpuie Peaceful Dove (Geopelin placida) RA ws 2. euruleaku Purple-backed Wren (Maluris assinclis) ee Vuruviriya Red-eapped Robin (Pelrofed goodenavis) 3. .. tnalitelita Red-bachked Parvot ¢Psephotis hacualanatis ) -. bare lara 35 KECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM Tree Martin (//ylochelidan nigricans ) as +) Wedeetailed Kagle (Uracetus audasr ) White-browed Yellowthroated Miner (Mysantha flavigulad .. sabbler (Pomalastomus superciliasus ) Reptiles and Batrachians. Banded Skink (india faseralation) Carpet-snake (Python spilotes, var. marieqatis ) row, sandhill species, large Kroe, Waterhole .. b; ot Ceeko (Gymnodactylus miliustt) Coeko (Perapus variegatis ) Goana (Varcius gouldir) at Jew-lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus) Snakeeved Lizard (Alblepharus baytoni) Stiinp-tiiled Lizard (Trachysairus rugosus) Womassnake (Aspidites ramsayi) Insects, ete, Ant, bulldog (Myriecia farfieata) Aut, urine (I ridomyninesc) aps Butterfly, white (Delias aganippe) Centipede (any) Cicada Dragon-fly (any) mh, Grasshopper (any) i i, Hawkanoth (Deilephila Tvornied) Mantis (Thoradia imelanaplera) Witehetty erub Plants. Black-oak (Casuarina lepidaphtoia) Box-matlee (Evealyptus sp.) suHekbush se a J Bullock-bush (l/eleradendron oleifaliiviu) Geranium (edible) (Brodimn eyquoriwn ) Geranium (edible) (Geranium pilosine) Nardoo (Mursilea quadrifolia) Needle-bush (i/ahkea leveaptera) Poach, native (Musauvus spleatys) Pine (Callitris robusta) yukowokoui or wireldutuldiati wildu hay lat macdlael tana appara bina valu Hee yal aljen nara miu ka rade keadni Hearn prraa modi or ardnn Wali allt Wipa or neari arlevilivili Wwanee jeri waldambutri with witt vapu wiehivilea witha Wulanwara verti wilko vince vilka Minyara WAL po wind ava barna wolti hinba ITALE AND TINDALE ABORIGINES OF THE I LINDERS NANGES 5Y Rec-ogum (Huealyptus rostrata) Sandalwood (Myoporian platycarptm) Tea-tree (Leptospermian scoparia) Wattle (Acacia sp.) Boomerang Club, boomerang type Dish made from ved-eum bark Utensils and Weapons. Grinding stone (small pounding stone ) Grinding stone (laree flat stone) Play-sticl Spear Stiek for throwing play-stick Stone implement (knife or spear-head ) Yamestick Cave, or vock shelter Clouds Creek Hire Frost Moon Mountain Stumauiit Rainbow Rock of large size Snow Stars sun A Water or vain Orie Two Three Hive (literally ‘one hand’) Ten (literally ‘two hands’ ) Baby (either sex ) Hane Hands Man, old Physical Features. Numerals. General. wera emburu Ova neuri wadna wirl beki ov wich mara wadla aya wacllatar miidla vudla WUE WI ihapl wulpi veri ardla arvata vera manbata wurany1 mii wula buudli yuund awl unmorta aipilana wulparina inmorta mara aipilana muruku vakatl aa muruku wulka 60 Man, young Penis Vulva Woman, old Woman, young Woman Blood Meat Come here! Come quickly ! Kieht Kill (literally to Little No No good Steal Strike , What is it? Yes RECORDS OF “strike dead’) THE S.A. MUSEUM vanearl wariardlu indi wilkuta artu adni arti ba lu avia avi vavu yavul laicha undaka wudivu widna macla widni werd] undaka haneatana ? neal EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate ii. Bie. 1. Red Gum from which a food-vessel has been cut. Fie, 2. Roek-shelHer at Malkaia. Migs. 3, 4. Mies, 1-8, Rock paintings at Malkaia. Plate iii. Rock paintings at Malkata. Rock carvings at Owleandana. Plate iv. Rock Carvines at Owleandana. Fie, 4.0 Rock carvings at Woneulla. River Murray (for comparison). Rock carving from Owteandana, natural size. Plate v. tre. S.A. MesEUM. Vou, Jil Veare Ul. NATIVE PAINTINGS, ETC. Rec. S.A, Museum. Von, Tit, PLAtr II. NATIVE PAINTINGS AND CARVINGS, Ree, S.A. Musrum, Vor. Tl, Prater TV. NATIVE CARVINGS. Ree. SAL MUSEUM, ae a Ry. % A n " ay Lt eh i VW & ee I é en) We t a ‘ \ ny iA, ; i. iw ; - \ al ~~ Tis He s ' \ ae, Vor, v is, Pee ay” bkb wey : 4, #1, : =; abe ’ 4 ' % 2 1 : “ * _ eee A 2 4 NATIVE CARVINGS. It, Prati V. NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT AND OF THE WEST COAST OF THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA BY NORMAN B. TINDALE, ASSISTANT ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary During the years 1921-22 I spent some fifteen months on and around Groote Eylandt and in the Roper River District, paying special attention to entomology. The natives, several tribes of which have hitherto remained practically untouched by European influences, presented opportunities for study, and the following paper constitutes a record of observations made. At least six of the tribes mentioned have not previously been definitely noted in literature. NATIVES or GROOTE EYLANDT anv or tur WEST COAST or rur GULF or CARPENTARIA. By NORMAN B. 'TINDALE, Assisranr Enromonocisr, Sourk Ausrratian Museum, Plates vi-xi and text figs. 25-41. During the years 1921-22 [T spent some fifteen months on and around Groote Evlandt and in the Roper River District, paying special attention to entomology, The natives, several tribes of which have hitherto remained practically untouched by Huropean influences, presented opportunities for study, and the following paper constitutes a record of observations made, At least six of the tribes mentioned have not previously been definitely noted in literature. Through the courtesy of the Rev. H. E. Warren I was associated with him during the examination of the islands of the Groote Eylandt Archipelago (June to September, 1921, and April, 1922) in the auxiliary ketch ‘* Holly,’’ for the purpose of choosing a site for a mission station. Lam indebted to Mr. A. J. Dyer, of the Chureh Missionary Society, my companion during the stay on the island (November, 1921, to April, 1922), who provided numerous notes on the language and customs of the Nunegubuyvu people, and to Mrs. Dyer, who sub- sequently furnished several notes on the Ingura women, By the kindness of the Rey. R. D. Joynt and Mr. T. Bridgland (police constable at Leichhardt Bar), | was enabled to make an examination of a cave at Wagundu, a native camping site in the country south of the Roper River. Some of the observations herein recorded were first made public in an illus- trated lecture given by me in Adelaide on August 21, 1928. In this connection it is interesting to find that remarks made on the women and sailing canoes of Groote Eylandt were deemed of sufficient importance by Dr. Herbert Basedow (+) (who was present at the lecture) for publication in his latest work, during the current vear. The early Dutch explorers visited the Gulf of Carpentaria, but have lett little record of their doings. The first detailed description of the country was given by Flinders (*) in his narrative of the cireumnavigation of Australia. He charted the coast (his charts with a few alterations are in use to-day), sailed around Groote Eylandt, landed on the adjacent islands in Blue Mud Bay, where he had an encounter with the natives, in which two were killed, and, during a (1) Basedow, The Australian Aboriginal, 1925, (2) Flinders, M., Voyage to Terra Australis, ii, 1814, p. 177 et seq. oJ NECORDS OF Til SA. Moeseun Priel stay at Caledon Bay, mace a few observations on the natives, and compiled a yorubulary of the languave of a tribe, now known to he the Baharia, Ever since the Unilding of the Overland Teleeraph, when steamers fipst ascended the Roper River with supplies, vessels have at varions tines passed lone the coast on the way frou Darwin to Bovoloole and Leielheedt Bary bet wit to fhe reputation whieh the natives had, sot without justifieation, for treachery, very litth: communtication was held with them. Warren (8), in his weeonnt Of his first trip around Groote Kylandt, refers fo tlie natives of Rose River (Nuneubayu Tribe) and to several Coote Evlandt tien he amet on Biekerton Island. The only other definite reference to the Groote By landi Hatiyes appears to be by White (4), who on a voyage to Roper River, took shelter behind the batret) southavestern aman of the ished, where two tatives mune ont ina eanoe to his keteh, An ormthological expedition, organized by TL. lL. White. made a shor slits on Te isu daring the earlier pact of my sojourn there, but the only reference tothe natives is given by Baldwin Spencer (¢), who deseribes six decorated slabs Found in an ole camp by members of the expedition, With the exception of the accomnts referred to above. nothing has appeared concerning the eight ov more tribes living in the cowtey north of the Roper River, WEST COAST TRIBISS, The tribes may be divided ite two groups, those who live aloue the eoust and on the ishmds, often ealled ‘saltwater blacks,’ and those of the inlancl plains, Who seldom visit the coast. Starting da the worth, dhe first coastal dribe to be mentioned is the Tehambarupi. whose countey extends trom abont Eleho stan on the north coast of Aimhem Land. to Cape Aruhem, aud includes the Enelish Company Islands. Purther south are the Balamninu, claiming the vountey Wron below Cape Armhen to Cape Shield and the northern portion of Blue Mud Bay : their headquarters being at Caledon Bay. The low shores of Blie Mud Buy ure frequented at times ly a small tribe of jiliaml natives. the Rittariunewo, whose headquarters is about the headwaters of the Goyder ancl Walker Rivers, From south of the Walker River, it its lower reaches to the Rose River, the country belongs to a comparatively large tribe, the Nuneubouyn. Groote Kv landt ane the adjacent islands ave inhabited by the tier. a stall tribe, with some pectiay characteristics, Senth of the Rose River, between the territories of the Nuugubuyn aid their southern neighbours, the Mava, live the remains of a tribe, (8) Warren, W, 2, Vietorian Grou, donmn., sexiv, TS, pp. 8-17, (4) White, G,, Thirty Yeors in Tropical Anstralin, (008, pp. Vl, 145, (*) Spencer, Baldwin, Guide to Austeion Ethnelogies! Coll, Sed ed, 122, jk TNS. ane pl. 20. TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 63 S\, Wessel ts {4 " . English Company 1 - Wilton Stewaut Mulville Toy TCHAMBARUPT x ARNILE : LEM eat aapoehs Gaye is °°? JINBA arrow rs 2, fs Wiad a IY) x Groote INGURA ca ane NGANDI Boatrict | WANDARAN * mm aN Native Keserer : CAKLPENTARIA NGALAKAN “~~ —} | loms ; Missioy) Statiou J is ate Hock Letonhardt te Linnien Wache p Mari I oRvateien T ALLAWA WADERE NGEWIN \ Native Tribes his BALAMUMU Wig. 28. Map of the West Coust of the Gulf of Carpentaria showing distribution of Tribes, 6+ KECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM called the Wandaran, whose members are few do number, aud live among their Heiewhbours, but without more than the asnal tribal commiamieation wath) them, They speak a definite language of their own, but appear to be dying out from natbtiral causes. The Mara, referred do by Baldwith Spencer (8) (7), were formerly a dare tribe, dat the inland sections are now becoming cleeadents they rare from torth of the Roper River to about Spillen Creck, and extend their botniclaries ghoul forty miles inland. To the south they are in contact with the Wadere, also a coastal tribe, Of the inland tribes the Littarunge are the most north-casterly : ftiether to (he west they adjoin dhe -abal ai iadand tribe of the northern coasts to the south of the Rittarungo, about the headwaters of the Rese River, ave the Ren Darinwa. fa the conuntiy towards the sources of the Wilton River, and as tar HOPE nearly as the sources of the Rose River, are the Neandin On the northern hank of the Roper River, abowe the jumetion of the Wilton. are the Nealakan, While south of the Roper, in the countey ceained by Monntain Creek ancl the Lower Llodgson River, are the Allawa, Further inland, toward the sourees of (he Roper River, ave the Mangarai, To the south of the Atlawa are other tribes, suchas the Binbinga and Neewin, These and those still further south and wost ave shown on the map given by Baldwin Speneer (8), The sketch map (text fig, 28) gives very approximate jndieations of the hounidaries of the tribes mentioned, They are aot always well defined, nearby camping sites being regarded as more or less common properly. INGURA TRIBE. The boundary of the Tnhenria tribe is coextensive with dhe ishaids of the Groote Eylandt Archipeligo, comprising an area of approximately one thousane square miles, divided info one large island, three smaller ones with permanent water supplies, and many islets seattered about, mostly at the northern part of the archipelago, A liberal estimate would place the ecutive population at little more than three hundred, and at is split up into at least sis loeal wroups or sub- tribes; two larger and four sinaller ones. Hach of these is known by The name OF (he locality which is its headquarters; for instance, a man will sayy Natuwa Talokuiripa ambariag ob Talakurupa sit down’? (belone). 'Che names ol these groups did them location on the ishind are: Bartahunbu. horthavest: Angoroke, wesh; Yotiba, south-west; Tulakurupa, east and southeast : Amakutupa, north- east and Pharasphara, inhabiting the northern portion of the islam (see text flu. 4). (8) Speneer, Baldwin, Native Tribes of the Norther Territory, P14, pL GO ef seg. (7) Spencer, B., and Gillon, TW. 0., Aeross Austealia, v. 2, 1912, pe a7 eb seq. (5) Speneer, Balibwin, Native Trites of the Northern Territory, THl4, pi YLANDT 4 I OOTE (Gk OF wi i) > = TINDALI Gr Tt a nee ee ; a a 3* % My Woy % ninyouyy ees 4 - Me 4 " Mw e b yt or rs 4 eBuruiedanegy rf ite + red ooh 2 4% £ a ™, .", ed : en ff : pe eis ny goth ' 2 + 2 a 4 , af Wwe LS¥T , . mg Pre (awiey wavrwieg) of hk Saliahed * sie oF s . zo Mey ‘ eh ee aes LONVIAQ 310085 ff Ain Oud! ‘ y sl M 8 logd0s0gg 3VHD 1 LNIOd“HLUON ogyak Snyy srwey aren shausnop pueq snoen oe S 1yolununpomy ~. . oO g Pa ! | i . vot at ti Dsus DHOIIA \ YF NOIXANNOD pqonja yo : yl NOLY IMO duvisig avg aw dat’ ‘1 AGNUNY Om BOiOA padnisidy NYDNOWN | 1ODIN Hive locality memes, andt slowing iy] Groote i Miup of o Nig. 2 iT (ih Kecokbps oF THE SwA, MUSEUM The Petal @roup oeeupies Diekertou Tshoid and Batalianba Bas. They probably nimber about a tnered, ancl with the Palak pas comprise over iwodhinds of the tadives. At certain seasons they visit all the ishids ear the maul adsa Waerdanew (Cape Barrows, where they ae dn conmminication with the Nimettbiy tt, whose laneiige many of them speak. They aee the chief navigators of the tribe, and ave the only ishanders possessing luree sailing canoes, The other diree eronp, the Talakuripa, dave (heir home on the somtheawestern portion of the tate ishiutd: they ave cousidered to he fievee, aud ave Feared: by fhe Bartalunbu, who generally retreat lo Bickerlou Psland when Chey ave Shabada? (angi). Many of the finer Weapors aid mibels iilortition were Obtated from the menbers of tis eroup, who came across the ills aid eam pod at Yetiba fou considerable periods during my stay there They seldom visit the niaitland or the other islands of the archipeliwo. ‘The Yetiba have (heir head quarters at Yetiba Creek (Emerald River), and frequent the south-western pari Of (he ishind as far to the east as Amakiulu Creek. ‘They are few ia aimbers, ad appeared not to dake part in the fonds eamriod ou between the dermbers ol the fwe larger groups. ‘Phere are also two isolited gronps, probably eae of only one family, the cue named Angoroko, frequenting the vieinity of the ercek OF (he same name on the west side oof the ishuid, and the ofher. the Aialkvrepa, living around the shoves of Port Langdon, aid Ainakuripa on tie north-castern side. Pharapbara (Chasm Ishind), Avichaneoa (Winelilsea Islands. aud) the Rirene Acchipelago ave the hinting evounds of Papatama. an old mat. and lis Janily, whieh treludes two acull sous. The Tet are siiilar th appearince Lo the natives of the adjacent tainted Iribes, but there is evidence to show that thei contaek with Macussay traders tar several @uantiiries das brought about certain modifications, aud has inbvorleeed from dime Lo tie a strain of alien blood, The Northern Territory natives have apparently always been hostile to thre alien titetlers who Visited their coasts, and no intimate contael, except in special cireumistamees, ever Look pliee On Groote Kylindd several eases appease to Have Drovgeht about closer conmunmmieation with the natives than would be else Where possible, On each visit the Malay fleets spent iach time at (he ished, Which was apparently a rendezvous, This is also shown by their camps, The renins of whieh cover extensive areas on Che northern part of the ished. ‘Phe Havfives were (niployed in shelling and trepanging. and mv of the Vvoune natives were from time ta time taken away on the retumy voyages lo Macassat, offen retuming with exteusive knowledwe oF the habits and appearances of the people they associated with, The presence of broken fragments of square ein bottles Trried about the Malay camps indicate that liquor was iu all probabilily: given fo the natives, and nobwithstanding the striet moasuves adopted by the ~ry TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 6) natives to prevert their woniwen falling inte the hands of the Malays (ylieh measures have developed dito a permanent practiee), in course of time such contael Frequently took place, and numbers of the present-day natives have had aliens none their ancestors, Mor instanee, the two boys on the left in best figs 2A, who are fillbrothers, and belong to the Baviahimbu local group, are believed to have had a Mahiy aneestor. The childven remain with the women until they are about eleven sears of age. but vorrneer bows are seen temporarily in the men’s camp. They are well eared for, and diimerous toys are made for them. melding model canoes atid fav paperbark clishes. Wooden canoes of a size lirwe enough fo combine two or (ree young boys are also made, and one of then cabout seven feet in length anda foot in oawidth) is new an the Museum collection, On one oeeasion a oehild Of about seven was bromehlt mp to see us ba iis father, bat was sa sha that a Pie, 25, Beys of Byortaliinba, Mig ta. Boys ot Pelikamnypes. photograph was not secured, As in many aboriginal ehildven, one of ifs prom nent featires Was ab distended abdomen, Text fig. 24 shows three boys of vie Bartalumiba loeal group, and test fie. 26 hwo of the Talakiriupa toenl group. who live justi passed (irough the first stage of initiation The voung bows ure eneonraved fo play at speuefighting, using diminutive Hirowine-sticks and lengths of eance-erass as weapons, They are often assisted and eneonraged by young and micklleawed: men. These garies aire often eon fined for days, frequent visits being anade to the eane-grass flats for supplies of weapons. At Yoriba. after fielits whieh oveurred Theres Che children were usstdious te imibatine thei elders, and the strimevbark forests on the barks of 68 kecorkps OF THE S.A. MUSEUM (he Yotiba were a favourite battling wround: the retreating side would often fake to the water. where, velling, splashing, clocine. and diving, the pli world he continue, Initiation Ceremonies. The eirenmeisional and other initiation ceremonies ave colleediyely called ‘Unamaliaemaindi.’ ‘The first takes place between the ages of ten and thirteen, AW Aimalipa a laree cirenlar area, with one tree Hear is centre, sttated about five himdred yards fvom the Amalipa ceremonial ground, deserihed jn a later paragraph, was pointed out as the place of the ceremony, but few details were wathered as to the procedure, The operator was abways an old tian, anc the stone head temporarily detached from a spew was the ienife used for the operalion. The ‘wiyideaba* (hoy) is before the coremony removed from the women’s emp and placed tinder the guardianship of a middle-aged man, who has charge of hin for several vears, The lad calls his guardian ‘nabaho and is called by him ‘tamiei’ After the eovemony he is kept in the men’s camp, and takes his share in paddling, firewood gathering, collecting fish batt, and generally in Waiting on his elder companion, One sue enardian, who was a frequent visitor at YoUba, had two boys under his carve; they were never allowed out of his sieht, followed him when hrnting, and when in carp attended Trequently to his person, combing his hair, removing lee therefrom, and sometimes red oelreine his body all ower (see text fie 25). The hole in the nose. Saaynenyva,’ is beved. Woabout the same period as the cirenmeision, Ad abort sixteen or seventeen the first eieatrix is made on the chest of the initiate. One lac unederwent the ceremony ab Yetiba, Th was noticed that all (he vornwer jitiites were removed From the carp one evening ander the care of aioktinan. The nsual nightly performance of drone pipe phiying was kept up wilh exceptional vigour, with mach clapping lowedler of Tirowine-stieks and frequent chants (apparently wordless), sane by the oll men, Nothing totisnal, however, was noticed in the camp, except the lad sitting quiethy apart, with his Hody quarked with a design in pipeehiy. The ceremony reached is elimasx al dawe, when the boy was held down on the ground while a deep cut was made by an old man with a sperr-heacl, extending fram side to side on, the chest, just below the nipples. Several hones liter the lad appeared statting. ane promedly esIibiting the fresh ent. Mueh bleeding lad taken place, but pipecliy had been rubbectwell into the flesh, and as blood appeared ane congealed the lie enrefully pieked Wout with a sharpepoimted stiek. Tha baer suspended: Crom his week, are hanging down his baek, he earried a (at. surootheedwed piece of soft stone, with whieh he kepl the wound open for some weeks by pressing if inte or ribbine it TINDALE--NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 69 along the eut, THe showed Little sign of discomfort, and the next day was bathing in the creek with his Companions. he wound gradually healed, and wilhin three months a considerable vaised sear resulted, After the ceremony the boy was allowed to share in the fall life of the eamup, and the OTC UESH Ep of (he Snahabo? lapsed, Mt first be was pleased with his new status, offen pitting Wis dime qwainst bis elest ane savine proudhy, Sweamanialia® (voune mean). r ‘ Cc . . Wie 27. beguri ben. Amone the Tneura and the Numeubuyu the first cul is amide just below the nipples, and from dime ia tine Further ones are added, usually a second below {he fivst, and thee further ones hiwher ap on the ehest. ‘Phe latter are often cul very deep, aud owing to the great pain are ustally done i two stages, so flit natives are notiecd with a ent ony on one side of the ehest. The Full niimber Usiially cousists of about sis, either four above the nipples and two below, ob three above and tires below. Besides these eieatriees, cach tative wonerally hasan short raised marks on the upper part of the left arn; these ave vsnalls mide by burninw the Aesh with the aid of a firebrand. The Balatiuimn, on the fain, however, alter fle divest chest cut, make three longitudinal cuts on 70 RKrcorps ov THE S.A. Mustenm the tofroarm. Ntong the Newnedi the common praeliee is to place for laren wits dow clown on the chest and diree or move slaitine cuts on the lett thigh, AUT yy 40 F Wie OO Aiidipa eo renoniak Diidingia, Wipe 000 Lipeebeinn Wath) Pineeletigise In wenemil fhe eubting of (he body is rewarded asa sign ol courage. AO Peay nutives, even of middle ave. were without more than the first cut: a particular, ancoman of (he Talatioiuipa, whe tieled the additional ents, never seanied bo take pearl ina of the tata quarrels and fights eonmion to them, ac suweestions muide that he showld fight were reeerved by the offers with chirelbes af arise mond aad elekine of bones. Anoxample of the rubbing-stone mentioned above was subsequenthy obtained froma Crledon Bay OBahomiii fribed native, who carried ib ina Dawe terovie His neek. His au oblong piece of thin, blaekish stone, somewhat wider at one end; the corners are well rounded off; the edee is ranmd: and very smaothby polished. Th is three inches in leneth, two imehes in width at the svidest part, dodo a uiiform thickness of abort one-quarter of an ineh. da test fie 41 ch Ande) a representation of the stone aad diirammatic sechion ape show, ‘Women and Marriage, One ol the outstanding differences in soeial customs in comparison with the adjacent duaiiland natives is the general and suet enforemment of seelusion TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTK IYLANDT 7\ on the women of the tribe, No mative from the fine of tis tattivtion adil he is of ave tocmarey, amd no strane@ers, are allowed to approach the weinen, whe are compelled fo Hive apart ty eimps guarded by old men, let they are visited seeretly by those entitled ta dhe privilege, The wonten are in the minority, and are monopolized by Che older qien, who ceaehl have two or more Ho possible "Phe rest of the men therefore live dowet her i open camps with some of the old) men, vollecting the @reater part of their own food themselyes, but the older gues Prequentiv receive parcels of yams amid burrawane eakes from the womentotk, The vouneer men, owiniimamalia,” are not allowed Wear places where the wonien ave likely to be yvan-digging or burrawang-nit gathering. or to look at then, Wider penaliy of spearing. Shouwkh a yvonne tative accidentally conte upon Hem the nist tien away and give warning of his presence, A Cwaltnnaniaha’ on obtaining a wile is called Snaningsa.’ and bears Chis fitle until (he signs of inereasing ave qualify hint for the niimie “waniarinea,” or old nan. Pew oof the men under about thirty, datess they are of exceptional prowess, are ontitled fo the form ‘naninga.’ One of the youngest was the Ningubiivie nei tamed Banja, mentioned elsewhere, a noted left-handed spear thrower, who having been allotted an tiga woman of the Talakurupa group for wife. was compelled fo reside with and to submit te the customs of the Tnevra tribe, After several years, however, he became restless unaider this armniwenmeut, and, taking tis wife, seeretly escaped to the mainland im a canoe maid hy dis conmtrymen. On visiting Yetiba again be did so i conimpany with natives of Bartalonbu, with whom he was friendly, lenvine his wife at Biekerton Island. The Partatibie @eoup. bee i intermittent contact with the main land tribes, are tess striet at tives in their observance of the ules of seclusion, Which break down somewlad when visits are made from ishind to ished in COLTEOOS. Anineiinwinta, a yore mean of Yotiba, seeretly visited the eastern side of the ishind, and indueed a e@irl (according to his deseriplion quite vou, aie therefore highly valued) to elope with hin, Retreating to the main rane. he covered his tracks as far as possible, bit was traced by bis presuers. the men ol! Talakivupa, and held up oat spears’ point. Pindine he contd not eseape, he surrendered: his prige, iad aeconpatied the natives baelk to their cap, Where ie Wits Toreed to undergo a speardlirowing ordeal (similar to that elsewhere feseribed in connection with the Avengine ceremonies), From whieh, owing to his agility, Te eseaped withont injury. Stila expeditions carried ort by vounge Theva men on the mainland camps are offen snecesstul, and if they are able to maintain their vight of possession and eseape the vengeance plamed by the wralhtil former owners of the women. they may finally be rewarded as Hanin@a’ of the tribe. Phe two whove-mentioned oceierences Show two methods of olWuinine 72 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum a wife prevalent among them, In the first the man was definitely assigned a wife ina different tribe, and was compelled, uominally, to live with her tribe. Continual trouble exists between different eroups and with the neiehbonring tribes over womenfolls, Old men are sometimes deprived of thetr wives, and tt depends on their influenee whether they are assisted to find thea: former wives or not. When Nimimoprea, an old) Yetiba man, had his two women taken by another nan who came from the north, be tried hard to stir up the men of Talakurupa to assist him, Dat finding them qanwilline, setoont with Tis son and one or two others towards Cape Shield Con the mainiind) te attempt a veeovery. On several of the smaller ishiids there live solitary old men. practieally Termits. who have lost ane been vnable to reeain their were. For (he aboye reasons no women were seen by any of our party except by accident. On one oeeasion, when stalling wallaby in the direetion of the source of the Yetiba, Tomet a party of about a doven women aid ehildven walking through lone cane-eriss, cseorted by an old mau. My Ineura native companion imunediaely darned away, while the old nian shamted exeteddy, waving his hands in the ai. The women. after an instant’s hesitation, darted quickly away, dirageme their children with them. The oldhoman helt tis eronad fora few moments, and then fled after his charees tecently, alter seveval years of mission work, the natives were indueed to brine a party of their women fo a place mear Yetiba, and Mes, Dyer ventiured with the old men to where they were hiding. She found then: to be timid and shy. hiding at first completely behind hinged sheets of strineybark, with whieh each was provided. Her demonstrations of friendship: and their enviosity soon led fo a closer acquaintance, and she was able to distribute various e@ifts to them, Iho a letter she briefly describes their appearnanee as follows: ‘They wore ne Clothing at all, but when PE saw thent they looked dike so mami @iant ‘daek in the box,” Alter they lad overcome their shyness they were very interested in moe. ancl eroweled arotne, holdinw the bark to theiv bodies, so that it hid then as they walled? The same day Mr. Dyer was alse allowed to approach close ehoneh fo talk to them, but sinee then the old men have not permitted then to he seen aonin, The tracks of the women and children were notieed in many places in the inferior of The island, especially around secluded waterholes, where their deserted aanps were several times investioated. An usial feature wis the siens of lavee fires, seh as are used for cookie bueriwine dampers; piles of buerawane-niat shells were connnon, and in nearby ainning streams were offen signs tocicatine fhaf the aunts ad been souked there. On dhe Dlrek-soil flats numerous holes TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE HLYLANDT 73 div in obtaining vams, and piles of brrrawane shells lying beside flat stones, indicated where food had been vathered or partly prepared, Personal Habits, The men as soon as possible wear a Jone. pointed beard, and less often a moustiche; the hate on the cheeks and neck being usually removed either by nsine a pairoof shells as foreeps or with the fineers, The wearme of this lone beard oives the ished mative a very distinetive appearance, and the mainlanders (Nomeubuyve and Mara). when recounting the fierce fighting qualities of thei Instlar ne@hbours, always coiphasize this as adding to their apparent ferocity, The hair is generally worn as a thick, tangled mop, but less frequently i is kept shorter by singeme or cutting, Much attention is given to the appear aneeool the hain, and it is offen combed ont so as to form as laree a mop as possible. To do this a native hes down on his buck. with his bead ou the lap of ‘omate, who inserts a stiek, about nine inehes in leneth, info the taneled hain, ane jerks iL onbward radil Pree, the operation being repeated uitil the hair assimes Hhecercet ippearinec desired (see text fies. 27 ta 30), Tlead vermin called Smit (Pedieulies capitis) are searelod for and remover (uring the above combing operation, and disposed of by eating. Many of the natives also have theiv evebrows aod evelashes thickly infested with the eral louse (Paths rguinalis), which gives their evebrows a piebald appeavanee, Acnative. provided with foreeps and a tube of spirit, collected front his mates considemible quantities na few ominites. Ror these reasons, on takine several of Chem inte our employ on the keteh, they were indueed to remove their surplus Hair and this the fwo men on ihe left in text fie. 29 appear different from the others, The hair is often dusted with powdered kaolin or red ochre, and on eere- nomial occasions a browl white line of kaolin may be plastered inte the hair from front to Daek. On coremonial oecasions, and during: fights, the ishiuiders paint broad bards a owhiteaeross the front of the body and limbs; occasionally the baek also nay hese decorated. They seldout use feathers or cagle-down stnek on dn intricate patterns with Dlood, as is the ousnal practice amone the meainlanders. Ta fae, Title or noe blood is used, and ents ave not made on the immer part of the ihieh for the ceremonial obtaining of blood. as among the Mara, Newndi, and Nealalian, Incold weather, especially at the beginning of the civy season, they frequently cot their bodies with erease and powdered chareoal causing the skin te appear dark when first applied, but it soon attracts cust and becomes greyish, Others are robbed allover with powdered ochre. vesultings ina eopperealoured Uppearanee, 74 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Disposal of the Dead. No deaths oceurred at Yetiba during our sojourn, An old man of the Talakurupa local eroup had been killed by one of the Bartalumbu men, and pert of the subsequent avenging encotnters were wittessed, On a death taking place there is gveat commotion and consternation in the camp, A cirevdar space is cleared in the sernb near the place, and preparations made for the disposal of the body. Meanwhile, in the camp chants, which apparently are meaningless, accompanied by drone-pipe musie and throwimne stick clapping, are kept up for several honvs. The ceremony is called ‘Yineijun- eidagena,’ Nine or ten feet are ent from a tree hollowed out by termites; the bark is removed, and the outside painted by the older men with a design of lines and dots similar to those on other articles, At the conelusion of the eoremony the body, rolled in a large sheet of paperbark, is placed full-length in the low. Wads of paperbark are inserted at cach end, and the coffin is planted upright in the middle of the cleared area, with six or seven feet projecting; a block of coral or stone is then placed as a eappine, and the place deserted: tow some time, Bie. 82 depicts the coffin te sii of a child about twelye years of age whieh died at Winchilsea Island. The coffin and contents were given to me. lit Inder the bones of the child were asked for, anel were vetumed, Pie, Sl. Men of Bortirhimba, Pie. 32.0 Coffin af Winelil sen Ishond CArielsinmgou). ‘TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 75 After a lapse of time, when decomposition is complete, the bones are removed, elamted, very offen ved-ochred, and the major bones wad skull replaced in the eoflin, At this period, or before, a bone is removed (sometimes dan arn bone), wrapped in paperbark, and taken to the camp, where a specail ceremony, called ‘Alinkivina,’ is performed, with the object of finding out whoo wits responsible for the death of the person. After a further lapse of time the major bones are colleeted and plieed in cayes and eveviees in the rock, Bach type of bone is deposited in a different plaice, Bor example, at Amalipa, several small eaves or rock-shelters were discovered. aud in ome of ther were piled up thigh bones; in another were miany shorlder-blades: while under a rock at some distanee were found lawer jaw- hones, Dibanother crevice wis a broken skill The bones are distribrited: i rmiany places, aid there is said to be a wave tn the hills behind Auvoroke devoted to ekulls, but the mebives would either ficieate its position nor produce the skills, On another oveasion the major limb bones of a ehild, wrapped in paperbark, were found in a ereviee within a eave uear Bartaluinbu, and are now in the volleetion, Mlinders (') ciseoveredl four skulls at the baek of the beael on Wools Island, to The south of Biekerton Island. An examination of the ishind revealed wo skulls. The island has altered considerably since Flinders” visit, bere vow only a sandlbank about a honmedred wards lone amd twenty wards or so wide, with one stuall shrub and a patel of erass ia the amicdle. At Cape Barrow be mentions filing skeletons, painted red and white, standing it what he took to be hollow slips al trees, Sueh vemains may be seen ta-day there and ato many olher plivess What Flinders took for tollow stiiips were doubtless collins. similar (0 [hose above deseribed. Miuis practice is common to the Balai and Nimenbi tribes alse. Some fine alter death a eeremony called “Alalukivina’ is held over a bone of the deceased wrapped in paperbark, leew details were gathered as to the procecdiire, but ih appears that the perso on whom responsibility fou the ceath is fo be cast is tamed, ane someone, usually a sou or other lose relation, is dleputedl to wreak yerngeanee. The bone, within a specially ornamented bie, is pluced on bis beek wick worn curing the exeursion, The sow is aeeompatiied hy revert mates. Should the veined one be discovered while uiuaware ol the meditated attack He is killed, but should he be prepared and be guarded ly his COMpAiions, arrangements ave made for a trial or ordeal, in whieh the avengers Hirow titmbers of spews at the aman froma certain set distanee, Should he be speared he is ustally despatched, but if he eseapes tujury be is allowed to go free. Text figs. 35 and 34 show six men of Talakurupa who, one at a time, are prepare {Mp Mlbiders, M., le, ii, ISd4, yp. Tsu. 76 Kecorps or Tin SA, Museum fo Orage dn the aed of thrvowiie spears afoa Bartalonto man, who eaunot, however, be seen in the pietives. Da the vase depicted: thintyesix spears were fhirown at the mit trem a clistanee of Chirty vards. bad failed to bit him. An elaborate eoremotial marked the vonebision af the ordeal The hae worn baw the som at Lhe deceased is tow i the collection, bit the bone was nor obtained, Vig. 83. Prequaring foe soyenging Wig, dd. Rona deeesser spony throwing. Lhirowine: Spanier, Food, The dood stpply is plowtilit an the ished, usnealhy obtained with) eompava- five case, dnd this lias a amarkecl effect on the phiasieal well beine of the hatives. Usually they are well nourished, with a tendeney to Tatiess i some of the tien of middle age. bit their legs alwag’s remain (hin, The Ineuea rely toa ereat extent on the prodiuets of the sea for (ier: susten- aeo, and therefore. esceph awhen tones aad burrawene wad tiorioer, Lig ane ivavelling, they live in sheltered bays or in the vietnity of the tiumerons coastal ereeks aid tidal swanips, Their habits are nomacdie, aad in theie wanderites they have wort well-defined pads rotnel the ishtiil Phe general name for food is ‘auiies” or caninas and the ‘food @atherine’? is termnecl Sania,” The ehiel vewetuble Tood as toto as om the adjacent riadithate, (he tans waterlily (Nopaphaca stellata. dort the frit of the eyead or Dinrewane: (Cues mieiie), dative namie Sma” A variety of Nupnophaen stellata Cis identified lev Mew FE. Maiden, whieh erows only in shallow water in the ereck-beds and lawoons, is found on Groote Eyvlandt, but the natives say it is tot edible M4 Roper River the giant waterlily never erows i water less than seven feet in depth, caving off as the water reeedes below that depth citeiter the day season. The wonten, wider the charee of an old aan, gather the fruit oF de Durrrewyaete s the outer shell is removed hy cracking between two stones; the Keruels are broken, TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 77 and then soaked Yor two or wore days in viunine water To aecomplish this a series of roctanenian enelosnres are laid down in the bed of the stream, the walls Heine formed of (he fronds of the biurrawane pinned down with stieks. These enelostires ae Lined with leaves. The broken aiuts are placed in these, covered With offier loaves, and the whole held down with stones. The qveter pereolatoes freely through the fron enelosures. aid washes out the poisonous prineiple in the ouitss alien beine well soaked they are potuded bebween stones fo a eosse miedl the juiee is squeesel out, and after bem washed several times, the meal os nuke up tito large cakes, whieh are cooked im the ashes. The result is a rather vorbse Dit pabitable diaper. The wowashed diits are rewarded as poisonors 5 on making pretence of eating them. the natives showed creat alavin, exclaiming Ya Ya satd they were Saoraria’ One wood), and rubbed their stomachs ta micticate the vesult. Phe seeds of the diael pineapple-shaped fruit ol the vainia (Macrae migiehi) ave dso at times prepared in similar manuer. Yas (Dieseorce setiva) evow in profusion in black soil on low-line ground, diddaire dus out by the wotnen by meis of a sharp-poimted stiek, the holes lett hemi two to four Feet ti depth and seven to twelve inehes in diameter. Certaty wrass-Hike plants, whieh grow on stomy ground at Yetiba, have an edible root, Whieh the ehildeen dig out with a short, sharp-pointed stiek. Mie tender shoots of the fan-paba (hirstane eemnis), which grows amone the quartzite troeks on Phe dills, are much sought aller during the wet season, Other serub palins also provide siivettent shoots. Mie fret oof the pandanus (Prades aderabissciies ) is eaten, but it is not much relished, as, exeept for a small part near the base of! ihe Svuit, it is woody. There areailso tiamny trees and wines in the serubs add forests ancl along (he banks of the freshwater streatns whieh supply edible fruits. A laree frit, helonwing toa species of Bagenta allied to the rose apple (Mugen jambos), 1s font on the viver banks. ‘The fruit, which ripens during the wet season, is rect, about tlie sizeof an apple. bout with a large, round seed. Tn taste if is somewhat fart, br coniparable with an apples ib leaves a peculiar dey feeling in the throat, but the natives appeay to relish it. Flinders (2") mentions that his sailors found mombers of this frau at Bhie Mud Bay and Chasm Island. Overhaneine the ereeks isa large tree (feruinalia plityearpad, whielk bears, in November, wrent quantifies of wv ereen plum-like froit, to obtain which the vatives fell the trees or Hreak olf laree branches. On the stomy rises and on well-drained flats grows uo mative “phon tree” (Ruehwnane oacelleri). VW hears a erop of eveen plim-tike froits right through the wet season. when it forms a cousiderable part of the food of the natives. Tn the coastal serubs, wrowiiw anak ancient iupraised coral (U1) Miulers, MEQ doe ett. iby TR14, pp. 20. 78 KECORDS OF ‘rite S.A. Meseun roel's. now Thinky covered with sandy soil ave cieantio fie trees (Meus ylomerata), the stems af whiel are offen four da cieht feet im diameter six feet from: thie erouhd. The figs are an neh or amore ie diameter, reddish iia colowrm and a trithe insipid, except when fully tipe. The natives term the tree and fruit ‘numgarata.! Most of the fies are full of a species of chaleid wasp, “oragigi.’ A similia bid stnaller free @rowing i the same localities hears a larwer, beieht vellow fie, with pleasant taste when fully ripe, but the natives do vet reward it as edible. Acsmall shrub (Green palyguue) grows in profusion in some places: the small nutty fruit is eaten wher better food is mot obtamable, Th is alsa eaten in-cases of ciarrhoca. Amongst the Neandi and Mara people, on the mainland, the plant is legs Common, ane dhe frat is rewarded as a delieaey, to obtain whieh they travel lone distiiwees i Many aod lune (when it is ripe). AC ebimbine vine (Cissus) bears clusters of a dark, erape-like fruit. The taste is very aerecable. Pith a persistent tusky throat is noticed after eating. The natives suek the hollow stems to obtain the water contained therein, Besides the above-named fruits there are numbers of others which have aot hoon identified. A shrub found conmmonky ie the seriub demes, late in the wee season, a red chamb-bell foudt about an imeh in diameter, aid of delicious fiwater. ry The natives are also fond of a small native ‘Seucnmber? and there is another siinilar vine which beats an oblone fruit havin the taste of a ripe banana. Apart from the indigenous fruits the tamarind (Tamaridis fndieuss os plentiful wherever Malays bad their canips in bygone days. Surrounding tiese cHorps there are usually groves of the trees, ad one seen oat Winehilsea Tsland was fully four fect in diameter at the base, and probably sixty feet in height. The Crit a brown, bean-like pod. containing several obovate seeds stimouneded by anadeid pulp. is eaten in great quantities when other food is tot plewtitie, Covommuts Chkalukwao) are mceh appreciated amone the Tieura aud Bala undo. "The sea earrents at certain periods of the vear brine @reat aumbers of cift) coconuts to their cousts; they sometimes germinate, bat owine to the improvident natire of the inhabitants, no pelo tas ever become established Youtig nuts phonted by our pariy were invariably die ip, amd dhe bender portious eabed,. The principal animal food of the ishunclers is the dugone (Mulicare australis), oe the north and west eoasts, ancl tiethe and fiuriles’ ewes on the eastern ane sonthern sides. On the aorth-west coasts the sheltered bays eneonrage a liberal vrowll of the sea grasses so Fayoured by the raaininal The divone is Iobed by the natives in canoes ane captured by harpoouing. The harpoon is lone and tapering, fifteen to sixteen feet in length: in the thick end is a hole about two Mees deep, into whieh a short, wooden. barbed spike, about one foot in loneth, is inserted, and held in position by a weappine of string about its base malkine TINDALE—-NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLAND! 79 a bave fit. Attached firmly to this spike is about thirty yards of strong native rope (about one-quarter inch in diameter), seerred at the other end toa light wood float. The float is made of exceptionally light wood whieh is not native to the ished. but is occasionally found as drift wood; it is taneh prized heeatise afl its use. The flout is fixed into the bow of the canoe, so that a faiv strain sill Jislodwe i. Hunting is usually done on calm, moonless nights, for then dhe airimal ean be well seen and its breathing heard as it moves through The phosphorescent Water, Five or more men generally form a crew, The soft shorting noise as the animal breathes ean be heard fora quarter of a mile wider favonrable cond it iotes, Slowly they paddle toward the animal's position, in absoliite silence, diverted by the harpooner, who, spear in band, stands in the bows. He holds: Che sper With the hands widely apart, the right one grasping the extrente end, so that by fevering on fhe left hand the heavy end beuds the harpoon MO an eraceful curve, Several coils of the rope are held in the left band; and as (he canoe drifts silently within striking distance, the straining figure tits the harpoon, acdcline his own weight as he pitehes into the water. With a swirl the wormed: creature commences a strueele for lifes the vest of the line is payed out, and the eud held as lone as the strat will allow withowt breaking the rope or swaping Hie canoe. Olten a float is let eo, and then the natives paddle after the aiinal, whieh, weakened by loss of blood and (he restraint of rope and float, comes to the surface, and is despatched with an ordinary spear, Wher it is dead the canoe is sub moreed, and the animal floated into it, and then by catching hold of one end of (he waterlogged canoe, fwo men (treading water) rock if from side to side in sich acmanner that the water is thrown ont, and ina few moments if is bioyan again, One then elambers in over the stern, carefully balancing so as not to overtiivn the round-bottomed vessel Ga diffieudt performance), and finishes baile {le eanoes the rest then elamber in over the sides with coniparative ease, being assisted by the balancing efforts of the first man. Arriving at eaimp. a signal five ix Fiehted, and inembers of the tribe gather for the meal The dugotg is thrown on the beach, and ent into siibs and strips. vegardless of the sand, which penetrates deep into the soft flesh, The entrails are regarded as a delicaey, and ave crouelty washed before cooking, Tetles are sivilavky harpooned in the daytime: they are also taker eom- monly when evolving, GM certain seasots The eges are the principal food of {he natives of the east side of the ishind, where the sandy beaehes ave mich frequented by the reptiles. Portoises (imoraga’) ave also frequently taken, as are thevewgs and vounge ol the erocodile (dongarapia’), Dut the actilts are tol nsnally molested. 80 Krecokps On THE S.AL Musmun The agile wallaly (Waeropus agilis) is extremely plentiful, aud timbers are Killed by the natives. The prasuit is arlions, and vequives skills it is there fore dudertaken mainky by the younger men. Aospeeial form of spear, elsewhere (leseribed, is used. and the ereatures are stalked up the wire when feeding, wenerally at dusk. Thaving approached to within ten wards or loss. (he spour is linrled, and seldom misses its mark. Another method is to fire a semieireular uve ol dry-frass counley, watehers beinw stationed at the imibiurnt side. As the Mrivhtoned wallibies aid other animals attempt bo escape they are speared, Dows ape alsa tsed to eatch fhe smaller creatives that appear, suel as bandicoots, pats Coramdinda’), aud lizards (clingalia’). Bandivoots aud lizards shellerine in Hollow stumps of pandanis trees and in rotten lows are ousted ane killed hy dows. Poreupines (liiwinnga’) ace common, ancl are Gareiud Wwripped Tio a pleee afl rik. Fiving oposstums (Pefaweus) ave often taken during the day whet aslerp in hallow trees, or when disturbed hy honey gatherers, The flesh is mueh wppre elated. aul the fir is used in ormamenting amnlets and in making fuesteine, Flying foxes (mmulen) are eaten, but hot the smaller inseetivorous bate. Native companions (aguruki), jabiens (fdummulkulia’). ame blaek eoula- foos are Prequenthy stalked and speared. The two former birds COTHTLOUEY poraaile lone the seashore in seareh of dead fish and other marine debris, and ave easily speared by men tiding in the coastal serub. The lorikeet Centled pei pia) anal smaller bivds ave falcon by stone-throwine. The taotnd-butlding serub fowl (Megapodiis revimeordt) is common all over He arehipelago, and provides a veentir stipply of large cees, The natives do Hot distally molest the birds. but the nests are Frequently rifled. The native serutehes in the monud with both hails, followin the trend of the hole excavaterl by the bird; he throws the debris backwards theoneh his Joos, and vradiually Hisappears head frst inte (he exeavation, while a second native assists bay remoy- me fheomaterialas it is thrown up. tn this wily (he digeer sometimes woos dawn six feel before reaching the owes. Newly hatched birds uneovered in this manner ave killed and eaten, The eves are prepared by breaking a hole in one side ane ine comked, hole uppermost. on the tire, Wish (Cakwaia’) are plontital around the island, and various cdeviees are employed fo eatel then, fishing over the reels with hook and line being (he principal mode. Bait is obtained hy diveing out of dhe sand with the dumeds varios beaeh cribs (Ocypoda). They are usually dismembered and placed ina hark dish shielded Crom the sin, The catioe is anchored over a suitable spol, (he IWiiks baitet with the feshy part of the evab. the hard parts beine nsec as @romid- hai. The line is made of bibiseus bark eave. and the present-day look is au ivou nail (bigangi?). Endeavonrs were made to find ot what hooks were in use previously, Dit they have obtained metal for so lone a period. From Malay traders, TINDALE-- NATIVES OF GROOTE LEYLANDT 81 from wreekwwe, and in recent years by trade (rom the mamland Gribes, that ne other hooks ate now known, The wail bas the head ground off, is finely pointed, and bent abruptly in two places to form the hook Chext fig. 1d). His lashed to the cord with fine twine. Barbed hooks are not ia great demanad. aud when vised. the barb is eeounel off, and Une look lashed on in the same fashion as the nail, the ilea of Using the eye being mippreciated by them. When a fish is catght it is killed hy erushing inthe top of the head with the teeth, bit if larger, a Uirow ing: stiek is used. ‘Phe vate is generally piled wp in the waist of the eeatt, but in hot weather may be strung on a cord and trailed inthe water. On return to lard the fish aire cooked on the camp fire, Certain fishes, such as stiigrays aid sharks, are subjected tou ore clahorate mode of cooking, which is deseribed elsewhere, Spearing is another favourite method of obtaining fish, When a canoe ts vised # native sits in the stern and paddles quietly along. while a second: stants wilh poised spear in the bows. Ta this fashion the shallow waters along the shore and over (he coral reefs yield stingrays, aatlet, ane @roper. Phe eliet essential is perfect quietness both in the manipulation of the paddle anc in the (ireetions wiven by (he spearer; a series of signs aie aude use ol Wher sivnalline rhe lefh avn hares loosely down: Hf the baud is held showing the pala to the one bohind he eoases paddling, To go forward the band is pointed forward, palm down. aud the finwers ave moved fowether, as though beckoning, quickly i speed, slowly if merely a stroke is veqnired. The direction right or left is indicated by (he position of the tam, supplemented by that of the spear and body. Aber an nsticeessful Ciraw or reconnoitre, ne tick’ is indieated by opening the hard, with the four fingers pointing forward and the thimb extended to the might, and partly vevolying the hand ina clockwise direction, A evocodile is tedieated: hy Henin the head somewhat to the left, opening the month wide, aad passin the forefinger of the left hand im Front of it from vieht to lett, Tidal creeks provide a good supply of fish. At high tide a Dervier of mun epove branches, loaves, and grass is thrown across an estuary, leaving a gap abo two feet dowidth near one side. As the tide falls the migrating fish are there speared by wailing natives, For a week at the end of February shoals of a marine Grey Mallet about (liver inehes in deneth eame up the eveek at Yetiba, lo fresh water. and endesvoured to leap a waterfall about four feet in height. The matives placed ashoet of paperbark supported on sticks beneath the fall, on whieh such fish as failed dn the leap fell. Creat numbers were taken, aid eaten raw, ov alter cooking fora Tew monmerts, No net is apparentiv used for fishing. Ti was explained that the tish were vsnally daree, and nets would get broken, On the mainland: sniall freshwater fish are offen caneht by driving Chem ito hand-nets. Su Keecokbs OF Thue Suv. Museum li the sheltered taticdy bay at Bartaliinbu Great timbers of a hirwe bivalve molhise (alread (rapecw) ave found buried de the nad. Canoe loads are gathered, andre eaten edhier caw or cooked on the fire fora few avimirtes, The shells ave fo be found in tnmense nianbers, forming tomunds around the enmping sites, Mreshwater dussels (2 io) ave also found, but less plenmtifutly, On the mein lind the Noneubuvi and iiland tribes eat erent quantities of these miussels. Hloney is a tmueh soneht delicaey, Stineless native bees (Triyaued often mhakes Cher homes im the hollow stems of the strine@ybark em (Be itedlyplits lelradoula.) \ walive us he walks along may notice the minute hole which the bees aire using, or nmiore often, he proceeds from tree ta tree, tapping cael, amit lie (iseovers a hollow one, when, placing his ear aeaiist the triamk, he listens For sommds of the bees? activity. On locating a swarm he clunbs the tree, and by coffing aaway the bark and niikine a ereove te the wood. renoves the ontive Hest amd: places io ina bark dish. TP the nest is imaecessible the tree is felled andl split. Nests Galt in fissies ju voeks camob always be yemoaved; it this ease a lone, Thin stick is inserted ta the ereviee anc dwistedl about, (he adhering honoy heme sueked aff, AA favourite method of wating honey is to place wads of soft, clay gavies in the dish containing if; ese when saturated are removed and chewed, The pulpy dass of wriss and adhering wax is spat out, fo the eratifeation of the logs, Which chew the pellets for the sake of way honey remaining. The practice is Widely spread amone the Gall tribes, and when stilible erass is not available fhe osolt inanerbark of the 'Shineewood?” is used. The was is ustiatly saved lay fhe onofetire ancl repain of weapons, ete. During the wel season the vellow Afowers of a Botlle-brush (Biaaisie dewtale) aveomade too veld Their nectar by striking the diarewe brush-lile Gowers inte the palm of the hand, whieh is then Tieked. A boy, Naali by name, was dotieced doihe this. and on my teyving, a not ineonsiderable qiauitity of sweet nectar was oblatned tna few moments, Several species of lerp insects (Psyliidiae) secrete a sti@ary substanee, which is found adbering ta seales to the bark of walhle ane obher trees, ancl (ose aire eaten. Tloneys ants (Ci panefis spp. are tot known to the islanders, bat doom the diland tribes. sachs the Rittariiiwe, they are cawerky sought for, AIL food whieh is nat eaten on (he spot is considered fo belong to the eunipine eroup as a whole aie on arrival af camp is apportioned, only Those present receiving a share. The old men receive a full share, Che vemainder being divider dione Fhe vounwer ones. Old tien do not go oomt for food as a rales but uf the food supply remains dew they will sometimes fale a bos or two and) ga out Hshines stally most of their tiae is spent in maki spears. There is a definire food-shariig custom, A eertiin native, sometimes a yout nian is reoardect as TINDALE. NATIVES OF GROOTR EYLANDT 83 the distributor of food, whieh is always brought to hin to be shared, Anroirg the people of Talakurnpa a middle-aged man tamed Machapemeingi performed (his office, The deseription of a meal will give an idea of the proceduve. AU yvonne man brought a parcel at edible roots wripped iy paperbark to the camp at Yotibu, Placing the parcel before Machap-ininji. who was seated among other natives, le cal down ata distance. Thening his back on the vest of the party. Marchap-niiigy curted out The roots, ane. retaining one for himsell, pieked up the others share hy share, and passed (hen behind bis back fo the one next fo hin Kach old iat received two roots, and younger men one each, Minally, there being one over. HE was cairelessty slimw Loa old man of a neighbouring sub-bribe, The roots were simply diusted by ruining them through the fingers, and eiten, The dative who brought in the parcel of food received nothing, ancl remained apart tatil the mealayas finished, Among the men of Bartalrambu cooked cdiigone anc tiette fosh wore disteibaded iy similar manner, a native named Yorndenya being the Jistribntor, Uuless there isan abundance of food, the one whooobhatis it reevives no share, aid i awas fond necessary when chiploy ing mitives fa make Cheat est (he fowl provided before leaving for ther own camp. otherwise i would te ehaved. Previons to amaking this rule it was ivipossible to get a metive to work for uore than Pwo conseentive cays, fer heeoming frig, he would) disappear tooobtain food Cor Timsel Yi AG, Cooling cligong Heals Iie at. Covering deren Wael jveiny potenila i even, liol ashes and sor When hwo eroups of natives form adjacent camips food is mot stimredt i the ordinary wav. Tlowever, if a digo or fietle is brought ito one cmap there ts often fo moek Cimonstvation of hostility; wniery votives aire raised di charlloniees and jeerss sometimes spears may be thrown by either side, Peace, hinwever, ts st NECORDS OF Tae S.A. Muskum vestoved by an invitation fo shure the food, whieh is eaten separately in the two Canips. Dugones, turtles, and other large animals are cooked in oa form of oven, Stones are thoronghly heated in large fires Vit in clepressions im the sandy soil ; the fire is raked out, and strips and pieces of flesh are spread in the depression, eovercd with eyead or euin leaves, and then with the bot stones, the ashes anid embers being raked back over the whole (see text fies. 85 and 86). The food is often only partially cooked when withdrawn from the oven and distributed, Strips of flesh are often seorehed in the fire and lime up in the stn to dry, aud meey (iis be kept for a weele or mare, Trrtles are laid in the oven on their backs, and after several hours’ cooking are daken ont and cut oup, the entrails being removed, washed, and replaced on fhe fire, Owine to this treatment much of the shell is useless for trade, Laree Stingrays and sharks are cooked in a more elaborate manner After fhe creature tas been wutted aud plaeed on the fire for a few moments, if is eut Info small portions aud passed vound to those in eamp, who dear (he portions With their teeth and chew them, forming the pulpy mass into balls with their finvers. Several pounds Of this artiele are spread out on a sheet of bark, fat derived From the creative is placed oon it, aud a small fire formed af two sticks laid over the whole. The fat aelts, and is absorbed te the mass, whielt after being kneaded powell is made into flat cakes and baked in the ashes, Amalipa Ceremonies. When examining the hills at the sources of Amalipa Creek, flowin into Spencer Bay. ciiving aludy. W927) our aecompmiving natives, an In@ura and a Ninetibiyi. pointed out a swantp containing many paperbark trees, a prominent landinark on entering the bay, as the site of a seeret ceremonial eromnd. On investigation we first found a cleared circular area in the dense sevub, with a free near its middle. Mis was a place where Unamalia-maind? operations ana other tiitiatory ceremonios fake place. Against the protests of the natives, who, however, Followed us, we proeeeded further tite the serub, and on the horder of the big swamp found a diimber of dilapidated tits ima partial clearing. One Nit, however, was evidently new Chut A im test fie, 87.3 i was abont ten feet lon. cient wide. aid six high, Six forked tpright poles had been placed ie the wround, Fires at each ends and sipported on these were three poles. placed length. Wise, ‘Theonidide pan of iiprights were higher than the others, and therefore the rool, formed of Tiree sheets of paperbark laid over transversely-placed stieks, was asloping ane. Three sides were formed of sheets of bark, bit one end, exeept for [he prighi. vemamed open, Near the inner end were twa mounds of sandy soil. each stiipperting qi tpright decorated poles These were each about forum feet High aid four inehes in diameter, Both were ved-oehred, amd one hac oa poluter TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 85 Life SPENCER BAY 2 -AMALIPA . “eihnT PAPER BARK ge ia SWAMP a s eevee, =Q,: E “5 ¢ 0, a Cc PAPER BARK “lot GRASS FLAT ge te 8 Swarte Foan \. : ro Cc DQ a AMALIPA,. HUTS. D G is * Pao c e S “rT? BEACH Ss = ‘ > SS : DENSE SCRUB SCRUB CIRCUMCISION AL 7. > NUMEROUS.“SCRUB TURKEY. CEREM EMONIAL GROUND “MOUNDS ‘BitaBonG | wo BILLABONO ao WOMENS CAMP V36"30' € LONEXIS"50'S.LAT. i gett “SHELL «+ MOU NOS i k y eR ate x CAVES WITH VNTIVE REMAINS % Se EL aes , x Fig. 87. Sketch map showing Amalipa and the ceremonial ground. design in white, yellow, and black. The sand of the floor was cleanly brushed, while outside the hut the ground showed many footprints. On the occasion of a second visit under the guidance of the chief old man of the Bartalumbu group, the hut was found to have suffered from the storms of the wet season and the fall of a tree, but beneath the wreckage the two poles were found as before. The old man brought them out willingly, Text fig. 87 shows the positions of the different huts seen. In hut B, which was in ruins, he due in the floor at the inner end, and produced two poles of a soft wood (similar to those in hut A), wrapped in sheets of bark. These were too termite-eaten to bear trans- port. Hut C, next visited, had been a large one, and more substantially built than the others, but was apparently several seasons old and in ruins also. In it were buried six large decorated slabs of the same significance as the others, made from a soft wood. The four lower ones were termite-eaten, but the upper two wrapped in a parcel by themselves, had escaped serious injury. A round one, similar to those in hut A, was found in the parcel containing the four flat ones, hut if was very much decayed, and after being sketched (text fig. 88) was replaced. Hut D contained merely a parcel of termite debris beneath a mass of decaying paperbark and wooden poles. It was evidently the oldest of which traces could &b Rercorps oF TIE S.A. MUSEUM he found. Tut Bowas also in ruins, and the only poles noticed were two ot hardwood, with only braces of thei original colouring remaining, lying below ao tativle of uprights and roof stieks. I) the lareest oof the former huts. was filly mehteen feet lone and twelve wide, Phe roof had) fallen ino tut the uprights weve all standing, One laree, painted hardwood pole, about eight foot im deneth, was found buried in the lat. A second could aot be Pound, althoneh 4 careful seareh was made by the old man, who was positive there should have been another. Tint Go owas marked only by a few stieks and much debris: it contained nothing of terest. Pig. G8. Trance found in dint cy In hut C was alse found an old dancing staff painted ved, yellow, and black. anh with remnants of fur streamers attached, later on, showing this stick fo a miiktle-aged man, Powas informed of the proceedings at the ceremonies tel al Manalipe, The ceremonies al Amatipa are totemic iv character, and take place about once a vear at one of at least three places, Amalipa, Malstaoba (Biekerton Isham), or on the midiniind af Wendanwa (Cape Barrow). When held at Amatlipa the Inedra only attend, but when at Malkalaoba parties of natives of the Nimenbuye tribe are Frequently present also; and when Wondanea is the chosen plave the Talakurupa group of the Tiguva are wenerally absent. Sinabe eopemonies ave aiso helt by the Numeubaye at Niambirruwe (Rose River). where fhe Thenre do not attend, The leader of the ceremonies is an old man anned Nokwari or Neniamulkwe, belonging te the Bartalinbu section of the tribe Chie man marked in toxd fie V1 by a os) He is a fierytompored individual, a aoted snearthrower, anda Mawician. Te has considerable power aver thamecderstorns and over pain. whieh Nie Trequiently prodieos driving the ‘ower’ season bay his magient! siming, anal as ANSTEY ealises To cease by simile ues, Hlaving clecided to hold a ceremony, messenzers, with painted messieustiels US passports, are sent Lo visit the variors sections of the tribe some woeks before hand Memiwhile Nokwari. assisted by other old amen. ents and omaments trom two fo six large poles. The qittives arrive in parties, brineine food. such as roots, Turtle-cges, ancl honey, sufficient to last over the period of ceremonies. A epaee is cleared adjoining (he clearing and tat used on former oveusions, ure a new htt is constrneted, The deeorated poles are placed within in wn nprielht position, aod the daneiny and sinvine commences, Minnie datees (alviiityane- TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLAND'! 37 pena’), illustrating the habits, attitudes, and other peenharities of certain arias and birds are performed in front of and arom the dui. with the ohjeet. oe causing an abundant supply of the creatives dium the following seasou. Phin following totem animals and hinds wre subjects: Dugongs (Halicare uustralis), wallabies (Macropus agilis), bandieoots (Peraneles), poreupines (Mehidnd venleatad, lovikects (Trichaylossus ribyitorquis), mative companions (ebabigan rubleundad, evane (Demiegretta seer), and turtles (Chelan). Theve are probably others: for instance, among the Nunenbuva, the tayak, ov giant water lily (Nymphaea stellata) is the subject of a ceremony, Several tours miay he devoted to the dance, featuring oue particular ereatare, after which there follows a period af preparation for another. The performers have their bodies deeot- ated with transverse: bands of colour, a broad baud of white clay is plastered wily ‘heir hain, and they weave braehes of ivouwood Jenves tied to thei Leps, The performers carry decorated staves in their hands or between their teeth while performing many of fhe datieess these stives syuibolize the partiatir rolem whose datee is being performed. Miniatites of ihe poles ire also tale apd used in the ceremonies, being placed wpright in the round. or sometinies carried in the bands. The ausie is provided by the clrouespipe and: by (he hitting together of throwing ov other stieks, The youtie men are first allowed to see the eeremonies af about the age of eighteen, Tid nothing was lamneck as ia ihe method of intvoduetion. ‘The women are not allowed: Lo witness Lhe cere. monies, At Amalipa the women’s eatap is sitmated about halla mile fut her iat, andl is indieated, as mentioned before, hy the sigs of the preparation ol burrawang damper. Nearer the eveek, beside a lagoon, is the men’s Gamp, weird is marked by dare mounds of shells, After the ceremonies are over the poles are wrapped in paperhark and Wnieied in the floor of the hut, whieh is then abandoned, New poles uid Tits ate invariably used for cach Tresh period of coremonies. En the veeent fit (A) the poles were standing fe sil, ancl if appears (hat (his wis beeause the news of (hie white man’s landing on auother part of the ish had broveht ceremonies iu prowess to an abrapt coneltision. The site of the hits is not visited except on decasions of The eerenorivs, an the mative pad from Bartaliombu to Northwest Bay makes a detomr inland so as to avoid the place. ‘The poles were wiven tome, but the old men asked duu they should not be exposed to the yornig: men dnd hors, and they provided: wrap pings of paperbark for them, When photowriphing text fig. 29 the young initiates and several of the younger men were confined: to the camp under the eure of an old) man, The polos are not regarded as idols, as is sueeested ina vate Ly Warren (') (41) Warten, TL, Le. 1008, pe 8. te SS RECORDS OF THE S.A. Muskum who first described objects of this type trom Raye River (Nunwubuyve tribe), The rag remains mentioned i lis aecount are not foreign materials, bit native fir-string. The poles and slabs used in the Amalipa ceremonies are known as ‘imudiunes.’ Thes are used in pairs, euch being of simituy shape, bat offen differine consider ably in the extent and stvle of decoration, depending Iivewely on the avtists? skill mud inclinations. No two pairs are alike. but may be yecoonized as helonwine ta (hree different types: (a) Plain round poles: (hb) Shaped round poles; ynd (¢) Shaped slabs, Examples of the firsi-uamed type have already been imentioned in the aeeonel of the finding of the pair of poles in site. One of the pair is figured in text fig 29 (a); the other is similar in size and shape, but is withont ornamentation, Both are made from softwood, and that figured has a desien of steaieht lines, cubes, and cireles in white, yellow, and black on a red backeround, In text fig, 29 (¢) is seen a round pole of the second type, end from a piece of ironwood (Brythraphlacwmn): it is of considerable weielrt. old, andl toweh. Almost the whole of the sapavood bas been ehipped off, leavine two collars. the tipper one a plain ring of sapewood, the other cut forming a chain of oetawonsl firnres. The head part is ent toa four-sided figure. The desien is much obliter- ated by weathering and inerustations of termite exereta, birt is similar to thet of the others, consisting entirely of straight line desiens and dots. Twas found in hut FP, Text fig. 29 (hb) and (d) shows a pair of the shaped-slab typo removed Prom lid CL The head of one is rather obscurely trunente and constricted below, and the ofher tapers off, with the head part Aattened, The designs on both wre similar, but were doubtless painted by different persons isine rel ovhves al Iwo «lifPerent shades. Text fig, 50 shows another but recent example of the last fype, mile ane hronght up seeretly at night by the man shown in the jllusteation, one of those respousible for the construction of the Amialipa poles. Speneer (1) deseribed and figured six examples of the above-mentioned slap type obtaimed on the islind by the members of TL. Lb. White's ornitholowies! expedition, during the earlier part of ous sojourn there, bit stated that nothing was definitely known about them, Ceremonial objects which are similar in appearance to the “imine,” bat always Of small size, are used in the Amalipa coremouies, They are callout (1) Speneer, Baldwin, Guide to Australian Ethiolowien! Collection, ted ed. 922, p. tines, pl. 2a, TINDALE—-NATIVES OF GrooTr EYLANDT ag yiniitien, oa taame awhieh is similar te Simudtunga. hey ane somebinns earriod inthe hand. but visually placed upright tn the eromnd: the same seerees iso maintained ahowt them as in the case of the larger ones. Severml examples wore broughtiop. weappec in paperbark, at might, by individiiadl oldb men. like the larger ones. they are vised vieht through the series of ceremonios hell at any One Pie, Usually they aremade ofa thin stib of pineavood (Caliifys), split out of the stem of the living tree. Trees mitilited for the pirposes of making ceremonial pbjeets and paddles are counmmonty wotieed on the isha. Phe Syoiitinieia vary from ciehteen to twenty-seven inches ti len@tli. and front one to fourm in Width. The upper end is usually shaped, several general forms beine common, one do whieh the lead is teumente, another in whieh there are two creed projec tions at dhe exteemities of the sictes, atc others with the tipper part tapered or reetanwular. The lower end is always tapered to permit al iis beine plaeed tn fhe eronnd, The eolour patterns are similar fo those in the larwe poles, tn pl vi the ved und yellow patterms have not reproduced very clearly. Lit the example shown tn plow, fie. 14, the head portion forts a six-sidecl fiero with a (listinet constriction below if. Pl vi, fig. 12, possesses streamers of possnm—tin, Plovi, fies, 11, 22-24, depiet objects of less saered significanee, said to be diet in both bands diving cormobhorees Cmaivuneenayy. Pi these objects the two eds are similar in shape; (hey are marked with four-coloue designs in lines aid eoarse dots. ‘They were obtained from ‘Talakuriupa ment ata place on the eastern sile of dhe island. where they were noticed lying openly in the camp. hes: are probably used for canto dances te (he same maniner as the @rass and string Mitton hoomeranes are used amore the Atlawa and Mara. Dancing staves or sticks are carricd ih the hand ov held ta the mouth of the performers diving certain of the Amatipa ceremoutes. The showing of the old example found ta hat Coat Amalipa led to its recoonition by uw miiddle-ai@ed man, Rinkamari, who described aid iustrated the proceedings on the oeeasion wher that partieuhir but had heen the scene of the ceremonies some years previously, Placing transverse marks on his body with dist, in imitation of the colatved hands used, aud tying bunehes of ironwood leaves on his ankles, he eave a demonstmation of the danee in the Bandicoot Paton ceremony, for whiek the stale was construeted. The staff was held in the hand. andat times in the mowth. As the minnie (ines proceeded the time beaten on two sticks ly another inereased, nitil the performer retired exhausted, Tn the veal ceremony others world join Him and take his place, The old bandicont totem staff is shown in plovi, fie, 3. 1 is about eighteen inches ie loneth, painted in bands of black. white, ane vellow, but the cesien has mostly been obliterated Rormerly it had stredraers of animal fir, sone heel as in those mentioned below, Oy KECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Plovic fie. 6, shows a plain stick fo whieh streamers of lorikeet feathers are Htaehed, Th is used daring the performance of the Lorikeet Totem eoremeany, Plovi, fies. band 5, 7 to 12. show other citttetie staves represent ie tater aininabs. Whose names were not ascertained. PhLovi, fig. 2. is of a similiar corenromial abject urricd diving the performance of a Spear danee, but whether at the Aioalipa ceremonies or at corvobborees Was hot ascertained, The message stieks sent ont by the old men to announce the holding of reronoanies taive no aetital messave depleted on them, bet merely evidences of wood Faith; the revounition of the style of panting peeuliar to the sender bei av ouarantee that Che verhalaessage has authority, Phos. figs, 79 and SO, show examples of messaee stiels ised dar the ishimders. ‘The stieks are trom eivlt to pine jnehes tn leneth, nearhy reetangukiur, with one end shehthy tapered olf, Thov are ormmumented on both sides with a pattern af white and vellow Vines: rechappears as the backeround te seven or Ciwlt transverse bars, (he backwroiue of Hie vest betie hlaels. Music, The chief tnusteah insteviment is the drone-pipe or overaka. it is a hollow stiek between three and four feet six inches ii leneth and two ineles or less i diameter, A dry branch of the trouwood (2riathrophidem liboucheris) hollowed aft by femuites is mich favoured. failing whieh a leneth of stringybark or other wood. A likely stiek is cut rather longer than the finished pipe is required. the narrow or motth-eud is first shaped. This is ent ont with a smooth, rouniled edge, somewhat coneaye when viewed from the lateral aspeet, so as to fit the mouth, andl a mouthpieces of beeswax and eum added. AL eraeks in the dried stick ave filled with gum, and the stick is placed ina ereel or poud ta soak. When the wood has swollen so as fo render the pipe airtight (this is tested by placing the palin of the hand over one end and blowing through the other) the fone of the insteiment is tried, TY ib is not considered satisfactory, a shiv portion of the tnfinished end is ent off, After tuning has been satistietority accomplished, the drone-pipe may be ormumented in bands of white, ved. vellow, wid blaek, and is then ready for tise. Suitable hollow stieks are ol oasily Obtained, and many drtone pipes in use are made from erooked stieks: if the one chosen is very aueh eracked if is wrapped in layers of paporbark ane bord around with fat stands of the inner bark of the hibiscus, Not only must the pipe he correctly tuned, but tt should be so thin that on flieking i with) the finwer nail it gives good resonance, This tapping on Groote Eylandt often enters into the music, and therefore the best-liked pipes are those whiell have not been Wrapped. When notin use the pipe is always let lying in water, so as to keep fhe wood swollen, AX drone-pipe whieh has been left to diy for some tine ts (iffientt to blow with the proper fone and volume TINDALE— NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 91 Pl. vii, figs. 27 to 30, represents painted examples of the unwrapped ‘yeraka.’ The patterns usually consist of rings of se sveral colours. In each figure the mouth-end is placed to the right. Pl. vil, fig. 31, had been left soaking’ for some time, and all traces of colour have vanished, The notes of the ‘yeraka’ shown in pl. vii, fig. 28, were tested and found to correspond to C sharp and EF sharp the bass clef. The one shown in pl. vii, fig. 32, has been wrapped in paperbark and tightly bound with flat strips of hibiscus fibre. In blowing the pipe the performer generally sits on the @round, with his lees extended before him, rests his elbows on his knees, and grasps the drone pipe near the mouthpiece with the left hand, pressing it firmly to his lips. The other hand is free either to stay the pipe or to play the accompaniment by t tapping ith the finger-nail on the side of the pipe. The other end is rested against a hollow piece of wood, which acts as a form of resonator, or failing this, supported between the big and first toes of the foot. The breath is taken, sometimes, as a cornetist, by lifting up the corners of the mouth without removing the instrument from the lips, at others by drawing in through the pipe. Some players are able to dvaw in through the nose without more than the barest perceptible pause, but after several minutes they have to stop and take a deep breath or two, as this method causes exhaustion, The music varies in different localities, both as to the sequence of the notes and the time, The general idea of the music is a low, droning sound kept up for a longer or shorter period, with a higher note at intervals, the music often ending abruptly on either the high or low note by stopping the aperture in the pipe with the tongue, The sound is produced by repeating word sounds into the pipe. The words used by the Ingura are ‘ter, fer, terup ; (vepeated) =... ter, or ter, teratup; ter, ter, terup; (repeated) The first two and a half beats are on a lower note, and the other half beat on a higher one. Variations ave introduced at intervals. A common one replaces the last two half-notes of the bar by two semi-quavers and a quaver on the lower note, Another is noticed when the blower continues for a longer or shorter period on the lower note without introducing the higher one, Certain players introduce peculiar varia- tions that cannot be easily explained. An attempt was made to write down a few bars of the drone-pipe music : g- . 7 ber Ler Cer -¥P tex ber ter-up Cer Cer Leva- tup et ret ter te-1ra=- tup ter ter Cer - up a= ter ber tey ey ber Wer - up 92 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MusituM Young boys ave tanght to blow the drone-pipe as soou as they beconte attached fo the men’s @ioipy apt pupils are noticed continually practising when in camp, Owinw to the severe tas ou the lunges in matiy oF the more cdiffieult strles of droue-pipe blowing, some of the older players hive developed deep breathing fod marked extent, so mueh so that, having taken a deep breath, their abclomen becomes distended in a strikime manner, like a rubber balloon, Not only ts the drone-pipe used by the umtives in ceremonial canees and lo pass idle hours of the day, but is the almost invariable accompaninient to their sleep. Tn a sleeping camp. us one player becomes tired, he wakes the one next fo him, who continues in his place. So neeessany is this masie to the natives that on one oveasion at Yetiba a party of them who lacked a drone-pipe were table to sleep, and waking me, begged the loan of one from my collection, The ext morning dhe manutactire of a mew one was witnessed. When watehtulness is necessary, or danger apprehended af nieht-time, the (rone-pipe is employed, together with singing, to pass the time and keep all awikes its sonmolent effects are then counteracted by the aceoupaniment of singing and vigorous clapping together of stieks, When blood-fend fights were IN progress between two parties al Yetiba im December, W921, two were kepl in nse all night in each of the opposing camps (situated about SOO yards apart), Occasionally the drovespipe is used as a signal, being blown very londly to indicate to scattered parties that a dugoug ov turtle has been captured and Prout ashore, The Tne clromeprpe is usually half as lone again and of lureer Cameber (hin thet i Gomanon use by the Mara, Newnidi, and other indand= tribes: aid Therefore gives a lower note. Ola mainlander assistants could at first scarcely hlow them. owing to the extra air required. The bamboo of the north coast of Arnhem Land does not grow on Groote Evlandt, aud consequently io exe p les of the bamboo drome-pipe were met with, Weapons. The elie! weapons of the ishinders are spears, of whieh there are mary yarielies inouse. They may be conveniently classed as: Fish spears: chivone spears or harpoous; limiting spears: and fighting spears. The workmunship displayed in the ishand-made spears is superioy to that of! the mainiind tribes. For distance, shatts of spears are seldom, exeept in the dugone spear, made front a plain sapling, hut are split out of the low and worked Up tito shape wilh Iatives, serapers, and rubbing stones. Some spears used on Ihe isha are not of loeal origin, but are aequired by trading. All SPOurs, except the dugone spear, are constructed with the depression in the end of the shalt to tit the throwing stick. amd are not used as javelins or lances, TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTK EYLANDT W3 Fish Spears. The fish spears (makin) are of several types, One is made with a hardwood shalt, from nine to eleven feet iu leneth, with two, ovcastoually three, Darbed harchwoow prongs bound on, the barbs factig each other to prevent the prongs being forecd apanl; they are lashed several inehes above {hein bases, Vu eximiple is fisured in pho ovin, fie. 47. The shaft is of stringybark (Macelyptis felradovta), aid the prongs of smembernuke” (Lrythraphluemin)., As the speats ave heavy (lwernty-two ounmees) aie sink, they wre usually used onby when spear ine big fish, suelo as stinerays, sharks, and groper in shallow water. Kor deeper Water, or for vise from eanoes mn erceks and estharies, the heavy shaft is replaced Dy one of white sefhywood commonly found it the rain-forest, ene the spear floats opr, owine to the wreater weight of the head, An example is figured int = plowiii, fiw, 4s. Althotweh davewer thea that shown in tig. 47, if is very tideh livliter (Sixteen ounces). lo another form caudal spines of the stingray are hound toa shaft in sets of from three to five; such spears ave greatly prized. and their owners would wet part with them. ATter on second visit lo the istic these spears were largely replaced by four-pronged fonciigawire ones. Dugong Spears. The dugone spear, ov harpoon, whieh is used by the men of Partalimba, vousists Of a lone, Thin sapling (nine yall), sometimes over fifteen fect in leneth and two inches in diameter, tapering to about three-quarters of an meh at the smaller end. The large end has a hole about an ineh deep. and to prevent splittivg is bond vonud with string. Tate the socket thus forme is insertect @ stort spearhead (‘baju’), barbed on one side, bound with cord a (fhe base, and with along line attached. The Sbaju’ used to be made oll irorwood ov strineyvbark, bit after the arrival of ome party they were replaced by eight- eh wails: i these the head is bound vound with string to form a plaw for rserbion da the soelet of the shalt. The entire spear is termed cantleanilha, and in the specimen figtred (ph vil, fies, 25 and 26), the total length, including the head is sixteen Feet, ane WHOM The rope weighs just over five pounds, The float is a speeial light kine Of dviftawoock whieh is sometimes cast ip om the beaches. Tis place ol origin, lle Hhat oof deilt coeoiiits previously aeutioued, is possibly New Guinea. Hunting Spears, Hhiniting spears are distally wot more than eight feet in length. slender. ated conparalively Hight. They ave cut Troma tough piece of hardwood, in ore piece. The head ts sharpened and daidened in the fire, and is without barbs. The example show ti pl vir dig. HW. is seven feel nine inches in length, and weiwhs OuLY Tne OUnees, re RECORDS OF THE S.A, Museum The hinting spear is largely used for wallabies (Miteropus agilis), which are voummon on all the ishmids of the avelipelae, Several oF ihe voutwer inen bave reputations as wallabay spearers, bat com paratively few animals, considering the nimbers about, are taken, chilly beeanuse easier sourees Of obtaining food ave plentiftal Your men often practice, using low eycad palms as targets. They stealthily approach to within fen ov fifteen yards, and hurl several spears on alter another as fast as possible at the tareet, Fighting Spears. At least four types of fighting spears are found ou the islamd: One-piece hardwood spears; hafted spears with barbed hardwood heads: bamboo-halted spears: stone-headed spears. The first two are mianitactired on the island: the her byo are imported. Both the former are termed “manjurata’ There ave hwenty or (hints: vecownized spearanakers on the island. aml eel has lis own stvlecof spear andornamentiation. Pia bimdle of over three Timelved examples Fobtaimed from the natives as fines for iron, wire, and other metal objects stolen by them), they could identity the maker of eel. The spears are iistially nade Insets of From three toa dozen, and pains are taken to make all the spears. uf fhe set sinilar as regards Jeneth, weielt, and oruamentation. ‘Tests mace hy Mie, Sh Mon at Vali ttirpa. Pig 40, Spess Throwing. 6 sete up a targed Ga ciawine of a wallihy on bark, fone feet in heieht) shawed Hah the effeetive ranwe of the speaes was thirty sands. At thirty-five wards onby ste mie hit the lareet ata heivht of more than a few inehes shove the epoutiel, Whereas at the former distance few failed to score a body hit. The test fiw, 40 ‘hows the duitives who took part in the test, UW will be aiotieed that the man puzaged in throwing his spear, and at least two others. are leftehamnded s niany Mher ishinders are left-handed also, The barbed one-piece harcdwooud spears are inade from stringvbark wood, Long strips of wood ave split off the felled dunk of a ivee and rolehily frinned TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 95 mito shape in the bush. With a brodle of these ain old man retirris Co canny, Where younger men ent ail serape the spemeshafts and shape the head for the operation of @utting the barbs. For these purposes stone knives were employed up to the time of our yisit, but were soon replaced by metal Tis certain that in former vears sone inetal implements were veeeryed Ty then: from the Macassar men, but more recently their absence caused an entive veyersion fo the tise of the older implements, Tin opl vit, fig, 10, is shown a spear ready for the process of barbeoutiing. "This operation is performed bay the spear-nmakers themselves, ‘Phe polit is first shaped. sud then whout three inehes trom the apex the first barb is ATTUTTCOM SUT RU Mie dl on, Method of cutting barbs. boo, Robbing stone for body seaps, dy Mish-lronk. 6, Krot employed in string bolts. Yashioned by a series of small ents. ‘Phe kuileo ts held ti the postion shows font fia. HL (a. @rasped in the palin of the hand, with the apes of the Thircde porting down, and the back ccee of the knife resting in ihe base of the palin. By omovinw the and ipwird, pressing the edge of the Knife on the work, ana levering on the base of the palm, ereat and steady cutting power is obtatnect, After the barbs have been completed, aud the surface seraped as smooth as possihle, i is polished by rubbing with a smooth, bard pebble or a piece of trou wood, The spear is then trinamed to the corveet length, and) the depression formed it the end for the throwine-stiek. Some spearanakers bine oanimied 9A RECOKDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM string around The spear. ear the oud, to prevent splitting, Any warping whieh may have taken place is remedied by heating the warped portion over a sms fire and holding the spear ina counter bent position until cold; the point alse is Hardened by thovouwh heating. The outline of the colour patterns is serateled on ane the cesien filled) in With the patterns of lines aud dots usual among the Paes. Plate vill, figs. 33 to 41, show various spears of the one-piece types fig. 37 being the other end of a spear belonging to the same setas that shown in fie. 8s. The second type is the batted two-piece spear, Ln this the head is split Mrom a piece of ivomwood, and the barbs cut out while the wood is 2rOUn, aS if becomes tough on drying, ‘The shaft may be eut from a piece of strinevbark, ov From white and softer wood. An Ueshaped ent about tao dmeles or move in lene hi is trade in the top ool the shakt, ane the lead, (eimimed te fit, is splieod in. Bled: wood resin is melted on toa piece of stick, over a small fires it is then Teneddec and pounded between (wo stones. warmed again witil sticky, and gneaped over fhe end of the spear, which is pressed into the eut in the shaft. Che Juret uve is howd with string, vesin is plastered over. amd by spittine on it and working 4 Wh the fingers it forms a lard, smooth surface on eooline. The average length of the spears is just over nine Leet, inehading a darh about one foot six ineles in leneth. and the average welt is about fifteen oimtiees, A few of the fvo-pieee spears are very long aid heavy. "hose made Ny (ol main nauied Papatima are over ton feet in leneth, inelidine a barhedt heud Hhiee feet long; they weigh abort nineheen ounees, A set of three was ol laiied, WHE The head of one of these is Shown in pl. viti, fiz, 46. The ustal form of barbing (wed in the fighting spears is produeed Dy eublone a@oseries oF shantinw ovate holes in the expanded side ol the spearhead, Urs forming a series ol barbs joined fowethoer at their summits ly a knile-edeed stripy of wood (see pl viii, figs, $4. 22. eres). Ti ise the fine st rip ol wooed often twists WT, exposing the barbs beneath, and renders the spear diffienlt to removes (he ishuiders on the whole agreed that it was the best Iype of barb. Mavis of the spears have small, Open barbs placed close tozether (see pl. Vil, fies. 36, 46. ele, The Nimeaibinvir people on the mainkaid eniploy laree, lone, and Witlely-spaeod barks, anda few of the Tigiaea spears approach this Iype (see pl. vii, fies. bh and 45), Combinations of two or more of (he above styles ave commonly anel with, and two are Ulustrated in pl viii, fies, S83 and 89, tna style of barbing, said to be that of wold man of Bavtalimbo, the barbs are arranged On both sides of the sper. The oly example obtained is shown in pl. viii, fe. Ho To ineresase the cifflents of removing the spear by drawing it through the wownd. some have one oy more reversed barbs, as seen in pl. viii, fies. 36.39, 41. and 45. TINDALE—NATIVES OF GkOOTE EYLANDT 07 The manifactive of fighting spears of the above-mentioned types is alnidst voufined to the isha tribe, and all examples met with on the mainland among Lhibes as far removed as the Allawa anc Mara, were identified as having hoon Frndedk from tribe to tribe from the islanders. On removing the less carefully executed white paint patterns from barbed spears obtained frou: the Mara people at Roper River, traces of the finer patterns peculiar to te Dnwira were diseavered Helow, ail on engiinw Twas ascertained dhat the spears had been browelt fron the Nungubuyn couitey, PL. viii, fig. OS, shows one of a set of six livia spss redocorated with a eruder Mara pattern of white, PL vill, fig. 87, shows the other extremity OF another of the set, iu whieh the ead, for about a foot, bas been painted white by the Mara, a featire aot practised by the Terra, The older nen are constantly eniployed in making spears, and prodtiee eres Honbers: over three himeived spears were noticed i dhe possession of a party of about thirty men of Talakurupa. Canoes visiting the mainland take over bundles OF spears fou trailing purposes, aod enue plumes. veclochre, and stone (quartaite) Huploments are received in exchange, Bambooshaltod spears are occasionally used by the Ineura, They are most favoured by the Bakanamu tribe of Caledon Bay, by whony they are manifiae- (irred and traded to the adjacent tribes. They are vrudely fashioned in com- parison With The straight, polished spears of the ishmaders, each consisting ot a slick Calederi) from two to five leet Jone, sharpened at one end, aid with severn| Holehed rings cut at intervals along its leneth; Lo this a shalt, formed of a length of fight bamboo, is fixed with string and gum (see pl viii, fe, 50), Sueh ave usually about eight feet in leneth and veey Tielt Ghvee and a half to seven OULIOOS ). Despite their apparent ifertority, these spears ave, in the hands of (he Balan, move Feared than any others along the coast. This tribe is constantly al enmity with the Pagira, and curing the period of our stay ou the ished tayo aids were inade hiv their young men, led by oldler ones, against the ishanders, On both occasions they were clriven off, but not on the first oecasion before they had visited our citip and stolen wire aid other metal objects. Flinders hed Wonble with members of this tribe at Caledon Bay an 1808; a party of brepanwers Were attacked there also in 116, aud several were killed, iN hapanese peartine party were attacked ata bay south af Cape Grey in 1923. The vessel was plun- dered, Iwo ol the -lapanese being killed and several wounded, Specimens of the banthoo-shatted spear are oevasionally possessed by the Poet mien, who can throw them well. Being light, they travel further than Hhea own Teayy spears, whieh, however, are preferred for fighting in seruh or Forest eorntry, as They aire not so readily diverted by coulaet with the aides wrowth. Draddition to ther long vine. the bamboo spears tive the advantage 8 KkRCORDS OF ‘THE S.AW MUSEUM of Heltiess, coabling a large quimber to be eartied, and further, Wf dhe spear niisses its objective, i generally, on striking the ground, breaks near the junetion of the aeacia stiek and the batiboo, whereas (he hardwood spears, bem stronger, eat ustally be pieked up and thrown back, ‘Phus the harcdavood spear users are at a disadyantaes, and as it is offen the niamber of spears that count, there is mitch to be said tor the eruder weapon, Bach of the twenty-six young men i the first of the raiding parties referred to above had from fifteen ta forty spears it His possession. No stone suitable for implements is found on the island, and manitietived lives and spearheads are obtained by (rade from the Nimenbuyu, who receive them ia tum from natives of the interioy, Alb the stone nuplements found: oi Gyoote Eylandi tive af one fime or another passed i fin throueh the hands of the Aliiwa, Neahikan, Mara. and Nubeubuyal the former obtaining then From (vibes still further south. Owwinw to thei searcity, sloue-headed spears are uel prized, and the tatives could not be induced bo part with theme except for metal equivalents. Many are erndely shafted, ac have come From some inlaid tribe, in Whose territory crooked saplings. roughly straightened in the fire. only are available. Thoother cases the stone lias been reshafted with a strateht length of stringy bark or while wood, Pl. viii, fig. 41, shows a stone-headed spear obtained on the iskind: From the meno Talakirupa. Lt has a erooked shaft, bearing the colour pattern common tothe Mara. fis thin etd is painted white. as already deseribed. TL viii, fly. a2. shows another stouccheaded spear front the islands its crooked shalt las been replaecd by one of stringy bark; the blade is protected by a wrappiig of paper- hark wud string, Some years avo a trepanger discarded a mild: steel warter-tank ona iste dn the Guilt Te awas entre by Che natives af the loewlity, and several pieces were obLained by the Tagera, who geod Theme to a characteristic: spear lade shape and attached them to shalts tua similar maniier te the stone heads, Throwing-sticks. At least three types of throwmestiek are ih ise among the Tneura These wre: (a) (vtimaneala’s Gh) Syukerupi: ancl Ce) oman tinea Tho yumaneala.” or flat ihrowing.stiek, is wenerally cut from sett wool 1 is somewhat reclineulir in seetion, with the head or pew-end sliehtly tapered, The pew is attached on the flat side, and is formed of a piece of tromwood ov pine (Calliiris) about a inch and a half lone, evenly tapered at cach end. 7 is seenpedl with String and bloodaywood eum inte amoteh ent tthe lead of Che stiek ; iWoamay be strenethened with a thin strip of caneg as shown in ph ix, fig, 67, The head ane the bandle, whieh lather is tadicated ly a noteh or by a raised) band of wood, dre Offer painted white, and the shaft red-ochred (see pl ix, figs. 93) and 57). At dimes patterns in white aud yellow are worked over the red Cpl ix, TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EVLANDT 99 fiy, SS). Many are simply ved-ochred all over, as in the ones shown in pl, ix, fivs, Stand Ao. Phe toy Cpl is, fig. 66) was picked up near a women's camp, The Svokerupu are circular i seetion. wid wenerally ent from larcwood, hey are similar ii form Co those of the tribes south of tle Roper River, but the Huneh of ima hair string there ised at the extventity of the handle is replaced bya binding of fibrestring, One example of stringvbark is Gunred im pl. ix, fie od. This the type most Frequently met with on the isha. The Tmamitinea. adype with an enlarged handle, is peerliar (0 the istana. THis venerally made from the wood of the eypress-pine (Cullistris). The dened and shaft are similar to those of the ‘yukearupu.’ but the end is expanded and Haiieneck into a danceokite hanedle. divided from the shalt ly a vaised ving of wood, as is offen found in the ‘vinmaneala. Usually throwers ol this type are profusely deeorated with patterns in ved, white, yellow. and black, Exarniples wre shown dn ph is. figs. 60 to GY. and 77, but the camera has tailed to show the yellow and ved desigus in detail Pn some examples the pattern is first en in fhe wood. giving an etehed appearance (pl ix, fies, 60. 61, 68). In pl. ix, fie, 70, is shown an example on which a design has been seratehed only. Usually The shafts ave left tnornamented or are merely red-ochred, but others are decor abled as to phoisx. Ges. 61, 66, and 67, Moise the oVtimaneala and Smamnontinea> ave held above the junetion of Hhe handle with the shaft, and thas the handle is purely conventional, ta (he Twrkaanpu the @rip is close do the enc. Clubs and Boomerangs. (libs are not used hy the tigura, who know them only by name (mabe rukwi). The Nungubnavi, who occasionally aequire them from the Mara, cull Hem Smabaruke” or Smarivi” By variations of these names they ave known fo other tribes of Arnhem Land. The Mara nse thom for parrying the hoom- erane a their oneaunters with tribes divine to the southward. The Thera despise them Deeatise they are used by women of many mainland tribes, in conjinetion with vanestieks, for camp quarrels, The hoomerang, which they call taribina,’ derived Prom their word tavipa’ 10 throw, is known to theme only from exagwerated rumours of their worndertul killings power, ‘The nearest tribe iu whieh the hoomerang is used for fighting is the Alliwa. On showing boomeranes to Talakurupa men they became frightened, and on striking a throwing attitude, they fled) in terror, Clothing and Ornament. The elie? articles of elothine are a ‘mapini? or pubie tassel, anda belt, The Tmapiit is generally made from lone pandanus fibres, teased-out bark fibre. ov Khe Puroof the wallaby, native cat, and other animals. When tur is used it is 100) REecorps of The S.A, Moseom prepared hy spinning with the fingers info a two-stranded yarn. A quantity of the yarn is formed into tivo parcels, each about eighteen tiehes long. tied round fhe middle and connected by a loop, whieh is passed over the belt. ana: appetis like a single tassel. That shown in pl os. fig. 74, is composed of bark fibre, “Mapini? are first worn by bows after the first iitiation coremiony. Most ol the younger men but few of the older ones wear them, Another type, of more aniple proportions, is made with all the strands woven fowether at the base. Tt has a definite loop for attaching fo the bell, and is worn only by women, An example of red-oehved: tir is iisteated in pl ow, fie. 76. Belts are worn by all the natives, They are of various (ypes; several are common amone all the tribes of the Gully Dit others appear to be restricted to the ishimders. They may he conveniently dealt with vader the following heac ines: (a) Lair belts: (h) Bia belts: and Ce) String belts. Hair belts, called Sabalumukwao are made from: lime have strine fe several ways. Te simplest is by winding the string round and romnd the bodys the Thicker the belt the better, and as occasion offers more string is aelded. Who faking off such a belt the string is wound around the dassel. so as ia form a compet parcel, as shown in plo x. fig. 77. This form ds trowblesonie too caiwintd, and to form a nore convenient belt the diaiestring is offen coiled tata a lamer ving on the eromnd, hound in two opposite places, pulled tai, and wrapped avon the body, the two tied places beme joined by a piece of string, and the Jumetion Concealed by the loop of the pubic tassel (see pl x, fig, 75), Mur belts are manufactured from fur string in a similur manier, the so firol the flying opossum being Tavernved. String-belts Cilernpi) of several styles are probably peerliar to the ishand, the oeceasional example seen elsewhere having heen traded. One type is nie of at open string work, so knotted towether at iitervals that Hal clises of closely woven string are formed Three or more strands of strine ae vised. aid the principal knot is shown diagrammatically iy fest fis. dd fe), hese dises may be small and amineed ina double row, forming a taerow belt. ws illestrated iy pl. x, fig. T4. on they may be large and distvibuted in a lrianvular pattern, forming a wide bell, as im phox. fie. 72. Tn another type. male also by the Noamenbiyit people, the string is clasely woven to form a (lat helt about an inch wide. An example is shown in pl. x. fig. 73. Ti both the above-mentioned types the fasteuing of the belf about the body is provided for bya loopoat one end and a loose end of string, ora permanent: knot or brttou, at fhe other, the button being passed through the toop to hold the belt in postion. The belts ave usually decorated in colome. Dn the flat, dise-bearing type the open stringayork is painted white, and the dises pteked ont with red and yellow TINDALE NATIVES OF Groot EVLANDT Wl The elosely-woven belts are generally ornamented with) transverse bars of severst vols, The average leneth of the belts is about thinty jtehes, ad they gee wor, so tightly round the abdomen as to eanse a marked constriction. No other clothing is ordinarily wom. Laree sheets of paperbark are used as rain shields, being wrapped about the body when walking or used as a shelter, He mitive crouching or lying down under the protection. They are, however, ghandoned on arrival at camp or on cessation of the rain, and are never used as Wraps or blinkers. The women sometimes wear a “mapini’ as deserihed above, and, aecord ie fo Mrs. Dyer, wear a bark wrapper in the presence of stram@ers. Tt is mace of several large picces ol stringybark, hinged in either three or fou: seebions, Gel of which is about eighteen inches wide. and of such heiwht that having folded the laterally-hinged wrapper about the body it ean be held wader the dens seas fo clear the ground. Tt is apparently an exageerated form of the short. two- piewe bark aprow worn by Nungubusyi women in the presence of Stimmeors., An ornament aver on the baek, and supported bya loop of strine around the meek is shown in phox, fie, TA. Ht consists of strands ol! string painted alternately in seetions, red and white. with tufts of lorikeet feathers dividing each section. Armlets of various kinds are worn by met, women, and ehildren. They are offen wort on both arms, but when there is possibility of fighting. all are placed On one arm, sous fo leave the speararm nenenmbercd, Avinlets are often exchanged as sivns of friondship. and thus become widely distributed. Three types may be recognized; Cane armilets, or Syurudo’s string and fur armilets. ov Tmieji’; and feather armlets, or ‘mnjija. The ‘yvurudo? are made either from lone strips af cane, ov move frequently Of the midrib of pandanus leaves. In thei manufacture a double rire OF thie material is made, and another strip is woven throneh it util a close pattern is boil up. Tn the final stages an ironweod awl, six inehes in lenwth, is forecd hetween the meshes to make a passaze for the strip. The awl is: Librieated ty ribbing the point on the nose. Pl oxi, figs. 86 and 87, show armlety of panicleetirns fibre, and plo oxi, fig, S8, one of cane, When eoloured the (lesigns consist af dransverse bars of several eolorrs, “Mieji® are made by binding string or hayesteing round a loop of eaue or vrass. fastening in pieces of animal fie during the process. Twenty or thirty are offen worn-oon one arm: those showin tn plooxi, fie, 84, were all worn ona native’s left arm, “Mujija,” or feather artilets, are nade in similar mariner, the bright feat hous OF birds, such as the lovikers (Trichoglossus rubyitorquis) being substituted tor 102 RECORDS OF Tink S.A. MUSEUM the fur. PL oxi, fivs. 81 to $4, shows such armiets. In pl. xi, fig, 81. the feathers are bound in an ereet position, while in fig. 82 they are more or Less adpressed, The streamer is a solid feather cord, Tn pl, xi, fie. 83, the feathers are reversed, and project outwards; a tuft of white feathers is evmmed fo the end of the streamer, Pl, xi, fig, 84, shows a child’s armlet similar to that in pl. xi, fig, 1. Many natives have their noses pierced, without special ceremony, some time atter the Unamalia-maindi operation. A plain stiek, half an ineh or more tn diameter and three inches lone, is thrust ito the hole made in the septum, ane retained until it heals: afterwards the bole is gradually distended to the required dimensions. A small, woven Game or wooden ring smnmeared with wax is forced into the aperture, and is wholly concealed within the septum ; the nose is thus wiven a decided tilt, and the nostrils beeome promineut. A plain white nose-stick can be thrust through the ring, and is used as an ovmanent, Often natives do not have the nose pierced, and some who have do not keep the apertire distended, Nose-piercing is more common among the Balamumu to the north than in the southern tribes, such as the Mara. PL. xi, fius, 983 to 96, show examples of the cane nose-vings, made in a similar manner to the cane armilets. That in pl. xi, fig. 95, is coated with wax, and was obtained from a Bartalumbu man named Ninebijiga. Pl. xi, figs. 89 fo 92, iWlustrate examples of wooden nose-rings cut from the hollow stent: of a shrub (Morinda cilrifalia). Middle-aved mien have their noses red-ochred ; this is a luxury, for oehre is rare, and obtainable only from the interior. The continual use of the substance asa cosmetic gives their skin a course, pitted appearance, Teeth are not removed for ceremonial or oruameutal prrposes, as is practised by some of the mainland tribes. kee. S.A. MuUsreunm. Vou. LIT, Pearre VI. DANCING STAVES, MINIATURE CEREMONIAL OLJECTS, AND CORROBBORER STICKS, GROOTE HYLANDT, Reo. SoA. Mtsheeae Vor. Tl, Viare Wo 2s = — f Bi = (ia We bed a [ a8 @a@yett antes = DUCGONG HARPOON AND DRONE PIPES, GROOTE BRYLANDT Ree, S.A. MuseUM. Vou. T11, Peare VII. renomination 7 < Fie osetia marererean SPEARS, GROOTE EYLANDT. kee, SA, Museu, Vor. TU, Vrare PN. THROWING STICNS, GROOTE EYVLANDT. Ns fll, PLATE Vor, HEUM S.A. Mt REC, pL : | oP ETE te teteg? atu? 4 424 yt, = BRUYTLSIS SHSTL ETAL RIES WIA Ess y EYStaseeED ¢/ epee ce aS RYLAND, GROOT: STICKS, ANI MESSAGE TASSELS, BELTS, Ree. S.A. MUSEUM. Vow. TTT, Pruare NI. ARMLETS AND NOSE-RINGS, GROOT EYLANDT. PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA RECORDS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Vol. III, No. 2 - Published by the Board of Governors, and edited by the Museum Director EDGAR R. WAITE, F.LS., C.M.Z.S. Drrecror Ape.aipe, Marcu 31, 1926: PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT AND OF THE WEST COAST OF THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA PART II BY NORMAN B. TINDALE, ASSISTANT ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary Flinders mentions that after an encounter with some natives at Woodah Island he picked up their canoe, and writes: “The canoe was of bark, but not of one piece, as at Port Jackson; it consisted of two pieces, sewed together lengthwise, with the seam on one side; the two ends were also sewed up, and made tight with gum. Along each gunwale was lashed a small pole; and these were spanned together in five places, with creeping vine, to preserve the shape and to strengthen the canoe. Its length was thirteen and a half and the breadth two and a half feet; and it seemed capable of carrying six people”. NATIVES or GROOTE EYLANDT anp or trur WEST COAST or ror GULF or CARPENTARIA. By NORMAN B. TINDALL, Assisrant Farromorocisr, Sourit w\usrraLian Museum. Plate xii and text figs, 42-65, INGURA TRIBE. Canoes. Flinders (") mentions that after an encounter with some natives at Woodah Island he pieked np their canoe, and writes: **The canoe was of bark, Init aot of one piece, as at Port Jackson; it consisted of two pieces, sewed together lenethwise, with the seam on one side; the two ends were also sewed up, and made tight with gum. Along each gunwale was lashed a small pole; and these were spanned together in five places, with creeping vine, to preserve the shape and to strengthen the canoe. Tts leneth was thirteen and a half anc the breadth two and a half feet; and it seemed capable of carrying six people’’, One or two canoes of this kind are said to be in use along the adjacent mainland, but only in sheltered ereeks and bays, The material wtilized is peeled from the stringy-bark tree (Huealyptus tetradanta), the fibre lashines being hibiscus. Natives of Talaknrupa showed me the methods employed in making such a canoe, ‘lwo rings are cut at a distance of twelve or fifteen feet apart, and joined with a sinele longitudinal eat. The bark is then hammered with stones until it becomes detached from the tree. This is only possible during the wet season. The long sheet of bark naturally forms a evlinder. [t is held over a fire and thoroughly heated, the dry, ragged onter bark being partially burnt off. When sufficiently hot the bark is laid inner side downward, on smooth ground, and kept flat with roeks, lows, or heaps of sand. After several days the outer loose ragged bark is peeled off, and the sheet is ready for canoc-making, The bark is never turned inside out in use; the natives were greatly amused when T made a canoe for my own use with the smooth side of the hark ontside. The two principal types of canoe are dugouts, and are both called ‘leya-leva’. They are cut from large trees. including Leichhardt pine (Sarcocephalus cordatus), paperbarks (Melalenea), fies (Fiews qlomeratu). and several others which have soft wood. These are found growing in dense jungles near the sea on the western side of the island and at Wendanga on the mainland. (1%) Flinders, M., Voynge to Terra Aust ralis, ii, 1814, pr. 198, | 04 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The shore-canoe is generally small, about twelve or fourteen feet long and eighteen inches wide, wid is capable of seating three or four persons. Bow and stern are always recognized as such, but they differ little in size or shape, The sicles of the canoe ave supported by trausversely placed sticks, whieh are wedged in place but are not fixed or lashed. Phe shore-canoe is commonly met with aloug the voast of the Gulf, north of Spillen Creck. among the Mara, Nuneubiya, Ingura, Balamumu, and Tehambarupi. The how and stern are usually vertical. butam exainple in the possession of au old man at Makalaoha had the bow et ina sloping manner, as Shown in fig. o4¢. The sea-canoe, which is a development of the shore type, is found principally among the Ingura and Nune@ubuvi peoples, Tl is generally move claborately fashioned and of larger size, OA fine example was over twentyctive feet lone and two feet ine inches wide. Uh was capable of seating from cight to twelve persons. Tn the widest portion two could sit side by side wilh ease. An inferior example fseventeen feet long and two feet wie) was seeared for the collection alter a larger one (nineteen feet long and two feet thee inches wide) had been stolen from me by natives from the north. The latter example is ilhustrared in fie. 50, which shows the positions of the seats and of the mast. The prow i the sea-canoes is much larger than the stern, is often very long, wide above, and tapered toa knifeccdee at the waterline, The transverse supports rest on projections left on the sides of the canoe, and serve as seats; provision is also made by a hole in one of these for the stepping of the mast (balyara). Sails (dunbala) and paddles (miaja) are used. a speeially lone paddle serving as steering oar when sailing, The canoe is ballasted with several blocks of stone, a strony rope attached to one of them and to the base of the mast or the seat near the bows, serving us an anehor (amora). A block of coral with a hole throngh it is sometimes used instead, this being partially wrapped with paper- hark to prevent its sharp edees euiting the line, A fire is generally carried ona hearth amidships, either on a stone or on carth resting on several (hicknesses of paper- or stringybark. Paper bark is used to form comfortable cushions, several thi¢knesses being laid on the seal, This bark is also sed to caulk eraeks mid leaks m the hnll; the bilge-water is baled ont either with a large shell (Cymbrow diadema) baler ora bark dish. In making a canoe, the tree is felled in the forest or swamp with # metal fomahawk obtained formerly from the Malays, and roughly shaped and hollowed mut on the spot. Fig. 42 shows an old canoe abandoned in the forest al Yetiba uf this stage of ianufaeture. Suitable trees are not very plentiful; all are well known, and regarded as the common property of the seetion of the (vibe within Whose houmdaries they are growing, Natives would not, without consultation TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 105 with the old men of the local group, dare to remoye them, Machapniamyi ( Tala- kurupa) showed me a laree tree (Melalewed) on the banks of the Yetiba, about two miles north of the main stream (which is properly called Awarikpa), whieh he said would make a fine canoe, Should he desire to so use it the permission of Nanamopura (Yetiba) would be necessary. The merits and possibilities of Biv. 42. Ol hollowed log nt Vetiba, Pig. 48. Chipping inside of canoe. vertain big trees are often discussed around the eamp-fires, and when passing near them detours ave frequently made to examine them afresh; the men anxiously tapping them with a stone or stick to ascertain if they were becoming hollow; for trees decayed or hollow internally ave useless for canoes; many very large trees seen hear scars, indicating that attempts to fell them at some time in the past have ceased, on meeting with indieations of decay, The provess of hollowing out a canoe is known to the Ingura by the words ‘oratea levaleva,’ literally “‘eut out the canoe’? but the word ‘oratea’ is not used in any other connection. Aninguliyunta, a Bartalumbu man, one of the principal canoe-nakers, wished to make a big sailing canoe, but owing to a quarrel with men of the Nuneubuyn tribe be was umwvilling to go to Wendanea, on the mainland, and ask for a large tree. He therefore felled one at Angoroko, which was rather small, and suitable only for a shore-canoe, The principal operations in connection 106 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM with the making of this canoe were witnessed, The process is similar to that employed in the case of the sailing canoes, although certain refinements are not carried out. Much attention is paid so as to obtain as great a beam as possible. The initial excavation is therefore rather restricted in width, and widened as the depth increases (see fig. 54 a). When the log is hollow the sides can be foreed and held apart by transversely placed sticks. The canoe is then carried ov dragged to the water and floated to the camping ground. In the case witnessed it was paddled alone the shore for a distance of fully ten miles to Yetiba, by means of temporary paddles split from a branch of the canoe-tree. The careful chipping required to rake the sides of uniform thickness of about one inch is carried out in camp (figs. 43 and 44). The thickness is judged by tapping with a stick or stone, or by placing the palms of the hands together with the sides of the canoe between them, and moving them about over the place to be tested. The thickness at the bows and stern is much greater, depending on the nature and grain of the wood. The principal difficulties occur where the grain has to be cut across. There is no keel, but the bottom of the canoe is finished with a thickness, especially in the sailing canoes, of over three inches. After final chipping the eanoe is placed in the water, tested for balance, and then, with three or four inches of water in the bottom, placed on a long heap of dried leaves and twies made ready on the bank. The heap is then set on fire (fig. 45), and the outside soon becomes charred and dry; while the heat is so great that the water in the canoe finally boils (figs. 46 and 47). The canoe meanwhile is rocked from side to side, so that the interior is continually bathed with hot water. Should the flames take too great a hold on any particular place they are beaten out with sticks. When sufficiently burnt, and the interior properly steamed, the water is spilled out on the fire (fig. 48), and the canoe removed, The sides are quickly foreed widely apart and held in position by slabs of wood previously prepared (fig. 54 b). The hull is then rubbed with pieces of wood and bunches of twigs to remove the loose charred wood, leaving the exterior black and smooth. No speeial ceremonies mark the eutting out or launching of canoes, but journeys are frequently made soon after to show them off to neighbouring peoples. No ornamental carving is done on the canoe. There is often a hole in the prow, through which the anchor rope is occasionally passed, but more often it is without use. It is bored with a knife and a burning stick. Sometimes the prow and stern above the waterline are brilliantly red-ochred; when this is done the effect against the black hull is very striking. In the sailine canoe the transverse supports or seats rest on projections left on the sides, to which they are lashed, if loose; the mast is stepped through one of them, and its base either fixed in a hole in the centre of a solid block left TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 107 v uring the ene, Vig. 44. Chipping keel of canoe. Fig. 45. Setting firy to canoe, Big, 46. J Fig. 47. Replenishing the fire, RECORDS OF THE SA, MusmuM I ss iA rd ie ee {08 | Es Fig. 44. Chnoe sailing before tho wind. Fig. 48. Eniptying out the boiling witer Viv. 51. Portion of mut-sail, Fig. oO. Swimmers gd enmoe at Yetibas TINDALE NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLAND't 109 on the floor of the canoe, or-shniply ia hole in the floor Cig. o4 I). “Phe nest iss round pole of some strong wood, such as thal of the rose apple (Augenid), from six to eight feet long. with a deep V-shaped motel, or a tiole, ett in thie head in place of a pulley. Ty one of the canines seen was there ay stilitiy rigwing fop the support of the ast. Mig, 92. Making cord tor rigging. Mig. a3. Grives of thee Maliys ut Winehilsen Tslamed. The sail (tumbala) is from twelve to seventeen feet wide and abort [nen foot high, stupported between two long, slouder spars, each trom fourteen to cighteen fect long (fig. 04d). A halliavd is attached to the yard at a distance of roughly one-third frou. the throat; if passes through the noteh or hole i the tiast-head, and is made fast to the inast behind the foot of the mast. The tack of {he sail is hanled down and secured by 4@ length of rope to dhe seat in front of the mast. There are usually five ropes attached te the hoon a intervals alone the posterior fwo-thirds, serving as sheets, The first is attached loosely to the mast: the second and third are tied together, and their common extremity is itself tied fo the fourth. The fifth, attached near the clow, is eee, The free ends of the fourth aid fitth sheets are held in the hands, or they may he fixed to the seats if the Dreese ix-ventle and steady (see fig. 54d). The sail is woven from the livht, fatfened stems of a reed-like plant found in (he swinnps on Te ishiid. Big. 57 shows a portion of an Voetinished one i the collection. Le is lashed to the spars with hibisens cord, Supported in the manner described above, it assumes the characteristic position shown ut the firtires, Tn saline a close-hanled course cannot be held, but advantage is taken of a quarter wind. Moderato seas can be encountered withont swaniping ; should (his 110 KECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM happen the canoe is easily vighted in the manner described on page 79. The natives swim well in any sea, using a modified double overarm stroke when on the surface and a form of **dog-paddle’? when swimming below, (Several are shown practising the former stroke in the backeround of fig, 50), Often the ballast of the canoe would be lost, but little else. The ballast is shifted from sitle to side to trim the canoe when sailing, and the natives lean to windward, in the manner of yachtsmen. In reversing direction the sail is lowered, the canoe turned by paddling, and the sail reboisted on the other side of the mast. The steering paddle is not fixed to the canoe, but held free against the lee-side with both hands of the steersman, The vate of paddling is not usually greater than three knots, even on shart spurts. With the ketch moving before a light breeze at nearly four Intots, parties of then in eanoes were wniable to keep up for more than a few moments. However, with the keteh doing nearly six knots ona steady three-quarter wind off-shore, the canoe shown in fig. 49 overtook and passed us with ease, maintaining a speed well over seven knots, Wig. 34. a, Section of unfinished canoe; b, same, pfloer fire-troatment, showing methor of stepping tasty ¢, prow of canoe at Mukalnobus cd, canoe, twenty feet loug, showing rigging; ¢, dnelorline it course of manufaedure. There ave probably more than twenty-tive big sailing canoes in the possession Of the islanders. In two days, around Biekerton Island we saw six; the first day two put off from Burneys Islaid, and two more under sail from Biekerton, Childven are carly tanght to take an interest in canoes, models being made for those of six and seven years of ave. Some of them are highly ornamental, Init being made from soft bottlebrish wood (Banksia dentatu) soon fall to pieces, Mor larger children wooden canoes six or seven feet lone are made, in which they paddle abont along the shore and in the erceks, Both these types are represented in the eolleetion. TINDALE —NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 111 The seafaring habits of the Nungnubuyu and the Ingura are well developed, allhongh it is noticeable that the natives of the eastern side of the islancl do uot possess Tnany large sailing canoes, and spemd less time on the sea. The men of Bartalumbu aid some Nungubuyn have a splendid knowledge of direction when at sea. Three of them (two Ingura and a Nungubuyu), making their first yoyage on a Enropean vessel, were tested under various conditions, After severd! days” abseuce from land, in a direction S.H. from the island, they were able to give the direction of six places within the bounds of their knowledge, five of them (Numburuwa, Makalaoba, Yetiba, Amakulu, and Cape Beatrice) correct to within 124°, and one (Roper River) with somewhat Jess accuracy. The expernnent was repeated on another occasion at night-tine, during a elm, with practically the same results. The area of which they have knowledge extenibs from Caledou Bay and Cape Armhein in the north, to the mouth of the Roper River in the south, and as far east as the sandbanks off the North-East Isles, vast from Groote Eylandt. A story was told me by a Barfalimbuo man of a party of natives who at some indefinite time in the past ventured eastward in a sailing canoe. They met with sanitbanks, where there were matiy birds-ewes to be had, but although they went a long way further cast, and found great numbers of lurtles and sea- snakes, they saw no land. ~All the various islands to the north of Groote Bylandt are visited in rotation search of turtles” and sea-birds’ cees; (he latter especially being found in vreat numbers at the beginning of the wet season. The chief voyages made by the islanders are aloug the shores, hut they venture out of sight of land in going to Numburiuwa on the mainland and toe Caledon Bay in the north, making direet voyages of about thirty miles. They ayoid extended night travel except when the moon is full: but, nevertheless. hunt for dngongs on dark nights, if the sea is calm and phosphorescent. Between the island and the mainland the tides rum north and south, some times exceoding five knots per hour, and the natives take fill advantage of the currents on their voyages from place to place, The following phrases and words are used in commection with sailine canoes. The Hnuglish renderings are literal: TmHagigumi amora .. a: oh: = = = nejaganrat bird - - - - = = yurumba arm - - - - — = ayaramur lite - - - - - - nanguya, armlet, feathered - - mujija ongina, onive armlet, cane = - ~~ ynrudo Dlack pigment (wad) udnmach armlet, string and fur mieji blackfellow - - - — yaramamaji ashes - - - - - = amanina blanket - - - - - julina ask - - - - - - yininaguma blind - - - + - = nimimbu, baby - - - - ~ ~- wijigia, nimibadena, Wijigaigia blond - - - - = + yayari back - - - - - = reripe hloodwood tree - - andua hackbone - - - ~- mereabu, blow = = = = + -ailnicwa ivuneder blow the fire - - - nbukwaneura ENGLISH. Wit ce le Ges hone in nose (also septum pierced ) boomerang - - - - hottle-brush tree (Banksia dentata) WGN ae Say eee We [eTenved ay eogees eee ae inet iegne ot ines FQ DSRS ha ee eo bycathpe =) = = = = ‘ brother - brother, little burrawang (yeas meéedin) + > - - burrawane fruit butterfly- - - - - by and by - - - - | | ! vanoe~ — = ~ = - carry - - + - = + ‘ 4 vatech - - - - - = Catfish < -- +45 + ceremonial poles (large) - - - - ceeremomal sticks (small flat ones) - veremony, Amalipa - ceremony = (¢irenmet- Sonny. = =. = ceremony (for dead ) veremony (over a bone) = - = - - chaleid wasp (in fig's) geek = = = = 9- & chest. - - - - - - ehildtae - et e Aes oe ee op eS ce chiton clieatrix cireumeise - - - = ¢lapping-sticks = -— - elever- = - - = = Close np - - - = - RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM INGURA. adbayua any Une wy aribina aniiduriulke wiyideaba UMMA vere ningaena vuguduguda ninganguyva- nina nawa nanigama manunga ananea mabangari wubagambaga, amnbage levaleva nabueuda, mingabueuda waguena, yuga imuturungy imudungea yumuntuneu abnmayang- pena unamalia main- diwila yingijnnenda- rena alalukiyvini oragigi MMe Ta eotogoto Trav wa angundu emumokaro inune und mabalila alyinkpa ueurima. agudan, agudangwu ENGLISH, cloth é¢loud ehib Cockatoo, white hatoe galerita) coconut - - - told <— <= vold wind - - come here = ~ come up (lit. arrive come back ' f come quick voral - - - - corrobboree about ) foush= = - = tover + -— — - cise 2 2 CYAN, grettia sacra) ‘ ereek = small river erocodile - = = crooked (track) erow (Corvus ) Oi “ut - ‘ ‘ ‘ ent out a canoe ‘ cypress pine briw)s tos eae dance (to) =) - darkness - daughter deat deep desire (ie - 1 ‘ ' rT ‘ ‘ ' 1 ' 1 ! ' ‘ ' (Cc (Ka- ( play- white (Denie- ‘ INGURA. tunkumulya aubina, nnubina mabarakwtt towateru kalukowas. numiudata, numuracti mumareka yvangoranukwa, lava mijuner, mubugei lilogunga laurada yarakaja koyo muiuareru, Vitel maivuneena umudilya urugarba orem wililembilbia achravacdalima dougarapia ayuneiana ningua, euyunen nuadina, unader abalia, urugandina, urinadina wereatea. leva- leva, oratea levaleva THN eT alulewanja nibadena, ariuma nadija nabumada mungaraba akambila achunea ‘TINDALE- ENGLISH. INGURA, (dig - - - - = = mungadinya (illy-dag oo - - - - yeiril dir. - - + = = - ajarunga dish - - - - - - mangw dog - - = = - + mumiwadt down sail - i ‘ ‘ dvaw (to) ov paint drink (water) - - - drone-pipe - - = - drop (to) - = + - duck = (Dendroeyy na oytoni) = = - = dugone (lalicore aus- Mies. A eee eaole, whistling (/Zali- astur sphenurus) - vip Ss. eee = edely - =< + + = - eat - Aurp! a = ~ = o = eee YE + = = = i < Ve . fall down - - - - fp = <_=<=- - 5 + Rider = ~~ - = = father feteh - - ead eat Pa et fie tree (Ficus ylom- crak) - -~ + = - Pe Po Yr as qe = =“ pao ee = ‘ ' ‘ fill it up find finger- - = = - = finish fire - - - - = = firclight (also burning dry pandanus torch) - - - - = firestitdk - - - - - fish (used also for any animal food) -— - fish-hook- - - - - flat - - - - - - ' ' ‘ ' ' ' | ‘ ‘ ' Winaraga tum- hala yinganarn (agunen) begina veraka naneiarn Urasiy jangajanea inungulangu tomaruril matt udaia ungivambina einuimanio mempe nalara ningnalara amungyi hhilyipieta nanua lranguna wiabauria nun@arata Manyuneunyi oragiel nutmacda, nuadarina haiyamburuka ninababurenga ama inguru nigada aneura nuabiyarinda ming akwala or akwalia bigangi aviba NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT HNGUISH, i ie ] Eeace s foreheid - - - - - forget friend fifi = = = # + = frogmouth (Podiargits strigoideés) - - - fill S = = -+=- = eanmon = | vet it- - virl, little ' ‘ 1 ! ! ' ' ' wil big - - - - - wivon eo Fen & goahead- - - - - goana- - - - - = oo away - - - - - Site = oo ff — good hoy- - - - = good-bye, or finish goose (Anserainus sepuipalmalts) - voshawk (Astur fase/- SIS — See = erandtather - - - Sas. cake = mS gray hair - - - - ereedy - - - - - rele bee ag es etarcian of initiate euningyara fig tree (Ficus glamerata) lidir - - - = = = hand, also arm handle - - hang up- - - - - happy - - - - ‘ hat (ceremonial head- gear) - - - - = head - heart - heavy - 1 f here - - - - = = INGURA, — yanguru umumuleu wunea, Woina aluka arra vankwuwuna yalavaiiira dadunagunaba yokoralko nulada hinigaca, negada, niawali urane@una didaraba, Muna jiaera dilabugiaera nga nina lags yaraja jeilikaja aningappa, malikwa nao, wia Vi-n eae nrarabure umura wimacde yingura umambira arivagiira nababo nungarata mamunkwa avaruka umadaba waialiadingia aruma, natubadena jangu arunga anungua angabu wanwana amanga 124 ENauIsH. Hifi B- tee = hold - - - - - - hole - - - - - - honey - - - - = - hungry - - - - - hunt for food - - - hit S$ = = = + = ibis (Thresktornis mo- erin = — =" = Ingura language 1TMMbS “e er= “ee ts intestine - - - - - Ini 22s = - + ironwood ( Hrythraph- laeunm) - = = - island = - = = - jabiru (Yenorhynehus asiatieus). + - - jequirity seeds (Abrus preeatorius) — = - jumps = = =) = = keepr = +: 4 = = = kick Sf ae kingfisher, forest (Halcyon macleayt) kingfisher, blue (Al- cyone dzurea) -— - kiss, liek - knee - - - = - - Khite-& “=~ on =e = knife, metal know - - - - - - 1 i f 1 n 1 ‘ 1 ’ 1 ‘ know, do not lame - - - + = = langh- - - -~ - - laugh, fo make : 1 1 lawyer ¢ane leaf = - - ~ = = leeeh - - - - - - leo-bone let down ' (anchor) - liv. = os - He - litt - ' ' ‘ ‘ 4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM INGURA. nelyungykwarea or wiyabart wanda ameidira. ilyaku, tyakwu amariadt, wnuraia dunugaoa umbagulangu tulamba ingura-wala nanigi ningaladar unnwara memberuke iunvadarabu dunmulkiulia ivumerire kwabijanga wilyagina nueaja, nungalilaja tomonkore oranjenjemura milaranga en ulajaria lalingi hagaguriuma, naragae ama neizurugunga nirumada, umn ga, mangina amunga ivurude umada, Wijia varuga mangari nungulapa (amora ) niawali wuMyva, Wiiyagina ENGLISH. liftup - Lig hit =m Seeds \ ‘ \ I hghtning Tisai ie © eae 2 lips listen i ' 1 ' ' i ' ' ‘ ' ‘ ( 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 little lizard ' ‘ 1 1 f 1 long time a cha lone way- - - - - lorikeet (Trichaylos- sus rubritorquis ) liibra-- - .- <> +h nig - - - + = - make - - - 234 InANngrove TAA eel — te marchfly ' ' ‘ ‘ ‘ married man - -— - IASG > - ese = ee ieee - . 2 = 4 kee = - eR ici, oe oy So miss aim moon - nore - mosquito mother moustache - - -— - mouth 1 ' 4 1 1 ' | ' f \ ' ' ' ' 4 ' ' ' ' ‘ inv, S So o-= arava oe te at nail, ion ' ' uative companion (Antigone — rubri- cundd) - - - - native plum tree (Buchanania niwel- larisc “= —s2 navel~ ==. - = = INGURA, walmuehia nigiyarabu, unbila nungunnmundde nanagui. amamindu agivigia, Watl- euraja yakwa agra dungulia, iwujera, yigarama arokpa wia awilyigara mag'i pia udaringa undinda unipraka, mangaporaka tua vababuna, yoraneu, yowamu naninga balyara haiiwa, ngalua unganuni nganyaugu, ny Wu, yingua nuagualpa imora TOV tanana dunda eimina, dhinda, wlalyupa amunenji nalubine baju, tumwara neuruke araroworo mintilaukwura TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT ENGnisn. Nea ae = = near me - - - - - neck + - = - - - necklace - - - - - necdlg - -— - = new - - =~ = - - DO = See no wood - - - - = no more - - = = - 1OSe + = 5 = - - nose-perforation -— - nose-sti¢k - = - - hot many - - - = not true (see gam- mon) nothing - - - = - nutmeg (Myristicw tt- sipida) - -~ - - old man - = - - - oviole (Oriolus flavo- CHNGHS)) -—- = - Offhemside «<= = - pad or track - - - paddle to - = - = paddle - - - - - paintup- - - - + pandanus paperbark Shee paperbark tree (Melu- leuca) - - - - = parrot (aprosniietus erythropterius) -— - pearl - - - - - - pearl-shell - - - - pelican (Pelecanus conspicillatus) -— - phasma (stick-insect ) pickup = = = + = pierced septum of nose pigeon - - - - + pinech- - - - - = fiie = - = = & = pipe, bowl of - - - Way = et playabout - - - - INGURA. agudan nalyuamai yainbia minimini jaru, yaru Wararuguma nar aovarla urabaura amindir anyuenya avkamera Wiabaura NaragiMiunga nacdianjaroko Walllaringa dejoru abaungar, narimakiumun manadi madayini maja acdamuga mangurukwa Maeurunyu alyukuru ranungi maerunija oumbakalang miutiara ttumapulis urumiapia aginma umiya, youkwa. anyuenya dawarakuku amagilva ilvara, mada amamincdnu amugura vumeiyungena may wieena ENGLISH. plenty — - porcupine pubie tassel 1S Be pull up (anchor) -— - 1 1 1 ' pull (rope) - pull down (sail) - - pull arp (sail) push - - put down quick ' ‘ i ' 4 1 ) } ' ' 1 i i ' quiet rae ' ‘ ' ‘ ‘ ' rain eg teak ot rainbow - rat = a ot +a + red O@hre - = = - 3 et ee rice, wild. (Oryza sal- Wwe) - - = = = isnt 2) eee 2.2 ring, mose- - = = - ring, spear - - - - tise Up - - - = - Me niciveee Se ee ee et roel - - - =~ = = rock oyster - roll up (sail) ' ‘ ' 4 | 1 root - - - = + = rope (eord) - - - - rope (big dugong) — - intel fo <> Se cots willl 7S = gs ey EY 5 sult water ital oe tg ee = sandalwood INGURA. yababuna, dinginuga mapini nrimaga magiguna (amora ) urimaga baiyu- peyu urinaraga (tumbula) urinalarata (tumbula) ugiriena wakuma uradukwa, winancha, narimin ja, aminya magikiunt, umaeingena vaiyukwa yingant nimeana Kuma, orandinda. mariuwura meiwigura birija adinibauya amnindava mmanjurataoa nangiuangbava adaluma awanida, arugura urinungundi vika amnugayara widirt mera, manvaruki maida ungara yala fumbala magada aluviuga, arupingi domborombo ENGUISH. scrape - - - + = serub-fowl eee (Meg- apodius reimwardt) SSE cer te Se Ben Sa Seek =e ate Fat So gee Shidow =p = = =u) 4 shake - shallow sharp (knite) sharp (point) - - - Sharp (stake) sheldduck (Tadorna rajahn)- - = - - sheoak (Casuarina equisctifalia) 1 1 1 SIG) cp ey acc simple, foolish - - - sinew + yet 2 = sing (evil enchant- ment) --- = = + Sy) Pe Bidtbie =) (=) o== be "s sit down cilsaih fo 72 freer! oe OS sleep. - += - = = - sleep (soundly asleep ) AES ilo SPL ee slowly - - - - - SAVE pews aes a = SMOKE + =) tea snake - - - - - = “ERs Miers ea see Ls nGft - - = = = = AI ee ERS, OF bee Si oe 2 = os 8 sore - = =~ - + - Sorry - - = + + + spear, dugong -— - spear, fish - spear, wood barbed spear, wire spear, stone or iron bladed- - - - - spear, stone or tron head of - - - - 1 1 1 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM INGURA. nunilijana inikappuru undia olaria narawaragina ayalmura, umarijaga wiyirerika abilalya LUPUn ea linundina anungtang orakarupu moragi ajunga habumanavini ayara nebingarayan nalubina ama- ippi nang wmbaria amaoulia miuneuiia manaungula walanjukwa, abagulanga walanjukwa ning bagina umara, yingana anyuru aruagulia umulya nanieama. ajigama haniwana anulganiulba makuru manjurata dudabada, yata lama vata lama. ENGLISH. spear, shaft of - - - spear, shaft of dugong spear-ring (rattan) - Sth eS a Oe spoonbill — (Platalea flavipes) - - - - stand up - star - stone - ' ' ' ' 1 stop - Storie - straight ' ‘ i i ‘ strike dead, kill -— - strineybark tree - - strong ' Sige ee Boe ee SUR == §D ep & ' ' 1 ‘ 1 sunset sweat - - =~ = = = swim sword grass- - - - tHil - - - - we take - - - - = = take away ' 1 1 1 talk - - ' ' 1 ‘ talliman- - - - - tapping-stick - - - teach teeth i? =| | = BE termite - - - - - termite-nest- - - - Thigh a thin, poor - - - - thisiside’. — = . = tive, $5 = “s< = = throwing-stiek, Hat — - throwing-stick, round rT InGuRA. uwawara. inguneulangu yata manjurataoa wukwalye, ayugula umalara walmachunwa warawara awanda, malara narijeiduga meiuwa ariba ayungadabira wiyabari achunga alugura agaraga, nabadiyaia numabijinya mamuira, aijuma, alamuda nawaribura yiamena iyumunda- neara-ngara mamudabu uilagina. walyaragina, amarukachia yaneuina, niambaina amaneiriva alyinkpa nayambina. akarungsa yumagina lurtuimarunga abinga makare aoraria alagaracda, aripa yinangula vikalpu, yukarupu TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDYT 127 ENGLISH. INGURA. ENGLISH. INGURA. throwing-stick, spade wait - - - = - = haguragma handle- - - - - lupuyepilya, wake up- - - - - marachunga thunder - - - - = thamuntunga walk - - - - - - umbagulangu iminwara wallaby, river (Mac- tide, low- - - - - mayvaina ropus agilis) - - iprata tide, high- - - - - imagaina- wallaby, vock - - - dilandu laurada. want - - - - - = akambila, fired - - - = = = Marina, una- yukakwa winangajang wash - - - - - ~- ananguditia, tobacco - - - - ~ jambaku nambaina to-day - - + = - atoapa wasp - = = = = = Imegumegina foe- - = - = = + amamoalika Water - - - - - - agung toe-nail - - - - - inane waterfall - - - - wagana together - - - - = aminuga wattle - - - - = meruku tomahawk - - - - bangalijina Waves- - - = - - meiruwa to-morrow - - - - anukwaye weak - - - - - - naruraba tongue - - - - - alalyupa What isit? - - - - miapenamayini form = - - = - = nagura whiskers - - - - - ayama tortoise, freshwater whistle - - - - - urimigia (Chelodina) - - ~- cdingaloa, whiteant - = = - urumarnugu dingalara white gum tree - - - imarupu track, or spoor- - - munaruku white man - ~ - - orobanda, trepang - - - - - faripan urubalanda true - - - - - =~ aetyaraba white paint (pipe turd - ~- - - - = laneu elay) - - - - - tongura turn around = - - - uruwaru- wild dog- - - - - wanugwance- kachea baleba turn firestick - - - umabagina WHO = = = = -s: “s.ariiit turnover - - - = nuwarukachia wite 1 £ + 2 2. cogmwyari. numugainia woman - - - - - udarimega turn right over - - naruguli womb- - - - - - dadunga turreted white-ant hill apinga Wood.- + = = = < egg turtle, shell- - - - imoraga yellow ochre - - - otarak twist = - - = - — marugilyu- young man - - - - wanumamalia gajinya you o- - - - = =nungua vel - = - - - = yayari yours - - - - - - nonetlangu Notes on Vocabulary. The word ‘wia’ is used chiefly by the Bartalumbu men, and ‘nauo’ by the rest of the Ingura. Lt is a word of farewell, with somewhat of the meanings of each of the following words: stop, finish, go away, good-bye, At spear- throwing ordeals (either ceremonial or serious affairs), when the leader of the prosecuting party says ‘nano’ all hostilities are ended. ‘Amagulia,’ the word for ‘human skin,’ is used for ‘‘soft’’ also, anything soft being compared with the skin, the best objeet for comparison they know of. 128 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The following words and phrases are literally translated : wia 14 ae .. good-bye jailikaja .. ae Pas .. 20 dWway winancha Ap 42 .. quick yangoranu kwa .. AE .. come here (to two or more persons) winancha kwa .. ie .. quiekly (all) come winanchilikaja kwa .. .» quick, we are going away, come wonanechapowla =" .. quick, we are going varakaja koyo .. a7 -. vome quick naiwa .. fy eo .. me amanga .. As = .. here ambaria .. Fa i .. sit down naiyuamajiambaria .. .. sit down by me narambila yolokwa ambaria .. — like sitting heve mmunga .. As ts ». laugh Manginag amanga ws) .. make all here laugh akambila jambaku wi -- LT would like tobacco yukakwa jambaku ambilima .. we would like two tobaceo (sticks) wanguraja yakwa “ »» you listen to him There is no smgle word for ‘kill’? in Ingura or any of the other languages mentioned; “wiyabari achunga’ consists of two words meaning ‘to strike’? and “to die’? Thus in some mainland tribes that speak Enelish one hears: ‘fl bin kill him, him bin die’’; here ‘‘ kill’? means ‘‘hit.’’ NunGupsuyu. INGURA, 1 ajabuneich auliaba. 2 ulawa ambilina 3 iangbaj abliakalpia 40 umarununbaj or ula(wa)ulawa abuiabua Dd maraungui amukuale 6 maribalibulla amukuale auliaba or auke 7 maribamalibala amukuale ambilima 8 maragara amukuale abliakalpia 9 mugarawindi amukuale abmiabua 10) uwalagula amambaruku 11) amambaruku auliaba or anke = etc. 15) amabwukuale 16 amabwukuale auliaba or anke — ete. 20) ogripulung The islanders use a modified quinary system of numerals, up to twenty. Six is thus ‘*five-one,’’ or sometimes a special word, seven is ‘*fivetwo,’? and so on: ten, fifteen, and twenty, each have special names. Beyond this figure they do not ustially count, but on one occasion an old man of Talakurtpa counted wp to forty, laying short sticks down, grouped in fives. He started the second score TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 129 with twenty, one, mentioned two fifteens and again two twenties. He then referred to other sticks which le placed down as ‘yahbabuna,’ meaning ‘many.’ On another o¢casion, when we demanded one hundred and fil'tty spears from the meu of the same local growp, as a punishment for the pilfering of metal objeets, we indieated the extent of our demands with the aid of ofa ten fingers anil fifteen sticks; they afterwards brought up aid surrendered the correct number, mostly tied wp im bundles of twenty. In announecing numbers they are mdicated concurrently om the fingers, Small quantities or small portions ol a whole are indicated in a similar manner by holding the little finger of one hand with the thunib and forefinger of thie other, the value of the fraction being indieated by the leneth of the littl: finger exposed. The Nungubuyu on the mainland use a somewhat ditferent system, They have special names for each muneral wp to ten, and usually count in two's; four is Often called two-two, and in counting with sticks they lay them down in pairs. The Mara, Neandi, Rembarunga, and other mainland tribes have words only for one and two, greater numbers being indicated by the word ‘*many.’’ The . Mara numerals ave *wagin’ (one), ‘uruja’ (lwo), and ‘jari® (many). The Nungubuyuw word for fingers, and also hand, is ‘maran,’ and the root appears also in the words between four and nine, The word for ten is a combination of the word for two and *eura,’ another word for hand. ‘ The Ingura word for finger is ‘amamo,’ and the root of this appears to be represented in the wore for ten. Sign Language. Jesides the silent communication sigus described on p. $1 in connection with speartishing there are many others, a few of whieh are here noted : (wv) Beckoning with all the fingers at onee, hand palm down, indicates “come here.’ (bh) Expanding the body, and rubbing it with the band, while sticking out the tongne, is a sign of mockery or defiance. (ee) Swelling out the cheeks and tapping one with the forefinger is a sign foe water. (a) Drawing in the abdomen and rubbing it with the hand is a natural sien for hunger. (e) As alveady mentioned, a downwird cast of the hand, with the thumb at night angles, means ‘'no.? (f/f) Two fingers placed on the upper lip, just below the nostrils, is a sign for tobacco. (y) Small quantities, as before mentioned, are indieated by holding the little finger with the thumb anid first finger of the other hand, In the Mara (vibe the sigus @, 6, ed, f. and y are also in use: that for tobacco is slightly different, the two fingers beinw vigorously sueked. 130 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM In the Neandi tribe the sign of defiance is a very effective incitement when two quarreling parties ate summoning courage for a fielit. Macassar and Malay Influences in the Past, Several of the old men of the Ineura tribe, as youths, made voyages with the Malays, principally of Macassar, who regularly visited the North Australian coast until about twenty-five years ago, atl are familiar with the language of Macassav, with sometimes a smattering of other lan@uages, such as Buei and Malay. In the past other natives went away with the Malays, and did net return. Formerly these foreign people were always visiting them, but since Nokwavi was a young man, and had made the romnd trip to Macassav, and learnt the language, fhey have ceased to do so. Nokwari, shown in fig. 81, is mow a man probably over fifty years of age, One very old Bartaluinbu man, Yambukwa by name, was taken away before initiation, and spent many years in various foreign places, returning as a middle- ageaiman, He was then initiated, bid the elevated body-sears would aot form, luvming instead to lar@e sores, which left big Hat sears. He told us of woolly-haired Papuans, of Timor Laut, Macassar, Ke, Ava, Banda, and many other places whieh [ conld not recoenize by his names on cleseriptions, With the aid of one of our crew, a Macassar-Torres Strait half-caste, who conversed fluently with him, something was learned about ile visits of the Malays. They were always gathering (repane (laripan), turtle-shell (imoraga), sandalwood (domborombo), pearls (oumbakalane), and pearl-shell) (anutiava), The trepang was plentiful in places about the island, and the natives were employed in gathering if, receiving cloth, vive, tobacco, aud gin in return. The Curtle-shell, pearls, and pearl-shell were also gathered by the natives, Pearl-shell was plentiful om the coral reefs about the island. On asking the old men to find some pearls for us, they brought a few seed pearls and one lacee, pinkish- white clam-shell peavl an ineh or more in diameter. The latter had been ruined, however, by the cooking of the creature from which it had been obtained. Since this would have been worth several hundred pounds, aeeording to a pearl buyer at Thursday Island, tt indicates the madicement there was for the Malays to visit the coast. In several sheltered bays and Greeks on the northern and western sides of the island (North-west Bay, Speneer Bay, Bartalumbu, Angoroko, and Yetiba), mud at Woodah, Winehilsea, and Biekerton [slands, there are many traces of Malay occupation, including Jarge groves of giant tamarind trees, forming prominent landmarks At Spencer Bay these trees extend along the eastern shore for over a mile, and there is another @rove on Winehilsea Tslaud. These TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 13] localities, with the laree, sheltered, miiddy-hottomed bay. and (he narrow, river- like channel leading to North-west Bay, formed the principal encampment of jhe Macassar men, Ho owas known to them as Dailoopu. The old anchorages ave tWarkel with stakes, Ashore there ave large kitchen middens of shells (clren frapezie) and pearl-shell clippings. the remains of drying ovens, fireplaces, and several graves. At Winehilsea Island there is a eometery tinder some tamarinds. Kach erave is indicated by a low platform of coval and shells abont six feet long and three wide, with remains of a stake or carved gravepost at one end. One of the best preserved eraves, evidently that of a person of importance, is shown in fie, 58, with two others, marked by stakes in the hbackeround. The native soaks pear these camps have in some cases been enlarged and lined with stones fo form: wells. The old man said that the Macassar ships came when the wind was blowing from the torth-west, and stopped at Daihumpu. Only aw few ventured further south than the island. Flinders, however, reeords traces of Malays as far south as Siv Kedward Pellew Islands. There are traces of them also at Maria Tsland. The difficulties of navigation and adverse winds probably prevented many of the traders going (nether south. Groote Eyvlandt was the gathering e@ronnid of the fleet. In its vicinity there are many camps, some of the Malay names for which the old man knew, These were: Cape Barrow, ‘Ochonge’; Blue-mud Bay, ‘Jirapi’; Caledon Bay, ‘Maneula’; and Roper River, ‘Wekia.’ In addition to the articles previously mentioned the Malays gave tomahawks, knives, and nails. The tomahawks were specially treasured by the natives, and one or two, very amnneh worn, were noticed in their possession. Stone lartves and spearheads had not heen supplanted. Metal nails for fish-hooks were eommon arfieles of trade, and the oldest men said they had never used anything else. The influence of the Malay on the ceremonial life of the native is almost neelioihle, The Malays whenever possible obtained possession of native women and took them away on their homeward joumeys. The Inevra native thus learned that the women should uever be seen, The island natives, being comparatively few, were frightened of the Malays, who robbed them, enticed them with «drink. and beat them when they would not work. Their attitude toward the Malays was one of hate: sometimes they tried to lall them. and stories of ambishes and allaelks are told in the vamps. A sufficient period has elapsed smee the introduction of the sailing drugont eanoe for the sea-faring habits to be well emeratted ov the islanders and on the Nungubuyn people, T : hat the methods employed are acquired seems certain. he inethods of opening oul the canoe by means of fire and hot water ave identical With those paetised by the Malays for centuries. wid the manner of rigging and - 132 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM sailing are identical with those in former use among the people of the southern Molnecas and Java as fur back as the end of the sixteenth century. Rouffaer (™) vives a figure of an outrigger canoe in which the sail is identieal, He also figures a Macassar *djoeng’ of the type which yisited the shores of the Gulf of Carpen- faria. J have a tracing of a drawing by an old Ingura man which resembles it closely in outline. The Ingura called the Malays either ‘Makasa’ or ‘Malayu.’ The white man they call ‘orabaranda,’ Surubalanda,’ or ‘orobanda,’ whieh is very similar to the Malay term ‘orang balang,’ meaning ‘hairy man’? or ‘man of adult years,” The Nungubuyu people call the Malays ‘ Chudaka,’ and the white man ‘Monanga’; this last term being the one common to all the inland tribes met with. The following is a list of words in common use on the island to-day which are probably all of foreign origin. They have not been compared with Macassar or Bugi vocabularies, im which the sourees of some will probably be found : INGuRA. ENGLISH. CoMMENTS. bagalijina - - - + tomahawk baju - = |= = + © nail birija.- - - - - - vice biras (Malay), birinj (Hindustani). budula - - - - = bottle bovis - = - -- pannikin buli, a little pot (Malay). dangduna - - - - pot dimva- - - - - = hook, letter Malay, according to the Rev. J. CG. Jennison, who says the Goulburn Tsland word is the same. jambakn- - - - = tobacen tambaku (Malay). jinapa - - - - - gun or fire-lock senapang (Malay), snaphaan (Dutelr), kalewane - - - - knife kaluka - - - = - coconut kalonko (Malay). kapara -- - ~ - - cloth kopela - - - - - steamship kapal-api (Malay) (api, fire) kulubady - - - - house ldlinget - — = — Adenife lading (Javanese). mada - - - - - - pipe pamaduian (Malay). Malayu - - - - - Malay orang Malayu (Malay ). mi¢hanga - - - - sailing vessel mishune kopela - - motor vessel mutiara - - - - - pearl-shell indone mutiara (Malay). onmbakulang - - - pearl mitiara (Malay). ruti « = += = - = bread roti. (ITindustani). tumbala - - - - = sail — balayer, to sail (Malay). tunkumulya - - - eloth amwara - - - - = Iron valanda - - - - = blanket yalwara - - - - - trousers (15) Rouffaer, G, P., and Tizerman, De Eerste Sehipyaart . . . naar Qost-Indie . . 1595-1597. Gravenhage, 1915, pl. 27-28, ete. TINDALE—NATIVES OF GROOTE EYLANDT 133 In fig, G4 a and b both sides of a painting on a flat slab of ironwood are shown. Fie. 64 ¢ and d show both faces of a carved message-stick, made from a piece of cypress pine. Two types of clapping- or tapping-sticks are shown in fig. 64 6 and f+ they are used as the accompaniment to drone-pipe music and Rig. lid a, Painting on ivonwood (ourtle); b, tie reserve (Haatl); ¢, enrved message- sticks d, the reverse; e, paddle-shaped tapping sti¢k; ordinary tapping stick; g, spindle for luvirstring making; hy wonmu's sewn bark sheet. dancing, either m pairs, or one is tapped against a throwing-stick, hollow log, or other suitable object. Many different shapes are commonly made; one of those illustrated is in the form of a paddle. 134 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Mr. Lousada informs me that secrecy is still maintained regarding women, and that they have been seen only on three oceasions during the past three years, The bark wrapper shown in fig. 64 h is one of two obtained from them, It is eighteen inches wide and four feet long, and is composed of five long strips of paperbark sewn together with cane, Tt is much worn and patched with numerous pieces of the same material, When walking, a woman holds a wrapper in front of the body with one hand. Wheu seated she folds it transversely along the iniddle line, and stands it alongside her as a modesty shield. When not in use it can be folded again alone the middle longitudinally, The description giveu on 7. 101 is misleading, as the total width is eighteen inches and the fold or folds are transverse, The Nuneubuyu bark apron referred to is similar to that figured, but is much smaller, Additional Notes. In dealing with methods of gripping spear and throwing-stiek (p. 99), no mention was made regarding the position of the fingers, The spear, as shown in Pig. 65, Ingura method of holding fmamnutungu’ and spear, fig. 65, is held between the first finger and thumb, and the throwing-stick between the first and second fingers. The flat handle is held edeewise, as shown, and in throwing offers little resistance to the air, Rec. S.A. MUSEUM. VoL, III, PLATE XII. PADDLES, GROOTE EYLANDT, A YOUNG BLUE WHALE BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary In an article published earlier in this series I described and figured some features of a blue whale over 87 feet in length, taken at Corvisart Bay, South Australia. I am now able to offer a few notes on a young example of the same species, and the accompanying illustrations have been prepared, for the most part, for comparison with those of the adult specimen referred to. A YOUNG BLUE WHALE By RDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.8., C.M.Z.8,, Direc'ror SowrHt Ausrranian Museum. Text figs. 66-76, Tx an article published earlier in this series (1) [ deseribed and figured some features of a blue whale oyer 87 feet in length, taken at Corvisart Bay, South Australia. Lam now able to offer a few notes on a young example of the same species, and the accompanying illustrations have been prepared, for the most part, for emnparison with those of the adult specimen referred to. The voung whale was stranded on the extensive flats at the head of Gulf St. Vincent, but the occurvence was uot generally known until some Little time later, During conversation with a Greek fisherman at Port Wakefield T learned Fig 6, The young blie whale on the beach, that he had noticed the animal floundering some 400 or 500 yards short of high- fide mark, but not seeing any personal gain he had kept his observation to himself, After death the carease drifted shoreward, and was then visited hy sightseers from Port Wakefield, ten miles distant, and elsewhere. To was also early on the seene, took the photograph (fig. 66), and made the following external TWCASULCMCHts, (1) Waite, Ree, SoA. Maus., i, L919, p. 157, pl. sxi-xxvi, 136 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM Metres. ft. in. Length from tip of snout to vandal notch T A417 24 +4 4; i 43 eye a as 1295 3 * 4 i dorsal tin ae 5-258 Lt 3 5 is a pectoral fin PF 2-083 6 10 * - % penis So uy 4-419 14 6 5 x * vent Es es 4-978 16 4 Width across flukes be ty +i ie 0-838 Be AG Mie. 67. Skull, upper and lower aspects, Six weeks unfortunately elapsed before | was able, in company with Mr. O. Rau, one of our articulators, to take over the specimen and have its skeletou prepared for transportation. By that time decomposition was somewhat advanced, and the condition precluded the possibility of making several desirable observations, The body bore no marks sugvesting injury: if is probable that the young whale was still a suckling, and that its mother had heen killed. WaAITE—A YounG BiurE WHALE 137 On opening the varcase it was found that the animal was very young, the cranial sutures were quite open, the vertebral processes distinet from the centera, as were, naturally, the various epiphyses from their proper bones, —, iv, 68, Froutal and left maxilla, showing complex suture. To account for the absence of reference to some of the smaller bones, such as the hyoicd and sternal elements, it may be mentioned that, for special safety, they were placed in a petrol tin. Other hones were bagged, the whole bemy packed in a dingy, towed by a motor boat. During the ten miles trip on September 16, 1925, a hard blow was encountered, and the dingy was almost swamped; the petrol tin, with its contents, was washed overboard, bit the other bones and the baleen were saved. A more detailed account was published in the daily press (7). (2) Waite in Adelaide +* Register,’? Sep. 19, 1925. 138 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskUM Bullae, upper figure, young, lower figure adult, redueed to same seale; iuset, stapes of young enlarged. Wig, 69, Skull, Photographs of two aspeets of the skull are shown in fig. 67. In common with the rest of the skeleton, the bones of the eranium are sponey, and show little indication of ossifieation; this is likewise true of the mandible, which, in the adult, is formed of particularly dense boue (*). As the components SUF (3) Waite, Ree, Cant. Mus, i, 1912, p. 325. WaltE—A Younc Geer WHALE 139 of the skull came apart, the nature of the sutures was readily ascertained ; (hat hetween the frontal and maxilla is the most complex, consisting of a series of vertical plates fitting correspondinely deep grooves, and shown mn fig. 68, It is well known that the lnuman auditory ossicles do not inerease in size, that they are as laree in the new-born babe as in the adult. Tolden (4) wrote: “All the bones in the tyinpwamiun are ossified af birth. More than this, they are Fix. 7. Baleen, upper figure onter aspeet, lower figure Dasal aspect, well developed at birth. IT have before me the ivmpante bowes of an milan al birth and those of a maa who was seven feet ligh, and there is not much differcice between them in point of size.” Dr, Burnett (*) writes: © The auditory apparatus of a child (liffers in some respects from that of an adult, In the eluld the auricle and the auditory canal are much smaller thau in the adult, while the membrana ivimpani and the ossicles in the middle ear are of full size at birth.” This may be so in other mammals; tt is substantially true in the Cetacea, and figure 6), illustrating the bullae in voung and adult, shows that the main noticeable vrowth of the tympani¢ bone concerns certain external features, sueh as the production of angles and rugosities, the body of the bone and its contained ossicles remaining practically unaltered, tn his paper on the Morphology of the Mamn- qualian Ossieula anditus, Alban Doran (%) deseribes and figures the ossielos of several whales, ineluding those of Baluenoplera rostrata (pl. isi, figs. 30, 31), to which those of on present subject ave very similar. The stapes, whieh fell out during maceration, is Shown at the inset me fig. 69, (4) Holden, Human Osteology (ed. ii), PS857, pp. 240, (9) Burnett in Keating's Cyelop, Diseases of Children, iv, 1890, p. 2. (4) Doran, Trans. Linn, See. (2nd Ser.), i, 1899, p. 871, pl. Iiii-Ixiv. 140 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The following are some dimensions of the skull: Metres. Length fe s. me +- 1-628 Width i 4+ Aes Aa, aS rT a 0-812 Interorbital width c st rr. i + ()-220 Leneth of mandible (svmphysis abraded) ., f Y 1-293 Girth of mandible at coronoid ., in ie a Q)-520 Girth of mandible in advaiuee of coronoid —. . A (355 Baleen, ‘Io photograph the tweuty feet or so of baleen provided by an adult blue whale is probably seldom feasible; to obtain a picture of that of the juvenile under review presented no great difficulty, Two views of the baleen of the right side are here supplied, but the proximal end of the series is nol quite complete, Fig, 70 shows the outer and basal aspects respectively; the complete series. measures 1135 mim.; the longest plates, which occur near the proximal end, are 175 mm., and each entire series comprises about 3874 plates. Fig. 71, Atlus. Wie. 72. Axis. The honeyeombtike structure, or “intermediate substance’? previously deseribed, in the Corvisart whale, as presented in the basal aspect of the auxiliary plates, developed on the mer side of the baleen, is to be seen in the young specimen, and may be identified by means of a hand magnifier in the photograph. The plates are horn-colonred, darkening to the outer edges, so that, viewed externally, the series appears to be black in its upper half, fading downwards, the lower Wartk—A YounG BLUE WHALE 14] (hind of each plate being yvellowish-white, which is also the hue of the bristles developed on the whole inner surface of the series. In the picture of fhe Corvisart whale (pl xxii) the baleen appears to terminate abruptly at its posterior part; this is probably the effeet of either loss or shadow, for mm the Port. Wakefield specimen, thongh far less tapering than in front, the posterior aspect of the baleen is by uo means so abrupt as may be mdicated by the photo- graph of the large whale referred to, Attention may be drawn to the eireumstance that Trmer (7) regarded the blaek colour of the balecn and bristles as charactor istic of By sibbaldi, and stated that the plates of Bo museutits are customarily mottled brown, evevish, or greyish-yellow, wilh the bristles white or gyeyish- white. Ina foetus of the former speeies he described the colour of the baleen lig. 75. Virst dorsal yvertelrin. Vig. 74. Pivst Iuimbiur vertotinn, as slate-orey, the bristles cream coloured, As the iwo names ave now tustally revarded as applicable to the same species, it may be that in voung examples the baleen and bristles are light coloured, and that they darken with age, becoming black im adults, Vertebrae. From what we were able to preserve of the vertebrae it is evident that, in the young animal, examination shotld be made as carly after death as possible, As previously mentioned, the whale m question had been dead some weeks before we were able to examine it, and in consequence the cartilagmous portions bad dissolved into the general mass. This was especially noticeable in retard to the vertebrae, and the photographs here reproduced, which show little trace of dorsal or trausverse processes, could seareely have been identified had not care been taken to preserve thetr relative sequence, (7) Turner, Marine Mammals in Anat, Mus, Hdin,, 1912, p. 40, 142 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum As noted by Owen (*), in a young Balaena australis, (he cervical neuva- pophyses of one side ave distmited from those of the other side, as they are from the corntrum below. This condition is well seen int our specimen of Baldenopleria, jhe atlas and axis of whielt are respectively illistrated in figs, 71 and 72. The statement is also appleable to the first three dorsal vertebraes Chereatier tie Pig o ae ‘ 5. Seapila. uetrapophyses are united by the development of the neural spine, but in ie component of the entire vertebral colume is (he neural element vnitedk with the centrum. The first dorsal vertebra is shown in fie. 73, and the first limbar in fig. 74. These illustrations nay be respectively compared with those of the adult previously referred fo. The number of vertebrae preserved is as follows, Init one or tive of the ternunal elemeuts may have heen lost: Cervical, 7; dorsal, 14; lumbar, 14; candal, 26; total, 61. Limbs, Apart from size and texture, the seapula (fig. 75) differs little from that of the adult, the anterior edge is concave instead ol! convex, the #eromion provess is relatively short, while the eorouoid is represented by a Jumidity only, Whereas the scapular, lanh boves, and phalanges are represented ly porous bony stricture, the carpals are cartilaginous. and ave differentiated (8) Owen, Aunt. of Vert., 17, 1866, p. 418. WattE—A Youna BLUE WHALE 143 only by fibrous lines, which mark off the several ultimate elements. These lines may be traced in the illustration (fig. 76), reproduced from an aetual photograph, which shows the phalanges to be conmposed as follows: I, 0; IT, 4; TTT, 6; TV, 6; V, 4 It is possible, however, that some of the digits are Mmeomplete, and there is no trace of Kukenthal’s ‘‘digit iii’. At no time easy to find, no trace of pelvic wlements could be discovered in the putrid flesh. Vig. 76. More Tinh, Ribs. The number of ribs in the blue whale varies: there are usually either fifteen or sixteen pairs. In the Port Wakefield calf there are only forrteen pairs; their respective lengths are as follows: Rib. Metres. Rib. Metres. 1 Wes 425 38 et ‘780 2 +: 661 y seh ‘Th 3 aes Tao 10 ae; TOT 4 ame “S16 1] 140 -680 a onde “829 18 pana “644 6 ier 839 13 = ied O37 7 ae “829 14 Sth -666 By comparing these fignres with those supplied for the Corvisart whale, it is interesting to find that the ratio of increase or decrease in length is maintained, thus suecessive inetease takes place to the sixth rib, wheuece the decrease is regular to the thirteenth, the length of which is exceeded by the fourteenth, Preservation. When first removed from the body, the bones were very soft and spongy, and the several components, as those of the skull for example, fell De! 144 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM apart. On drying they became so friable that the mere passage of a finger caused crumbling of the surface. In order to reassociate the bones they had to be relaxed, ‘‘treated’’, joined up, and again dried. The treatment consisted in painting the bones with a hot, weak solution of white (not ‘‘pale’’) Russian glue; the surface was thereby hardened, and reasonable handling became possible. Owing to the extreme porosity of the bones, dipping would have been impracticable. AN AQUATIC ONISCID (CRUSTACEA) BY W. H. BAKER, HON. CURATOR OF CRUSTACEA Summary Mr Herbert M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum, who first noticed this species in the “Pool of Siloam”, at Beachport, South Australia, supplies the following note: “The ‘Pool of Siloam’ is a small, isolated lake, lying a little distance from the coast, and surrounded by sandhills. The water is at all times much salter than the sea, and is said to be beneficial to bathers suffering from rheumatism and other ills — hence the name. The aquatic Philoscia was obtained in January, 1920, on the bottom, or slightly buried in the sand, in about six feet of water, well away from the shore. Great numbers were present in this situation, but no specimens were found under the debris on the banks, although they were searched for there. The water in which the crustaceans were living was tested by the South Australian Government Analyst, who supplied the following details: Specific gravity, 1.078 at 60 degrees F.; dissolved solids, 7,614 grains to gallon, of which 6,749 grains is common salt (over three times as salt as the sea). Numbers of Ostracods, a small red species of Cyclops, and some water-beetles were also present in the ‘lake’.” Specimens collected by Mr. Hale are much beset with stalked infusorians. An AQUATIC ONISCID (CRUSTACEA) By W. H. BAKER, Hox. Curaror or Crustacea, Text fig. 77. Mr. Herbert M. Hale, of the South Australian Museum, who first noticed this species in the ‘Pool of Siloam’’, at Beachport, South Australia, supplies the following note: “The ‘Pool of Siloam’ is a small, isolated lake, lving a little distance frou the coast, and surrounded by sandhills, The water is at all times much salter than the sea, and is said to be beneficial to bathers suffering from rheimatism and other ills—henee the name. The aquatic Philoseva was obtained in January, 1920, on {he bottom, or slightly buried im the sand, in about six feet of water. well away from the shore. Great numbers were present in this situation, but no specimens were found under the debris on the banks, although they were searched for there. The water in which the crustaceans were living was tested hy the South Australian Government Analyst, who supplied the following details: Specific gravity, 1-078 at 60° F.; dissolved solids, 7,614 grains to gallon, of which 6,749 grains is common salt Cover three times as salt as the sea). Niumbers of Ostracods, a small red speeies of Cyclops, and some water-beetles were also present in the ‘lake.’ ? Specimens collected by Ma. Wale are much beset with stalked infusorians. Since the above date Mr, 8. 8. Stokes, on request, searched the “Pool of Siloam’? during three separate visits to Beachport; two years after the first examples were obtained no specimens were found in the lake, but in 124, and again in -Tlannary of 1926, good series were captured. On the last occasion Mr. Stokes was informed by loval residents that the same crustacean occurs in other sall swanips near Beachport. The Following is a deseription of the animal : PHILOSCIA SALINA sp. nov. There ave the usual outstanding characters of the gents; the side-plates of the abdomen are, however, a little more outward projecting than usual. The hody is sparsely beset with minute spiniles, which are regularly arranged on ihe posterior margins of segments; also there ave very many minute black spots ivegularly arranged in longitudinal groups ou the dorsal surface, otherwise the colour is pale. The head is short, with two faint median lobes on the forehead. The eyes are moderate in size, lenticular, of about 26 ocelli, The minute antennule consists of a stout basal joint, the 2nd joint narrowing distally, while the 8rd is very narrow. The antenna is short, the joints are clothed with minute spinules, its 146 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEuM flagellum is only a little Jonger than the Sth pedunenlar joint, the three joints of the flagellum are short, the Ist and 3rd stibequal, the middle one a little shorter. The left mandible has a 3-toothed incisory plate, a 5-toothed secondary — ’ a Menetl Philosein sativa, male; a, dorsal view; 0, adeunas: ¢, lett iiandible: d@, first niasilla; e mixilliped; fand w, first aud seventh logs; haat ¢, first and second pleopods. plate, with tuft of setae just below, then a single setum followed by the fascicle of setae which represent the molar process. [nthe right mandible the secondary plate is much smaller, The sesments of thorax are subequal in leneth, Faint lateral lines mark off the epimera on the more posterior ones, The Gth segment of abdomen is a little excavate on its upper surface, and is obtusely pointed at the end, The Ist four pains of lees are prehensile, that is, the propodus and Jactylus are curved and capable of closing on the carpus. In the female the Hh pair has less prehensile character, in the Ist pair, whieh are shortest, (he hasos is The longest joint. the isehiim short, the merus broader than lone, the tarpus about the same lovgth as propodis aid dactvlus together: these joints ure sparely spined, In the remaining pairs the spines are more auimerons. TMhe Tth pair is very long. The pleopods, owing to the large operenular exopods, are very conspicnious. The Ist has the exopod fringed with delicate cilia, the endopod heine modified into an appemlir masculina, Wroad at base and slightly turned outwards af apex. The second pleopod also has the exopod fringed with cilia, especially on the inner side; the eudopod is modified into a secondary sexual appendage, Which is broad at base and tapers toa very fine end, reaching to the Tength of the exopod. The endopods of the sueceeding pairs are short and fleshy, The Sth pair is smaller, Tn all the pleopods the peduneles are well developed. The uropods are short, with broad peciineles reaching a little heyond end of abdomen, The onter rami ave awl-shaped and slender. the inner are also awl: shaped and shorter than the onter, Length, 11 mm.; breadth, 44 mm, Type, male, in South Australian Museum, Ree. No. (. 792. ON THE GENUS MANDALOTUS (COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAE) BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary The genus Mandalotus now consists of a greater number of species than any other of Australian weevils; and although thirty-eight new ones are now added, it is certain that many more remain to be taken. These beetles occur in abundance in the coastal and forest districts of Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria and Tasmania, and extend rather sparsely into South Australia; several are herein added from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. A few were recorded from Western Australia, but these have all been transferred to Timareta. Many have been taken on mountains, including their summits, in tussocks, in moss, under leaves, and under logs and stones, and several occur at the roots of beach-growing plants. During floods they may often be obtained in abundance. On ruk GENUS MANDALOTUS (COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAE) By ARTHUR M, LEA, F.ES., Exromonocisr, Sourr AusrrRataAn Museum. The genus Mendulotus now consists of a ereater number of species than any other of Anstrahan weeyils; and although thirty-eight new ones are now added, it is certain that many more vemain to be taken, These beetles oceur in abundance in the coastal and forest districts of Queensland, New South Wales, Vietorta, and Tasmania, and extend rather sparsely into South Australia; several are herein added from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. A few were recorded from Western Australia, but these have all been transferred to Timareta. Many have been taken ou mountains, including their summits, in tussoeks, in moss, under leaves, and under logs and stones, and several occur at the roots of heach-growing plants. During floods they may often be obtained in abundance, Mr. F. Erasmus Wilson bas been recently keenly searching moss, tussocks, and fallen leaves, and has taken many new Victorian species, including several of great interest. Hardly any Australian weevil, for mstance, has such remark- able legs as the male of M. (asigaipes. Mr. A, H. Elston has also taken some interesting species from South Australia, Owing to the wmniattractive appearance of most of the species (often enhanced hy dried inud), their sligeish habits, and the skill needed in obtaining them, they are usually passed over by collectors. At least two species, MW. mendcens and M, erawfordi, ave destructive to growing grain, hut being nocturnal they are rarely seen. The characters of the under surface and legs are usually of eveater specific import than those of the upper surface, and to see them clearly no abrasion is heeded; but some manipulation is usually required to see the armature (when present) of the coxae and tibiae, and a small amount of dirt may easily obserre parts of the sterna and abdomen, On the other hand, to see certain detaily of the upper surface it is usually necessary ta remove some of the scales. On almost all species of the genns there is a row of large punetures, following at a short distance the outline of the basal segment of abdomen: and another following the outline of the front of the metasternum, and usually easily traceable on the most densely clothed specimens. As they are so constant they have seldom been noted in the deseriptions, The females of but few species are distinct, and T have seldom associated 148 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM them with males, wiless taken from the same localities; even many males are so strikingly alike, in general appearance, that they cannot be distinguished by the npper surface alone; there is, however, uo other large genus of weevils in which the males may be so readily identified by the characters of the under surface and legs. In mouuting single specimens it is therefore desirable that they should he placed on their sides, so that both surfaces may be examined, In collections they are frequently associated with other genera which they strongly resemble, hut from which they may be distinguished as follows : Essolithnu. Has a single claw to each foot. Polyphrades. Has elaws soldered together at hase. Timareta, Has no oeular lobes. Several species with ocular lobes were referred to Dysostines by Pascoe and Blackburn, and to Mandalotus by myself, but these have all been transferred to Timureta, The New Zealand genus Cifaptes is nearly allied, but the species have less rounded eyes; at present it includes some with oeular lobes and others without such. Notiopatae sternalis Broun, also from New Zealand, is very close to several species, but is without ocular lobes. Tt is probable that future workers will break up the genus; but 7 am watisfied that the ereat variation in the separation of the front coxae is of speeifie value only, as the finest gradations occur between species in which the coxae touch and others in which they ave widely separated. Pascoe and Black- burn both noted the variation in the distance separating the coxae as an unusual generic feature. The armature of the sternim and lees, and the processes on the abdomen, are all confined to the males. The species of the group (H of the table) with very thick seape. however, differ but little sexually, and that rharacter might fairly be regarded as entitling them to eenerie rank, Tteferences to the genus and species are as follows: Ertenson. Weg. Areh., 1812, p. 193, Mandalotus named, veferred to Otiovhynehides and four species deseribed, MW. eriudus being the first, Lacorpaire. Gen. Coleapt.. ot, p. 287, Genus referred with doubts to Krenmides. Pascor. Journ. Linn, Soc, Zool., 2, 1870, p. 47°. Dysostines named, referred to the Rhyparosomides, and one species deseribed. Trans. Ent. Soe., Land., 1870, p. 135. Four species of Dysostines named, Ann. Mag. Nat. ist. wii, 18738, p. Qh. One species of Dysostines named, LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 149 Masrurs. Cat. Aust. Col. Mandalotus veferved to Hyremnides, 4487-4490. Dysostines veferred to Rhyparosomides, 4943-4948, Buacksurn. Proc. Linn. Soc., NS. Wales, 1890, p. 314. Notes on Dysostines with four species named. Td., 1892, p. 127, Two species of Dysostines named, Trans. Ray. Soc. S. Austr., 1892, p. 229. Dysostines recorded as a synonym of Mandalotus. Id,, 1901, p. 27. Records examination of Erichson's types. Lea. Trans, Roy. Soc. 8. Austr., 1904, p. 16. Twelve species of Mandalotus named. Td., 1907, p. 130. Notes on genus, now referred to Leptopsides, and on several species, with table, and thirty-five species named. Td., 1909, p. 160. Notes on genus and species, ten being named. Id., 1911, p. 67. Notes on several species, and nine named. Id., 1912, p. 76. Notes on several species, and five named. Td., 1914, p. 297. Notes on genus and species, with second table, and eleven named, Id., 1916, p. 322. Notes on several species and seven named. Td,, 1928, p. 858, One species named, Id., Proc. Roy, Soc, Vic., xx (ns.), pt. 2, 1907. One species named. Id., Mem. Soc. Ent. Belge, aviti, 1910, One species named. Td., Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S. Wales, 1914, p, 659, Three species named, Td., 1916, p. 735. Two species named, KEY TO SPECIES. A. Middle of apex of basal segment of abdomen impinging on second, ¢. Tip of impinging part shining and flat. .. sterilis 150 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM ada. Tip bituberculate. Tubercles close together . Tubereles rather widely separated a}. AA, Middle of apex of basal segment incuryed or almost straight. B. Prosternum tuberculate, b. Tubercle behind eoxae .. ar bb, Tuberele in front of coxae ¢. Tuberele longitudinal i As ec. Tubercle transverse BB. Prosternum not tuberculate. Mesosternum with a projecting intercoxal process. d. Process bifid. . Apex of process its widest part Apex narrower than middle, /. Front tibiae terminating in a thin flange - . ff. Front tibiae terminating in a spur. gy. Size less than 4 mm. gg. Size more than 4 mm. dd. Process a truncated lamina, h. Process longer than middle coxae, ), Proeess narrower at apex than aeross middle .. ng ‘ a _ . Process of even width from apex to near base hh, ery shorter than middle é Conde, Elytra trisinuate at base .. s . Elytra conjointly arcuate at buse i. Front tibiae flattened and shining in- ternally Lg F ik. Front tibiae not flat or © shining there ddd. Process conical in front, !. Prothoracie granules transversely arranged, Front tibiae with several distinet teeth on lower surface : mm. Front tibiae without srech ee Il. Prothovacie @ranules not transversely ar arranged. mw. Lind tibiae dentate at middle nn. Hind tibiae not so armed, Hind tibiae widest near and suddenly harrowed at base oo. Hind tibiae normal at base. Elytral setae fairly long and not in single series ae a aire setae not as in pariabilis: Mesosternal process not projecting beyond c¢oxue .. me qq. Mesosternal process projecting he: yond voxae. Prothoracie granules hefore abrasion Pp concealed squelidus insularis prosternalis hoplosternus arnipeckus laminipectus laminatipes uniforms PNCISUS intercoralis hoplostethus simulator cartnatipes niger pyurifer nesosternalis erudus rudis aariadilis vacillans auchineresthes LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS . Prothoracie granules fairly dis- tinct before abrasion Mesosternum with interecoxal process mot projecting, D. Abdomen tubereulate. Basal segment without tubercle, but second with two, Tubereles as close to sides as to each other .. Tubercles much closer to each other than to sides. uw, Small and thin, and front coxae not very widely separated : wu. Laree and robust, and frortt eoxae widely separated .. : SS, pipe seement with one tubercle, . Prothoracie granules transversely ar up. Prothoracie granules not transversely arranged. w. Seeond segment also tuberculate .. 4+ wu. Second not tuberculate. a. Tubercle submedian ... Tubercle apical ,. as ae Bases etsenl: with two tubercles. y. Tubercles not at extreme tip. z. Front coxae touching he z. Front coxae widely separated. Distance between tubercles more than leneth of second segment in middle . . aa. Distance less S set Ee i yy. Tubercles at extreme tip, b. A wide depression between tubercles bb. death such a depression. . Front coxae feebly separated .. ec, Front coxae conspicuously se parated d. Alternate interstices of elytra ele- vated pts +. a. dd, Alternate interstices not elevated . meg ik carinate. A longitudinal carina on each side of middle of hasal sepement. J. Prothoracie granules transversely ar ranged ff. Prothoracic granules not i cra ar- sanged ee 5 ‘anged SSS. DD. eo, A transverse or curved carima on 1 basal gopmient. g. Front coxae touching, or apparently so. h. All tibiae deeply notched .. as tes hh. All tibiae not notched, Basal segment of abdomen straight m middle of apex. j. Base of elytra trisinuate —.. jj. Base of elytra evenly arched 151 pentagonalis selistriatus tenuis auplicollis binaculatus emarg nats tubereuliventris bivitticallis geminatus glaber decipiens taylor meurraye latens lutosus exrcavatus APMTVAPTUS msignipes bryephagus litoralis 152 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM . Basal segment somewhat incurved at middle of apex. hk. Klytra with conspicuous tubercles about summit of apical slope. . kk. Elytra without tubercles there. !. Hind tibiae dentate about middle l. Hind tibiae not dentate about middle 3 gg. Front coxae distinctly and usually widely separated. m. Carina not touching middle of apex of segment. Carina stronely elevated and inclined forwards : nn. Carina quite straight nnn, Carina distinctly curved. Elytra tuberculate about summit of apical slope Elytra not tuberculate there, Female with a conspicuous interocular tubercle pp. Female without such mm. Carina with its middle touching apex of segment. q. Hind tibiae (except at tip) not den- tate or denticulate. Second abdominal segment also carinate Second not earinate. s. Carina with a row of punc- tures ss. Carina impunctate qq. Hind tibiae dentate or denticulate. t. Second segment feebly carinate tt. Second segment not carinate. Intercoxal process of meso- sternum narrower than distance between middle and hind coxae. Granules of basal segment of abdomen unusually conspicuous vv. Granules of basal segment small and inconspicuous. w. Seutellum small and shining a ww. Seutellum not trace- able ak wu. Intercoxal process at least as wide as distance between middle and hind coxae. x. Very small ms i denticulatus advenus brevicarinatus severini recticarinatus arciferus interocularis cartert magnicollis longicollis blackburni bicarinatus granulatus sabulosus sydneyensis minutus LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS ar, Of moderate size. y. Surface near carina with crowded pune- turesandno granules, 2. Apex of basal seg- ment of abdomen evenly arehed .. zz, Apex rather sudden- ly ineurved — at middle .. + yy. Surface near carina with granules as well as punctures, a. Hlytral suture with smal] shining’ granules od aa. Without such eran- ules DDD. Abdomen neither tuberculate nor carinate. E. Metasternum bituberculate — .. y) of KK. Metasternum not bituberculate. F, Elytra tuberculate. b. Tlind tibiae dentate at base bb. Hind tibiae not dentate there, ¢, Front coxae touching, or almost so. d. Sides of prothorax bilobed. ce, Shoulders conspicuously duced 3% ec, Shoulders vounded off dd. Sides of prothorax not hilobed. f. Size moderate If. Size minute. y. Elytral tubercles with con- SpicuoUs setae yy. Klytral tubercles such ec, Front coxae widely separated, h. Middle coxae almost as widely separ- ated as hind ones . . ay. i hh, Middle coxae much closer together, i. Under surface with dense and long hairs... . ms i, Under surface without such, j. Sides of prothorax bilobed jj. Sides not bilobed. k. Shoulders separately suddenly produced hk. Shoulders not produced ex- cept with even areuation of base. 1. Hind tibiae suddenly and strongly meuryed at apex .. es pro- without and 153 punctiventris huystricosus fuligrneus imitator mectasternalts seaber bilobicollis vigilans hypulus norfalconsis nodipennis campyloenemis mirabilis collaris ferrugineus valgus 154 RECORDS oF THE S.A. MUSEUM WW. Wind tibiae not as in valgus. m. Elytra conjointly ar- cuate at base yon, Khytra trisinuate at base, mn. Hind tibiae strong- ly narrowed on inner side be- tween middle and apex nn, Hind tibiae not strongly nat- rowed there FF. Elytra non-tuberenlate (at least elsewhere than near shoulders). G. Prothoracic granules transversely arranged or sub- carinate, or multicarinate. o. Middle coxae ridged or dentate, p. Hind tibiae dentate at basal third iy pp. Hind tibiae not dentate there. q. Front tibiae distinetly notched on one side of apex es qq. Frout tibiae not so notehed .. oo, Middle coxae not armed. ry, Hind tibiae subdentate near base rr. Hind tibiae not subdentate there. s. Basal segment of abdomen with a pol- ished semicircular space... ss. Basal segment without such a space. t. Shoulders acutely produced — for- wards i b 4t. Shoulders not so produced. uw. More than 3 mm. in leneth. v. Derm of abdomen not con- cealed by clothing vu. Derm of abdomen more or less concealed, w, Apieal slope of elytra sub- tuberculate i ww, Apical slope not — sub- tubereulate wu. At most 3 min. in length. av, Abdominal clothing not eon- cealing derm By ot we. Abdominal clothing normally concealing dervm. y. Without a posthumeral tubercle or swelling funereus comlest IPrasUs medcoxralis dentipes ox yornvits trisinuatus abdominalis acutangulus crawford LVaAnSvUCrSUs selosus multicarinatus striatus LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS yy. With such. 2. Interstices of elytra even 22. Alternate interstices feebly elevated. «. Width of elytra at summit of apical slope as great as at base... an ag. Width there less .. GG. Prothoracie granites not transversely arranged. H. Seape very stout. b. Pronotum with large, isolated granules bb. Pronotium with denser and smaller eranules. «. Base of rostrum suddenly elevated éc, Base not suddenly elevated, d. Elytva with an interrupted median pale fascia fe dd. Elytra without such a fascia. é, Less than 4 mm, in length eve. More than 4+ mm, in leneth HH. Scape at most moderately stout. 1. Iincd tibiae armed IT. Hind tibiae not armed. J. Front coxae touching, g. Antennae unusually lone and thin gg. Antennae normal, h. Ilind tibiae conspienously fringed with long hairs in both sexes hh, Wind tibiae not so fringed, ?, Prothorax, even after abrasion, with- out Conspicuous granules, j. Fairly large jj. Small, hk, Klytra fully twice as long as wide kk. Elytra less than twice as long as wide. !. Eyes smaller, and with larger facets than usual .. Hl, Wyes normal 3 ih it, Prothorax, at least after abrasion, with conspicuous eranules. m. Distance between eyes less than width of an eye s o vom. Distanee between eyes more than width of an eye. nm, Khytrva maculate. o. Sides of elytra parallel for part of their leneth ., vo, Sides of elytra nowhere parallel .. 2 iy post- Ureudtus latebricola subhumeralis nodicollis aninophilis herbivorus pondericornis CTASSICOPNIS fFergusoni fenuicornis MmuUsttatus howensts MCONSPLEUUS puncticollis squamibundius MACTOPS maculatus cordipennts 156 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM mu, Klytra inconspicnously or not at all maculate. Elvtral clothing more or less rough, A conspicuous promin- ence between scutel- lar region and each shoulder... qq. Without such pp. Klytral clothing evenly plat- ine surface, r. A polished, deep cavity on abdomen and meta- stermum *, Depression shallower and not polished. At least 4mm. in length Less than 4 mm. JJ. Front coxae distinctly and usually widely separated. IK. A sudden and deep cavity common to meta- sternum and abdomen a MH KK. Cavity, if present, not both sudden and deep, i. Granules in middle of pronotum with setae only. {. Basal seement of abdomen without eranules, size simall 2. it. Basal segment with granules, size larger, Elytral granules apparently con- fined to suture .. wu. Elytral granules visible elsewhere before abrasion 5 '- LL. Granules (if present) both setose and SCULAMOSC, M. Hind coxae armed MM. Hind coxae unarmed. N. Front coxae much more widely separ- ated than middle ones nt NN. Front and widdle coxae widely and almost (or quite) equally separ- ated. Middle coxae armed we. Middle coxae unarmed. Metasternum and basal seg- ment of abdomen censely pilose 3 Ke ye wi. Under surface not densely pilose microps coxalis gyinogaster alpinus MVUSCHVOLUS foveatus reticulatus seticollis caviventris posteoxalis hoplocnemus tibialis piliventris rout LrA—GENUS MANDALOTUS NNN. Front coxae less widely separated thai middle ones, O. Front tibiae stronely dentate towards base rs $3 We OO. Front tibiae denticulate at most. P. Minute... aus ~t ot nd PP. At least 3mm. in leneth and usually much more, Q. Hlytra distinctly trisinuate at base QQ. Elytira scarcely, if at all, trisinuate at base, R. Suture, on abrasion, distinetly paler than adjacent parts RR. Suture not paler. S. Elytra with scales only SS. Elytra with scales and setae T. Intercvoxal process of mesoster- mun wider than coxae TT. That process narrower than COXA, U. Hind tibiae suddenly thinned from about the middle UU. Hind tibiae not as in cellaris, V. Prothorax, on abrasion, with very minnte granules. aw. Ciliation of front tibiac rather dense and lone vx, Ciliation shorter and much sparser +t VV. Prothorax, on abrasion, with large but almost obsolete granules. y. Derm normally almost flavous : a. yy. Derm normally much darker VVV. Prothorax, on abrasion, with ordinarily distinet evan- ules, W. Abdomen almost glabrous. . WW. Basal segment squaimose and setose in middle, 2. Ciliation of front tibiae long and fairly dense 22. Front tibiae with sparse ancl ‘rather = long setae, but not cillate /. Basal seement setose only in middle, X, Prothorax as wide as elytra UUENAECEUS NUCLOSCOPICUs humeratis suturalis SYUGMOSUS riufiianus eolluris similis ochreanotatus pallidus blackniorer subglaber ciliatus (NY USEUS albonotatus 158 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusktM XX. Prothorax narrower than elytra. Y. Depression of abdomen confined to lasal seg- ment .. £5 Q SPUPCUS YY. Depression continimed on to second segment 2. aug ustipiedits NOTES ON KEY. As in previous tables, the present one deals with males, except that M7. eartert and M. inferoculuris ave separated by their females. [1 does not appear possible to give a table of fermales by which most of those known may be identified with vertainty, and many were not described, as it was found impossible to associate them with their appropriate males. The transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules of many species is evenerally quite conspicuous before abrasion, and is usually due to some of the granules being placed in irregular transverse rows, rather than more or less wlosely compacted; but the character alters, till on some species the surface, after abrasion, is seen to be traversed by numerous fine and quite sharply defined carinae, which may or may not be interrupted; on M. eraefordi and M. ulti carinatus, i particular, they are very distinct. On several species there is a faint. indieation of transverse arrangement on the sides only, but this has not been considered as warrauting the species being placed with those haying the (vansverse arrangement present. In the 1914 table some of the species were associated as having ‘* Front. coxae tore or less widely separated’, as against *‘ rout coxace not widely separated’, the latter being again divided into those in which the coxae were in aetual contact and those in which they were slightly separated. As these divisions were not always easy of application, the main ones now used are those in which the coxae are in actual contact, aud those in which they are distinctly, and usually very conspienously separated. As the froni coxae of the males are often slightly larger than those of the females, their distance apart is sometimes slightly less than in the females. C.p. On. wariubilis the elytva, when viewed from behind, are seen to have the clothing rather dense; the other species, when so yiewed, appear to lave stouter setae, mostly in single series, Dow On M. tuberculiventris the tuberele might be fairly regarded as a short carima. DD, ff. On M. arncverins the abdomen might be regarded as having the abdomen tubereulate, instead of earinate; if so regarded it conld be associated with MW. glaber and M. decipiens, two niuch larger and shining species. LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 159 DD, g. tn the 1914 table four species with carinated abdomen were assoct- ated. by ‘Front voxae feebly separated’. Of these MW. litoralis really has the front coxae touching, although owing to a slight amount of dirt this was not evident om the type. On MW. advenius the separation is so slight that they might fairly be rewarded as touching. On M. biearinatus and M. blackburn they are yeparated less widely than on most species of DD. gg, but the separation is quits distinet, DD. +. In the table WM. magnicollis and M. blackburn’ ave separated hy characters of the abdomen; on one male of blackburn’ there is a sheht abrasion of the seeond segment, as a result of which a shining line might be considered a carina; but on maguieallis the carina on the second seement is curyect. anc nueh more distinet than that on the basal segment, DD. wi. The middle and hind coxae are at their closest in a somewhat oblique direction ; the species associated here also have their front coxae unusually widely separated. DD. cz, The curved carina, at first glance, appears to have its middle some distance From the apex of the basal seement of the abdomen, but on close examination the suture is seen to be rather suddenly ineurved at its middle, so thal the hind margin of the segment is really partly formed ly the carina. G. On all species the front voxae are distinctly and usually widely separated. Gs. Nota carina, but a fat space, arched at its posterior end. r ¢. On this species the transverse arrangeanent of the granules is loss conspietous than on others of G, Gu. The lengths given are exelusive of the rostrum. G. re. The abdomen of the type of M. areuatus has bee partly abraded, as is evidenced hy the dense clothing of the non-abraded parts. GG. On the sides of some species a slight transverse arrangement of the grannies may be traced. lit this is not continued aeross the dise, as on the species of G. IH. On all the species the front coxae are touching. H.b. The granules are often concealed by dvied mud, and a eertain amount of abrasion is needed to sce them clearly, even on spechnens in wood cCoudition, I. This does not refer to the apical spur, present on all species of the genus. I. f and ff. Not used in table. Jon. On specimens in poor condition the spots are move ox less obliterated. Jor. On the two following spevies the abdomen is depressed, but there is hot a specially deep polished Wack space along the middle. K. On M. cuviventris, and several other species, the depression on the wider surface is large, but is shallow posteriorly. 160 Recokbs OF THE S.A. MusEUM NNN. On M. rufimanus, and several other species, the front coxae are quite evidently separated, the middle ones still more conspicuously so. Names that have been used in Mandalolus or Dysostines, but ave not included in the table, are as follows: carimativentris Lea = firligineus Pase. imponderosus Lea Only female known. latus Lea Only female known, pilipes Pase. Now Tinareta. pilosus Blaell, Now Timareta. pinguis Lea. Now Timareta, pusillus Lea Now Timureta. pustulosus Pase, = T. pilipes Pase. rigidus Er, = crudus Ey, rufipes Lea Only female known. ventralis Blaekb, —= sterilis Kr. vetulus Er. —= sterilis Er, wedgensis Lea == pinetiventris Blackb. MANDALOTUS STERILIS Er. Fie. 78 a. In the original diagnosis of Mandalotus, and of the four species attributed lo it, Erichson never even mentioned the abdomen, On examination of the type, however, Blackburn (1) said that of JL. sterilis, whieh he presumed to be a male, ‘the suture between the first and second ventral seements is extremely fine, and the seements themselves on the same plane’’; and stated that he con- sidered M. vetulus to be its female, He also considered that Dysustines fuligineus was a synonym of sterilis. Subsequently (7) I commented on some specimens us probably sexes of sferilis, and in 1914 included them in the table under that naine. These specimens, however, are certainly all females of M. ventralis. The species occurs commonly at the roots of beach-growing plants in Tasmania, Victoria, and South Australia, and T have examined hundreds of speciinens of hoth sexes. The male is distinet by the basal segment of the abdomen having its middle largely encroaching on the second segment, with the encroachment highly polished; the markings of the upper surface vary considerably, and the length (without the rostrum) varies from 4 to 8 mm, The female, in addition to many other sexual distinctions, has the suture between the two basal segments of abdomen very faint, except at the sides, and is the only female in the genus known to me in which it is not distinct throughout, T am now fully convinced that the type specimens commented upon by Blackburn as sexes of one species (1) Blackburn, Trans, Roy. Soe., 8. Austr., L901, p. 27. (*) Lea, Le., 1907, p. 136, LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 161 Fig. 78. a, Under surface of Mandalotus sterilis Er; b, of M. squalidus Lea; e, of M. puvifer Lea; d. of M. auchmeresthes Lea; e, of M. tenuis Lea; f£, of M. armivarius Tea: og, of M. insiqnipes Leay h, of M. breviearinatis Lea; i, of M. hystricasus Len; 7, of ME medvoutlis Lea; ky of MW. posteoratis Lea; |, of M. hoploenentus Lea. (sterilis male and vetulus female) are really both females of ventralis, and that the specimens I commented upon as sexes of sterilis ave also all females of ventralis. Blaekburn’s conjecture that Dysastines fuligimeus is a synonym of slerilis is neorrect; the male of fuligineus has a conspicuous carina om the hasal segment of the abdomen, and is the species T subsequently named carinaliventris, 162 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM 4 although on commenting on some British Museum specimens of fuliginens (°) I was still under the impression that the abdomen was siniple in both sexes of steritis. The synonymy of these species is therefore as follows: M. sterilis Er. M. vetulus Kr. Dysostines ventralis Blaekh. M. fuligineus Pase. (Dysostines), M. carinativentris Lea. MANDALOTUS PUNCTIVENTRIS Blackb. Fig. 80, a. M. wedgensis Lea. In commenting upon a cotype male of M. punetiventris, on a previous occasion (1), T stated that a curved line on the basal segment of the abdomen could hardly be considered as a carina; on re-examination, and on comparison with the type of M. wedgensis (unfortunately now to be recorded as a synonym of it), it appears to be slightly variable in its elevation; in the accompanying’ table it is now placed with those having the abdomen cavinated. The comments upon the armature of the middle tibiae should have been upon the hind ones, MANDALOTUS INTERCOXALIS Lea. Fig. 80, y. The hind coxae of this species are armed somewhat as in M. posteaxralis, from which it is at onee distinenished by the interecoxal process of the mesosternum., MANDALOTUS CARTERI Lea. Five specimens, taken at an elevation of 5,000 feet on Mount Kosciusko, differ from the type in having the lees and sterna less hairy, and the prothoracie granules less distinet, hoth before and after abrasion, MANDALOTUS LONGICOLLIS Lea. Three females, taken with a male at an elevation of 5,000 feet on Mount Kosciusko, differ fron it in being shorter and more compact, the abdomen shorter amd more conyex, its basal segment non-carinate, and all the tibiae simple. (3) Lea, /.¢., 1911, p. 74, (+) Lea, Le, 1914, p. 304, LrEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 163 MANDALOTUS SQUALIDUS Lea, Fig. 78, b. In the original description of this species the second segment of the abdomen was deseribed as having two small tubercles in the middle, and the species was placed in the 1914 table of the genus in a position based on that supposed character. The type, however, was somewhat dirty, and on examination of fresh specimens from Quorn and Peterborough it became evident that the tubercles are really on the basal segment, the apex of this being strongly produced in the middle, somewhat as on the male of M. sterilis (ventralis), althongh the fwo species are very unlike in other respects. MANDALOTUS CRASSICORNIS Lea. Three specimens from Stradbroke Island are smaller than usual, and their seales are pale ashen-grey, with faintly infuscated spots. MANDALOTUS PONDERICORNIS Lea. Fig. 80, v. Four specimens, three males and one female, from Lakes Entrance (Vic- toria) evidently belong to this species. The male differs from the female in having the basal segments of abdomen quite flat or even faintly depressed, and with the intercoxal process of mesosternum feebly produced in front, although not conical, On one of the males there are several whitish spots scattered about on the elytra; on two of them the alternate interstices of the elytra are more noticeably elevated than on the others, MANDALOTUS INUSITATUS Lea, Fig. 80, b. On preparing to draw a hind tibia of a specimen of this species, Mr. Tindale noticed that its left hind tarsus was distinctly five-jomted, the others all being normal. MANDALOTUS PUSILLUS Lea (now TIMARETA). On floatine off the type of this species for re-examination, it was found that the apex of the prosternum is scarcely ineurved in the middle, and that the ocular lobes are entirely absent, Tt is therefore a Thnireta. 164 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM MANDALOTUS ADVENUS Blackb. Hie. 80, «. M. ARMIPECTUS Lea. Fig. 80, x. M. BLACKMOREI Lea, Fie. 80, s. M. CARINATIPES Lea. Fig. 80, d. M. CELLARIS Pasc. Fie. 80, e. M. CRAWFORDI Blackb. Fig. 79, a. M. CRUDUS Er. Fig. 79, b. M. DENTIPES Lea. Fig. 80, n. M. FERGUSONI Lea, lig. 80, f. M. GRANULATUS Lea. Fig. 80, ¢. M. INTEROCULARIS Lea. Fie. 80, t. M. LAMINATIPES Lea. Fie. 80, o. M. LAMINIPECTUS Lea. Fie. 80, z. M. MESOSTERNALIS Lea. Fig. 80, aa. M. RUDIS Lea. Fie. 80, h. M. SCABER Lea. Fig. 80, i. M. SYDNEYENSIS Lea. Fig. 80, j. M. TENUICORNIS Lea. Fie. 80, w. Sketches of parts of these species are given for purposes of comparison but it is to be noted that the appearance of the tibiae varies from almost every point of view. MANDALOTUS INSULARIS sp. nov. § Blackish-brown, antennae and parts of legs reddish, Densely clothed with muddy brown seales, interspersed with stiff, suberect setae. Rostrum short and strougly curved; median carina traceable only at apex. Antennae not very thin. Prothorax moderately transverse, with small granules, LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 165 inconspicuous before abrasion, Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, showlders oblique, a notch hetween each, and a distinet posthumeral prominence; with rows of large punetuves, mueh wider than interstices, but appearing nitich smaller through clothing: interstices even. Busal seginent of abdomen depressed in middle, with numerous fine lines and small punctures, its apex slightly impinging. on second and with two small but distinet tubercles, Front coxae rather widely separated, tibiae spurred at apex. Length, 4mm. The lengths given are exclusive of the rostrum, Hab. Queensland: Stradbroke Island (H. J. Carter). Type (unique), 1. 15086. The middle of the basal segment of abdomen is slightly arched outwards, so that it really impinges on the second, although not by much; regarding it as such in the table it is assoviated with J, squalidus, from whieh it differs in being wider, the produced part less and with the tubercles almost as distant from each other as trom (he sides. Regarding it as belonging to D, of the table, it could he associated with J. latens and MM. litosus, two much smaller species: litosus, Whose tubercles are about as far apart, is a thinner species, with more con- spicuous prothoracie granules and scarcely evident posthumeral prominence ; lutens is wider, with the basal segment of abdomen flat in middle, and its tubercles vlose together. From the side each tubercle appears as the abrupt ending of a short rive, but from in front or behind each appears distinetly conical, The colour of the derm of the type is as deseribed, but that of many species of the aenus Varies fron reddish-brown to black. MANDALOTUS UNIFORMIS sp. nov, Fig. 80, bb. ¢ Blackish, antennae and tarsi dull reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown seales, and with stout, decumbent setae, on the elytra semate m arranvenent, Rostrum moderately curved: median carina partly concealed. Antennae “ather short. Prothorax moderately transverse, wvecian line distinct; grannies and punetures ill-detined through clothing. Klytra conjointly rather feebly avenate at base, alternate insterstices slightly elevated; with regular rows of large ptnetures but appearing much smaller through clothing; posthumeral prominence feeble, Abdomen gently convex, except thal mtercoxal process is slightly depressed ; intercoxal process of mesosterntim moderately wide, projecting obliquely forwards, with its tip obtuse and feebly bifid: intercoxal process of prosternum about half the width of coxae, Femora stout, tibiae rather strongly bisinuate on lower stirface., Length, 3-75 mm, Lhe RECORDS oF THE S.A. MusmtM Tab, Vietowia; Mount Feathertop, 6.000 feet, ta Aneust (FL BE. Wilson from C. Barveth). Type (unique), T. 15946, The trnteveoxal process of fhe mesosteriim being bifid (althoieh very feehty so} associates the species with MW. ineisus, from whieh it diters jt beine sinaller, prothorax with granules much Tess conspieuous, elvtra less ameven, aud tibiae Inare strongly bisimaate, The femora ave ohseurely vineeds on the abdomen the elothing consists almost entively of seales, convedling dense ancl small prmetuves, except the curved basal cow of larwe ones, Wig. 7h. ou, Mandalotes oinoferdit Blatkbo b, Meo erudus Mrichay o, 0, parcfer Teme ay My iaigatpes Len; 0, Ml orailans Leas f, We hitableeltis lien, LEA—GENUS MANDAT.OTUS 167 MANDALOTUS PYRIFER sp. nov. Figs. 78, ¢; 79, e; 80, p, & Black, antennae and parts of legs obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with nnddy-brown seales, and with stout depressed setae, om the elytra dense on the suture and odd interstices, rather sparse on the even ones; legs with thinner and less depressed setae, altering to thin hairs on the under surface of tibiae. Rostrim stout and eheved, median carina concealed. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax alnost as long as wide, sides strongly and evenly rounded; granules conspiciously transversely arvanged. Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, shoulders prominent, a noteh behind each, alternate interstices slightly elevated: punctures normally concealed, except on sides, where they appear very small. Metasternum and tivo basal segments of abdomen with a wide shallow depression, on which {he setae are thinner and more numerous than on the rest of the surface. Meso- sternum with @ large projecting process, stout at (he base, almost acutely conival in frout, Front coxae widely separated: femora stout; front tibiae with several acute teeth on the lower surface, the tip aentely produeed. TLeneth, 6-5 mm, HTuh. New South Wales: Jindabyne (H. J. Carter). Tu the table assoeiated with M. mesosternalis, from which it is at once distinguished hy the front tibiae, if is also a somewhat larger species, with the inesosternal process more thickened towards base (pear-shaped with the stalk end in front). The clothing of the wider surface is somewhat paler than that of fhe npper surfaee, and on the depressed parts the setae are thinner than else- where; the femora are feebly ringed. There ave numerous small dark spots on the clytva. The teeth on the front tibiae are very conspicuous from several directions; on the hind tibiae there ave a few inconspicuous ones near the inner apex. No part of the type has been abraded, but the transverse arrangement of the prothoraci« granules is so conspienons that the surface appears to he erossed by dinmerous thin lines; on the elytra the only punetires indicated are some of the lateral ones, but they are no doubt of large size, hoth there and elsewhere. MANDALOTUS AUCHMERESTHES sp, nov, Fig. 78, d. 8 Black, tarsi obscurely veddish. Densely clothed with mnddy-brown, obscurely variegated scales, interspersed with stout setae; tibiae sparsely ciliated, Rostrum short, strongly curved. median carina normally concealod, Antennae comparatively thin. Prothoray almost as long as wide, sides strongly rounded, median line distinct: with rather large, round, feehly elevated erannles, fairly distinet before abrasion only on the sides. Elytra conjointly arcuate at hase, 168 Recokps oF Tre S.A, MUSEUM shoulders prominent, a note behind cach, behind whieh the posthumeral diyberete is rather conspicuous; alternate interstices feehly elevated and with slight swellings, searcely Libercles, about summit of apieal slope; with vows of Jaree punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, Metasternum and basal segment of abdomen with a wide, tit ot very deep depression. Lutercaxsl process of mesosternum prominent, obliquely dilated from base to near middle, and then obliquely narrowed to apex, whieh is rather acute. Front coxae rather widely separated, tibiae spurred at apex. Leneth, 4-5-5-5 mm. ® Differs in being somewhat wider, abdomen and metasternmium without a (depression, intercoxal process of mesostermum much shorter, the apex very obtiscly produced, legs shorter and stouter, front coxae slightly more apart, and tibiae less enrved towards apes, with their under surface setose- Hab. New South Wales: Eeeleston, abundant (1. Hopson). Type, 1. 15947, The apical half of the elytra is not irvegilar owing to tubercles, althonel: some of the interstices are somewhat thickened, so the species in the 1914 table of the genus could be associated with MW. nariebilis and M. nueillanss from the former if differs in its Clothing and in the tip of the front tibiae (avehed inwards al the apex, instead of dikded both inwards and outwards there); from the latter hy the very different shape of the mesostermal process, On an occasional specimen the legs are obscurely reddish, but they are usually deep blaek: the antennae are almost black. On the pronotum the granules, even on the sides, are normally inconspicuous before abrasion. The elvtral ponetures are lareo, ‘lose together, and decidedly wider than the interstices, but before abrasion they appear to be not very close together, and less than half the width of the latter; they are larger and less rounded on the male than on the female. MANDALOTUS PENTAGONALIS sp. nov. Fig. 80, ee. - 4 Dark brown, under surface and legs pale castaneous, antennae darker, Densely clothed with dark brown seales, becoming grevish on the sides and Tees ; in addition with unmerous short setae; under surface with seales andl setae on ihe sides, but with setae only elsewhere, Rostrum short and curved; median earina concealed, Antennae Compara tively thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rormded and widest at apival third, median line obsolete, granites crowded and fairly distinet through clothing, Klytra eonjointly dvenate at base, shoulders rounded. posthumeral prominenve very feeble, alternate instorstices fechly elevated: prnefires appearing rather small through clothing. Abdomen with erowded, and rather small, asperate LEA GENUS MANDALOTUS Loy punctures, quite distinet through the sparse clothing; basal segment and meta- sternum with a shallow, wide depression, Intercoxal process slightly projecting, sides obliquely dilated from base to beyond the middle, and then narrowed to apex. Front coxde slightly but distinctly separated; all tibiae spurred at apex. Leneth, 4 mn, Hab. Vietoria: Cheltenham, from moss in April (EF. KE, Wilson), Type (inique), T. 14948. The mesosternal process is shaped mueh as in the preceding species, lit is smaller, and the front voxae are closer together; the two species differ also in the abdomen, and the present species has the prothoracie granules fairly distinet before abrasion, even in the middle. The type is probably immature, but several species are normally quite as pale. [Tt has not been abraded to make sire of the size of the elytral punctures, but they are probably large; before abrasion they appear to be much narrower than the imterstices. MANDALOTUS SETISTRIATUS sp. nov. Fig. 80, k. 4 Blaek, antennae ancl tarsi reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stiff, slopimg sctae. Rostrnm short, moderately enrved; median carina clothed but normally fraceable, Antennae moderately thin. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded: granules small, and normally traceable hefore abrasion only on the sides. Elytra conjointly rather deeply arcuate at base, posthumeral tubercle not traceable, interstices even; punctures of large size, but appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen with two small and rather acute tubercles, slightly closer to sides than to each other, Front voxae almost as widely separated as middle ones; hind tibiae with a small acute tooth one-third from apex. Length, 3-5 mm. Hub. New South Wales: Hastings River ('T. G. Sloane). Type (unique), I. 15954, Very distinet by the abdomen and hind tibiae. The elytra, when viewed from behind, appear fo have the setae in quite regular rows; after abrasion their punctures are seen to be distinetly wider than the imterstices. MANDALOTUS TENUIS sp. nov, Fig, 78, e. 4 Blackish, antennae and lees obscurely reddish, Moderately clothed with ushen grey scales, interspersed with setae: most of under surface polished and wlabrous. 170 Recorps oF THE S.A. MusSEUM Head with base bald and shining. Eyes much smaller than usual in genus. Rostriin not yery long, rather suddenly dilated about apex; median carina inconspicuous. Antennae imoderately long. Pvothorax distinetly longer than wide, median line well defined; granules small, numerous, and rather rough. Klytra elongate, hase feebly coujointly arcuate, shoulders romuded, posthumeral prominence almost absent; alternate interstices feebly elevated; with regular rows of large punctures, Abdomen with well-defined punctures, more erowded on apical segment than clsewhere, second segment with two small, acute tubercles, lose together near the tip. Intercoxal process of mesostecnnm about the width of coxade, Front coxae almost touching: tibiae strongly ineurved on one side between middle and apex, Length, 2-25 mm. Hab. Victoria; Beavousfield, in March, April, and July (i. KE. Wilson). Type, T. 15953. In the table associated with M. amplicollis, fron which i differs widely: from the preveding species it difters in the distance between the front coxae, in the hind tibiae, and in the distanve separating the abdominal tubercles, these are “very conspicuous from the sides, The veular lobes and the ineuevature at apen of prostermiun are wtusually feeble. The baled part of the head commences immediately behind the eyes, these being mueh smaller than usual. The elytral clothing is rather sparse, as a result of which the full size of most of the Pec EUs is Visible hefore abrasion. The hind tibiae from several points of view appear to have the immer apical half scooped out, nuaeh as on the male of J. eellaris. On the type the under surface is entirely black. on the second it is hlavk, except for the apex of abdomen, on the third it is entirely bright castaneous; the Last specimen was taken from a nest of the ant Helatonuna metalliowm, but it was probably there hy accident, MANDALOTUS BIMACULATUS sp. nov, @ Black, antennae and tarsi obseurely paler. Densely clothed with sooty- brown scales, hecoming paler on paris of under surface and logs, Giytra with two whitish spots at base; with fairly dense, stont, curved selile, hut confined to a single row on each elytral interstice. Rostrum somewhat longer and less eurved than usual, median earina vealed almost throughout. Antennae comparatively thin. wider than lone, sides strongly rounded ; Con Prothovax shehtly sramiles conspicnously transversely arranged, Elytra conjointly areuate at base, the width there slightly less than middle of prothorax, posthumeral tiberele (distinet; interstices evenly convex; punctures conspicuous before abrasion, but appearing much smaller than they really are. Basal segment of abdomen seareely depressed, at elongated tubercle LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 171 at middle of apex, Front and middle coxae almost equally widely separated ; lower surface of hind tibiae with a tooth tear apex and one at apex itself. Length, G mm, Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine (C.J, Wild). Type (unique), in Queensland Museum. Au ordinary looking species, but very distinct by the prothovacie granules wid abdominal carina, The front and middle tibiae have small teeth, but these are seareely traceable through the clothing. MANDALOTUS BIVITTICOLLIS sp. nov. § Black, antennae and tarsi obscenely reddish. Densely clothed with svoty-brown and grevish-white scales, irregularly distributed, and with moder- ately stout, curved setae. Rostrum moderately stout and curved; median carina concealed. Aniennae rather long and thin, Prothorax shghtly transverse, sides strongly rounded, mecian line feeble: granules feeble, and normally quite concealed. Elytra con- Jointly arcuate at base, posthimeral promineuce absent; third interstice with a feeble elongated tubercle just beyond the middle, fifth with a still more feeble one nearer the apex, and vemnants of others between it and the base; with almost regular rows of punctures, appearing vather small through clothing, but prob- ably of rather large size, Basal seginent of abdomen with a small acute tubercte in iniddle of apex. Front and middle coxae widely separated; tibiae longer and thinner than usnal. Length, 3 mm. Hab, Victoria; Melbourne (W. du Boulay). ‘Type (unique), 1. 19959. In the table associated with WW. lubereidinentyis, from which it differs in being smaller and much narrower, and the abdominal tuberele practically at the apex of the basal segment instead of some distance before it: the tuberele is quite conspicuous from the sides. The scales on the pronotum are mostly sooty, but there is a conspichous whitish vitta on each side; on the elytra they are mostly pale, but become sooty on the tubercular swellings; on most parts of the under surface the seales ave rather sparse, so that the finer seulpture is not ohseured. MANDALOTUS ARMIVARIUS sp. nov. Figs. 78, £; 80, q. é Blackish-brown, antennae and lees obscurely reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown seales, interspersed with suberect setae; the under surface more sparsely clothed. Rostrum short and curved; median carina shining; and distinet from base to apical plate. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax almost as 172 RECORDS Or THE S.A. MUSEUM wide as Jong, sides strongly and evenly ronnded, median line partly ohseured; graniles inconspicuous before abrasion. Elytra conjoiithly arcuate at base, posthumeral prominence practically absent; alternate imterstices very fecbly elevated: punctures appearing small through clothing, when not concealed. Basal segment of abdomen and metasternim rather deeply concave, the cayity on the abdomen bounded on each side by an obtuse carina, which terminates practieully at the apex of the seginent in a distinct tooth. Front coxae almost as widely separated as the middle ones, front tibiae snbdentate ear base. the hind ones aeutely dentate about middle. Length, 3-3-5 mm. ® Differs in being somewhat wider, abdomen and metastermum not conerye. the former withont carinac, femora thinner, aud frout and hint tibiae simple. Hab. Victoria: Belgrave in July and November, Ferntree Gully in April (F. BE. Wilson). Type, 1. 15952. Regarding the abdomen as bitubereulate, in the 1914 table of the genus, as well as in the accompanying onc, the species would be associated with M, taylor’, from which it differs in being much smaller, and with the abdominal depression continued on to the metasternum, instead of coufined to the apical half of the segment; the legs also differ in many respects. Regarding the abdomen as bicarinate, it should be placed with M. éxeanatus, whieh has very different lews, and prothoracte granules transversely arranged. On abrasion the prothoracic granules are seen to be small, even on the sides, and the elytral pruectures laree and wider than the interstieos. On the male the front tibiae are acitely spurred af apex; near the apex on the inuler side a narrow Hange commences, whieh gradually dilates Hill if abruptly ends near the base, almost at a right angle. The femora of the male are somewhat roughened about the middle, but eould searcely be regarded as dentate. The antennae and lees are CONSpPLeHOUsly rec on some speciniens, aud on su¢h the abdomen and other parts of the wieder surface are also reddish, but fully matured specimens haye most of the body parts blacks, or almost so, MANDALOTUS INSIGNIPES sp. nov. Pigs. 78, 2: 79, a. § Dark brown, antemiae obscurely reddish, legs and parts of tunder strface somewhat castancous. Densely clothed with brownish scales, sparsely Interspersed with setae, Rostrnm short, stout, and curved; median caring concealed. Antennae ather long and thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides unevenly rounded ; granules. feebly defined before abrasion. Blytra feebly trisinuate at base. shonlders rounded, suture considerably thickened on apical slope: third interstice LLrA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 1 wy y bb ec wom ; a ‘) fF: sn ; \ i Pig 80, a, Part of lind leg of Wandalotus puicticontiis Blaekb bof Mf, fiasifatis Loa (tarsus tivesjointed ys @, of Me adverse Blagkh.; af, of Me earinatipes Lane; eof Me eetlirres Pase.; fof We fergusont Leas g, of M. granulutus Leas hh, of My rudis Leas i, of a. seater Loa: j, of M. sudueyensix Leas k, of M- setigtriatis Leas |, tn, of M. gnedeoaalis Lea. thy Tart af foot low af MP dentipes Tens oof Me laminetipes Lew: yy ot OD. japetfer Vea yuk A armivarius Lov: ty of MP, hoploenemus Lew. os, Head of af. blaekored with decidtons maybe proeesses: to uf WL intevovilivis Wea, showing interieular genuine; uy of A. naterops Tan. *, Antenna of ML ponderivornis Lea; wy of A. fenufermoria Len. 8, Troster pares of VM, weamipoehis Liew. y, mososternal process of My, suitercaralis Laity 2, of WE temoiigeetis Lin; Wi, OF MM. hesosteviadiv Lea: bh, of IL. aviformis Lea; ee. of MM. pontegoaulis Len wilh three tubercles, including one at base, filth and seventh eaeh with three. and oa few smatler ones elsewhere; with larke, partially concealed punctures Abdomen with a deep depression on basal two-thirds of first seguient, and eon- tinued on to netastemmum. Front eoxae practically touching; femora yery ston : front and middle dibiae deeply notehed, bind ones with two yery large teeth, of whieh one is much darwer than the other, Length, 3-4 mom, 9 Differs dy being wider, eves smaller, prothorax less transverse, y10st of the elyival dubercles of smaller size, the apical slope with paler clothing, abdomen econves anc simple. femora thinner and tibiae simple. Wah. Vielovias Millevore in dannarn: (FF. BL Wilson). Type. }. Tavs. Its lees ponder this species probably the most remarkable one of the gems. The basal seoment of the abdomen of the male has a deep depression, with the aides of the infercosal process ridged; hebind the depression there is a feeble 174 kkcoRDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM varina, iiterrupled iu the middle, hence its position im the fable. But regarding the ahdomen as neither carinate mov tuberculate, and referring the species to DDD, it is distinel from all ihe species placed (here by its remarkable tibiae. In the 1914 fable it could be associated with I. areevalus, which has the prothoracie granules transversely arranged and ordinary legs. The eyes of the male are so large that each is fully as wide as the distance between them, although this is searcely evident from ahove. The elytral tibercles are so placed as to appear in rows from almost any direction, mmueh as trees in an orchard, The female has the under parts and legs darker than in the male, the latter probably not being Pally matured when taken. MANDALOTUS DENTICULATUS sp. nov. 4 Blackish-brown, parts of antennae and of under surface obscurely reddish, legs paler, Moderately clothed with brownish seales, imterspersed with fairly Jong setae: ioder surface sparsely ¢lothecl: tibiae ciliated on vnder surface. Tostriu short and strongly eurved ;median carina not traceable. Antennae moderately long. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides and dise imever, owing to large, partially concealed grannies. HBlytra slightly arcuate at base, with ninnerous more or less distinet tibercles; punctures large hut appearing much smaller through clothing, Metasternum and basal segment of abdomen conjointly moderately concave, the depression on the abdomen hounded posteriorly hy a curved and rather feeble carina, the middle of which touches the apex of the segment. Middle coxae rather widely separated, the front ones touching; femora stouter than usual; front and middle tibiae denticulate from near base, hind ones with a small acute tooth at basal third, and thence dentieulate to apex. Length, 3-8-5 mm. ? Differs in having the elytral tubercles more tmeyenty placed. the arenation of the hase somewhat interrupted by the base of the third interstiee on each, basal segment of abdomen gently convex and nonearinated, femora thinner, and tibiae simple. Hab. Victoria: Millgrove in January, Belurave in October and December, and Beacousfield in Aneust (F. E, Wilson). Type, 1. 15957, In the 1914 table of the genus this species conld be associated with IW. bryophagus, but the abdomen and its carina ave different, and the elytra are conspicnously tiberenlate. The carina, instead of being eyenly elevated. is depressed in the middle, owing to the general concavity of the segment it is on. Small females (one of whieh was taken from under fallen leaves) somewhat resemble the type (a female) of A7. rufipes, but on thal species the front coxac are not im coutact. On the male (only one of which was taken) the largest; LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 175 tihercle is on the third interstice, just beyond the middle; if is the imer one of an obliqne row of four; beyond this row is a second, of whieh the largest tubercle is on the fifth interstice, and there is a less conspicuous vow near the apex: towards the base there are several smaller inequalities of the strtace, wnd (he suture also is thickened at the summit of the apical slope. MANDALOTUS BREVICARINATUS sp. nov. Fig. 78, h. 2 Black, antennae aud parts of the lews obscurely reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown seales feebly variegated with paler ones, and inter- spersed with numerous sloping setae, Rostrume short and curved; median carina concealed almost throughout. Antennae moderately thin. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides strongly rounded; granules fairly large, close together, and distinet before abrasion, Elytra conjomtly but not quite evenly arcuate at base, posthumeral prominence searcely traceable, alternate interstices fechly elevated; punctures large and wider than interstices, but appearing very stinall through clothing, or even cou- cealed. Basal segment of abdomen with a short, curved carina, not quite one- third of the width of the segment, its middle touching the tip, between it and the base the surface is depressed, somewhat shining, and with erowded prunetires. Front ¢oxae touching; front and middle tibiae feebly denticulate, the apex spurred; hind tibiae neither dentieulate nor spurred. Leneth, 44 mint. Hab, Tasmania: Launceston (Aug. Simson). Type, 1. 15958. In the 1914 table of the genus this species could be associated with J. bryophagus, but the three males before me are all larger than the type of that species, the abdomen is move concave at its base, and the distance between the middle coxae is distinetly greater, There is a slight transverse arrangement of the prothoracic granules on the sides, but it is nol continuous across the middle. The finiele and tarsi are paler than the vest of the appendages, at first glance the scape and elib appearing to be almost black. MANDALOTUS RECTICARINATUS sp. nov, 4 Black, fimiele, tarsi, and trochanters reddish. Densely clothed with miuddy-brown, feebly yariewated scales, interspersed with stout setae, Rostrum short, stout, and curved: median carina not traceable. Antennae not very long. Prothoras moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, median line distinel; granules mamerous and fairly well defined, even before abrasion, Elytra conjointly avevate at base, basal half parallel-sided, posthumeral promi- uence absent, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with rows of large, but 176 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum normally almost, or quite, concealed punetures. Basal scement of abdomen noderately conyes, a short, straight carina fairly close to its apex. Front coxae widely separated; femora stout; tibiae spurred, Leneth, 2-25-2-5 mm. 9 Differs in having the prothorax smaller, with its sides more evenly rounded, elytra wider and less evenly arcuate at base, abdomen amore vonvex and without a carina, and legs shorter aml somewhat thinner, Hab. South Australia; Myponga, numerous specimens from anoss (A. IT. Histon). ‘Type, L. 12870. A small species, very distinet by the abdominal carina of the male, this being transverse, quite straight, and not much longer than the intercoxal process of the mesosternmtum ; the species is smaller even than WV. wifmetis, whieh bas the carina arched and touching the apex of the segment. The scape and elih are conspiciously darker than the funicle; on au oceasional specimen the legs are ahnost entively reddish, and on such the under parts are also more or less obseuvely reddish. On the elytra the setae are confined to a single row on cael alternate interstice. On fresh specimens there are distinet pale markings on the sides of the prothoraxy, and ou the apical half of the elytra. On abrasion the elytrval punctures of the male are seen to be almost as wide as the interstices, on the female they are somewhat smaller, MANDALOTUS HYSTRICOSUS sp. nov. Fig. 78, i. é Black, antennae and parts of legs more ov less veddish, Densely clothed With seales varying from ochreous, through brown, to black, and thiekly inter spersecdl with stiff suberect setae: uuder surface of tibiae ciliated. Rostrum stout and strongly curved; median carina thin and traceable through clothing. Antennae rather lone and thin. Prothoras distinetly trans- verse, sides gently iuereasing in width from near base to beyond the middle; with rather large, flattened granules, fairly distinet before abrasion, Elytra trisinuate at base. shoulders prominent, posthumeral prominence large but obtuse: with small tubercles seattered about, and two fairly large ones on the third interstices, at base and beyond the middle; punetures appearing rather small through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen with a wide curved carina, its middle touching apex of seement, owing to the sudden ineurvatnure of the latter, between it and base depressed, shining, and with numerous small punetiures, Front coxae widely separated: front tibiae with apical two-thirds of lower surface strongly arched and finely denticulate, middle tibiae less stronely arehed and denticulate, hind tibiae with an inner subapieal tooth, in addition to the apical spur, Length, G mim. LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 177 Hob, Tastnania: Corinna (Ang. Simson). Type (niique), [. 15955, fu the 174 table of the @enus this species could be associated with MW. langi- collis and WM. avciferus, from both of which it is distinguished by the hind tibiae, on whieh there is a distinet tooth aear the inner apex; on fongreallis the apex itself curves ronnie, so as to present the appearance of a semi-double tooth, on areiferus, except for the apical spy, the tihiae are simple. The type has not heen abraded. as it is in perfeet eoudition; probably on older specimens the clothing wonld be of the usual maiuddy-brown, Seen from behind the elytra appear rather strongly trisinuate at base; from directly above the frisintation is mueh less pronounced, alrhoneh quite evident. MANDALOTUS VIGILANS sp. nov, Fig. 79, e. é Dark brown, antennae and lees paler. sometimes almost fiavous. Moder ately clothed with brownish or brownish-wrey scales, sparsely interspersed with setae: dinder surface ancl lees more sparsely clothed, ves very large and round. Rostrum short and curved: median carina apparently absent. Antennae rather long and thin, Prothorax distinctly trans- verse; with six obtuse tubereles, of which two on each side cause it to appear hilobed: with a few granules seattered about. Elytra feebly trilobed at base, shoulders rounded off; third interstice with three tibereles, a fairly large one at base, one about as large just beyond the middle, and a small one between them; fifth also with three tubercles placed slightly posterior to those on the third, seventh and ninth with several feeble tubercles; with rows of rather large punctures, partially obseured by clothing and interrupted by tubercles, Basal seement of abdomen with coarse punetires, and a Comparatively narrow median impression, Front coxae apparently touching, middle oues uel widely separated ; fomora very stout; tibiae thin, Length, 2-5-3 mm. 2 Differs in being considerably wider. eves smaller, prothorax move (rans- yerse, elytral tubercles of altered sizes, basal segment of abdomen larger, more eonvex, without large punctures or a median depression, and femora thinner, Hab. Vietovia: Millgrove in January, Belgrave in Janay and July, from fallen leaves (F. BE. Wilsom). Type, L. 1an6-+. A small species, with conspicuous ebytral tubercles, and unusually large eyes ; in the male the distance separating these at their nearest poimt is less than halt the diameter of an eve, in the female the distanee is slightly more than the diameter of an eve. In the table 11 is associated with I. bilebicollis (from Lord [lowe Island), whieh has very different shoulders. On fresh specimens, m1 vertain lights, some of the scales have a golden gloss. 178 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM MANDALOTUS HYPULUS sp. noy. é Blaek, antennae and parts of legs somewhat. reddish. Densely clothed with sooty-brown, feebly variegated scales; each femur with a pale rings with short setae, rather sparsely seatiered about; tibiae rather feebly ciliate. Rostrum, short, stout, and eneved; median carina Saintly indicated through ¢lothing. Augitennae rather long and thin. Prothorax slightly wider than long, sides foebly dilated from near base to beyond the nriddle; with crowded and small granules, distinet on abrasion, but feebly indicated normally, Elytra Ivisinuate at base, notched behind each shoulder, posthomeral prominence scarcely madicated 5 allernate interstices fechly elevated, the third with a swelling at base, and a fairly distinet tubercle at summit of apical slope, the fifth with (wo, one just before and one below stammit of apieal slope; with rows of lavee punctives, wider than the interstices, but appearing much smaller through clothing, and many quite concealed, Abdomen with a wide and fairly deep depression on basal seoment, continued on to second, bit shallower there, Fron voxae practically touching, tibiae feebly denticulate. Length, 5 mim, Hab. Vasmania (Aug, Simson). Type (unique), [. 15963. In addition to the distinct tubercles about the summit of the apical slope, there are other faintly indicated ones posteriorly, The clothing would probably he more variegated on fresher specimens than on the type, as the pale seales on ihe femora and some of those elsewhere have a sheht golden gloss. MANDALOTUS FUNEREUS sp. nov, é Black, claw joints reddish, Densely clothed with soatydirewn, feebly rariegated scales, interspersed with stout, depressed setae, Eyes small, Rostrum stont anc strougly curved; median carina invisible. Antennae fairly long and thin, Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded: granules placed transversely, Elytra deeply conjoiutly arenale at base, shehtly notched behind each shoulder, with the posthumeral prominence fairly distinet; third and fifth ivterstices subtuberenlate at and about summit of apical slope, the third also at base; with large punctures, much wider than the interstices, but appearing quite small through the clothing, and a few entirely concealed, Basal segment of abdomen yery feebly depressed in middle. Front coxae widely separated, front and lind tibiae rather feebly denticulate oo lower surface, {he middle pair still more feebly. Length, 7 mm. Hab. Victoria: Alps (T. G) Sloane). Type (unique), 1. 15965. A large species, bit with tubercles so feeble that it was only after hesitation it was placed in F in the table; regarding the clytra as nontuberemlate, it eould he associated with M. transucrsus, & wider species, with hase of elytra different, LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 179 The scales, and the setae placed amongst them, vary from an obseure brown 10 hlack, and are entirely withont gloss (the type is apparently in perfect condition ) ; on the elytra the stout setae are denser on the suture and on the swellings than elsewhere. On abrasion the prothorax is seen to be traversed by iemerons thin, Dterrupted carinae, rather than granules transversely arranged MANDALOTUS MEDCOXALIS sp. noy. Figs. 78, 7; 80, 1, m. & Black, antennae and legs more or less reddish. Densely clothed with seales varying from greyish to sooty-brown, and interspersed with numerous sloping setae; front tibiae conspicuously ciliated, Rostrum rather short, middle carina thin and distinet throughout. Antennae moderately lon@ and thin. Prothorax slightly transyerse, sides strongly rounded ; surface traversed by mumerous short, interrupted carinae, or by granules trans- versely arranged, and traceable before abrasion. Elytra conjointly, rather deeply arcuate at base, but arcuation interrupted on each side by a swelling at the base of the third interstice: a noteh behind each shoulder, posthumeral prominence rather conspicuous; with subtubereular swellings on and about suminit of apical slope; punchaires large and wider than interstices, but appearing much smaller throngh clothing, Basal sewment of abdomen and metasternunt jointly shallowly depressed. Front coxae widely separated: middle coxae armed with a thin, blint tooth, projecting obliquely backwards; front tibiae strongly curved, hind ones with an oblique ridge on lower surface, and between there to apex strongly inc¢urved. Leneth, 5-6 mm. Hab. New South Wales. Dorrigo (W. Teron and H. J. Carter), Type, 1. 15960. Readily distinguishable by the characters noted in the table. The elytra have a rough appearance, but, except about the base, they could hardly he regarded as tuberculate; regarding them as such, however, in the table the species vould be cistinguished from all those referred to F by the armed middle coxae, The ridge on the hind tibiae from the sides appears as a small tooth. Of the three males obtained only one has apparently attained its full colouring, the others have the antennae and lees rather pale, with most of the under surface alsa somewhat reddish, MANDALOTUS OXYOMUS sp. nov. 8 Black, antennae and tarsi obscurely reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-hrown seales, obsewrely variegated with small paler and darker spots; 180 NECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM with niumerotis setae, mostly decumbent; tibiae with rather thin setae on under surface, but not ciliated, Byes comparatively small and quite circular, Rostrum short and strongly eurved; median carina not traceable, Antennae moderately long and thin. Prothorax rather feebly transverse, sides strongly and evenly rounded; traverses! by numerous short, flattened ridges. or transversely placed granules, Elytra eoujointly arcuate af base, shoulders laterally prominent, a distinet notch between each, and a conspicuous posthumeral tuberele; alternate interstices feebly elevated; with large punctures, appearing small through clothmy, or even concealed. Basal segment of abdomen shallowly depressed about base, the depression continued om to metasternum, Middle coxae with a Conspicuous ridge or obtuse tooth; front coxae widely separated; front and middle tibiae leebly denticulate, the hind pair with apical half stronely arched, and blint tipped. Length, 6 mm, Tab. South Australia: Mount Lofty (A, H. Elston). Type (Ginique), [. 15977. The middle coxae could scarcely be regarded as armed, still the ridge is very conspicuous from the sides, and from some directions appears almost as #. tooth, and to a certain extent approaches that of MW. dentipes; from that spevies it is at once distinguished by the front tibiae, the apex of which, on dentrpes, is conspicuously notched, MANDALOTUS MULTICARINATUS sp. nov. § Blaek, antennae and parts of legs obsenrely reddish. Moderately elothed with muddy-brown scales, with rather sparsely interspersed setae; moder surface with thin setae only. Rostrum rather short and curved; median carina not traceable, Antennae fairly long and thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly and almost evenly ronnded; dise traversed by numerous thin carimae, in places broken up into transverse eranules, and distinct before abrasion, Klytra conjointly arcuate at base; iuterstives not separately convex, and not alternately cleyated ; punctures comparatively small, Under surface with crowded and small pructures; basal segment of abdomen with a shallow depression, continued! on lo metasternum, Front coxae moderately separated. all tibiae suddenly dilated af apex. Length, 3 mm. Hab. Victoria: Kulkyne in September (F. EB. Wilson), Type (unique), 1, 15966. The sparse and thin clothing of the winder surface allows the clerm to he seen, as in MM, erawfordi, with whieh) if conld be assoeiated in the 1914 table of Lrea—-GENuUS MANDALOTUS 181 the genus, but from whieh if differs in having the body parts black, with fhe antennae and parts of legs obscurely reddish, instead of almost flavous; in eraufordi, except for some of the scales, only the eyes are black; that species also has rather dense elytral setae. The elytral punctures ave decidedly smaller than is usual in the genus, on abrasion their greatest width is seen to be less than one-third the width of the interstices; on the males of eraefordi, after abrasion, they ave seen to be fully half the width of the interstices. There is a slight noteh behind cach shoulder, rendering it laterally prominent, MANDALOTUS STRIATUS sp. nov, @ Black, antennae and parts of legs ‘lull reddish. Densely clothed with miuldy-hbrown seales, interspersed with subereet setae, Eyes smaller and more convex than usual. Rostra short and enrved: median carina not traceable, Prothorax not much wider than long, sides feebly inereasing in width from base to apex, and then snddenly narrowed; disc traversed by numerous flattened ridges, or transversely placed grannles, traceable before abrasion. Elytra clongate-cordate, base conjointly areuate, shoulders rounded off, without posthumeral prominences, interstices not alternately elevated; with rows of coraparatively small punetures, quite concealed before abrasion. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed im middle. Front coxae moderately separated; tibiae with apical spur. Length, 2-5 mm, Hab. South Australia: Leigh Creek (Rev, T, Blackburn). Type (unique), T. 15967. Structurally fairly close to M. subhumeralis, but without the posthameral tubercle of that species, and with thinner legs; in the 1914 table of the genus hoth could he associated with WM. arcuatus, which has a larger and more rounded prothoras and comparatively large elytral punctures. Before abrasion the elytra appear to be finely striated and without pimetures; even after abrasion the punctures in the striae are seen to be decidedly narrower than the interstices, and these to be densely and minutely punctate. The elytral setae are confined to a single row on each interstice. MANDALOTUS LATEBRICOLA sp. nov. 4 Black, antennae and legs partly reddish. Densely clothed with muddy- brown or muddy-erey, slightly variegated seales, interspersed with stout setae, on the elytra mostly confined to the alfernate interstices. Rostrum short and strongly eurved. Antennae moderately thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded; grantiles transversely arranged or conjoined to form numerous short ridges or carinae, Elytra conjointly but 182 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM rather feebly arcuate at base, shoulders rounded, posthumeral prominence fairly distinct, sides subparallel to beyond the middle, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with vows of large punctures, appearing yery small through elothing, and some of them quite coneealed. Basal seement of abdomen slightly depressed in middle, Front coxae moderately separated; tibiae acutely spurred at apex, Length, 2+5-3 mm. 9 Differs in being slightly wider, abdomen more convex, and legs and amlennae somewhat shorter, JTab. Victoria; Ringwood in June. July, and September, Ferntree Cully in April and September, Eltham in September, and Tealesville in August (F, EB, Wilson), ‘Type, [. 15968. In the 1914 table this speeies could be assoeiated with MW. abdeminatis and M. orevatus; in size and general appearance it is much like the former, but the abdomen is evenly vlothed in both sexes; trom the litter it differs in being wider, elytra different at base, alternate interstices somewhat elevated, and in the tips of the tibiae, In general appearance it is strikingly close to WM. trisinnatus, Wut the hind tibiae are nol subdentate near base, On specimens in good condition the (vausverse arrangement of the prothoracie sculpture is quite evident, ani after abrasion is seen lo consist of numerous fine ridges and conjoined eramiles, but a small amount of dirt ohbsenres it. On several specimens the funiele and tarsi are conspicuously paler than jhe adjacent parts. Most of the specimens were taken from tussocks or mosses. MANDALOTUS PUNCTICOLLIS sp. nov. 8 Blackish; antennae, legs, and parts of under surface more or less reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stout setae, on the elytra the setae confined to a single row on each interstice, Eyes unusually small. Rostrimn stout and moderately curved: median carina apparently absent. Antennae rather short. Prothorax moderately trans- verse; sides subangulate in midille; with dense concealed punetures, and without eranules. Hlytra cubeordate, conjointh: arcuate at base, shoulders rounded off, posthumeral prominence absent, interstices even; with rows of large punctures, normally almost or quite concealed. Abdomen with basal segment gently depressed. Front coxae touching, tibiae spurred at apex. Length, 2-2-5 mm. @ Differs in having abdomen gently convex, and with somewhat shorter antennae and lees. Hab, South Australia: Berri. wpe, T. 15975. In the 1914 table this species could be associated with MW. maculatus and M, squamibundus, from both of which it differs in heme considerably smaller ; LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 183 in addition it is distinct from the former by the absence of elytral spots, and its smaller eyes with coarser facets; from the latter it is also distinct, by its narrower form and sparser and finer setae; the eyes are also somewhat smaller. On abrasion the pronotum is seen to be densely punetate and without granules. MANDALOTUS MACROPS sp. nov. Fig. 80, u. ¢ Black; intennae and legs somewhat reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-grey scales, becoming paler on apical slope of elytra, and sparse on under surfaee; a few suberect setae scattered about. Byes unnsnally large and quite round. Rostrim short and slightly curved ; median carina cistinet in front, Antennae moderately long and thin, Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, median line distinct; with rounded granules, readily traceable through clothing; ocular lobes mmusually prominent, Elytra elongate subeordate, conjointly arcuate at base, shoulders oblique, posthumeral prominence very feeble; with rows of distinet punctures, appearing small through clothing, but probably large. Basal segment of abdomen with a longitudinal depression, Front coxae touching, femora stout, tibiae rather thin and rather feebly spurred. Length, 2-25 mm, Tab. Victorias Healesville in March (F. E. Wilson). Type (umique), I. 15974. In the 1914 table this species could be associated with M. maculatus and M. squamibwndus, from which it is distinguished by the larger eyes and more prominent ocular lobes. The eves are so large that the distance between them at their nearest approach to each other is scarcely half the diameter of an eye. The front of the prosternum is deeply and almost angularly notched, causing the ocular lobes to appear wiusually prominent, On the type many of the seales have a slight golden gloss, this hecoming quite conspicuous on the apical slope of elytra; it is probable, however, that the gloss is distinct only on fresh specimens. In places the interstices are feebly thickened, causing slight divergences of the adjacent rows of punctures, but they could not fairly be regarded as tubereulate. MANDALOTUS CORDIPENNIS sp. nov. Black, parts of antennae and of legs reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, variegated with pale spots, and mterspersed with numerous stout, semi-erect setae. Rostrum very short and curved; median carma not traceable, Antennae not very long. Prothorax distinctly transverse, sides strongly rounded; with Lad KECORDS OF THR S,A, MUSEUM rather coarse granules, traceable before abrasion, Elytra cordate, across middle almost twice the width of prothorax, shoulders rounded off, without posthumeral tubercles; alternate interstices very feebly elevated. and slightly uneven about stiminit of apieal slope; with rows of large piumetures, appearing very small through clothing. Abdomen moderately convex. Front coxae almost touching, tibiae feebly spurred, Length, 2-2-5 mm. Tab, Vietoria: Lorne in October, Beaconsfield in April (F. E. Wilson). Type, L. 15971. A small, compact species, with but fechle external indications of sex; the female is slightly larger, wider (mare noticeably in muddle of elytva than else- where), and the abdomen is more convex, although even in the male it is certainly not flat. The incurvature at the apex of the prosternum and the ocular lobes are feeble, and the claws are smaller than usual. On specimens in perfect condition there are mimerous spots on the elytra, some of which are almost square, bul on most of the specimens taken by Mi. Wilson the variegation is very feeble. On some specimens the legs and antennae are entirely red, but the funicle, ¢oxae, and tarsi are usually of a brighter red than the adjacent parts, although the scape aud club ueyer appear to he quite black: two or three sezments of the abdomen are tsnally obseicely reddish, On some of them the front coxae appear to be in actaal contact, but when viewed from behind they may be seer to be slightly separated. MANDALOTUS GYMNOGASTER sp. nov. 4 Black: antennae and legs more or less reddish. Densely e¢lothed with muddy-brown, variegated with greyish scales, and rather sparsely interspersed with suberect setae; under surface sparsely elothed. Rostrum moderately short and curved; median carina usually distinet throughout, Antennae thin. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly rounded, median line traceable; with numerous fairly large granules, traceable before abrasion. Elytra feebly drisinuate at base, without posthumeral tubercles, alternate interstices Eecbly elevated; with rows of large punctures, wider than interstices, but appearing niweh smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen with a rather deep, shining impression, Continued on to metasternum. Frout voxae almost tonching; tibiae vather thin, apex not very acutely spurred. Length, 2-75-3-5 mm, Q Differs in being wider, abdomen and metasternum not excavated, and untennae and lees shorter. Hab. Vietoria: Lakes Entrance in October (F. E, Wilson). Type, [. 15972. The cavity on the wnder surface is somewhat as on J, fovectus, but that is a considerably larger species, with front coxae more widely separated. No part LEA —GENUS MANDALOTUS 185 of the antennae is black, or even very dark, but the funiele is nsnally paler than the other parts; the legs are sometimes entirely reddish, but usually the femora wre black, exeept at their ends; the tibiae are occasionally partly dark; the apical segment of the abdomen is usually reddish. On an Oveasional specimen there isa fairly distiner pale spot on the basal thickening of the third interstice, and several more abot the simmit of the apical slope, but on most specimens the yariegation is feeble and ill-defined. From diveetly above the elytra appear to be almost evenly arcuate at base, but from most points of view the thiekening of the third interstice causes the base to appear trisinuate, more noticeably on the female than on the male, MANDALOTUS ALPINUS sp. nov, é. Black, antennae, parts of lees and apical segments of abdomen more ov less reddish, Densely clothed with muddy-brown, feebly variegated seales, and interspersed with subereet setae, the latter confined to a single row on each interstice of elytra. Rostrum rather short and curved; median carina traceable throughout. Antennae rather long and thin, Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides strongly rounded ; with rather large close-set granules, traceable before abrasion, Elytra feebly trisinnate at base, without posthumeral tubercles, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with rows of large punetures, wider than interstices, lut appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen and meta- sternum with a conjoint but rather shallow depression. Front coxae touching, tibiae thin and feebly spurred. Length, 4 mm. Hub. Victoria: Alps (Rey. T. Blackbumm). Type, IT, 15973. In the 1914 table this species could be associated with I. coxalis, from whieh if differs in having smoother elytra and the prothorax less transverse, with larger but less conspicuous granules; these are feebly transversely arranged on the sides, but not elsewhere, Structurally it is close to the preceding species, but differs in being larger, under surface moderately clothed, and its depression much shallower. On two, of the three, specimens taken by Mr. Blackburn the seales on the head have a shght golden lustre, and eyen on the elytra a gleaming scale is occasionally evident. MANDALOTUS POSTCOXALIS gp. nov. Fig. 78, k. é@ Black, funicle and tarsi reddish, vest of antennae darker. Densely elothed with muddy-brown or sooty scales, sometimes slightly variegated, and interspersed with numerous subereet, setae. 186 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM Rostrum short, stouf, and curved; median carina distinet in front, but normally concealed elsewhere. Antennae rather thin. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded; with large greatules, distinet, before abrasion ; median line distinct. Elytra trisinuate at base, posthumeral projection promi- nent; surface uneven or subtuberculate, especially about summit of apical slope; with rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller through clothing, Basal segment of abdomen with a wide, shallow depression, continued on to meta- sternum, Front coxae widely separated, hind anes with a blunt tubercle; apical half of hind tibiae arcuately thinned on inner side, Length, 4-5 mm- 9 Differs in having prothorax smaller and elytra wider, nnder parts not depressed, hind eoxae unarmed, and hind tibiae less thinned inwardly. Tab. Victoria: Eltham in April, August and September, Belgrave in January, Melbonrne in July, Evelyn in May, Ringwood in July and September, Ferntree Gully in January (F. E. Wilson), Gippsland (J. E. Dixon). Type, 1. 15961. The armature of the hind coxae is not distinet from some directions, but on looking at a specimen along the middle the projections are clearly visible. The distance between the front coxae is about the width of a coxa. On some specimens parts of the ynder surface and of the legs, in addition to the tarsi, are obseurely reddish, On many the clothing of the upper surface is uniformly sooty or almost so, occasionally it is fawn-coloured; but on one of the Gippsland males there is a distinet whitish spot on the thickened base of the third interstice on each elytron, and five fairly distinct pale spots on the pronotum, MANDALOTUS HOPLOCNEMUS sp. nov. Figs. 78, 1; 80, r. é Black, antennae and tarsi more or less reddish. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with suberect setae; under surface sparsely rlothed. | Rostrum stom, and strongly curved; median carina not traceable. Antennae rather long and thin. Prothorax as long as wide, sides strongly rounded; with vlose-set granules, distinet before abrasion. Elytra fecbly trisinuate at base, posthumeral prominence very feeble, alternate interstices feebly elevated; with vows of large punetures, appearing much smaller through clothing. Basal segment of abdomen feebly depressed in middle towards base. Front coxae very widely separated, the middle ones much closer together; front tibiae with a distinet tooth on immer side at basal third. Length, 3 mm. Hab. South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges, in moss (N. B. Tindale). Type, I. 15970. LEA GENUS MANDALOTUS 187 The armature ol the front tibiae is nearer the base than in WW. avenaceus, with which the species could be associated in the 1914 table, and the front coxae are more than twice as widely separated as the middle oues, an unique feature in the subfamily. The timicle is deeidedly paler than the rest of the antennae. A smaller (2-5 mm.) specimen is evidently immature, as it is (except for the elothing) entirely flavous, the tooth on its front tibiae is present, but smaller than on the type, wid one of its deciduous matidibular processes is present. MANDALOTUS IMPONDEROSUS sp. nov. Pale castaneous. Moderately clothed with muddy-grey slightly variegated scales, inlerspersed with suberect setue; muder surface sparsely clothed, Byes very large. Rostrinm short and curved, median carina not traceable, Prothorax moderately transyerse, sides strongly voided; granules normally in¢onspicuons, Elytra conjointly arcuate at base, without posthumeral promi- nenees, alternate interstices not elevated; with rows of large punctures, appearing much smaller through cloflime. Basal segment of abdomen shining and slightly convex in middle, Front coxae almost touching, tibiae fecbly spurred. Length, 1-) min, Hab. Queensland: Mount Tambourine, from fallen leaves, in January (A, M. Lead. Type (unique), L 15976. The type is probably a female, as | eannot find any distinctly masculine features on it, and the abdomen is slightly convex. Lt was described, however, as its minute size should prevent its bemg coufounded with any previously named species. Df is decidedly smaller even than MW. microscopicus, wider in proportion, and with inuch larger eves; the distance between these at their nearest approach is less than the diameter of one of them. Although its derm is entirely pale, it is by no menus certain that the type is immature, as its eyes are black, and the deciduous mandibular processes have been shed. Only a slight part of the pro- notvin was abraded, bit (his indicates that the granules are less evident than on most species of the genus. MANDALOTUS COLLARIS sp. nov. 3 Black, some parts obscurely reddish, funiele and tarsi paler. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, somewhat variegated in parts; with stout and not very dense setae seatiered about, and becoming longer and more numerous on legs. Rostrum short and stout, apparently without median carina, with an elevated subtriangular space commencme at the inter-oewar fovea and dilated to insertion of antennae. Antennae rather lone and thin; seape somewhat curved; seeond 188 Records OF THE S.A, MusEUM joint of frmiele longer than first. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides ani dise irreenlar. Elytra wider thai prothorax, surface very uneven, shoulders produced; with very irregular rows of not very large punctures, Front coxae widely separated; femora stout; tibiae rather long. Length, 5-6 mm. § Differs in being somewhat wider, (wo basal segments of abdomen gently convex in middle (instead of flat), and legs somewhat shorter, Hab, Lord Howe Island (A, M, Lea and wife). Type, L. 5802. In the 1914 table of the genus this species could be associated with WM. irrasis and M, ferrugineus;: Wut the sides of its prothorax and shoulders readily dis- tinguish it from all previously deseribed species. On some specimens the paler scales are but litthke in evidence, but on others they are very distinet and stramineous, with a taint golden gloss; ou several the paler scales are conspicuous on the middle of rostrimu [rom apex to base, and are continued on to head, where they form a conspictiously bilobed basal patch, on the prothorax they form fourteen small spots (four at the apex, four in the middle, two on each side, and two at the base, and four at the hase of elytra. Hach side of the prothorax is irregularly bilohed, the posterior lobe being usually feebly semi-double; between it and the base the side is strongly ineurved to allow room for the projecting shoulder, the surface is irregularly elevated, rather than distinctly grantlate or subtuberenlate, and the median line is shallowly impressed. The elytra are supplied with numerous rather large, obtuse tubercles, of which there are usually four on the third interstice, three on the fifth, and four or five on Lhe seventh; the hraneral projection is oblique and usually semi-donble; the suture is thickened at the summit of the apical slope; the rows of punetures are all deflected by the tnbercles. Seven specimens were obtamed from fallen leayes. MANDALOTUS BILOBICOLLIS sp, nov. Fig, 79, £. § Blackish-brown, some parts obscurely reddish; funicle and tarsi paler. Densely clothed with muddy-brown scales, interspersed with stouf setae. Rostriun short and stout. Antenne long and thin. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides conspicuously bilobed, Elyiva somewhat as mm preceding species Bront coxae touching, Length, 4°25 min. Hab. Gord IWowe Island (A. M. Lea and wile), Type, 1. 5804. Strikingly close in general appearance lo the preceding species, but with front coxae touching, instead of widely separated; the intercoxal process of the mesosternum is somewhat rounded, and about as long as wide: on the preceeding species it is fully twice as wide as long. ‘lhe prothorax is somewhat flatler than LeaA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 189 on M. collaris, with the subiuberenlar elevations loss pronounced, and sides eon- spicuously bilobed, the posterior lobe is more acute than the other, and not gemi-double, between it amd the base the side is more largely seooped out than ou callaris, so that the projecting shoulder bas more room; the elytra are more narrowed posteriorly, the tuberenlar elevations are inore obtuse, and the rows of punctures are less conspicuously deficeted by them. The rostrum at a glance is much as me collars, but the elevated inter-antennary space is parallel-sided instead of triangular, and the apical plate is larger; the antennae are slightly thinner, but otherwise nich the same. Two speciinens were obtained from fallen leaves, and there is another, from Monnt Ledgbird, in the Australian Museum. MANDALOTUS SQUAMOSUS sp. nov. 6 Blackish-brown, some paris obscurely reddish. Densely elothed with light brown or slaty-grey scales, on the uniter surface and appendages mixed with fine setae. Eyes small, each encircled by # farrow but rather deep impression. Rostrum stot, dilaled to Year apex, transversely impressed at hase, feehly bicarinate on upper stu‘face. Antennae lone but not very thin, second joml of funicle much longer than fivsh. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides moderately rounded, seulptire more or less concealed. Elytra wide, shoulders. feebly produced and oblique: with semi-double rows of large, partially concealed punctures, Legs stout; front coxae shebtly separated. Length $-5-6-5 num. 9 Differs in being wider, shoulders less prominent, two basal segments of abdomen convex in middle instead of flat, and legs somewhat shorter. Ilab. Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea and wile). Type, I. 5803. The front ecoxae, although close together, are not touching, consequently in the 1914 table of the genus the species could be assouiated with A. spurceus; bul it is in fact very distinet [rom all previously described species of the genus. ‘The oenlar lobes ave feeble but quite distinct from below. ‘The claw-joints and the funicle ave redder than the other parts, but are not brightly castaneous as on most species. The scales are of almost even colour throughout, but vary in shade amongst the individuals; on the prothorax (here are no sctac, and on the elytra but few, and those confined to the apical slope. The flanks of the prothorax are covered with deuse and rather large punetures quite distinct before abrasion, bit the dise through the clothing appears covered with very [veble tubercles, on abrasion, however, inauy laree punetures are in evidence; the median line is Yather feeble, The elytral punctures before abrasion appear to be narrower than the interstices, but after abrasion are seen to be wider; ihe imterstices are hot separately couvex, except on the apical slope, where the alternate ones are feebly clevated above their fellows; the sides are vather suddenly narrowed 190 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM behind the shoulders on the male, hit Jess conspieuonsly so on the female, and the shoulder of the male from helow appears subtnberculate. Three specimens were obtamed, one from the sea-beach at melt. MANDALOTUS HOWENSIS sp. nov. é Reddish-brown, some parts (including the antennae and tarsi) paler. Densely Clothed with stramineous or helt brown scales, obscurely mottled with paler and darker spots and patches; with stout, depressed setae on upper surface, and longer and more iuverous ones on under surface ancl legs, Rostrum short and stout, median carina not traveable through clothing. Seape stout: first jot of funiele shgbtly longer and thieker tha second. the Others subelobular, but seventh distinetly transverse. Prothorax not much wider than long, sides and base rather strongly rounded, Elytra subovate, base arcuate, shoulders rather strongly roquded aud widest at basal fourth; with regular rows of rather large pumetiures, appearing very small before abrasion; iMmterstices searcely separately convex, and not alternately elevated, Legs rather stout. front eoxae almost touching. Length, 4-7)-5-25 mm. 9 6Piffers in being somewhat wider, two basal segments of abdomen slightly vonyvex (instead of quite flat in middle) and legs somewhat shorter, ITab. laavd Howe Island (A.M. Lea and wife), Type, 1. 5828. In some respects close to M2 anmophilus, but with elothing more variegated and setae less conspienous, rostrum not suddenty cleyated above head at base, although gently separately coiver (as viewed from the side), and seape somewhat thinner. In colour of clothing it approaches WW. erassicorni’s, but that species has the seape almost twice as stout, atid with a distinet median line on prothoray, of which, (at any rate before abrasion) there is not a trace on the present species ; there are also many other differences; M. herbivorus has also the scape stouter, and different prothoracie and rostral sculpture. The scape is certaimly of con- siderable thickness, hut is less so than any of the species standing under A iw in the 1914 table of the genus. The general appearance of the prothorax and elytra is that of some of the more vusty-looking specimens of M7. sterilis, with which, however, it has seareely anything else in common, On the elytra the darker spots are fairly numerous and cistinet; on two speeimens there is it conspicnons dark pateh on each side of the prothorax aboni the base. and rendered more conspicuous by a dark pateh on each side of it; on these two specimens also the abdominal scales ure mostly dark rusty-brown, becoming paler at. the sides. On the elytra the setae form a more or less regular row om each interstice. On abrasion the prothorax is seen to be closely covered with small punctures, and with many of larger sizes granules are absent, Four specimens were obtained, ineluding two from fallen leaves. LeEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 191 MANDALOTUS MICROPS sp. nov. @ Dark brown (sometimes almost black), appendages and tip of abdomen reddish. With dense muddy-brown clothing, interspersed with stiff, recurved, yellowish setae; moder surface much more sparsely clothed, and in places almost, or quite, glabrous. Eyes very small, cach enclosed by a narrow, deep impression, opening in front dito the serobe. Rostrum short, with an obscure median line; apieal plate hot triangular, Seape stout, moderately curved; first joint of funicle rather stout, as long as second and third combined. Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides obliquely taereasing in width from base to apical third, and then oblique to apex ; with four very obtuse elevations across widest part, aud feeble granules (coneealed before abrasion) elsewhere. Elytra moderately long and sriboyate, hase trisinuate, widest shehily beyond the aviddle; with rows of large ponctures, almost or quite concealed before abrasion ; interstices feebly and almost regularly elevated in places. Abdomen with a basal row of large punctures. Front coxae touching: femora rather stout: tibiae thin; claw-jommt long and thin. Length, 2-24 mm. @ Differs in having the prothorax more transverse, elytra larger, abdomen larger and more couvex, and legs somewhat shorter. Hab. Lord Mowe Island (A, M. lea and wife). Type, [. 9800. The slight inequalities of the elytra could hardly be regarded as tuhereles, bit treating them as such the species, in the 1914 table of the genus, could be associated with WM. canpylocneniis, whieh is a much larger and otherwise very different species, Some specimens appear to have no part of the derm black, aud these, regarding the elytra as nonfiubereulate, could be associated with M. pallidus (a much larger and otherwise different species); the others could be associated with O 7/, all small species, but all very different from the present one, Some speeimens have the derm almost entirely pale vastaneous, the under surface and appendages conspicuously so, on aecount of their sparser clothing. The general appearance of specimens is Frequently altered by an imerustation of mud, bit on clean ones, nnder a lens, the upper surface appears to be densely squamose, rider a eoinpomtid power, however, ii is seen to be densely vovered with fine setae, with considerably stouter ones scattered about; under a compo power also the abdomen is seen to he densely covered with small punctures anil fine golden setae, but under a lens it appears shagreened, and the setae have an appearance as of short pieces of fine, spirally twisted silk. The rostrum has its basal two-thirds densely clothed, with the median carina of other species replaced by a narrow impressed line. Fifteen specimens were obtained from fallen leaves. 192 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM MANDALOTUS NODIPENNIS sp. nov. @ Dark reddish-brown, appendages and tip of abdomen paler, With dense muddy-brown, variegated with ashen, clothing; and with a few stout setae scattered about. Head and its appendages and the legs much as on preceding species. Pro- thorax rather strongly transverse, sides fecbly dilated in width from hase to near apex; surface somewhat uneven, bit derm coneealed Ly clothing. Blytra subovate, base trisinuate, sides rather strongly rounded; proietires normally woncealed ; interstices with regular series of small nodes. Length, 21 mm. Hab, Lord Howe Island (A, M. Lea and wife). Type, 1.5667, A single specimen was obtained, and for some time was mixed with members of the preceding species, from which, however, it differs in havine the prothorax more transverse, with the sides more rounded, the elytra shorter, with numerous small but distinet nodes, a few of whith have stout setae (differently coloured from those of the preceding), but the majority of which have not; the seape is stouter and the two basal joints of funicle are thimner and longer (the others are missing). As its abdomen is ¢listinetly convex the type appears tu be a female, but as the species is certainly different from the preceding one, and is an island form, extremely unlikely to oceur on the mainland, it has been named, On the type the clothing, which has nowhere been abraded, has a somewhat spotted appearance, owing to that on the elevated parts being ashen: as on the preceding species, it consists of fine setae, but with a squamose appearance wader a lens, the stouter setae are sparse, even on the legs. MANDALOTUS NORFOLCENSIS sp. nov. 4 Blackish; antennae (elnb infuseated), legs, and tip of abdomen reddish. With dense, muddy-brown clothing, interspersed with iumerous stout setae, thinner but not longer on legs than on elytra, Rostrum short, median carina not traceable. Scape moderately long and rather thin, distinetly curved; first joiml. of fnnicle as loug as three following combined. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides obliquely dilated from base to apical third; surface uneven. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, surface very uneven. Front coxae touching; femora rather stout; tibiae rather long and thin. Length, 2:25-2-4 mm. Hab. Norfolk Island (A. M, Lea). Type, 1. 5806, This was the only species of the genns T obtaimed ou Norfolk Island, although they were keenly searched for, and much sieving was done. Tis nearest allies are M. microps and M. nodipennis, from Lord Howe Island, but it differs from LEA—GENUS MANDALOTUS 193 them in its rougher sculpture, and differently setose elytra; the claw-joint is also shorter, In the 1914 table of the genus the species could be associated with M. campyloenemis, which is a very much larger and otherwise different species. The elytral setae are confined to the elevated parts, and are more conspicuous on the apical half than on the basal; on the under surface many of the scales have a metallic-green gloss, The eyes are small but distinctly larger than on microps; on one specimen the base of the rostrum is conspicuously impressed at its junction with head, and the inter-ocular fovea appears narrow and deep, and continued on to base of rostrum, but on the other the inter-ocular fovea is not traceable through the clothing. The prothorax has numerous small granules, and four of larger size across the middle, with numerous punctures, but all more or less concealed by the clothing. Seen from in front the base of the elytra appears to be arcuate, from behind rather strongly trisinuate; there are numerous subtubercular elevations, but these appear to be in oblique rather than longi- tudinal series, and the punctures are large, but both punctures and elevations are greatly obscured by the clothing. Two specimens were obtained from fallen leaves. STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA NO. VII BY HERBERT M. HALE Summary Although the word “aquatic” may be legitimately applied to insects which live on the surface of the water, or which frequent the margin of waters, forms living in such situations are often referred to as having a “semi-aquatic” habit, in contradistinction to species which swim beneath the surface film. The types of the species herein described as new have been placed in the Museum. STUDIES in AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA No. VIL"! By HERBERT M. HALE. Text figures 81-90. AurHouaH the word ‘‘aquatic’’ may be legitimately applied to insects which live on the surface of the water, or which frequent the margin of waters, forms living in such situations are often referred to as having a ‘‘semi-aquatic’’ habit, in contradistinetion to species which swim beneath the surface film. The types of the species herein described as new have been placed in the Museum. GYMNOCERATA. The members of the five families placed in this division are semi-aquatic in habit; representatives of three of the families have been previously described from Australia, and a member of each of the others is herein recorded. The families are readily separated as follows: KEY TO FAMILIES. a. Form not linear; head shorter than thorax, b. Claws placed at end of tarsi, the last joint of whieh is entire. Body robust; tarsi two-jomted. (Antennae five- jointed in our genus) nan Naeogeidae. ec. Body rather slender; tarsi three- jointed and antennae four-jointed : .. Mesovelridae. bb. Claws of front tarsi (at least) not apical, but inserted in a yee or cleft in the terminal tarsal joint. d. Rostrum three-jointed . . ot a .. Veltidae. dd. Rostrum four-jointed .. Ae a. .. Gerridae. aa. Form linear; head as long as thorax .. ses bs, ITydrometridae. Some authors reduce the last four families to the status of sub-families of the Hydrometridae; and some exclude the family Naeogeidae from the Gerr oidea, placing it elsewhere in the Gymnocerata. Famity NAKOGEIDAE. The tiny bugs belonging to this family are found near water, but rarely (1) No. y in Archiv f. Zool., K, Svenska Vet.-Akad., xviiA, 1925, No. 20; No. vi in Proe, Linn, Soe, N.S. Wales, xlix, 1924, p. 461 to 467. 196 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MUSEUM venture ou the surface film. Four genera are known, and the various species have been taken beneath leaves or in tufts of vegetation bordering the water, on ro¢ks in mid-stream, and walking on the walter. In the members of this and the next family the tarsi are not so perfectly modified for walking on the surface- film as in those of the Veliidae. [ have followed Horyath (*) in placing the Naeogeidae in the superfamily Gerroidea; Jaczewski (ut (ufra) considers that the structure of the male genital seginents ma N. ruficeps Thoms, indicates that the family is more nearly related to the Myodochidae (Lygaeidae) and Pyrrhocoridae. NAEOGEUS Laporte. Nueogeus Laporte, Essai. Hémip., 1832, p. 34; Jaezewski, Bull. Ent, Pologne, i, 1922, p. 13. Hebrus Curtis, Ent. Month. Mag., i, 1833, p. 198; Amyot & Serv., Hem., 1843, p. 294; Fieb., Europ, Hem., 1861, p. 32 and 104. Type, Lygaeus pusillis Fallen (Naeogenus erythrocephalus Laporte). The body is plump, and the legs are stout and placed widely apart on the sternum ; the tarsi bear curved, terminal claws. The antennae are five-segmentate, with an auxiliary jointlet af the base of the flagellum (third to fifth segments) and a tiny, collar-lke jointlet between the first and second flagellal segments, As far as is known the adults are always winged. NAEOGEUS LATENSIS sp. noy. ¢ Form broad, not narrowed posteriorly, about two and one-fonrth times Jonger than greatest width. TLead, pronotum, and seutellum dark brown, shot with metallic ble and green reflections, finely pilose, Tlead about as long as first Lwo joints of antennae, Antennae testavcous. im parts darkened » as long as head and pronotum together; first segment longer than second, and as long as third without basal jointlet; second and fourth, and third and fifth seements subequal. Pronotum less than twice as wide us its median length, much longer than head; humeral angles tumid, prominent. and rounded: a diseal fovea marained with a few coarse punctures: a line 6f punctures bordering the posterior edge and extending wowards along the inner side of the humeral tiumidities. Keel of sentellum very distinet, not extending quile to posterior angle, Flemelytra almost reaching to termination of abdomen; eclaviis and corium velvety brownish- black, elothed with bright golden hairs; inner anterior angle of clayns with a large, elongate, sub-triangular spot; membrane greyish-brown, dull, with four (2) Hory., Aun, Mus, Nat. Hunyarici, xiii, 1915, p. 535-586, HALE AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC LIEMIPTERA 197 indistinel pale spots. Rostrum testaceous, extending to level of posterioy acetabula. Underside black, shining, clothed with dense pubescence between posterior coxae, but with sparse hairs on rest of sternum; ventral surface of abdomen with rather lone, dense, golden pubescence. Lees testaccons, with the ipices of femora and tarsi, and basal third of tibiae, darkened, Anterior femora equal in length to the tibiae, which are about two and one-half times as long as Sl. Naeogeus latensis, male. tarsi. Intermediate femora a little shorter than tibiae, which are almost three times as long as tarsi, Posterior tibiae longer than femora and more than three limes as lone as tarsi. ¢ A little more robust than the male. Length, 1:8 mm, fo 1-95 mm,; width, -6 mm. to -85 mm. TTab, South Australia: Adelaide (type loc.) and Myponga Swamps (TL M. Hale) ; Tasmania: Devonport (A. M. Lea); New South Wales; Glenfield (A.M, Lea). This beautiful little lug is the first of the family to be recorded from Australia; it somewhat superficially resembles N. bombayensis Paiva, but differs in the proportions of the antennal segments, N. latensis may be found im numbers at the base of grass tufts bordering our erceks, and is easily obtained by shaking tussoecks over a white sheet. 198 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM In perfect examples the sculpture of the pronotum is almost or quite hidden by the pubescence, and the head, pronotium, and seutellhom appear metallic bluish-green; the underside is sometimes sprinkled with tiny spots of similar colour. Famity MESOVELIIDAR. Most of the representatives of this small family run on the surface film of quiet waters, but a species from New Guinea, Phrynovelia papua Horvath (°). was not found on water, but on fallen leaves in the forest. No Mesoveliae ave ineluded in the material [ have examined from the Aus- (ralian museums, although, at least in certain localities, the species deseribed below is anything but rare. MESOVELIA Mulsant and Rey. Mesovelia Moils. & Rey, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1852, p. 138; Horv., Ann. Mus. Nat. Mungarici, xii, 1915, p. 543 (refs. ). Fieberia Jak,, Trudy Russk. Ent. Obshtsh.. vii, 1874, p. 32. Type, M, fureata Mulsant and Rey. MESOVELIA HUNGERFORDI sp. nov. Apterous ¢@. Form narrowly sub-oval, widest at metathorax, three and two-thirds times longer than wide. Head greenish, with a black marking anteriorly, with a brown, longitudinal, median line, and with three pairs of setiferous black dots, two pairs in front of eyes and one pair near posterior margin; clothed with black hairs over greater part of dorsum, and with whitish liairs anteriorly; an outstanding black seta in front of each eye; medial length ereater than width, including eyes. Antennae brown, pilose, reaching back to posterior margin of sixth abdominal segment ; first seement with two setae not far from apex; about one-third as long again as second, and nearly as long as third, which is subequal in length to fourth segment. Nottm greenish, in parts faintly marked with brown; clothed with short black hairs; pronotum with a very shehtly oblique, shallow fovea on each side; medial leneth of mesonotum greater than that of pronotum and twice the medial length of metanotum, Abdomen green, with lateral margins of connexivum and sutures brown; clothed with short brown hairs, which merge inio longer and denser hairs on genital segments; sutures of first two segments not well defined, but nevertheless distinctly visible, Connexivum sub-horizontal. Rostrum greenish-ochraceons, with apical fifth (3) Horv., loc, cit., p. 535, 555, fig. 9, HALe—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 199 black; reaching to between anterior margins of hind coxae. Underside pilose, erecmsh-oechraceous, the abdomen in parts darkened; first genital segment with two large, slightly oblique ridges, each elevation about one-half as long as the seginent and bearing short brown spines. Legs long, pale beneath and brownish above, with tarsi and apices of femora and tibiae brownish-black; eloiled with Fig. 82, Mesovelia hungerfordi; a and b, apterous male and female; ¢, macropterous male with mutilated hemelytra; d, front view of lead of macropterous male; e, ventral view of venital seyments of male; ¢', one of the ventral elevations further enlarged; f and g, antenna and posterior leg of male, short, stiff, brown hairs. Anterior femora with two setae on upper side near apex and several on underside; one-fourth longer than tibiae, which are about two and one-half times as lone as tarsi; second segment of tarsi slightly shorter than third. Intermediate feniora with two setae on upper side near apex and a row of setae on underside; subequal in length to tibiae, which are more than two and one-half times as long as tarsi; second tarsal segment a little longer than third. Posterior femora with two setae on upper side and none below; with 200 RECORDS or THE S.A, Museum apices reaching well beyond tip of abdomen; tibiae one-titth as long again as femora and more than three times as long as tarsi, the second joint of which is nearly half as long again as third, Length, 3°12 mm.; width, -8 ma, Apterous 9. Form mneh wider, lees and antennae relatively shorter and with segments of slightly different proportions than in male, Sub-ovate, two and one-half times longer than greatest width. Antennae reaching hack nearly to level of fifth abdominal segment and apices of posterior femora extending to tip of abdomen, Second segment of posterior tarsi more than half as long again as third segment, Connexivum mueh wider than in male. Length, 3-72 mim.; width, 1-4 min. Matropterous ¢. Pronotam a little wider than its median length: anterior lobe greenish-ochraceous, with two shallow impressions as in apterous form: tumid posterior lobe brown, with four indistinet spots and a longitudinal median line, pale, Sentellim greenish-yellow, with a brown marking on each side. Veins of hemelytra black; clavus, covium. and anterior part of membrane white, tinge! with smoky brown; corium with a distinet apical cell, Macropterous @. Width of pronotum at bumeral angles about one-third ereater than medial lenyth. Hab, South Australia: Adelaide (type loc.), Myponga and River Murray (H. M. Hale); New South Wales: Svdnev (A.J, Nicholson). It gives me much pleastire to associate with this species the name of Dr. W. B. Himgerford, by whose courtesy T have been able to examine the species of Mesovelia, and other aquatic and semi-aquatie bugs from North Ameriea. M. hungerford? helougs to the group of species in whieh the male has a pair of elevated (ifts of brownish-black spines on the venter of the first wenital sewer (M. thermalis Hory., M. mulsanti B. White, and M. subvittata Horv.); the ‘leyations, however, are much larger, more elongate, and are more widely separated in MW. hungerfordi than in the other species in which they are present. WM. wulsants is of ahout the same size as the Australian species, but is more slender in form, The type specimens of M. subuittata (two maeropterous males) were collected in New Guinea; this species has no apieal cell in the corium. In M. thermalis the pronotinn of the macropterous form has no pale longitudinal, median line: aud the metanotum of the apterous form is relatively Joneer than in M. hungerfordy. Our species at times occurs in great numbers on the backwaters and iriga- tion drains of the River Murray, particularly when the surface of the water is vovered with floating water-plants (Lewna and Azolla). Winged adults are comparatively rare, and in such as | have, the membrane of the hemelvtra is HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 201 mutilated. Macropterons examples of M, mulsanti have been observed to rip the membrane off the wings with the hind tibiae, and so expose the genital segments—presimably to facilitate copmlation ('). Torre Bueno notes this habit in several American Gerrids ("), Faminy VELIIDAR., The species of two Veliid genera, Trochopus and MHulovelia, are marine, but the remainder inhabit fresh water; Kirkaldy (%) nites Trochopus with Khayovelia, int the two-jointed intermediate aud posterior tarsi of the former separate them, Struclhire, The hedy is plump, and the general shape in dorsal view is sub-oval, oboyate, or sub-fusiform. The head is narrower than the pronotum, and the eves are prominent, not very large, and exserted. The antennae are ¢ Wiv 8a. a, Anteriov tibia andl tarsus of Mierevelia dubia, male (100 diams.). b, Anterior tibia of Mierovelia howensc, male (100 (liams.). 0°, portion of tibial comb (315 diams.) ; i" tooth of tibial comb (1,000 diams.). ¢, Anterior tibia of Miererelia oceaniea (235 diams,), a, Terminal segment of intermediate tarsus of Microvelia melaneholica (100 diams,). e, Terminal segment of intermediate tarsus of Alagevelia australiea (40 diams.). (1) Hungerford, Psyche, xxiv, 1917, p. 80, (*) Bueuo, Ohio Nat. ix, 1908, p. S8o-392, (4) Wirk., Boll. Mns, Torino, xiv, 1899, p. 3. 202 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM four-segmentate, and, in at least the Australian representatives, there is a Liny jointlet at the base of the flagellum (third and fourth segments). This joimtlet allows the two-segmented flagellum greater freedom of movement ; in the deserip- tions it is included in the length of the third segment of the antennae. In Hulovelia and the species of Mierovelia now examined, a rake or comb, marcel resembling an ordinary hair-comb, is developed on the inner side of the anterior face of the fore tibiae in the male (fig. $38. ¢ to ¢, and fig 84,6). Tn this sex the apex of Lhe inuer side of the tibia is forwardly produced bevend the level of the articulation of the tarsus; the rake extends along the distal part of the immer marein of ihe tibia, and is more or less curved over the apex of the produced part. The tibia is not apivally produced, and the comb is absent in the female, The leneth and shape of the comb varies in the species, and is therefore a ¢haracter of specific Importance: it is probably present in many other represen- tatives of the family. The tarsi are modified to support the bugs on the surface film of water; the claws are not terminal, bid are inserted in a eleft or nick before the apex, which is bluntly rounded and pilose (fig. 83. a4 and d). Tn Trachapus and Rhuyovelia the long terminal joint of the intermediate tarsi is deeply split, (fig. 88. e), and accommodates a san-like arrangement of pimnute hairs; this fan, when expanded, assists in supporting the insects on the surface film, and enables them to run rapidly, even wpen swiltly-nioving waters. La many forms the hind legs are longer than the intermediate or anterior pair, while in others, as for instance Rhagovelia, Mulovelia, Trochopus, and some species. of Velia, the middle Timbs are longest, Species of most of the genera are iniown from both apterous and winged adults, although it seems that apterous midividials are most commonly met with. It is probable that, as in Jldlobules, wines ate never developed in the aforementioned marine genera, ITubits. Feeding is predatory, but the anterior legs are not raptorial, Small animals living on floating vegetation are speared by the long rostral stylets, and thus held at the tip of the rostral sheath while their juices ave ingested by their captor; tiny aquatic animals whieh approach closely to the surface are similarly transfixed, KEY TO AVSTRALIAN GENERA. a, Intermediate and posterion tarsi theee-jointed; ultimate seament of intermediate tarsi longitndinally split from UpEx As At le A. ¥ Lg! .. Rhigovelia, ja. Intermediate and posterior tarsi two-jointed; ultimate seg- ment of intermediate tarsi not split, b. Intermediate legs markedly longer than posterior pair TTalowelin, bb, Titermediate legs not markedly longer than pos- terior pair .. ts et + re .» Mierovelia. HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 203 RHAGOVELIA Mayr. Nhagovelia Mayy., Verh, zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 445; Sign, Ann. Soe. Ent. France, 1877, p. liv, Buecula Stal, Hem. Afy., iii, 1865, p, 167. Neovelia B, White, Jow', Linn, Soe., xiv, 1879, p. 487. Type, &. nigricuns Burmeister. The characters given in the key to the Veliid genera serve to distinguish this genus. Only one species is recorded from Australia. RHAGOVELIA AUSTRALICA Kirkaldy. Rhagovelia australica Kirk,, Proc. Linn, Soe., N.S. Wales, xxxii, 1907, p. 783. I have seen two examples, with mutilated antennae, collected by Dr. Mjoberg, Hab. Queensland: Kuranda (type loc), Malanda | Mjoberg:), HALOVELIA Bergroth. Halavelia Berg., Ent. Month. Mag., xxix, 1893, p. 277. Type, J7, maritima Bereroth. In this genus the body is densely pilose, and in dorsal view the form is widely oval or ovate. The pronotum is very short and transverse, while the mesonotum is greatly enlarged and posteriorly is produced oyer the anterior part of the abdomen, The intermediate legs are markedly longer than the others; the tarsi of the intermediate and posterior limbs are two-segmented, and the elaws of the middle pair are inserted very close to the apex. Halavelia differs from the allied American genus Trochopus in not having the intermediate tarsi split and finished with a fau of hairs, and in haying the mesonotum very much larger, and the visible portion of the abdomen consequently smaller. The members of both genera are of marine or estuarine habit. HALOVELIA MARITIMA Bergroth. Halovelia maritima Berg. loc. eit, é Form sub-oval, one and two thirds times lonver than wide, and broadest at about middle of mesonotum, Head black, marked with brown on basal third: densely clothed with pale pubescence, intermixed with a few long hairs; large and prominent, incliding eyes slightly wider than anterior margin of pronotum., Eyes reddish-black, relatively small. Anteunae black, with rather long, whitish pubescence; almost two-thirds as long as total length of insect; first seement thickened on distal half, curved, almost half as long again as second, and with bulbus small; fourth very slightly shorter than the first, stout and thick, elliptical 204 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM in shape; third segment shorter than fonrth and longer than second, Pronotim black, brownish towards posterior margin: basal width five times medial length, whith is little more than one-third the length of the head; anterior and posterior margins slightly enrved. almost straight; lateral margins very obliqne. Fig. 84. Halovelia maritima; a, adult inale; b, antenna; c, anterior tarsus adil portion ot tibia, showing comb; d, third (?) instar nymph; ¢, female of last nymphal instar, Co, a, aud ¢ re drawit to same seale.) Mesonotuin black, clothed with short, pale pubescence; very convex, and wider than long. Abdomen black above, densely and palely pubescent: subtruneate posteriorly ; exposed portion slightly inore than one-half as long as mesonotiuin ; eonmexryum thick, with long pubescence on edges; slightly and obliquely elevated, (Mnderside brown, merging into black laterally; clothed with whitish hairs, whieh HALF—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 205 are dense and moderately lonw towards lateral margins, but are sparse on ise of sternmm and abdomen, Basal joints and distal half of apical joint of rostrum. blaek; remainder brown; apex reaching beyond anterior coxae, Legs brown, elothed with yellowish hats; coxae of intermediate and posterior limbs widely separated. Anterior legs a little shorter, but stouter than last pair, which are but half as lone as the intermediate pair, Anterior femora subequal in length to tibiae; distal end of outer side of tibiae closely set with stout, short setae; inner inferior marein apically produced, and, with a comb, consisting of about seventy teeth, ocenpying three-sevenths of its length; apex of tibiae bifvreate, and on outer part slopme obliquely away from articulation of tarsus; anterior tarsi less than one-half as long as tihae; composed of three segments, the first ninnte and almost invisible, the second short and one-third as long as the stout terminal segment. Intermediate and posterior fulehra conspienous, curved, projecting well beyond body, Lntermediate tibiae scarcely shorter than femora and two-fifths longer than tarsi, the first joint of which is one-third longer that second, Posterior tibiae almost as long as femora and twice as long as tarsi, The secoud segment of which is nearly three-fourths longer than the first. Leneth, 1-4 mm.; width, -85 min. to -87 inm, ? Form widely ovate, not widest at middle of mesonotum, Size larger and eonunexivim wider than in male, Leneth, 1-96 mm.; width, 1-2 mm. THIRD (?) INSTAR NYMPH. Fig. 84, d. Form somewhat ovate, a little less than half as long again as wide; broadest behind mesonotim, Antennae stout, four-fifths as long as total length of inseet : proportions of segments much as in adult, but basal joiutlet of flagellum not apparent. Anterior legs very stom: tibiae not apically produced on inner side, less than twiee as long as the sinele-jointed tarsus. Intermediate femora and tibiae equal in leneth; tibiae about one-third longer than tarsi, whieh (when cleared and mounted) appear somewhat obscurely two-jointed, the hyo segments subequal in length. Posterior legs short and moderately stout; femora scarcely longer than tibiae, which are more than half as long again as single-jointed tarsi, Clothing comparatively sparse. Length, -85 mm.; greatest width, 575 mm, FINAL NYMPHAL INSTAR. Fig. 84, e. 9 Form ovate, more than half as long again as greatest breadth: widest 206 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuskuM behind mesonotum. Antennae moderately stout, slightly more than two-thirds as long as total length of insect; basal joimtlet of fagellum very tiny. Anterior legs stout, tibiae not apically produced; tarsi nniseementate, thickened towards apex, less than half as long as tibiae. Intermediate femora slightly longer than tibiae, which are one-third longer than tarsi; tarsi two-jointed, the first joint a little longer than second. Posterior femora longer than tibiae; tarsi sinele- jointed, more than one-half as long as tibiae. Clothing much more pronounced than in nymph previously described, but hairs of legs and antennae not so dese as in imag, Length, 1:44 tmm.; greatest width, -925 mi, Hab. Timor Sea; Cartier Island (type loc.); Western Australia; Pelsart Islands (A. M. Lea). The type specimens of this interesting species were taken “Sunder blocks of voral, below high-water mark’? (7), Cartier Island is nearer to Timor than to Australia, being 175 miles from our north-western coast. Bergroth remarks that H, maritima ‘is probably the only insect of Cartier Island.’* The Hout- mans Group is quite close to the mainland of Western Australia, and Mr. Lea captured the examples deseribed above, wider stones on a Pelsart reef, many years ago; four adult males, a damaged adult female, and two nymphs were preserved. The imagoes agree well with Bergroth’s deseription, excepting thert the segments of the posterior tarsi cai scarcely be said to be *'longitudine sub- aequalibus’’, The sex of ihe type is not stated, but in length (2 anu.) it agrees with the female now examined, MICROVELIA Westwood. Wierovelia Westw., Anu, Sov. Ent, France, iii, 1834. p. 647; Amy. & Sery., Hem,, 1843, p. 421; Doug. & Seott, Brit, Hem,, 1865, p. 574; Sahil., Medd. Soe. Fann. Fl. Fenn., i, 1876, p. 88. Hydroessa Buri, Uandh.. ii, 1835, p. 218; Fieh., Europ. Hen, 1861, p. 33, 104; Stal, Ilem. Afr., iii, 1865, p. 167. Type, Mierovelia pulchella Westwood, These small black bugs are taken on quiet streams and backwaters, or on isolated pools, rather than on the surface of rapidly moving water. They have not been extensively collected in Australia, indeed few specimens ave to be found in our museums, In 1916 Bergroth deserihed M. wustralieu, taken twenty years before by the Horn Expedition in Central Australia; this is the first vecord of the genus for our region, [ have examined specimens taken by Dr. Mjobere in the northern half of the continent, others captured by Mr. Nicholson in New (T) See also Wilker, Mat, Month, Mag, xxix, 1898, p. 229. HAlLE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 207 South Wales, a few collected by Mr. A. M. Lea, anc those taken by inyself im South Australia, Seven species ave now listed for Australia. Food. Bueno (*) fed Mieravelia americana with flies, aid Hungertord (") deseribes in interesting detail the manner in whieh another American species (M. borealis) impales Ostracods by thrusting the beak between the hard valves of the crustaceans, Butler (1) suggests that, in the case of the European J/. reticulata, ** Pond water may possibly be sufficiently charged with organi¢e matter to vield all the sustenance such minute inseets need’’. This author notes the observations of Bueno and Hungerford, but remarks that ‘*. americana is much larger than our species”. There is little doubt, however, that all species are camnivorous, and capable of subduing animals as large as themselves. Some notes on feeding are herein given for the two South Australian species, one of which, like WM. borealis, is no larger than the aforementioned European species, The Australian species may be separated by the structure of the antennae; also, as mentioned aboye, the anterior tibial comb of the male is a specific character of some interest. These are the main differeuces utilized im the follow- ing key, The *‘hulb of insertion’? is not ineluded in the length of the first segment of the antenmae, aud the basal joimtlet of the third segment is ineluded in the length of that sevment, KEY TO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES. a. First segment of antennae distinctly longer than second, b. First segment of antennae longer than third, «¢. Fourth segment of antennae long, more than twice as long as second; anterior tibial comb of male less than one-fourth the length of inner margin of tibiae .. . =a L. Ocean. ee. Fourth segment of antennae short, less) than one-third longer than second; anterior tibial comb of male one-half the length of inner marein of tibiae = .. howens?, bb. First ee nt of antennaé not longer ‘than third. d. Fourth sewuent of antennae more than two- thirds as long again as second segment ; anterior tibial ¢comb of male at least one-half the length of inner margin of fibiae. Form elongate; antennae long and slen- dev: anterior tibial comb of male almost two-thirds the length of inner marein of tibiae oe a. -. miobergi. (4) Bueno, Can, Ent., xlii, 1910, p. 176, () Hungerford, Bull, Univ, Kansas, xxi, 1919, p. 188, (10) Butler, Biol. Brit. Hem,-Wet,, 1928, p. 239. 208 NHCORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM eo. Form stout; antennae shorter and stouter; anterior tibial comb of male little more than one-half the leneth of inner margin of tibiae : ms dd. Fourth segment of autennae less than one- third ays long again as second seement; anterior tibial comb of male less than one- third the leneth of inner margin of tibiae .. dubia, wa. Kirst segment of antennae shorter than, or subequal in length to, second, f First and second segments of antennae subequal in leneth; hemelytra whitish; vostriun searcely passing prosternum ros ick ae .. austratiea. ff. First seoment of antennae shorter than second: hem- elytra black; rostrum extendimeg to middle of mesosternun al ty bs ir -. melaneholtow. PeCrUNLOena, MICROVELIA OCEANICA Distant, Mierovelia oceanica Dist., Nova Caledonia, Zool, i, 1914, p. 383, pl. xii, fie. 10-11, Macropterous &. Narrow, widest across humeral angles of pronotium, Head black, dull, sparsely clothed with whitish pubescence, and with a patch uf bluish pubescence alongside inner margin of each eye; obsoletely carinate, finely punctate, ancl with seyeral large punctures forming a sub-marginal line Wig. 85. Microvelia oeranica: macropterous male. and apterous male and female, om each side, Antennae brown, darkened at apives of first to third segments aud paler on proximal half of first; short and slender, not as long as head and pronotum together; first seement nearly one-fourth longer than second, subequal in length to third and about three-fifths as long as the fourth, which is move than Iwiee as long as the second. Pronotum black, with posterior margin narrowly HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 209 hbordercd with davk oehraceous, and with an anterior sub-amairginal fascia, nol reaching to lateral margins, of same eolour; clothed with pale pubescence; distinetly wider than long, and with an obsolete median carina and prominent litumeral angles: surface dull, finely punctate, with a line of large pimetures al hinder edge of anterior faseia, and another series subanurginal and parallel fo the posterior margin of pronotum. Ilemelytra brownish-black, with a pair of luteous curved markings within central areole, a prominent milk-white spot within apical area, and a more or less distinet hiteous streak within cach remaining areole; not quite reaching to outer edges of connexivum and extending beyond apex of abdomen. Apical seement of rostrum almost black; face dark ochraceous. Rostrum reaching to between hinder edges of anterior coxae, Sternum and underside of abdomen black, with a bluish tinge; dull, clothed with very short, whitish prbescence, Legs slender; acetabula, eoxae, and fulehra ochraceous. Anterior femora ochraceous, with apex brown; a little less than one-fourth longer {han tibiae, which are one-half as long again as tursi; tibial comb very short, oeeupying less than one-fourth of loneth of inner margin of tibiae. Intermediate and posterior femora ochraceous, with apiees and a streak on distal two-thirds of upper and lower margins dark browns rest of lees dark brown, Titermediate libiae sliehtly shorter than femora amd about half as long again as tarsus, the second seament Of which is nearly half as lon@ again as first. Posterior femora not nearly reaching to apex of abdomen, about one-seventh shorter than tibiae, which ave a little more than twiee as lone as farsi; seconcl seoment of tarsus one-third longer than first. Macropterous @. Form slightly more robust than im male. Anterior pibiae about one-third as long again as tarsi. Leneth, 1-7 mm. to 2-4 nim.; width, -7 mm. to -96 mm The hemelytra are very pale brown or whitish i some specimens, while in others they are almost wholly black with but fait indications of areolar markings. Apterous ¢. Form sub-fusiform. Pronotum about twice as wide as medianly long. One or two genital segments visible; Conmexivim more or less erect, Apterous @. Form wider than in male. Connexivum horizontal, ereet or infolded over dorsi of abdomen, sometimes meeting over seventh abdominal seymeril, Colour, Head as in winged form. Pronotum black, with posterior margin yellow or orange and with an anterior yellow or orange fascia, whieh in some specimens reaches to lateral margins, in others is narrow and medianly inter rupted. and is oecasionally covered with silvery pubescence, First dorsal abdominal segment black, brownish or (rarely) red, with av wilhort bliush bloons on median line and posterior margin. Dorsnm of each of remaining abdominal 210 RECORDS Of THE S.A. Musrkum segments wholly black, or with dise brown, varyinely marked with bliish bloom segments five to seven sometimes with velvety black bloom on dise, Connexiviam ranging from black to lemon-yellow with sutures brown: with or without bluish hloom. Sternmn and underside of abdomen wholly black (often wholly coyered with bluish bloom) or lemon-vellow with a bluish streak on sides and the sutures brown, Length, 1-66 mm. to 2 mm.; width, 68 num. to +55 1mm. Hab. New Caledonia (type loe.). South Austvalia: Adelaide, Myponga Swamps, Murray River, Port Wilhinga, and Northern Flinders Ranges (1, M. Hale); Queensland : Cairns (A, M. Lea) ; New South Wales: Myall Lakes (A.J. Nicholson), Broken Till (#. W. Shepherd), Dorrigo; Tasmania: Devonport (A. M. Lea); Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea); New Zealand: Nelson, etv. (J, G. Myers). The distribution of the species is imteresting, As indicated above, the colouration is considerably variable in a long series Of the apterous forme; the shape in dorsal view is variable in the female (less markedly so in tle mule), owing to the different angles assumed by the connexivum., This species is apparently very closely allied to M. maegregor? Kivk. (1), but the specimens before me differ from Kirkaldy’s description of that species in the velative leneths of the seements of the antennae and lees; in W. vecanrea the first and second segments of the antennae are not subequal in length and the first tarsal seement is nof subequal in leneth to the second i either the iter inediate or posterior legs. Distant deseribes a single winged specimen, and states that he examimed a series of the apterous form; he figures the macropterous example (whieh appears to be a female) and an apterous female. The colows: markings of some of the Australian speciinens are as in these ilastrations. M, oceanien is the commoner of the (wo species occurring in South Australia, As with other members of the family, it is gregarious, aud is o¢vasionally found in very considerable mumber ; it commonly inhabits pools with abimdant surface vegetation, but also favours the quieter eveeks, in which it keeps close to the shore, never venturing far out into the stream. At the Myponga swanips are any permanent pools, closed in by dense sernh, and erowded with » dense growth of Myriuphyliiin in summer, Sueh pools contain a variety of stib-aquatie bugs, inseet larvae, Ostracods, ete, and on the surface of many of them this little species oecnrs abundantly, The winged form has heen fale on water standing in buckets and other receptacles. M. oceanic, in company with Mesovelia hungerfordi, appeared regularly each summer, for some years. upon an artificial pond containing Pofamageton and (17) Kirk., Rev, d’Ent., xviii, 1899, p91, and Troms. N. Zeal, Tust., x1, 1907, p. 109, HALE—AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 211 water-lilies, Green aphids lived upon the Jeaves of the waterilies, and, while the sun was shining on the pond, the Wicroveliae were repeatedly seen to spear the ‘*plant-lice’’, A yietim is held at the tip of the beak, with no other support than that of the vosiral stvlets, the beak beina held straight out in front of the head. On one oceasion a tiny bug transfixed an aphid fully as large as itsel!! and, at the first attempt io lift the captive, overbalanced and fell on its back on the surface of the lily leaf; the aphid was not released. The Mieravelia quickly righted sell, and commenced to feed in the usual way. Bueno cleseribes the toilet preparations of M. mnericana: doubtless all species are of necessity equally cleanly. MW. oceanica oeeupies a considerable part of its tine in combing the hairs of the body, legs, and antennae, In wating, the male approaches the female from the rear and, with a sudden little hop, jumps on to her back. Pairs were observed in copula in July, with ihe walter at a temperature of 60° F., and in Jannary, on a tiny pool, with the water at 90° BF. MICROVELIA HOWENSE sp. nov. Apterons ¢. Form narrowly obovate, taperiny, widest at prothorax, three limes longer than wide. Heacl brownish-black, dull, with a shining, black median carina, a raised, shining, black spot near mtevo-lateral angles of eyes, and a few black punetae; with long, pale yellow pubeseenee alongside inner mareins of Mig 86. Mierovelin howense; apterous male and female, 212 RkcORDS OF THE S.A. Museum eyes, and stiff, black hairs towards apex; sparsely pubescent on cise; large and prominent, well produced sub-conically in front of eyes; medial length about equal to width, including eyes. Antennae brown, vlothed with dense, pale pubescence intermixed with longer hairs; rather stout, aud abont as long as abdomen, first segment shehtly eurved, one-fourth longer than second, a little Jouger thai third (whieh is the most slender) and equal in length to fourth. Pronotum black, with an almost interrupted, anterior, yellow fascia; surface doll; dise with very sparse and short yellowish puheseenee, and some stout, hlaek hairs, whieh are thickly set laterally; medial length a little more than one-half humeral width: a very obsolete median carina; posterior margin events vonvex and lateral mareins slightly sinnate. Dorsum of abdomen black, each segment brownish on centre of disc; surface dull, clothed with pale. yellow pubescence; a patch of shining, silvery pubescenee and a few black hairs near posterior angles of metiuotum; seventh segment longer than wide, posterior arin emareginale, Genital segments brown, shining, prominent, the first medianly earinate, Connexivum dark ochraceous, clothed with stiff, black hairs ; sub-eveet. Race yellowish-brown, Ttostrum brown, black af apex; reaching 10 posterior margin of prosternum. Underside drown, it parts blaek, with pubescence almost absent on disc. Surface of stermum sub-nitid, of abdomen dull. Lees long, with coxae, filehra, and basal third of femora, ochraceous ; remainder brown. Anterior femora a little longer than tibiae, which are more than twice as long as tarsi; tibial comb ocenpying the anterior half of the length of inner side, and curving over the apex of the prodaced portion. Datermediate tibiae as long as femora and nearly twice as lone as tarsi. the secoud seement of whieh is one-third longer than first, Posterior femora reaching almost to apex of abdomen: tibiae more than one-fourth longer than femora and scarcely inmore than twiee as long as tarsi, the second joint of whieh is about one-third longer than first. Length, 2:8 mm.; width, 9 mm. Apterous @. Pubescence on dorsum of abdomen extremely sparse. Con- nexivyum bent inwards over abdomen, sub-erect. converging for greater part of length and almost meeting at middle of sixth seement; on posterior half of this sepment the two sides of the comexiviun Form a ip, from whiel) enanates a bunch of setae. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1:1 mm, Hab. Gord Howe Island; Erskine Valley, Mount Gower (A. M. Lea). A series was taken from fresh water in ‘Srockboles’’. This and the previous species are seareely typical representatives of Mieronelia. The long legs are distinctive; the teeth of the tibial comb are very closely set towards the recurved apical portion; in all, there are about ei@hty to ninety teeth in the comb, TALE —AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC HEMIPTERA 213 MICROVELIA MJOBERGI Hale. Vievovelia mjoberg?’ Hale, Arkiv f Zool, K. Svenska Vet-Akad., xvii A, 1925 p. 6, fie. 4, This species is known only from the apterous form, It is allied to AZ, peranoena, but differs in having the antennae longer and more slender, the formu Fig. ST. Wierorelin iijaherdis apterous orale and female, more elongate, and the legs and antennal segments of shehtly different propor. tions; also, the anterior tibial comb of the male is relatively longer, ocenpying nearly two-thirds of the length of the imier marein of the tibiae. Length, 3 mm.: width, 1 mm. Hab, Queensland: Herherton (type loc). MICROVELIA PERAMOENA Hale. Wicravelia peramoena Hale, loc, cit.. p. 8, fix. 5, The following characters separate this from other Australian species : Form robust; macropterous male less than two and one-half times as long as epeatest width; apterons male Jess than three times longer than broad; females i little stonter. Antennae rather short, little more than one-half the total leweth of the insect; first seoment euvryed, one-sixth lon@er than second, a little shorter than third and slightly more than three-fourths as long as fourth. Anterior (ibial comb of male occupying about one-half the length of inner marein of tibiae. Posterior femora not nearly reaching to apex of abdomen, Rostrum extending almost to middle of mesostertiun, 214 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum Macropterous form: Length, 2-35 mm, to 2-55 mm.; width, 1 nun. to 1-3 mm. Apterous form: Length 2-35 mm, to 2-55 mm.; width, -96 mm. to 1:15 mm. Hah. 1 have examined specimens from various localities in South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Western Australia, and Tasmania. This species, and the much smaller and more slender M. oeeaniea, ave the only members of the genus so far met with in South Australia. Tn this State M, peramoena overs commonly in both winged and apterous state, wingless examples being the more plentiful. It is found in greater number on elear, slowly mmning, weedy streams than in any other sittiation, but has also been Big, 88, Mierovelia peramouid; maeropterons mak ond apterous male and female, obtained from (lams, horse troughs, and other staenant waters. | have taken hoth winged and apterous examples from the surface of rainwater retained in smooth pot-holes worn in rocky cliffs near the coast, these temporary pools being destitute of vegetation or shelter of any kind. During a recent visit to the Northern Flinders Ranges this species was observed on the surface of deep, clear, reed-lined pools at the bottom of the heautifol gully through which the Wilpena Pound is entered. The bugs were congregated in little groups wherever a tiny larva had fallen on to these quiet waters from the tall, overshadowing cucalypts, and were busily cneaged in extracting the juices of the caterpillars, As many as nine Mieravelive were observed feeding at the same time npon a caterpillar only 9 mm. in length, MICROVELIA DUBIA sp. nov, t é Form sub-fusiform, two and three-fourths times longer than wide, Head black, with brownish collum; dull, and clothed with pale pubescence, Antennae brown, with golden pubescence. about as long as abdomen: first segment HALE —-AUSTRALIAN AQDUATIC HEMIPTERA 215 a little longer than second and slightly shorter than third ov fourth. whieh are subequal in length, Pronotum sparsely elothed with whitish and black pubes- cence mined; nearly five times as wide as medianly long; ochraceous and sub- nitid on dise, blaek on sides, with posterior marein sinnate: mesonotiam blaels, dul, with hinder margin convex. Dorsal abdominal sewments one to six brownish: blaek, dll, and clothed with sparse, pale pubescence and some stiff black hairs: dorsum of seventh segment brownish-black on anterior two-thirds, ochraceous aud sub-anitid posteriorly, clothed with conspicuous black hairs; wider than lone. Dise of genital seeinent oeliraceous. shining; sides blackish. Connexiyton rediist- Wig. SO, Mierorelia dabias aplorius male aad femate. brown, with clothing as on dorsum of abdomen; sub-ereet. Rostriun oehraceors, with a broad median stripe and whole of terminal sexment blaekish-browu, Steruim brown, and underside of abdomen dark lvown; clothed with very short and sparse, pale pubescence, and with black hates on sides. Coxae, fulelia, aid proxtmal hall of femora ovhracvous; remainder of lees dark Drown. Anterior femora stout, subequal in deneth to tibiae, whieh ave about twice as long as tarsi: tibial comb narrow, less than one-third the length of immer maven of tibiae, litermediate femora subequal in leneth to tibiae, which are about twiee as long as tarsi, Posterior femora a little shorter than tibiae, which are lwo atid one-half times as long’ as tarsi. Intermediate and posterior tarsi will) second segment twice as lone as first. Length, 2-5 nan.; width, -96 mm. 216 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MusEUM 2 Form oval, about two and one-third times lonver than wide, Seventh dorsal abdominal segment short, posteriorly sub-trumeate. Leneth, 2-5 mm.; width, 1:1 mm, to 1-25 mm. Hab, Tasmania: Devomport (type loc.) (A. M. Lea); New South Wales; Mount Kosciusko (A. J. Nicholson). Tn females from Mount Kosciusko the tip of the abdomen is bent down and the coumexiviio is uot at all erect, so that the insects are sub-ovate in form. Mr. Nicholson distovered these specimens ‘‘skatine on the surface of still water amongst the vegetation at the edge of a mountain stream’, Presuming that the speciinens deseribed above represent a phase somewhat similar to that stated by Bergroth to oecur in some apterous Gervids, L have referved this species to Mierovelia. Writing of the thorax of the Gerridae, 3ergroth (1°) remarks, ‘*In the same species it is possible to find two apterous forms, both with well-developed genitalia; one with the pronotiun more or less fused with the mesonotum . . . the other with the mesonotum distinetly separated from the prouotum’’. MICROVELIA AUSTRALICA Bergroth. Microvelia austratica Berg., Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet.. xxix, 1916, p, 38. This small species is evidently very nearly allied to M. oceanied Dist. and M, macgregor Kirk, Bereroth states that the second joint of the antennae is ‘tas long as the first” (as in iW. waegregori), while Distant, in deseribing the antennae of MW. oceantea, says, ‘first joint... slightly longer than secoud’’, Accor. ing to the descriptions this seems the only character of importance separating M. custraliea from M. aeeanien. MICROVELIA MELANCHOLICA Hale. Microvelia melancholicw Hale, loc. cit., p. 5, fig. 3. Maeropterons 4. Borm slender, nearly three times as lone as 2reutest breadth, Antennae about one-half of total length of insect; first seement curved, ad little more than three-fourths as long as second and two-thirds as long as fourth, which is slightly longer than third segment. Anterior tibiae a. little shorter than the stout femora and two and one-third times as long as the tarsi, with a comb occupying about one-third of leneth of inner marein, Litermedinte libiae subequal in leneth to femora and one-eighth as long again as tarsi, the first segment of which is one-fourth longer than seeond. Posterior tibiae one- tenth longer than femora and one-half as long again as tarsi, the first sewment (14) Berg., Ent, Mouth. Mag., xxxvili, 1908, p. 259, HALE -AUSTRALIAN AQUATIC FLLEMIPTERA 217 ef which is nearly one-third longer than second. Rostrum reaching nearly to middle of mesosternum. Length, 2°75 mm. to 2-9 mm.; width, -95 mm, to 1 mm, Macropterous ¢. Form stouter and size larger than in male: abdomen swollen, Z S Fig. 80. Microvelia melancholic; macropterous male; a and b, dorsal view of abdomen of male and female, Leneth, 3:4 mm. to 3-65 mm.; width, 1-2 mm, to 1-25 min. Mab. Queensland: Malanda and Herberton (type loe.). The ihistration shows the differences in the abdomen of the sexes, This (distinct species is readily recognized by the dark colouration, slender form, and the proportions of the segments of the legs and anteunae, 1H is known from the winged form only. PUBLIC LIBRARY, MUSEUM, AND ART GALLERY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA RECORDS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Vol. III, No. 3 Published by the Board of Governors, and edited by the Museum Director EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. Direcror ADELAIDE, JUNE 30, 1927: PRINTED AT THE HASSELL PRESS, 104 CURRIE STREET THE TAVAU OR COIL FEATHER CURRENCY OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary Under the above title, the late Robert Etheridge published a paper, wherein he reviewed the literature of the subject dealt with, and also supplied a lengthy description, so that with one exception apparently little remains to be written. Tue TAVAU or COIL FEATHER CURRENCY or SANTA CRUZ ISLAND By EDGAR R, WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror, Sours Ausraattan Museum. Text fig. 91. Unper the above title, the late Robert Etheridge (*) published a paper, wherein he reviewed the literature of the subject dealt with, and also supplied a lengthy description, so that with one exception apparently little remains to be written, Fig. 1, Tavau, with Triad, (1) Btheridge, Rec, Aust. Mus,, iv, 1902, p. 289, pl. xliy. 22 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM he exception referred to is, however, somewhat important, and forms the subject of the present note, Early this year the Sonth Australian Museum reeeived from Dr. C, Mervyn Deland, of Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Growp, a small bird accompanied by the follow ing note: 1 am sending you a small Toney-cater, the bird that is used to make ‘feather-smouey’ in these islands; they are quite common, ** At the time Etheridge’s paper was written T also was engaged at the Australian Museum, Syduey, and remembering the article, and the mention therein of lorikeets” feathers, J again referred to it. The point at issue is the statement that the red feathers used are those of *‘a lorikeet (Trichaglossus massend Bonpt.)."' T+ would appear, however, that the feathers were uot critic. ally examined, but that the statements of the Rev. Dr. R. H. Codrington (7) were simply accepted and quoted as follows: ** Feather-money is peculiar to Santa Crug: it is made of the red feathers from under the wings of a parrot, Tricho- glossus massena. . . .’*° Edge Partington (*), whose note is also referred to by Etheridge, probably likewise accepted Codrington’s statement, for in deserib- ing his figure of davan in the vollection of the Rey, Alfred Penny he wrote: ‘Native money: made of a band of wood with parrot feathers sewn on to the outer surface.’ The statement of Dr. Deland, supported as it was by an actual bird, led us to examine the specimen of tayau preserved in this Museum, and Dr. A. M. Morgan, our Hon. Curator in Ornithology, says that the feathers composing ou example are certainly those of a Honey-eater, and quite similar to those of the bird sent, which is probably Myzomela boiel. Just at this time I received a letter from another old colleague, Mr. W. W, Thorpe, now Ethnologist at the Australian Museum, drawine attention to the cirenmstanee that an example of the rave featheranoney currency of Santa Cruz liad come into his hands for disposal, and snegesting that if our Museum did not possess an example we might embrace the opportunity afforded of acquiring one. With the previously mentioned information before me, [ wrote to Mr. Thorpe, and asked him to be good enough to examine the specimen originally deseribed by Etheridge, and also that now offered, in order to ascertain the bird of origin of the red feathers used, His reply embodied the following; *‘ Mr. Kinghorn (ornithologist) identifies the fe athers in both examples as of Myz amela, but is uneertain whether to ascribe them to M, borei ov MM. pulcherrima; at all events they are not the Trichoglassus.”’ 5 When previously writing to Dr, Deland, and pr esumming that the feathers of (2) Codvington, The Melanesians, 1891, p. 824. (*) Partington, An Album of Weapons, ete., i, 1890, pl, 165, WAITE—THE TAVAU OF SANTA CRUZ ISLAND 221 the tavauw in the Australian Museum were those of Trichoglossus, as stated, { suggested (o him that it would be interesting to learn if feathers of both the Parakeet and Honey-eater were utilized in making tavau, or if, say, the former had become searee, and that the feathers of the Houey-eater were now being substituted, or viee verse, TL had inclined to the former Trichoglossus, later Myzomela, view because in his letter Mr. Thorpe states that ‘‘the coil under offer is probably the last obtainable, as it was reluctantly made to diseharee a debt ly a9 an old native, the last feather-worker on Vanikoro,’’ who would naturally vise the feathers then obtainable, Seeing that all the three tavaus that have been critically examined with a view to ascertainmg the source of the component Feathers, show that those of Myzomela were used, it will be interesting if Museums or individnals possessing examples will similarly publish the results of examination, The late Sir Edward Stirling, my predecessor in the directorate of this Museum, was aware with what feathers the tavan in the South Australian Museum is decorated, as shown by his label thereon, which reads: ‘*Coil of Feather Money, made of pigeons’ feathers and the ved breast feathers of a Honey-eater fixed to a foundation of vegetable fibre similar to that used for making the Santa Cruz fishing lines, The birds providing the red feathers are caught alive, plucked, and veleased.’’ This information was supplied by the then Bishop of Melanesia, the Rt. Rey. Cecil Wilson, who also donated the example of tavau to the Musenm. On writing to His Lordship, now Bishop of Bunbury, Western Australia, for further details abont the tavau, he very kindly sent me the following information ; ‘A coil of the Santa Cruz feather-money, which has largely lost the red feathers, corresponds to or copper coins. A new red coil is to Cruzians what gold is to vs. T onee offered £2 for a new ved coil, hut the man refused it. Later T found that a small Berkshire pig would buy one, and T imported one for the purpose. “A man buys a wife with one or two red coils and perhaps fifty worn ones. Ata dance, coils of money ave lung on the coral slabs that surround the dancing ground by the man who gives the danee, T saw a min on his deathbed, with his money hanging on the walls of the house; probably it had been divided for legacy purposes. “This feather-money is made by the men; on a wooden spatula, about the width of a coil, pigeon feathers ave glued together and tipped with red. When a sufficient number of these layers have been made, they are bound together with string in such a way that only the red tips of the layers show. “On the card you sent me’’ (wide note on label above), ‘it is stated that the foundation is vegetable fibre: T think this is wrong, for, as far as I remember, 222 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM the only foundation is the pigeons’ feathers. Ls the ‘triad’ of which you write the same as what I have called a spatula? The latter was not triangular, but more a square with a handle.” In response to my further letter, His Lordship supplied the following additional information, which has probably not been previously published : “*T understand now what the ‘triad’ is, but I do not remember ever having seen one, but this must be because these coils of money are more stored than current. They are brought ont on ereat oceasions. A rich man keeps his money over the fire in the middle of his house to keep it dry. On one oceasion, when a fire destroyed a village, every man left his own house to be burnt, in order that he might save the chief's house, where there was a vast store of this money. ‘The coils are unwound, and the money is hung vertically on the walls round the body of the sick or dead man. Red is the colour of importance: at the nose-boring of infants, and at nostril-boring a little later, at marriage, and at death. A Cruzian is painted red when he dies, and he lies with all his ornaments, nose ring, earrings, ete., a red body with red money all round if.”’ Etheridge coneludes his paper by remarking that this feather currency appears to be comparatively rave in collections, and he cites knowledge of the depositories of three examples only. The ‘‘money’? has been twice figured, first by Edge Partington, whose pen sketeh shows it partly uncoiled and as dissociated from the ‘‘three-armed piece of wood (ent out of the solid) invariably found with the ‘parcel’ of feather-money.’’ The second illustration is a photographic reproduction by Etheridge; in this picture the tavau is also partly uneoiled, and it shows the various accessories deseribed in the text, but lacks the three-armed piece of wood. Under these cireumstauces a third figure may not be out of place, and the illustration new supplied is from the specimen referred to by Mr, Thorpe, whom I have to thank for kind permission to reproduce the photograph he sent to me, In this picture the tavau is fully coiled; there are no accessories, such as Jobs’ tears (Coir luchryma), nautilus or mussel shells, but the three-armed piece of wood is present, also a long length of sinnet, which, after passing through a hole in the meeting place of the three arms, is secured hy a knot. This is not shown in Partington’s illustration, and indication of the hole, if present, was omitted. It will be noticed that in both illustrations of the triad it is not a tri-symimetrical, but a Y-shaped object. SUPPLEMENT TO THE CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., DIRECTOR, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary Having been asked to supply a check-list of the marine fishes of South Australia for publication in the Journal of the Pan-Pacific Research Institution, it seems advisable to first record here information published since the issue of the Catalogue. Matter contained in one paper, dated eleven days in advance of the date of publication of the Catalogue, could not be recorded therein, and is therefore entered here. SUPPLEMENT To THE CATALOGUE or rue FISHES or SOUTH AUSTRALIA By MDGAR RK. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Direcror, Sourn Ausrratian Muskum, Plate wiii. Havine been asked to supply a cheek-list of the marine fishes of South Australia for publication in the Journal of the Pan-Pacifie Research Institution, it seems advisable to first record here information published since the issue of the Cata- logue (1). Matter contained in one paper, dated eleven days in advance of the date of publication of the Catalogue, could uot be recorded therein, and is therefore entered here, The supplementary notes are, for the most part, recorded under the follow- ing titles in the publications indicated, and the letter appended to cach entry refers to the paper bearing such letter. The inelusiou of supplementary notes in the Handbook (*) which was based on the Catalogue is indicated by the letter ‘6G. The numbers prefixed to cach entry show the approximate position of the species in relation to those in the Catalogue, as determined by the figures beneath the illustrations, The letters a, b, or e following a number indicate family relationship to the species bearing such number; the letters wc, vy, or 2, on the other hand, merely indicate the approximate position of the species in the list, without implying close relationship, A, 1921, MeCulloch, Studies in Australian Fishes, Ree. Aust. Mus. xii, p. 123. B. 1921, MeCulloch, Notes on and Deseriptions of Australian Fishes, P.L.S., N.S.W., xlvi, p. 457, C. 1922, Waite, Deseription of a New Australian Fish of the 2euus Congiopus. Tee. S.A. Mus., ii, p. 215. D. 1922, Waite, Studies in Australian Sharks. Ree, S.A. Mus.. ii, p. 219. H. 1922, MeCulloch, Cheek-list of the Fishes of New South Wales. Ais- tralian Zoological Handbook No. 1 (originally issued in 3 parts). BF, 1923, Waite, Fishes of Nuyts Archipelago, Trans. Roy. Soe. S.A., xIvii, p. 95. (1) Waite, Ree, S. Aust, Mus., ii, 1921, p. 1-208, pl. i, text fig. 1-832. (7) Waite, Handbook to the Fishes of South Australia, 1923, p. 1-243. 224 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM G. 1928, Waite, Handbook to the Fishes of South Australia. (See foot- note 7.) H. 1924, Waite, Illustrations of and Notes on some Australian Fishes. Ree. S.A, Mus., ii, p. 479. I. 1926, McCulloch, Biological Results. F.I.S. ‘‘Endeavour,’’ v, p. 157. J. 1926, Norman, Biological Results, F.I.S. ‘* Endeavour.’” v, p. 219. IX. 1926, Norman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 941. As an carly mentor, in Tehthyology, of the late Allan Riverstone MeCulloch, I take this opportunity of briefly expressing my grief at his early demise and of adding my testimony to the excellence of his work on Australian Fishes with both pen and brush, Dr. Charles Anderson, Director of the Australian Museum, Syduey, has published an obituary notiee with portrait and bibliography (*). Corrections and Additions. 8. CARCHARHINUS MACRURUS Ramsay & Ogilby. Carcharias macrurus Rams, & Ogil., Pu.S., N.S.W. (2), ii, 1887, p. 163. According to MeCulloch the species represented by the names (. brachyurus and C. maerurus ave not identical, and that the South Australian representative should be designated as above; he also prefers the correeted spelling of the genus to the original form Carcharinus (B). 13. MUSTELUS ANTARCTICUS Giinther. The figure is imperfect, lacking the anal fin; an illustration by McCulloch is substituted (G). 19. PARASCYLLUM FERRUGINEUM McCulloch, A young example, 168 mm, in length, is deseribed and figured (D). 2). HALAELURUS VINCENTI Zietz. Regarded as congeneric with JZ. analis Ogil. (GQ), APTYCHOTREMA Norman, 1926 (boueainvillii). 38. APTYCHOTREMA BANKSII Miiller & Henle. Rhinobatus banksu Mull. & Henle, Plagiost., 1838, p. 128, 192. Aptychotrema banksti Norman, Proce, Zool. Sov., 1926, p. 978, fig. 30. (4) Anderson, Ree. Aust. Mus., xv, 1926, p. 141, with 2 plates. WAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 225 Norman suggests that R, philippi is a synonym of Rh. grunulatus Cuvier, from India and China; both Australian members being referable to the new genus, hence Aptychotrema bougainvillit and A. banksti, the latter only recog- nized from South Australia (I<). 42. RAJA AUSTRALIS Macleay, Raia australis Mael,, P.L.S., N.S.W., vii, 1884, p. 461, The Tasmanian R. lemprieri differs from the Australian form, which was named as above (GQ). 44. DASYATIS BREVICAUDATUS Hutton. The illustration was from a New Zealand example; that substituted is by McCulloch, from an Australian specimen (@). NEMATALOSA Regan, 1916 (nasus). 54. NEMATALOSA RICHARDSONI Castelnau. Plate xii. Chatoessus richardsowi Cast., P.AS., Viet., ii, 1873, p. 144; Ogil. Kdib. Fish. N.S.W., 1893, p. 178. It becomes evident that the Australian species of Nenataulosa require to be critically exanuned, with a view to determining the synonomy, According to McCulloch (2), N. come and N. ereb/ ave distinet species, the former being marine and the latter of fresh water habit, Five names have been bestowed, as follows: Chatoessus come Richardson, 1846, Western Australia; C. erebi Giinther, 1868, Queeusland and New South Wales; @. richardson Castelnau, 1873, Murray River; C. elongautus Macleay, 1883, Mary River, Queensland; and (. horn{ Zietz, 1896, Central Australia. The case is further stated by Mr. Gilbert P. Whitley, of the Australian Museum, Sydney, who in a recent letter writes: ‘*The name Nematulosa. come may evidently be restricted to the Western Australian form, Chatoessus erebi may perhaps be regarded as a substitute name for C. come Richardson (not diame Russell), in which case it would become a direct synonyii of it, or, as generally accepted, C. erebi may be considered a distinct species deseribed from Hastern Austealia, with Richardson’s species apparently ervou- 3 cously included as a synonym.’’ Mr, Whitley says he prefers the latter interpre- tation, as Giinther made no reference to Richardson's type in his catalogue. He adds: ‘‘Nemalalosa richardsont Cast. seems to me to be distinet from N. erebi, as one might expect from the distance apart of the type localities. Ciinther says 226 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM of C. erebi, ‘Origin of the dorsal fin... . behind the base of the ventrals,’ whilst in Castelnau’s (. richardson the ventrals are placed a little behind the vertical from the imsertion of the dorsal’?; and further: ‘The New South Wales species, called Nematalosa come in MeCulloch’s Cheek-list (p. 17), may be distinct from NV. come Richardson; if it is not N. nasis Bloch it evidently requires a ney name.’ Mr. Whitley says that, not haying a representative series of specimens, his remarks ave largely based upon a review of the literature. Ogilby (vide supra) has furnished a careful description of a Murray River specimen, aud this will suffice; attention may, however, be drawn to an apparent diserepaiey: he writes: “Nostrils approximate, piereed in a lateral groove midway between the tip of the snout and the orbit; the anterior small, elliptical, and vertical; the posterior large and subcirentar.”’ tn our examples from near the mouth of the River Murray the anterior nostril is nearly circular, the posterior one a long, vertival slit, Under N. erebe Giinth. MeCulloch placed Chatoessius horn’ Zietz as a prob- able synonyvin, remarking that it is apparently merely a slender yariety of that Spucies. Apart from the outline figure of C. fern, supplied by Zietz, and whieh species may not be vouspecifie with N. richardsoni, no illustration of the latter species bas hitherto been published; the accompanying picture is from a Murray River specimen, taken in this State, Length, 320 mm, The Bony Bream attains fo over 400 mm. Castelnau (4), Klunzinger (*), and Ogilby (loc. eft.) all refer to a paper by W. Blandowsky ("), from which, however, four pages, containing two plates, were deleted. My. Whitley, who has seen the original plate, says that C. riehard- soni is depicted there as fig. 2 on plate lex; he has furnished me with some interesting notices of the paper, but as he announces his intention of supplying bibliographical accounts of seyeral obscure writers on Australian Natural History, more cannot here be written. IT may, however, reprint Castelnau’s explanation of the withdrawal of the pages from Blandowsky 's paper: ‘‘ A rather curious anecdote is told me of this production, The author had, avcording to the custom of naturalists, dedicated several of the sorts to leading members of the Society ; bnt some of these gentlemen are said to have taken as an insult what was probably intended as a compliment, and the letterpress and plates already engraved were withdrawn and destroyed before distribution, To must own that T cannot say much for the scientific value of the paper, but T have found in it (4) Castelnau, P\Z.8, Viet,, i, 1872, p, 31. (5) Klonzinger, Sitab. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xxx, 1879, p. 327. (8) Blundowsky, Trans. Phil. Cust. Viet., ii, 1857 (1858), p. 124-157, sens je 141-134 inel. WAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 227 a few observation on the habits of several sorts of the interior rivers.’’ Nine papers by Blandowsky, of which that here noticed is the sixth, are recorded in the *‘ Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific papers,’’ 1800-1863, 1, p. 417. Faminy ALEPOCKPHALIDAE., ALEPOSOMUS Gill, 1884 (copei). 56x. ALEPOSOMUS SQUAMILATERUS Alcock. Nenodermichthys squamiluterus Aleock, Ann. Mae, Nat, Hist. (7), ii, 1898, p. 148. Aleposomus, Rouleina, squamnilaterus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 168, pl. xliv, fig. 1 (syn.). The first known Australian examples were taken by the ‘*Endeavow’’ in 390 to 450 fathoms in the Australian Bight, south of Eucla (1). DIAPHUS Eigenmann & Higenmann, 1891 (eneraulis). 66a. DIAPHUS COERULEUS Klunzinger, Scopelus coeruleus Klunz. Verh. K. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, xxi, 1871, p, 152. Diaphus coeruleus (Gilbert) MeCull., Endeavour Res., v., 1926, p. 160, pl. xliii, fig, 1, 2 (syn.). . The specimens recorded were taken in the Australian Bight, south and south-east from Eucla, at depths ranging from 200 to 450 fathoms (1). Famity GONOSTOMIDAE. POLYMETME McCulloch, 1926 (illustris). 66x. POLYMETME ILLUSTRIS McCulloch. Polymetme illustvis MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 167, pl. xly., fig. 1. Specimens were taken in the Australian Bight in 200 to 450 fathoms, also off Gabo Island Victoria (1). ARGYRIPNUS Gilbert & Cramer, 1897 (ephippiatus). 66y. ARGYRIPNUS IRIDESCENS McCulloch. Argyripnus ividescens MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 169, pl. xly, fig. 2. Taken in the Australian Bight in 200 to 450 fathoms (1). bo bo co RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Orpver LYOPOMI. Famity HALOSAURIDAE. HALOSAURUS Johnson, 1863 (owen). 66z, HALOSAURUS PECTORALIS McCulloch. Halosaurus pectoralis MeCull., Endeavour Res., vy, 1926, p. 171, pl. xliti, fig. 3. Two specimens taken in the Australian Bight, south from Huela, in 350 to 450 fathoms (1). 67-69. For Faminy SILURIDAE read PLOTOSIDAE (G). 73, ANGUILLA REINHARDTII Steindachner. A new figure is published in the ILandbook (G), 75. MURAENICHTHYS BREVICEPS Giinther. No complete figure being available, an example, 545 mm. in length, was photographically illustrated in the Ilandbook (G). 76-95. Orpver SOLENICHTHYES In 1902 Boulenger (*) proposed the name Selenichthyes as a division of the Catosteomi to include only the family Lamprididae, which he regarded as being sub-ordinal with the Hemibranchii (stieklebacks, ute mouths, bellows fishes, ete.), Lophobranchii (pipe fishes and sea horses), and ILypostomices (Pegasidae, sea moths), Later Regan (*) used the very similar name Solen- ichthyes (for the Centriscoids, but afterwards added the Aulostomoids anid Lophobranchii) to designate an order embracing some of the families of 3oulenger’s Hemibranchit and Lophobranchii. This inter-velationship ander two sueh similar names is confusing, and a statement from Mr. Regan, more clearly defining the position, would be wel- cvomed by systematists. PHYCODURUS Gill, 1896 (eques). 9), PHYCODURUS EQUES Giinther, The illustration of this remarkable fish is from a photograph taken by my colleague, Mr. H. M. Hale (G). (7) Boulenger, Ann, Mag, Nat, Hist. (7), x, 1902, p. 147. (8) Regan, Ann, Mag, Nat. Ilist. (5), iii, 1909, p. 84. WalITE—FISHES OF SouTH AUSTRALIA 229 LEPIDORHYNCHUS Bleeker, 1879 (villosus). 100. LEPIDORHYNCHUS DENTICULATUS Richardson. The generic name Lepidorhynchus has precedence over Optonurus. La his paper Mr, MeCulloch inadvertently credits the generig name to Richardson (1). COELORHYNCHUS Giorna, 1805 (laville). 100a. COELORHYNCHUS FASCIATUS Giinther. Macrurus fasciatus Giinth., Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 1, 1878, p. 24. Coelorhynchus Paranacrurus fasciatus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 177. Not uncommon off the eastern slope of Bass Strait; taken in the Australian Bight in 190 to 450 fathoms (1). MALACOCEPHALUS Giinther, 1862 (laevis). 100b. MALACOCEPHALUS LAEVIS Lowe. Maerurus laevis Lowe, P.Z.8., 1848, p, 92. Malacocephalus laevis MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 181, pl. xvii. Taken in the Australian Bight im 350 to 450 fathoms (1). LIONURUS Giinther, 1887 (filicauda). 100c. LIONURUS NIGROMACULATUS McCulloch. Lionurus nigromaculatus MeCull., Endeayour Res., v, 1926, p. 182. Macrourus mgromaculatus MeCull, Ree, Aust. Mus., vi, 1907, p. 846, pl. beiii, fig, 1. Also known off New South Wales and Victoria; the ‘‘ Endeavour’? trawled examples in the Australian Bight in 350 to 450 fathoms (1). 103. PHYSICULUS BACHUS Forster. A substituted figure, showing the ¢haracteristic black spot at the upper base of the pectoral fin (G). EUCLICHTHYS McCulloch, 1926 (polynemus). 1031. HUCLICHTHYS POLYNEMUS McCulloch. Buelichthys polynenus MeCull., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 174, pl. xliv, fig. 2. Numerous specimens taken in the Australian Bight in 190 to 450 fathoms (1). 120a, ATHERINA MICROSTOMA Giinther, Atherina microstoma Giinth., Cat, Fish, Brit. Mus., 111, 1861, p. 401. The figure in the Handbook is after MeCulloch (G). 230 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM 125. MUGIL CEPHALUS Linnaeus. Mugil cephalus Lann., Syst. Nat,, ed. x, 1758, p. 316. Mugil dobula Giinth, 1861, is regarded as a synonym of M, cephalus (G). APOGONOPS Ogilby, 1896 (anomalus). 150a, APOGONOPS ANCMALUS Ogilby, 1896, p. 24. Specimens collected at Kangaroo Island in 1926 constitute a new record for South Australia. Apogonops anomalus Ogil., P.L.8., N.S.W., xxi ? TEMNODON Cuvier, 1817 (heptacanthus). 159. TEMNODON SALTATOR Linnaeus. In the ‘*Genera of Fishes’? Dr. David Starr Jordan (*) gives reasons for replacing Pomatomus with Temnedon (GQ). Many of the nomenclatorial changes here made are the result of consulting this most useful work and its supplement (1°), 171. SCORPIS GEORGIANUS Cuvier & Valenciennes. Our form, which is frequently banded, is referable to the type species from King George’s Sound, Western Australia (G). 172, Delete in favour of 171 (Gj, MELAMBAPHES Giinther, 1863 (nigroris) je 175, MELAMBAPHES ZEBRA Richardson. This species is not congenerie with Crenidens tephracops Rich, (G). 177. CHELMONOPS TRUNCATUS Kner. The figure supplied is from the original illustration of Kner (G@). Famiry APLODACTYLIDAE. DACTYLOSARGUS Gill, 1862 (aretidens). 185a. DACTYLOSARGUS ARCTIDENS Richardson. Aplodactylus arctidens Rich., P.Z.S., 18389, p. 96. Aun addition to the known fauna of South Australia; a specimen described and figured (HH). (9) Jordan, ‘*Genera of Fishes,’? i (with Evermann), 1917; ii (1919); iii (1919); iy (1920). (10) Jordan, ‘*Classifiention of Fishes’? (1923). WaAITE—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 23) 189. THREPTERIUS MACULOSUS Richardson. Refigured from a specimen collected at Pearson Island (F, G). 206. ODAX SEMIFASCIATUS Cuvier & Valenciennes. Odax semifasciatus Cuy. & Val, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiv, 1839, p. 299, pl. eccevil. O. richardsonti Giinth. is a synonym (G). SCARUS Forskal, 1775 (psittacus). 212. SCARUS MODESTUS Castelnau ((G). Dr. Jordan says, ‘‘Searus of Forskal must give way to Callyodon of Gronow if the names of Gronow are to be adopted, This is unfortunate, as Callyedan has been used by most authors as the name of another genus in the same family.”’ 213. SCARUS DUMERILIT Castelnau. See note above, No. 212 (G). PARAPERCIS Bleeker, 1863 (cylindrica). The below-mentioned species are apparently congenerie with P. eylindried. Being preocenpied, the name Parapercis Steindachner was replaced by Neopercis Steind., of which P. ramnsayt is the type. 216. PARAPERCIS RAMSAYI Steindachner ((*). 217. PARAPERCIS HAACKEI Siteindachner ((:). 218. PARAPERCIS ALLPORTI Giinther (G). 221. PSEUDAPHRITIS URVILLII Cuvier & Valenciennes. Refigured from a Tasmanian example (HH). 2234. CALLIONYMUS APRICUS McCulloch. Callionymus apricus MeCull, Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 209, pl. liv, fig. 2. Deseribed from a single specimen taken in the Australian Bight mm 350 to 450 fathoms (1). 225. SCOMBER COLIAS Gmelin. Delete the note under the figure (‘‘Correetions’’ and @), fd 228. GOBIUS BIFRENATUS Kner. A different figure, after Kner, is supplied (G). 232 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM 232. GOBIUS FILAMENTOSUS Castelnau. Believed to he a synonym of No, 228, @. bifrenatus (G). CALLOGOBIUS Bleeker, 1874 (hasseltii), 234. CALLOGOBIUS HASSELTII Bleeker, var. MUCOSUS Giinther. See note under ‘ Corrections’* and G. 239. NEOBLENNIUS FASCIATUS Castelnau. This fish is so contradictorily defined that it is eliminated (G), 245a. OPHICLINUS AETHIOPS McCulloch & Waite. Ophiclinus aethiops MeCull. & Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, 1918, p. 57, fig. 29. Specimens of this and the following species have heen taken at Kangaroo Island, and constitute additions to the fauna of South Australia (G). 245b, OPHICLINUS VARIUS McCulloch & Waite. Ophiclinus varius MeCull. & Waite, Rec. S.A. Mus., i, 1918, p. 57, fig. 80. See note under foregoing species (CG). 253-255. Sus-Orper OPHIDIOIDEA. This heading, to embrace the Families Brotulidae and Ophidiidae, was inadvertently omitted from the Catalogue (G), ARNOGLOSSUS Bleeker, 1862 (arnoglossus). 2561. ARNOGLOSSUS MUELLERI Klunzinger. Pseudorhombus maellert Klunz., Arch, fur Naturg., 1872, p. 40. Arnoglossus nuelleri Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 245 (syn.). An addition to the known fauna of the State. Specimens were taken in the ‘“Hndeavour’’ off St. Francis Island in 35 fathoms (J). 256hb. ARNOGLOSSUS BASSENSIS Norman. Arnoglossus bassensis Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 246, fig. 6. A young example taken in Investigator Strait; if of this species, it consti- tutes a new record for South Australia (1). 257. RHOMBOSOLEA PLEBEIA Richardson. Delete from the South Australian list (G), WAITR—FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA 233 258. RHOMBOSOLEA TAPIRINA Hutton, Rhombosolea tupirina (part) Giinth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv, 1862, p. 409; and Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 284. In the paper quoted Mr, Norman has published the results of investigations on the Flatfishes of Australia and straightened out the intricate synonomy of the croup. P. vietorive Cast. is believed to be a synonym of RK. tapivine (J). 261a. AMMOTRETIS BREVIPINNIS Norman. Ammotretis brevipinnis Norm., Endeavour Res., v, 1926, p. 268, fig. 11. A new species, deseribed from a single small specimen taken in St. Vincent Gulf (J). AZYGOPUS Norman, 1926 (pinnifasciatus), 261h. AZYGOPUS PINNIFASCIATUS Norman. Azygopus pinnifaseiatus Norm., Endeavour Res., y, 1926, p, 262, fiz. 10. South Australian examples of this new species were trawled in from 100 to 450 fathoms in the Australian Bight. It was also taken off Gabo Island, Victoria (J). Faminy CYNOGLOSSIDAE. CYNOGLOSSUS Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822 (lingua). 262x. CYNOGLOSSUS BROADHURSTI Waite. Cynoglossus broadhursti Waite, Ree. Aust. Mus., vi, 1905, p. 73, pl. viii, fig. 2. Two specimens taken off the mouth of the River Murray bring this species, first described from Western Australia, into the South Australian list (J), 279, CONGIOPUS LEUCOPOECILUS Richardson. The tail in the figure of this species is obviously incomplete, and probably approximates to that of C, leucometopon. 2791, CONGIOPUS LEUCOMETOPON Waite. Congiopus leucometopon Waite, Rec, S.A. Mus., ii, 1922, p. 216, fig. 353. Known only from two beach-driven specimens taken at Glenelg, South Australia (G). 28). GNATHANACANTHUS GOETZEEI Bleeker. A new figure and description are supplied (H). 285, PLATYCEPHALUS HAACKEI Steindachner. It is suggested that No. 286—P. semermis De Vis—is identical with Stein- dachner’s species (CG). 234 RECORDS OF THE §.A. MUSEUM 291. PARATRIGLA VANESSA Richardson, This species is removed from the genus Lepidotrigla on account of its spinigerous lateral line (G). 292. PARATRIGLA PAPILIO Cuvier & Valenciennes. Trigla papilio Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, 1829, p. 80, pl. Lxxiii, McCulloch said that he was unable to find characters to distinguish 7. pleura- canthica and 7, papilio (BK and G). 307. CANTHERINES BROWNII Richardson. The figure under this name to be fransferred to No. 310, C. guntheri Macl. (@). 310. CANTHERINES GUNTHERI Macleay. The figure under No, 307 is of this species, MeCoy’s identification beme incorrect (Gr), SPHEROIDES Lacepéde, 1798 (tuberculatus). 325, SPHEROIDES TETRAGONUS Forster. The genus Spheroides differs from Tetraodon in having the nasal tentacles perforate (GQ). 326. SPHEROIDES PLEUROGRAMMA Regan. Tetrodon pleurogramma Regan, P.ZS., 1902, p. 300, pl. xxiv, fie. 2. Delete Tetrvaodon richer and illustration, and substitute the above, of which S. lacriinosus Waite is a synonym, Tlhistrations of S. plewrogramma have been published by both Regan and Waite (IT). 327. SPHEROIDES LIOSOMUS Regan. See note under No. 325 (@). ALLOMYCTERUS McCulloch, 1921 (jaculiferus). 330, ALLOMYCTERUS JACULIFERUS Cuvier. The genus differs from others of the Family in having all the spines fixed and three-rooted. MeCulloch’s figure is reproduced in the Handbook (G). INOSCYVHOlIA VSOTVLVYNAN ‘Top SALIVA “YE AVERT ‘IIIX S3LVIg ‘III “104 ‘WOASOIW ‘W'S ‘O4Y AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS (MYSIDACEA) BY W. M. TATTERSALL, D.SC., PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, CARDIFF Summary In response to my request for Australian material belonging to this group of Crustacea, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide, was good enough to submit to me for examination the small collection available in that Museum. Mr. Herbert M. Hale has kindly kept a special look out for specimens, and has forwarded from time to time additional material for examination. To both these gentlemen I am very much indebted for the trouble they have taken to obtain Mysids for me. As a result of their efforts I am able to record here ten species of the group from South Australian waters, of which no fewer than seven species are new to science. AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS (MYSIDACEA) By W. M. TAT'TERSALL, D.Sc., Proressor of Zoorocy, Universiry Coniecr, Carpirr. Text figs. 94-105. In response to my request for Australian material belonging to this eroup of Crustacea, Mr, Edgar R. Waite, Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide, was good enough to submit to me for examination the small collection available in that Musetm. Mr. Herbert M. Hale has kindly kept a special look out for specimens, and has forwarded from time to time additional material for examination, To both these wentlemen I ain very much indebted for the trouble they have taken to obtain Mysids for me. As a result of their efforts [ am able to record here ten species of the group from South Australian waters, of which no fewer than seven species are new to science, T have ineluded in this report records of specimens kindly viven to me by the late Professor 8. J. Johnston, of the University of Sydney, in 1914, and material collected by myself in Tasmania in the same year, Practically no attention has been paid to the Mysidacea of Australia. No species are recorded in Haswell’s catalogue. The Challenger Expedition col- lected three species in Port Phillip, all new to science, described by Sars under the following names, Psendomma australe, Anchialus angustus, and Mysidopsis incisa. The only subsequent record of any species from Australia is by Zimmer (8), who described Anisomysis australis from Port Phillip. Siriella thompsonit (M. Edw.) has been recorded from Australian waters both by Sars (5) and Colosi (2), but as this is a widely distributed, truly oceanic species it can hardly be regarded as properly belonging to the Australian marine fauna. The number of Australian species of Mysidacea hitherto known amounts, therefore, to four, and as these were all collected in the same locality, Port Phillip, some indication is given of the amount of work which still remains to be done before the Mysid fauna of Australia can be said to be at all adequately known. All but one of the known Australian species of Mysidacea, Psendomma australe, are included in the small collection received from the South Australian Museum, so that this report may be considered as covering all that is at present known of the Mysidacea of these waters. There is nothing yery peculiar or distinetive about the Mysid fauna of Australia as revealed by the present collection. Tts affinities, as far as can be 236 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM eleaned from this material, lie with the Indian Ocean and Western Pacifie fauna. The genera Siriella, Leptomysis, Anisomysis, and Heteromysis are represented in hoth areas, and the species are closely allied. The genera Paranchialina and Australomysis are so far peculiar to Australia. The most striking fact in the collection is the absence of the genus Tenago- mysis, which is so characteristic of New Zealand waters. Six species of the genus were collected off New Zealand in considerable quantities by the ‘‘Terra Nova’ (Tattersall, 6), and altogether nine species of the genus are known, all from these seas; its absence from Australian waters is therefore somewhat remarkable. Famity MYSIDAE. Sup-Famity STRIELLINAE. SIRIELLA Dana. This genus already includes a large number of species, but none of them has up to now heen recorded from Australia, if we except the oceanic species, S. thompsonii, recorded by the ‘‘Challenger’’ on its voyage from Sydney to Wellington. In the collection submitted to me by the South Australian Museum there are three species of this genus, all of which appear to be new to science. They may be distinguished by the following key : 1. Large; rostral plate hardly produced in the mid-dorsal line, but produced into prominent pointed shoulders over the eyes .. it * js = .. halei sp. nov, 2. Small; carapace not produced into shoulders over the eyes. (a) Rostral plate broadly rounded in the mid-dorsal line and hardly produced at all, Telson broadly linguiform in shape, with three pairs of spines on the apex. Sixth joint of the thoracie limbs un- divided. Spines on inner uropod not in series .. vincent? sp. Tov. (b) Rostral plate produced into an acute triangular plate. Telson narrowly lingniform in shape, with only two pairs of spines at apex. Sixth joint of the thoracic limbs divided into two sub-joints. Spines on inner uropod in series or groups .. australis sp. nov. SIRIELLA HALEI, sp. nov. Carapace short, leaving the last thoracic somite uncovered ; front margin of the carapace hardly produced into a rostral plate, broadly rounded in the mid- dorsal line, produced into quite prominent shoulders over the outside margins TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 237 of the eyes, these shoulders quite as long as and much more acute than the median rostral plate; antero-lateral corners of the carapace rounded. Below the median broadly rounded rostral plate is a prominent acute spine, forming a conspicuous Big.95,. Siriella halei; a, dorsal view of anterior end of female (32 diam.); b, antennal seale and peduncle (39 diam.) ; ¢, telson and uropod (39 diam.) ; d, endopod of first thoracic limh of female (39 diam.). pseudo-rostral process. Hyes of moderate size, shorter than the first joint of the antennular peduncle, one and two-thirds times as long as broad, cornea occupying the distal third of the eye, pigment black. Antennular peduncle with the first joint very nearly as long as the second and third combined; third jomt twice as long as the second, with a row of nine or ten long, plumose setae on the inner 238 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM marein; a single long, plumose seta on the inner distal corner of the second joint. Antennal scale not extending anite so far forwards as the antennular peduncle, three times as long as broad, outer marginal spine very prominent, terminal lobe Wig. 96. Siriella halei; a, b, and c, second, third, and eighth thoracic limbs (89 diam.). second joint one and a half times as long as the third; a prominent spine on the outer distal corner of the joint from which the scale arises. The thoracic limbs are best described by reference to the accompanying figures. They are robust in build, much stouter than in any other species known to me, The sixth joint of shorter than broad, slightly over-reaching the marginal denticle, a small distal joint marked off by a distinct suture; antennal pedunele shorter than the scale, TATTERSALL —AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SURIMPS 239 the endopod of the third to the eighth pair ts divided by an articulation into a short proximal and a long distal portion, The basal plate of the exopods is acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and the flagellum of the exopod is composed of eleven or twelve joints, Sixth abdominal somite at least one and a half times as long as the fifth. Telson slightly longer than the last abdominal somite, about as long as the proximal portion of the outer uropod and t wice as Jong as broad at the base, with eighteen spines on its lateral margins, three al the proximal end being larger than the remainder aud separated from them by a short unarmed interval. The remaining fifteen increase more or less regidarly in size to the terminal spines, which are about one-ninth of the Jength of the telson; there is only a single pair of spines at the apex, and between them are three small subequal spinules and a pair of plumose setae. /iner wropods one quarter longer than the telson, with a closely set row of spines on the lower inner margin from the statocyst to the apex; these spines are arranged in series of two, three, or four, the distal five or six spines very large and slightly recurved, with- out smaller spines between them, Outer wropods half as long again as the telson, the distal joint about one-quarter of the whole and one and a half times us long as broad; distal third of the outer margin of the proximal joint with a row of nine graded spines. Pseudobranchial rami of the second to the fourth pleopods of the male spirally coiled; distal setae of both rami of the third and fourth pleopods unmodified, Length, Immature females with the brood pouch just developing, 12 1m. ; apparently mature male, 12 mm. Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms, and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Syntypes im South Ails- tralian Museum, Reg. No, C. 1614. Two immature females and one apparently mature male were collected. This species is evidently a large one, probably veaching 16 mim. when fully grown, In general habitus it recalls such large littoral species as S. armala and N, froutatis, but it is quite distinet from any species known to me in the form of the front margin of the carapace and by the robust character of the thoracic limbs. I have pleasure in assoviating this very wellanarked spevies wilh the name of Mr. H, M. Hale, who has himself collected’ nearly the whole of the material on which this report is based, and who has spared no pains fo meet my request for Australian Mysidae. SIRIELLA VINCENTI sp. nov. Carupace short, leaving the last thoracic somite nucovered; frout margin only slightly produced as a short, evenly rounded rostral plate wot completely 240 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM covering the eye-stalks; a prominent pseudo-rostral spine below the rostral plate and projecting in front of the latter. Hyes of moderate size, as long as the first joint of the antennular peduncle, one and a half times as long as broad, cornae Fig. 97. Siriclla vincenti; a, dorsal view of anterior end of female; 6b, antennal scale and pedunele; ec, d, and ¢, first, second, and third thoracic limbs; f, telson and uropods (39 diam.). occupying about one-third of the whole eye, pigment black, Antennal scale very nearly as long as the antennular peduncle, three and a quarter times as long as broad, marginal spine prominent, terminal lobe about as long as broad, consider- ably over-reaching ihe marginal spine, no distal articulation marking off a terminal joint. Antennal peduncle shorter than the seale, second joint two and a half times as long as the third; a prominent spine on the outer distal corner of TATTERSALL —AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 24) the joi from which the seale arises. The theracie linbs ave best deseribed by reference 10 the acconipanying figures. The first and second pairs are moderately robust and short, the second being considerably shorter than the corresponding limb in S, ausiralis (see p. 254, fig, 99). The remaining limbs are moderately slender, with the sixth joint undivided, as far as [ can see. The basal plate of the exopod is acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and the flagellum ts composed of nine to twelve joints, Sixth abdomine! somite one and a half times as long as the fifth. Telson as long as the last abdominal somite and twice as lony as broad at the base, broadly linguiform in shape, apex rather bvoadly voanded and about one-sixth of the length of the telson in breadth; lateral margins with three large, stout spines proximally, followed by a short unarmed portion, then a series of fifteen spines on each side, increasing generally in size to the apex, Uh last three spines on each side actually on the apex, larger than the rest, the ventral pair about one-eighth of the telson in length; three sub-equal spinules and a pair of long plumose setae, longer than the terminal spines, between the central pale of spines of the apex, Laner wrepeds one-third longer than the telson, with a row of prominent spines on the inner margin, nereasing regularly in size towards the apex, and not arranged in series or groups, Quéer wropads half as long again as the telson; distal joint one and a half times as long as broad; distal end of the outer marein of the proximal joint with a group of five graded spines. Pseudo- bronchial rami of the second to the fourth pairs of pleopods of the male spirally twisted; none of the distal setae of the third and fourth pleopods modified, Length. Three males and eight females; up to 8 mm. for adults of both sexes. Loe. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms (UL. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Australian Museum, Reg, No, C. 1615. Compared with the following species (S. australis), 8. vineenti shows the following points of difference : (1) Rostral plate shorter and bluntly rounded. (2) Antennular peduncle and eye longer and less robust. (3) First and seeond thoracic limbs, especially the second, with the endopods shorter and stouter, (4) Sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs unjointed. (5) Telson broadly linguiform im shape. (6) Spines on the inner uropod not arranged in groups or series, Among the large number of species of the genus already deseribed, 8, vin- venti approaches very closely to 8. quaedrispinasa Hansen (3). The telson has the same broadly linguiform shape and a similar armature, except that ins, vincenti there are three pairs of spines on the apex, the central pair of which 242 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM are the longest, whereas in 8. quadrispinosu there are two pairs of spines on the apex, the outer pair of which are the longer. WS. vineenti, however. differs from 8S. quadrispinosa in the shorter and bluntly rounded rostral plate, in the unjointed antennal scale and sixth joint of the thoracic limbs, in the arrangement of the spines on the inner uropod, and in the fewer number of spines on the outer uropod. SN. vincenti is perhaps still more nearly related to S. hansent Tattersall (6), but has a longer telson and more spines on both inner and outer wropods. In both species the scale is unjointed, and the sixth joint of the thoracic limbs undivided. SIRIELLA AUSTRALIS sp. nov. Carapace short, leaving the last and part of the penultimate thoracic somites exposed; front margin produced into an acutely triangular rostral plate covering the eve-stalks; no pseudo-rostral process observed. Eyes shorter and broader Wig. ¥8, Siriella australis: dorsal view of anterior end of female (22 diam.). than in 8. vineenti, nearly as broad as long, cornea occupying nearly one-half of the eye, pigment black. Anfennular peduncle with the third jomt as long as the first; a long, stout seta on the dorsal surface of the second joint near the inside of the front margin; this seta is as long as the third joint and move robust in the male than in the female, Aztennal scale extending about half-way along the last joint of the antennular peduncle, three times as long as broad, marginal spine prominent, terminal lobe slightly broader than long, and considerably over- reaching the marginal spine, no distal articulation, Antennal peduncle shorter than the seale, second joint three times as long as the third. The thoracic limbs are best described by reference to the acecompauying figures, The first limb is moderately robust and short, but the second limb has the endopod relatively TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 243 mueh longer and slenderer than in S. vineenti, chiefly owing Lo the clongation of the fifth and sixth joints. The remaining limbs are slender and long, with the sixth joint divided into two, the proximal portion slightly shorter than the distal. The uail is relatively long, with a prominent spine on the inner margin. The basal plate of the exopod is acutely pointed at the outer distal corner, and thw flagellum is composed of from nine to twelve joints. Sheth abdominal sonute one and a half times as lone as the tifth. Zelson slightly longer than the last abdom- inal somite, narrowly linguiform in shape, two and a half times as long as broad at the base, apex rather narrow and equal in breadth to one-third of the hase, lateral margins with two prominent spines proximally at the base, followed by a short unarmed portion and then a series of fourteen spines increasing generally in size towards the apex, the last spine the longest and about one-eighth of the telson in length; between the central pair of spines at the apex are situated three equal spinules and a pair of plumose setae as long as the terminal spines. Jner wropod one-third longer than the telson, with a row of prominent spines on the immer margin arranged in series, particularly towards the apex. Oxley wropod only shghtly longer than the inner and about one and a half times as long as the telson, distal joint one and three-quarter times as long as broad, proximal joint with a group of four to six graded spines at its distal end. Lseudo-branchial rami of the second to the fourth pair of pleopods of the male spirally twisted ; none of the setae on the male pleopods modified. Length. Adult male 10 mm. ; adult female 8 mm. Loe, South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms, and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (TH. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Aus- (ralian Museum, Reg. No, C. 1616. Four examples of cach sex were taken. 8. australis may be distinguished from 8. vineenti by the folowing characters : (1) The longer and more acute rostral plate and the absence of a pseudo- rostral spine, (2) The shorter and stouter eyes and antemmular pedinele. (3) Sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracic limbs divided into two sub- joints. (4) Spines on the inner urepod arranged in groups. (5) Telson rather longer and more narrowly linguiform in shape. Among desevibed species of the genus S. austrelis appears to be most nearly related to S. wiadgarts and S. affinis, described by Hansen from the waters of the Kast Indian Archipelago. It differs, however, from both of these species in the imjointed antennal scale, The telson has the same narrowly linguiform shape in all three, and the spines arming its lateral margins increase regularly in length 244 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM towards the apex, and are not arranged in groups. WS. australis agrees with 8. vulgaris in the character and arrangement of the spines on the inner wropod. Fig. 99. Siriella australis; a, antennal scale and pedunele (39 diam.); 6 and e, first and second thoracie limbs (39 diam.) ; d, endopod (distal joints) of third thoracie limb (50 diam.) ; e, telson and uropod (39 diam.). A specimen of Siriella from the following locality, Kingscote, north coast of Kangaroo Island, South Australia, + fathom (H. M. Hale), is probably to be referred to this species, but the telson has been broken off, and its identity must therefore remain doubtful. Some years ago the late Professor 8. J. Johnston gave me some specimens of a Siriella obtained by tow-netting at Port Hacking, New South Wales. The TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 245 specimens are in poor condition, but appear to agree in the main with S. australis, except that the spines on the lateral margins of the telson are more numerous (twenty-two as against fourteen ), Sur-Famiry GASTROSACCINAE Norman, PARANCHIALINA Hansen. Anchialus (pars.) G. O. Sars, 1888, 1885. Paranchialing Hansen, 1910, p. 51. Hansen (3) established this genus for the species, Anchialus angustus G, O. Sars, found by the Challenger Expedition at the entrance to Port Philip, Victoria. Tt is distinguished from Anchialing by the following features: Body is slender, carapace leaving wneovered the whole of the last thoracie somite and part of the preceding somite, first thoracic limb (maxilliped) with a prominent Jobe from the second joint, second and third thoracic limbs withont sexual differences, first three pleopods of the female normal and styliform, last two pairs in the form of transverse lamellae, no pseudo-hbranchial lamellae on the pleopods of either sex, uropod with only two spines near the middle of its outer margin, proximal portion of this margin unarmed. distal portion setiferous. PARANCHIALINA ANGUSTA G. 0. Sars. Anchialus angustus G. O. Sars, 1883, p. 39, and 1885, p, 197, pl. xxxv, fig. 1-18. Paranchialana angusta Hansen, 1910, p. 51. A male and female, and two adult females with brood lamellae and young in the brood pouch are before me. The male is 7 mm. in length, the females are each 8 mm. in length. Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms, and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale), Sars’ description and figures are adequate for the identification of this species, The body is minutely hispid all over, most markedly on the eye-stalks and along the lateral portions of the abdomen. Sars gives the number of spines on the lateral margins of the telson as fram twenty to thirty, in specimens of 10 mm, The present specimens, 8 mm. in length, have only about thirteen to fifteen spines. The pleopods of the male have been deseribed by Sars. He was, however, in error in stating that the exopod of the fourth pair is elongated. Hansen has correctly noted that it is the exopod of the third pair which is clongated. The first and fifth pleopods of the male have only the endopod present, while the second and fourth pairs have both exopod and endopod present and more or less equal in length, 246 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM : Prior to the specimens here recorded, the ‘‘Challenger’’ material of two adult females and one broken male, from the entrance to Port Phillip, comprised the whole of the known specimens of this species. Ti is, therefore, as far as present knowledge goes, only known from Australian waters, Sun-Fammy MYSINAR, LEPTOMYSIS G. O, Sars. LEPTOMYSIS AUSTRALIENSIS sp. nov. Carapace short, leaving the last thoracie somite completely uncovered, from margin produced between the eyes into a triangular, bluntly pointed rostral plate, extending about one-quarter along the basal joint of the antennular peduncle, covering the eye-stalks but leaving the eves themselves exposed; antero-lateral corners rounded, Hyes large, as long as the first joint of the antennnular peduncle, rather longer than broad, cornea oceupying rather more than half the eye. pigment black. Amtennal serie very long and narrow, extending foy quite half its length beyond the anternmular pedunele, eight times as long as broad, setose all round, apex narrowly rounded, a small terminal joint marked off hy a distinet suture. slLntennal peduncle about one-third as long as the seale, second jomt longer than the third. The thoracic limbs are best described by reference to the accompanying figures. They are robust in build. The sixth joint of the endopodl of the third to the eighth pair is divided into three or four sub-joints, the whole joint about as lone as the fifth, nail long and slender, ‘The basal plate of the exopods is acutely pointed af its onter distal corner, and the flagellum is com- posed of eight or nine joints. Sixth abdominal somite one and a half times as Jong as the fifth, Telson slightly shorter than the sixth abdominal somite, entire, narrowly linguiform in shape, gradually narrowing to a bluntly rounded apex, distal part not expanded as in L. /ingaiora, ubout twiee as long as broad at hase, lateral margins armed with about fifty closely-set spines, not arranged in series, gradually increasing in size distally, the terminal pair of spines at the apex about one-ninth of the telson in length, no plumose selac, Jnner wroped one and a quarter times as long as the telson, with a prominent spiniform, blimt projection on the dorsal face of the statoeyst, near the postero-lateral outer commer, visible in dorsal view; inner ventral margin of the uropod with a row of seven spines, increasing in length distally, four of them on the statoeyst, the remaining three distal to the statocyst and widely separated, the last spine lone and stout, and situated about the centre of the lower inner margin; a series of small spinules round the inner margin of the statocyst. Owler wropods about one-third longer than the inner, Pleopods of the characteristic form met with in the genus. The TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 247 exopod of the fourth pair in the male is longer than the endopod, and has modified setae on the last four joints. On each of the third and fourth joints from the apex there is a single very powerful seta, with the distal half trans- versely striated. On the penultimate joint there is a single stout plumose seta, Fig. 100. Leplomysis australiensis; a, anterior end to show rostral plate and eyes (39 diam.); b, antennal scale and peduncle (21 diam.); ¢ and d, first and second thoracic limbs (21 diam.); e, endopod of third thoracic limb (21 diam.); f, fourth pleopod of male (21 diam.); g, distal joints of exopod of fourth pleopod of male (180 diam.) ; fh, telson (39 diam.). while the terminal joint ends in two moderately long and stout setae, which are sparsely plumose. Length. Adult specimens of both sexes, 12 mm, Loc. South Australia; Gulf St. Vincent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms, and 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Syntypes in South Aus tralian Museum, Reg. No. C, 1617. 248 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM This is a characteristic species of the genus, distinguished from deseribed species by fhe vombination of characters provided by the extreme length and narrowness of the antennal scale, the shape and armature of the telson, the sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limbs, anid the fourth pleopod of the male, L have reecived several specimens from Mr, Hale, taken at various points in Gulf St. Vincent, in 5-6 fathoms of water. The species appeara to be quite commou in the Gulf. AUSTRALOMYSIS gen. noy. Mandible with a well-developed molar process; second maxilla with the setiform lobe on the second joint well developed; antennal scale Janceolate-oval in shape, setose all round, with a distal articulation; first thoracic limbs with a large lobe from the second joint and a well-developed lobe from the third, second and third joints not coaleseed; sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the vizhth thoracic limbs divided by one or two articulations; telson eleft, the cleft armed with teeth, but without phimose setae; inner uropods with a row of spines on the immer margin; pleopeds of the male as in the genus Leptomysis, exopod of the fourth pair larger than the endopod, with modified setae on the last three joints; three pairs of brood lamellae in the female, Type. Mysidopsis incisa GQ. O, Sars. The single type specimen, and up till now the only reeorded one, of Mysid- opsis incisa was taken by the Challenger Expedition in Port Philip, Victoria. It was not dissected by Sars, and was referred on other characters to the genus Mysidopsis. In the material forwarded to me from the South Australian Musewm are several specimens which are clearly referable to Sars’ species, but on dissec- tion prove to differ widely from Mysidopsis in the character of the mouth parts and to approach much more ¢losely lo Leptomysis, Tn Mysidopsis the mandible lacks a molar process, the lobe from the second joint of the maxilla lacks the broad setiferous expansion, and the second and third joints of the endopods of the first thoracic limbs are fused. In all these points WM. ineise differs from Mysidopsis and agrees with Leplomysis. Vt is clear that the species cannot remain in the genus Mysidopsis. The species differs from Leptonysis m the form of the telson, which is cleft, the cleft armed with teeth, whereas in Leptemysis it is entire. The fourth pleopods of the male differ slightly from those of Leptomysis, and the sixth joint of the endopod of the third to the eighth thoracic limhs has but one or two articulations. These characters combined appear to be of generic yalue, and T therefore propose this new genus to include Mysidopsis incisa G, O. Sars and a second species found in the present material. The genus is not unlike Doxemysis, but lacks plumose setae at the apex of the telson, [t differs from Mysidetes in the characters of the pleopods of the male. TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 249 AUSTRALOMYSIS INCISA G. 0. Sars. Mysidopsis sneise G. O. Sars, 1884 and 1885, p. 202, pl. xxxv, fig. 21-23. Thirteen females and five males, up to 7 mim, in length, were taken in January of last year. Loe. South Australia: Vivonne Bay, south coast of Kangaroo Island, 3-34 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Sars’ deseription is adequate for the recognition of this species. A few notes on certain features are added for comparison with the new species described helow. The antennal scale is four times as long as broad, with a well-marked distal articulation. The proximal portion of the eye is minutely spiniutose, and the whole eye is broader and more flattened than in the next species. The rostral Fig. i101. aAustralomysis incisa; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male; }, telson and uropods (38 diam.), plate is short and bluntly rounded, and there is a short pseudo-rostral process beneath, The antero-lateral corners of the carapace are rounded. The articula- tions dividing the sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracie limbs are transverse, and not oblique. There is a short but distinet gap between the proximal three and the remaining spines arming the lateral mareins of the telson. The spines on the inner uropod are arranged in series of two or three, except towards the apex. AUSTRALOMYSIS ACUTA sp. nov. Carapace with the front margin produced as a conspicuous acutely pointed rostral plate not covering the eye-stalks; antero-lateral corners of the carapace acutely pomted; below the rostral plate there is a conspicuous pseudo-rostral process tipped by a single seta. Eyes about twice as long as broad, not flattened, cornea occupying the distal third; eye not hispid, Anlennel scale four times as 250 RECORDS OF THE $,A. MUSEUM long as broad, with a distal joint. Thoracic limbs with the endopods having the sixth joint divided by a single oblique articulation into a longer proximal and a shorter distal portion; nail short, with a short spime on the inner margin. Telson Fig 102. Australomysis acuta; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male (89 diam.) ; b, mandible (50 diam.) ; ¢, first maxilla (180 diam.) ; d, second maxilla (50 diam.) ; ¢ and f, endopod of first and second thoracic limbs (50 diam); g, distal joints of endopod of third thoracic limb (50 diam,),. one-quarter longer than the sixth somite of the abdomen, nearly twice as long as broad at the base, narrowing to an apex, which is only one-third of the width at the base, apex cleft. the cleft about one-fifth of the total length of the telson, and armed with teeth on each margin but no plumose setae; lateral margins of the telson armed with about eighteen spines, distributed throughout the entire TATTERSALL—-AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 951 length of the margins, without any unarmed interval, the terminal spine one- ninth of the length of the telson. Jnner urepod only slightly longer than the telson, with a row of twenty-two spines on the lower inner margin from the statoeyst to quite near the apex, these spines becoming longer and more distantly placed distally, but not arranged in groups or series. Outer uropoed one and a half times as long as the telson. P/leopeds of the male essentially as in the genus Leptomysis, Exopod of the fourth pair longer than the endopod, with a powerful plumose seta on the antepenultimate and penultimate joints, the terminal joint with two long, equal, slender, smooth, spiniform sctae. Length. Adult male and female, 8 mm. Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vineent, 6 miles off Semaphore, 6-7 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Fig. 108. Australomysis acuta; a, telson and uropod (39 diam.); b, fourth pleopod of male (39 diam.) ; ¢, distal joints of exopod of fourth pleopod of male (180 diam.). In its other features this species agrees essentially with A. incisa. The figures of the mouth parts which are given to illustrate the characters of the genus are taken from appendages of A. aevta. The mouth parts of A. incisa are 252 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM substantially the same. The main differences between the two species are best summarized in tabular form : A, incisu. A, acuta. (a) Rostral plate short, bluntly rounded. well developed, acute. (hb) Antero-lateral angles — rounded. acutely pointed. of the carapace (c) Eve short and broad, flat- rather longer and nar- tened dorso-ventrally. rower and not flat- tened, d) Telson with a short unarmed — spines of the later mar- portion of the lateral gin forming a con margins. tinuous series. fe) Inner uropod spines arranged in spines not grouped. groups of two or three. ; ‘{) Sixth joint of the divided by two trans- divided by one obliqne endopods of thoracic verse articulations. articulation. limbs The last of these differences is interesting and peculiar. Hansen (3) says that oblique articulations are known only in the tribe Hrythropini, but 1 have already noted them in a species of Doromysis, which also belongs to the tribe Leptomysini. Tree MYSINAE. ANISOMYSIS Hansen. ANISOMYSIS AUSTRALIS Zimmer. A. australis Zimmer, 1918, p. 22, text figs. 27-32. There are before me one female from South Anstralia, and thirteen females and five adult males from New South Wales. [ have nothing to add to Zimmer’s description, with which these specimens agree completely. Port Phillip is the type locality. Length. Both sexes, 5 mm. Loc. South Australia: Vivonne Bay, south coast of Kangaroo Island (H. M. Hale). New South Wales: Port Hacking, in surface tow-net (S. J. Johnston). TATTERSALL -AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS bo wh Ww Trbe HE TEROMYSINL HETEROMYSIS 8S... Smith. HETEROMYSIS WAITEI sp. nov. Carupuce vorpletely covering the thorax, with the front margin produced into a. bluntly triangular rostral plate, not extending beyond the eyes, and in part occluding the eye-stalks. Ayes small, longer than wide, Gornea oveupying less than one-half of the eye in dorsal view, a prominent, acute spine on the upper distal border overhanging the cornea; surface of the eve, except the coruea, spinulose. Anlennulir peduncle with a single stont spine on the inner distal corner of each of the second and third joints. Antennal scule as long us its pedunele, extending half-way along the last joint of the antennular peduncle, two and a half times as long as broad, setae all round, a small distal portion divided off by a suture, Third thorucie bs with the endopod moderately short aid robust, merus rather more than twiee as long as broad, without a provess at the distal end of the inner margin, carpus robust, shorter than the merus, twice as long as broad, immer margin armed with two stout spines in the female and four in the male, each spine with a seta inserted near the tip and a row of minute tubercles on distal margin; propodal joint very short and without spines or processes; dactylus half as Jong as the carpus, aud strongly curved. Remaining thoracic Lintbs with the sixth joint of the endopod divided into nine sub-joints, ol! which the first is the largest; sixth joint equal to the fifth and shorter than the fourth; nail short and curved; outer distal corner of the basal plate of the exopods acuminate. Sicth abdominal somite only slightly longer than the fifth, Telson one and a half times as lone as the sixth abdominal somite, and one anid a half times as long as broad at the base; apex one-third as broad as the hase, eloft one-fifth of the total length armed with eleven or twelve teeth on each side, extending throughout the entire edges; each lobe of the apex with two spies, the outer about one-eighth of the length of the telson and three times as long as the immer; lateral margins of the telson with fifteen to seventeen spines extending throughout the entire margin, an interval of yarying leneth between the last marginal spine and the terminal spines on the apical lobe. Saner wrapad one- quarter longer than the telson, with three ov foru spiues on the inner margin near the statocyst. Outer uroped half as long again as the telson, Length. Adult female, 9 mm,; adult male, 11 min. Loc, South Australias Gulf St. Vincent, Outer Harbour (type loe.), and 9 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms, and 6 miles off Semaphore, 46 fathoms (H. M, Hale). Type in South Australian Museum, Ree, No. C. 1618. 254 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The type female, two males (8-11 mm.), and two immature specimens, were secured. The young examples, 3-5 mm. and 5 mm. in length, differ from adults in the armature of the cleft of the telson, The teeth on the cleft are fewer in Fig. 04. Heleronysis waitei; a, dorsal yiew of anterior end of female (82> diam.) 3 Ul, third thoracic limb of female (38 diam.); ¢, endopod of fourth thoracie limb of female (33 diam.); d, distal extremity of endopod of fourth thoracic limb of female (180 diam.) ; ¢, telson and uropod (32 diam.). number, and do not extend along the entire margin, the distal portion of which is smooth and unarmed. This species is distinguished from the following one by the spine over the eye, the armature of the telson and inner uropods, and the form of the endopod of the third thoracic limb. ‘TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 255 LH. waite: belongs to the sane group of the genus as J/. odentops Walker and HW, aeylunion Tattersall, both of which have spinitorm provesses over the eyes. li; is distinguished from the latter by the armature of Lhe telson, the fewer spines on the inner uvopod, and the larger number of sub-joints in the sixth jot of the endopod of the thoracic limbs. The carpal jonit of the midopod of the third thoracic limb in J/, waited is shorter than in HZ. zeylaniea, and the whole limb is relatively more robust, In the light of the young specimens of 2. wailed in this collection, it seems possible that iny description of J/. zeylanicd is based on young specimens, and the differences between the telson in the two species may mot hold for adults, Lu HU, zeylaniea the teeth arming the cleft are confined to the proximal halt of its Margins, and the spines arming the lateral margins are arranged in two groups, aw proximal and a distal, with a short warmed interval between. From the present observations on //, weitei the former character is certainly juvenile, and it seems not wilikely that with increase in size the unarmed interval on the lateral margins will become oveiipied with spines, HETEROMYSIS TASMANICA sp, nov, Carapace completely covering the thorax, with the front margin produced into a pointed, triangular rostral plate, rather more acute than in //. waife), Lol extending beyond the eyes, aid partly covering the cye-stalks, 2yes small, longer than wide, cornea occupying about one-third of the eye, to acute spine overlapping the cornea, surface of the eve smooth, pigment black. Antennal sealé nearly three times as long as broad, setose all round, almost as long as the antennular pedunele, a small distal portion marked off by a suture, Third horacio limbs with the endopod large and robust, merns more than two and a half times as long as broad, without a process af the distal end of the inner margin, carpus robust, longer than the merus and somewhat broader, nearly three times as long as broad, the inner margin armed with a row of ine or ten spines, each wilh a barbed seta arising from its base, the spines increasing: ut length and stoutoess distally, the last two or three with a blunter apex and one or two subsidiary tubercles on the distal margin, propodal joint small, nail long and curved, with three or four long, barbed setae, as long as the nail, arising at its base. Reniadwiag theracie lambs with the sixth joint of the endopod divided into seven sub-joints; sixth joint shorter than the fifth, whieh in turn is shorter than the fourth; the whole limb rather more slender than in J/. waiter; outer distal corner of the basal plate of the exopod vounded, Sirth abdominal somite one and a third times as long as the fifth. Telsom one and a quarter times as long as the sixth abdominal somite, and as broad as the latter is long at the base; apex one-third as broad as the base; felson cleft for one-fifth of 256 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM its length, the cleff armed with about twelve teeth on each margin, extending the whole length of the margins; each lobe of the apex armed with two spines, the outer about twice as long as the inner and about one-twelfth of the 20 Pig. 105. Heteromysis tasmaniea; a, dorsal view of anterior end of male (32 diam.) ; b aud ¢, third thoracie limb, and endopod of fourth thoracie limb of male (22 diam,) ; d, velson and uropod (32 diam,). length of the telson; lateral margins of the telson armed with about thirteen to fifteen spines on the distal two-thirds only, the proximal third being unarmed. Tnner uropod slightly longer than the telson, with a row of about sixteen spines on the inner margin, extending from the statocyst nearly to the apex. Outer uropod about one-quarter longer than the telson, Length. Adult males, 12 mm. Loc. South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent, 5 miles off Semaphore, 5 fathoms (H. M. Hale). Tasmania: D’Entrecasteanx Channel (type loc., W. M. Tat- tersall). TATTERSALL—AUSTRALIAN OPOSSUM SHRIMPS 257 Three males were secured in Tasmania and one in South Australia, In all these specimens there is a median sausage-shaped process on the sternum of the thorax, attached between the bases of the third thoracic limbs and projecting backwards between the bases of the remaining limbs. There is nothing similar in H. waitet, and in the absence of females I am wnable to say whether it is a secondary sexual character. This species belongs to the /7, harp group of the genus, and Gomes nearest to HW. proxima Tattersall, from Cevlon, from which it is distinguished by the larger number of spines on the inner uropod, by the larger number of sub-joints in the sixth joint of the endopod of the thoracic limbs, and by details of the endopod of the third thoracic limbs. The type specimens were collected by myself when ona yisit to Tasmania in 1914. Lt was therefore not without interest to find a specimen in the collection from South Australia which, though smaller in size, agrees very closely with the Tasmanian specimens, except in the fewer niwnber of spines on the inner uropod (eight) and the fewer teeth in the cleft of the telson (six), characters which vary with age. List of Literature. 1. Colosi G. 1918. Nota preliminare sui Misidacei raccolti dalla RN, ‘Liguria’ nel 1903-05, Bull, Soe, Entom. Ital,, ann. xlix, 1917, p. 1-11. 2. Colosi G. 1920. Raccolte planctoniche fatte dalla R. Nave ‘*biguria,’’ ii,, Fase, UX, Crostacei-Parte iv, Misidacei, p. 224-260, pl. 18-20. 3. Hansen H. J. 1916.) The Schizopoda of the Sihoga Expedition, Siboga Reports, No. xxxvii. 4. Sars G. 0, 1883. Preliminary notices on the Schizopoda of H.M.S, ** Chal- lenger’’ Exped,, Forhandl. Vidensk, Selsk., Christiania, 5. Sars G. O. 1885. Report on the Schizopoda collected by H.M.LS. **Chal- lenger’* during the vears 1873-76, ** Challenger”* Reports, Zoology, xii. 6. Tattersall, W. M. 1922. Indian Mysidacea, Ree. Ind. Mus., xxiv, pt. ivy, p. 445-504, 28 text figs. Walker A. O. 1898, Crustacea collected by W. A. Tlerdman in Puget Sound. Pacifie Coast of North America, September, 1897, Proc. Trans. L’pool Biol. Soe., sii, p. 268-257, -l 8 Zimmer C, 1918. Neue und wenig bekannte Mysidaceen des Berliner Zoologischen Museums, Mitt. Zool, Mus. Berlin, ix, Hft. I, p. 15-26. ON THE STAPHYLINIDAE COLLECTED BY MR. A. M. LEA IN FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA BY MALCOLM CAMERON, M.B., R.N., FE.S. Summary The collection of Staphylinidae here dealt with was recently made in Fiji and New Caledonia by Mr. Arthur M. Lea, Entomologist of the South Australian Museum, and was sent to me by the Director (Mr. Edgar R. Waite) of that institution, in which all the types are deposited. Levuka, Moturiki, Ovalau, Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Levu, Wakaya and Yanuca Lili are Fijian localities, and Noumea is New Caledonian. On ror STAPHYLINIDAE cortecrep py Mr. A. M. LEA IN FIJI ann NEW CALEDONIA, By MALCOLM CAMERON, M.B., R.N., F.E.S. Tue collection of Staphvlinidae here dealt with was recently made in Fiji and New Caledonia by Mr. Arthur M. Lea, Entomologist of the South Australian Museum, and was sent fo me by the Director (Mr. Edgar R, Waite) of that institution, in which all the types are deposited. Levuka, Moturiki, Ovalau, Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Levu, Wakaya, and Yanuea Lili are Fijian localities, and Noumea is New Caledonian. Sup-Faminy OXYTELINAE. ELEUSIS HUMILIS Er. Hab, Ovalau. Widely distributed through the tropics. ELEUSIS APICIPENNIS Fairm. Hlab. Tavenni, Moturiki, Viti Levu, Ovalan, Savu Savi. PARALISPINUS LEAT sp. nov. Shining rufo-testaceous, the fore-parts very finely and very sparingly pune- tured, strigose. Head bifoveate, Antennae and legs reddish-testaceous. Leneth, 2 mm. Closely allied to P?. exiguus Er., and of similar colour, but smaller, the eyes less prominent, the antennae not quite so stout but similarly constructed, thorax longer and iarrower, less deeply sinuate before the posterior angles, median impressed line finer, the ground sculpture less fine. Head impressed on either side within the antennal tubercles, the impressions with a coriaceous ground sculpture, on the dise with a finer longitudinally strigose ground sculpture and with a few very fine punetures. Thorax wider than the head, searcely broader than long, the sides for the auterior three-fourths almost straight and parallel, the posterior fourth gradually contracted and arcuate, foveate near the rect- angular posterior angles; dise with a fine median impressed line posteriorly, and with a few very fine punctures, longitudinally strigose. Hlytra as broad as but longer than the thorax, much longer than broad, each with a setigerous puneture on the dise, and with a similar ground sculpture to that of the thorax. Abdomen ¢oriaceous, each segment with a setiferous puncture on either side of the middle, otherwise impunetate. Hab. Taveuni, Type, 1. 16424. Ovalau. Two examples. 260 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM LISPINUS SULCIPENNIS Blackb, Hab. Ovalau, Viti Levu. Also in Australia. LISPINUS IMPRESSICOLLIS Motsch. Hab, Ovalau. Widely distributed throughout the tropics. LISPINUS SPECULARIS Bernh. (SHARPI Cam.), Hab. Taveuni. Also in the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Seychelles. LISPINUS CASTANEUS Fauv. Hab. Savu Savu, Taveuni, Viti Leyn, Also in Java, New Guinea, Samoa, Seychelles, Australia. LISPINUS SUBOPACUS Kr. Hab. Viti Levu, Ovalau. Also in Ceylon, Sumatra, ete, LISPINUS CURTICOLLIS Fauy. Tab. Noumea. OXYTELUS SEMIRUBER sp. nov. Ilead and thorax ferruginous, subopaque, elytra and abdomen more shining, vellowish-brown, the base of the former and posterior margins of the segments lighter. Antennae with the first four joints testaceous, the rest blackish. Lees testaceous. Length, 1-8-2 mm. 8 Near O. raffrayt Fauv., of the same opacity, but more brightly coloured, head of the same shape but narrower, antennal tubercles much more elevated, front more deeply excavated, the shining frontal impression narrower, eyes smaller, in the middle with an impressed line reaching from the polished frontal impression to the base, the curved postocular line scarcely visible, antennal tubercles and vertex entirely coriaceous, the sides of the vertex without oblique striae, postocular region irregularly wrinkled; antennae as in O. raffrayt but differently colonved; thorax less transverse, longer, and narrower, as broad as thie head, the posterior angles broadly rounded, less coarsely rugulose, the dorsal sulci more defined; elytra more finely sculptured; abdomen vet more sparingly punctured. In female the head is narrower than in the female of O. raffrayi, scarcely as wide as the thorax, the frontal impression less shining, more or less wrinkled, eyes smaller, postocular line absent, vertex with median impressed line extending throughout, the whole surface coriaceous, Hab. Taveuni. Five examples. Type, L. 16425. CAMERON--STAPHYLINIDAE FROM Fijl AND NEW CALEDONIA 261 Sup-Paminy EVAESTHETINAE. EDAPHUS SUMATRENSIS Schauf. Hab. Viti Levu, Ovalau, Sumatra, Timor. Suv-Famimy PAHDERINAE. PALAMINUS LATERALIS sp. nov. Shining reddish-testaceous, the ahdomen dark eastaneous, the whole breadth of the reflexed margin of the elytra (except immediately below the shoulder and against the postero-external angle) black, each dise with an oyal ill-defined brown spot in the middle, not extending to the suture on the lateral ma rein, occasionally absent. Antennae and legs pale yellow. Length, 5 mm, A slender species, easily recognized by the black reflexed margin of the elytra. Head slightly broader than the thorax, the eyes very large, the whole surface with a rather laree, close, and regulary puncturation, Antennae with all the joints longer than broad, the third a little longer than the second, the eleventh longer than the tenth. Thorax a little transverse, the sides evenly rounded from baxe to apex, in the middle of the base with an impunetate keel and a short, narrow impression on either side of it, the pnneturation not quite so coarse as that of the head. Elytra longer than broad, about half as long again as the thorax, rather coarsely and closely punetaured, Abdomen with the usual imbri- eate sculpture, and the whole inseet clothed with long, sparing, yellow pubescence. Hub. Viti Levu, Type, 1. 16427. Tavenni. Three examples. PALAMINUS DIFFICILIS sp. nov, Rufo-testaceous, abdomen castaneous. Antennae and legs pale testaccons. Leneth, 4 mm. Closely allied to P. pennifer Fauy., of the same colony, but differing in the broader build of the head and thorax, the latter is shorter and broader, the median keel less pronounced, aud both being more finely punctured; the elytra are longer and more voarsely rugulose. Hab. Viti Levu, Type, T. 16427. Taveuni. Three examples. PALAMINUS FIJIENSIS sp. nov. Shining reddish-testaceous, the abdomen castancous, the postocular region of the head, the side margins of the thorax, and the postero-external angles of the elytra black. Antennae and legs pale yellow, Length 3 mm, A small, sleuder species, readily distinguished hy the colouration, Head a little broader than the thorax, the eves very large, the whole surface with rather laree, dose puneturation. Antennae slender, the third joint a little longer than 262 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM the second, fourth to seventh elongate of equal length, eighth and ninth shorter but distinctly longer than broad, tenth shorter and stouter than ninth, eleventh as long as the preceding. Thorax transverse, the sides evenly rounded and sharply and narrowly black, the epipleura testaceous; in the middle with an impunctate keel, extending from the base almost to the anterior border, and longitudinally impressed on either side, with a rather large and moderately close puncturation. Elytra broader than and about twice the length of the thorax, the postero- external angle with a black spot, which, however, does not extend on to the reflexed margin; sculpture rather coarse and transversely rugulose. Abdomen with the usual sculpture. Pubescence long and yellow. Hab, Taveuni. Three examples. Type, I. 16428. STILICOPSIS BREVICEPS Fauv. Hab. Ovalau, Also in Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, ete. OPHIOMEDON INCOMPTUS Shp. Hab. Moturiki, Viti Levu, Hawaii. ACANTHOGLOSSA QUADRATICEPS sp. nov. (Bernhauer in litt.) Moderately shining, the head and thorax red, the elytra reddish-testaceous ; abdomen brown, the posterior half of the fifth segment testaceous. Antennae and legs reddish-testaceous. Length, 3-3-5 mm. Near A. testaceipennis Kr. Very similar in colour, but broader, the head larger, with less marked posterior angles, eyes a little larger, sculpture coarser, antennae a little longer, the penultimate joints less transverse, thorax broader, sculpture coarser and more or less longitudinally confluent, elytra more asper- ately punctured. Head as broad as thorax, quadrate, eyes small, sculpture close and umbilicate, with a tendency to confluence at the sides of the disc. Antennae with second and third joints subequal, fourth to seventh moniliform, ninth and tenth transverse. Thorax widest at the rounded anterior angles, the sides almost straight, and converging behind to the broadly rounded posterior angles, with or without a very fine, shining median line in the posterior half, sculpture umbilicate, and more or less longitudinally confluent on the disc. Elytra a little broader and longer than the thorax, longer than broad, rather finely, closely, asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen finely and rather closely punctured, with rather long, close, yellowish pubescence throughout. Hab. Savu Savu, Type, I. 16429, Taveuni, Ovalau. Three examples. In the British Museum a specimen from Lautoka hearing the manuscript name of Bernhauer. CAMERON-—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 263 LITHOCHARIS VILIS Kr. Hab. Taveuni. Widely distributed in the tropics. CALLIDERMA INDICA Kr. Hab. Viti Levu. Also in India. Sus-Famiry STAPHYLININAK. METOPONCUS SEMIRUBER Fauv. var. ?. Hab. Ovalau. PACHYCORYNUS RUFOTESTACEUS sp nov. Depressed, shining rufo-testaceous, elytra testaceous, more or less infuscate posteriorly. Antennae and legs testaceous. Iength, 3-4-5 mm. Much smaller and narrower than P. dimidiatus Motsch., but of similar build, the head and thorax much more closely and less finely punctured, the elytra more closely punctured. Head quadrate, a little longer than broad, the temples parallel, the posterior angles briefly rounded, the base truncate; median grooves short, parallel, much shorter than in P. dimidiatus, the lateral obsolete ; the space between the frontal grooves and an area of equal width extending to the base, impunctate, the rest of the surface moderately coarsely punctured, the temples more finely but equally closely, the punctures umbilicate; ground sculpture distinct, more or less transverse and wavy. Antennae with third to tenth joints transverse, the penultimate ones three times broader than long. Thorax elongate, narrower than the head, widest at the rounded anterior angles, narrowed behind, the sides not sinuate; the whole of the surface, except for a moderately broad space extending the whole length in the middle and the anterior angles, moder- ately finely but not closely, somewhat serially punctured ; the ground sculpture as on the head, but much less distinct. Elytra a little wider, but as long as the thorax, longer than broad, finely and rather closely punctured. Abdomen very finely and very sparingly punctured, with a fine transverse ground sculpture. Hab. Viti Levu. Three examples. Type, I. 16430. PACHYCORYNUS DELICATULUS sp. nov. Very near P. analis Fauv. Of the same size and colour, and differing only in the following respects: The head is shorter, scarcely longer than broad, whereas in analis it is distinctly longer than broad and the puncturation is finer, the thorax more finely and less closely, the elytra very finely but less obsoletely punctured. Hab. Ovalau, Taveuni, Moturiki, Viti Levu. Eleven examples, Type, I. 16430. 264 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM CTENANDROPUS NIGRICEPS Cam, ITab. Moturiki, Taveuni. Four examples. Also in India and Sumatra. CAFIUS NAUTICUS Fairm. Hab. Wakaya, Noumea, Widely distributed on South Pacifie and Indian littorals. CAFIUS CORALLICOLA Fairm. Hab. Yanuea Lili, Noumea. Widely distributed in South Pacifie, Indian Ocean, and Red Sea. Susp-Faminy TACTHYPORINAE. COPROPORUS IMMATURUS Bernh. Hab. Viti Levu, Widely distributed in the Oriental region. COPROPORUS ALUTACEUS Fauv. Hab. Taveuni, Savu Savu, Ovalan, Viti Levu, Moturiki, Numerous examples. Also in New Guinea, ete. COPROPORUS CINCTIPENNIS Fauv. Ilab. Noumea. Sup-Faminy ALHOCHARINAE. BRACHIDA DENSIVENTRIS sp. nov. Near B. crassiuscula Ky. Similarly coloured, but smaller, the head narrower, thorax narrower and less punctured, elytra much more finely punctured, the abdomen finely and densely punctured. Antennae brown, the first three joints and the last testaceous, fifth to ninth joints longer than broad, gradually decreas- ing in length, tenth as long as broad. Length, 2-4—-2-75 mm, @ Seventh dorsal segment with a tuberele in the middle line near the posterior margin; eighth narrowed, the posterior margin with a semilunar excision and a tubercle in the middle line on the margin. Hab. Viti Levu, Three examples. Type, I. 16452. BRACHIDA NIGRA sp. nov. Minute, black, shining, the posterior border of the seventh and whole of the eighth abdominal segments obscure testaceous. Antennae testaceous, the last two joints blackish. Legs testaceous. Length, 1-1-3 mm. Head finely and not closely punctured, finely pubescent, Antennae short, first and second joints subequal, third narrower and about half as long as second, CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 265 fourth to tenth transverse, gradually increasing in width, the penultimate about twice as broad as long, the eleventh short, oval, quite as long as the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest behind at the obtuse posterior angles, the sides narrowed and rounded towards the front, the base finely mar- gined and sinuate on either side, finely, asperately, but not very closely pune- tured, and with a stiff, rather coarse pubescence, the sides before the base with aseta. Elytra a little broader and longer than the thorax, transverse, rather less finely and more closely asperately punctured than the thorax, and with a similar pubescence, at the sides with three setae. Abdomen narrowed from base to apex, finely and not very closely punctured, and finely, sparingly pubescent, at the sides with a few setae. 8 Suture of the elytra anteriorly with a small tubercle on either side; seventh dorsal segment with a keel in the middle line from the base to beyond the middle; eighth with a long, sharp, incurved spine on either side, in the middle with a shorter and more slender spine. Hab. Viti Levu, Type, I. 16433. Moturiki. Two examples. BRACHIDA ELEVATA Fauv. Hab. Noumea. STERNOTROPA BREVICORNIS sp. nov. (*). Shining, black, the head in front and the disc of the elytra more or less reddish, abdomen searcely reddish at the base, the apex obscurely testaceous. Antennae testaceous, the last joint infuseate. Legs testaceous. Length, 1-75 mm, (in extended examples). Near 8. nigra Cam., but a little longer, the puncturation of the thorax dis- tinetly closer, the elytra much shorter and more sparingly punctured, abdomen less closely punctured. Head practically impunctate. Antennae with third joint shorter than second, fourth shghtly longer than broad, fifth as long as broad, sixth to tenth transverse, slightly increasing in width, the penultimate joints about half as broad again as long, eleventh stout, oval, about as long as the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, convex, widest a little behind the middle, the sides rounded, more narrowed in front than behind, the posterior angles rounded, finely, asperately, moderately closely punctured, with a fine decumbent pubescence. Elytra a little broader and as long as the thorax, strongly transverse, with a less fine puncturation than that of the thorax, asperate, and with a similar pubescence, on either side with three moderately strong out- standing setae. Abdomen gradually narrowed from base to apex, finely, moder- ately closely punctured and pubescent, and with a few longer black setae, the (1) This genus is closely allied to Brachida, but is at once distinguished from it by the carinate mesosternum, i 266 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM sides also with setae. The colour of the elytra is variable, sometimes entirely black, sometimes reddish with the sides infuseate, $ Kighth dorsal segment with a crescentic emargination. Hab, Viti Levu, Type, T. 164384. Taveuni, Ovalan. Several examples. STERNOTROPA LONGICORNIS sp. nov. At once distinguished from the preceeding by the longer antennae, but in other respects extremely similar, The antennae have the second and third joints elongate and equal, fourth to eighth distinctly longer than broad, gradually decreasing in length, ninth and tenth as long as broad, eleventh conical, as long as the two preceding towether. In the male the emargination of the eighth dorsal segment is rather deeper. Ilab. Ovalau, Tavenni, Viti Leyu. Type, 1. 16485, GYROPHAENA DISCOIDALIS Fauv. Hab. Wakaya., GYROPHAENA FIJIENSIS sp. nov. Entirely black, shining. Thorax with four quadrately placed punctures. Antennae and legs testaceous. Length, 1-1-2 mm. Very near G. discoidalis Fauy., but entirely blaek and of smaller size, the antennae hot so stont, the seulpture of the elytra more sparing, the abdomen practically impunetate, the fifth and sixth segments without other sculpture than the usual fine coriaceous ground sculpture and the male characters (7). Head bipunctate in front, otherwise practically impunctate, and with scarcely visible ground sculpture, Antennae stout, the fourth fo tenth joints transverse, the penultimate about twice as broad as long. Thorax with four fine quadrately placed punctures on the disc and a few very fine ones towards the sides; ground sculpture very indistinct, Elytra impressed laterally, and with a sparing scabrous seulpture, yet more sparing in the female. Abdomen less shining than the fore-parts, practically impunctate, and with a very fine coriaccous ground sculpture. 8 Seventh dorsal segment before the posterior margin or either side of the middle line with a tubercle; eighth produced on either side into a broad tri- angular process with rounded apex, the outer border and apex thickened and upturned, the margin between the processes truncate, Hab. Taveuni. Seven examples. Type, T. 16436. (2) Tn G, discoidalis Pauv., the male has the eighth dorsal segment narrowed and produced on either side into a short, stout, triangular, bluntly pointed process (somewhat as in G. furcata Motsch), the margin between truneate, The seventh segment without tubercles. CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 267 GYROPHAENA QUADRIPUNCTULA sp. nov. Very near G. quadra Fauy.; of similar build, and with four quadrately placed punctures on the dise of thorax. The female, however, differs in the blacker colouration, the rather less sparing (but similar) sculpture of the elytra, and especially in the last three segments of the abdomen, having a fine, close, scabrous sculpture (in both sexes), whereas in G. quadra these segments are practically smooth. é Elytra more coarsely sculptured; on either side of the suture anteriorly with a tubercle. Eighth dorsal segment on either side produced into a stout, pointed process, the outer margin of which is curved and the inner straight (much as in G. furcata Motsch.), the narrow posterior margin of the segment between the processes truneate. Hab. Viti Levu, Wakaya. Three examples.. Type, I. 16435, DIESTOTA ALTERNANS sp. nov. @ Greasy lustrous; head black, thorax and abdomen reddish; the fourth (visible) segment black; elytra pitchy narrowly rufescent at the base. Antennae blackish, the first three joints and apex of the last testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2:2 mm. Smaller, narrower, and less shining than D. testacea Kr., with less thickened antennae, much more closely punctured head and thorax, and finely, closely, and asperately punctured elytra and rather more finely punctured abdomen. Head finely and rather closely punctured. Antennae with third joint a little shorter than second, fourth as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse, the penultimate joints about half as broad again as long, eleventh conical, as long as the two pre- ceding together. Thorax widest at the middle, the sides evenly rounded and a little more narrowed behind than in front, the posterior angles obtuse, in the middle before the base with a small fovea; puncturation similar to that of the head, but rather closer, finely pubescent. Hlytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, scarcely transverse, finely, closely, and asperately punctured, finely pubescent. Abdomen finely and rather closely punctured in front, more spar- ingly behind, finely pubescent. Hab, Viti Levu. Three examples. Type, I. 164387. APHELOGLOSSA INSULARIS sp. nov. 9 Of the build and colour of Diestota testacea Kr., but narrower, the pro- sternum without a keel, the antennae shorter and less thickened but similarly constructed, the head and thorax more finely punctured, the latter on either side of the median fovea with a row of larger punctures curved outwards and for- wards before the basal margin, the elytra are a little more closely punctured, and 268 RECORDS OF THE S.A. Museum m addition along the suture and on the posterior part of the dise are a few larger pnnetures. The abdominal segments at the base similarly coarsely pune- lured to). testacea, but the rest of the surface obviously more closely punetured, (he cighth segment closely and asperately. Leneth, 2°75 mm. Tub. Ovalan, Type, 1, 16438. Viti Levu. Two examples. APHELOGLOSSA PACIFICA sp. nov. Reddish, a ttle shining, with distinet yellow pubescence, the elytra largely mfuseate on the dise; abdomen more shining, the fourth segment often infusecate. Antennae blackish, the first three joimts and apex of the last testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2 mm. Head broad but narrower ihan the thorax, rather coarsely, closely, and deeply punctured. Antennae short, searvely reaching the posterior angles of the thorax, second and third joints subequal, fourth to tenth transverse, gradually increasing in width, the penultimate about three times as broad as long. Thorax strongly transverse, widest a little before the obtuse posterior aneles, the sides rounded, more uarrowed in front than behind, the base sinnate on either side and broadly produced baekwards in the middle, with a small transverse (lepres- sion, from which emerge a pair of yery obsolete diverging impressions, within the posterior angles obliquely impressed, the whole surface with a fine, close, granular sculpture. Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, wilh a superficial but rather large and close puncturation. Abdomen finely and moder. ately closely punctured in front, more sparingly behind, finely pubescent, and with some longer black setae, the sides distinetly setiferous. Tab, Taveuni, Type. 1. 16439. Savu Savu, Viti Levu. Hleyen examples, PSEUDOPHAENA LUCIDA sp. nov, Very shining; head brownish-red, thorax black, elytra and abdomen pitehy- hlack. Antennae blackish, the first three joints testaceous. Less testaceous, Length, 2 mm. A shining, rather robust species, differing from P, castanea Cam. in the larger and more robust build, longer and thinner antennae, and almost impunetate thorax. Head extremely finely, and very sparingly punietured, narrower than jhe thorax. Antennae extending to the posterior angles of the thorax, (he third joint shorter than the second, fourth, fifth, and sixth about as long as broad, seventh to tenth transverse, the latter about twice as broad as long. ‘Thorax strongly transverse, widest a little behind the anterior angles, the sides rounded in front, more narrowed and almost straight to the obtuse posterior angles, before the seutelluam with a deep transverse impression, from which arises on either side a short diverging sulcus; the puncturation is extremely fine and very sparing, CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 269 Elytra distinetly broader and a little longer than the thorax, transverse, the sides rounded, with a rather coarse but not very close puncturation. Abdomen at the bases of the anterior segments with a transverse row of rather coarse punctures ; elsewhere very finely and very sparingly punctured. § Eighth dorsal segment on either side with a slender spine, between those with four small teeth; on either side of the middle before the posterior margin with a fine keel. Hab. Ovalau. Two examples. Type, I. 16440. HETAIROTERMES LEAT sp. nov. Head, thorax, and elytra shining black, abdomen less shining, pitchy, the apex brownish-testaceous. Antennae and legs testaceous. Length, 2-3 mm, Near I. latebricola Lea, but differently coloured, the thorax longer and less transverse, the sides straighter, and antennae longer. Head much narrower than the thorax, on either side of the dise with five or six moderate punctures, other- wise impunctate and glabrous. Antennae pointed, the joints oblong and com- pressed. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long, convex, the sides nearly straight, and gradually narrowed from the rounded posterior to the rounded anterior angles, with fine, very sparing punctures, each with a short, erect, black seta. Elytra slightly narrower and much shorter than the thorax, strongly transverse, with a similar setiferous puncturation to that of the thorax. Abdomen gradually pointed from base to apex, with an exceedingly fine and close punc- turation, very finely and shortly pubescent, with a few long setae. Hab. Taveuni. Four examples with a termite. Type, I. 16441. CHELDOPHILA ANNULARIS Cam. Hab. Viti Levu, Taveuni, Ovalau. HOMALOTA ANGULARIS sp. nov. Black, greasy lustrous, the elytra testaceous, with the postero-external angles infuseate; abdomen brown, the fourth (visible) segment black. Antennae black, the first two joints reddish-testaceous. Legs testaceons. Length, 3 mm. Seareely differing in size, build, and colour from J/. ecribrum Fauv. (dentieu- lata Cam.), but the antennae are shorter and rather less thick, the thorax is without puncturation, but similarly coriaceous, the puncturation of the elytra a little less close, the abdomen is very much less densely punctured. @ Eighth dorsal segment with the posterior margin gently rounded, and furnished in the middle with a short, blunt tooth. Hab. Ovalau. Two examples. Type, I. 16442. 270 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM ANOMOGNATHUS DEBILIS sp. nov, Linear, parallel, searcely shining, the head and elytra pitchy-black, the thorax and abdomen reddish-brown, the fourth (visible) segment blackish. Antennae black, the first two joints brownish-testaveous. Legs testaceous. Length, 1-75 mm, A little larger than A. brunneicollis Cam. Very similar in build and colour, but much less shinine, the head more finely punctured, the anteuuae a little longer and different male characters, TLead quadrate, the eves rather large and moderately prominent, the temples rather longer, their posterior angles brietly rounded, vather finely, superficially, and rather closely punctured except in front, and with distinet coriaceous ground seulpture. Antennae with the third joint shorter than the second, fourth to tenth transverse, the penultimate fully three times broader than long. Thorax a little wider than the head, slightly trausverse, widest a little before the middle, the sides feebly rownded and navrowed to the anterior angles, more strongly and more straightly narrowed behind to the rounded posterior angles; in the middle longitudinally impressed, scarcely punctured, but very distinctly coriaceous, Elytra as long as but broader than the thorax, as long as broad, very indistinetly punctured, but distinetly coriaceous, like the thorax. Abdomen longer than the fore-parts, very finely, moderately closely punetured, finely pubescent. é Highth dorsal segment with three equal teeth, the lateral ones separated from the median on either side by a deep rounded excision, 9 WBighth dorsal segment with a stout tooth on either side, truncate between the teeth. Hab. Taveuni, Type, I. 16448, Ovalau, Savu Savu. SILUSA (sstr.) BIPLAGIATA sp, nov, Scarcely shining, ihe head and thorax brown, with lateral margins narrowly rufescent; elytra blackish, the base more or less broadly, the suture and apical margin reddish; abdomen black, the apex obscurely pitehy-testaceous, Antennae with the first two and the last joints testaceons. Legs testaceous., Length, 2-7) mm. Var. Uniformly reddish-ochraceous, the elytra more or less infuseate posteriorly. Head finely and closely punctured, finely pubescent. Antennae with second and third joints subequal, fourth as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse, eradually inereasing in breadth, the penultimate joints about twice as broad as long, the eleventh conical, longer than the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest about the middle, the sides evenly rounded but more CAMERON—STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI AND NEW CALEDONIA 271 narrowed in front, the posterior angles obtuse; before the seutellum with a short transverse impression, finely and closely punctured and pubescent like the head. Elytra a little longer and broader than the thorax, transverse, finely, closely, asperately punctured and finely pubescent. Abdomen rather coarsely punctured at the bases of the segments, more finely elsewhere, the seventh segment scarcely more sparingly than the preceding, pubescence rather long and stiff, especially at the sides. é Seventh dorsal segment with a tubercle on the posterior border in the middle; eighth feebly, broadly emarginate, and furnished with about six small, blunt teeth, which are continuous with six small keels; in the middle with a tubercle. Hab. Viti Levu (Type and variety), Ovalau. Several examples. Type, T, 16444. TACHYUSA INSULANA Fairm. Hab. Viti Levu, Wakaya, Moturiki, Taveuni, Ovalau. Also in Samoa. ATHETA (METAXYA) FIJIANA sp. nov. Black, shining, elytra pitchy, with the base and apical margin rufescent. Antennae black, the first three joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 3 mm. In facies resembling Gnypeta caerulea Sahlb. Head broad, but narrower than the thorax, very finely and moderately closely punctured, more sparingly in front. Antennae long and slender, reaching a little beyond the base of the elytra, the third joint distinctly longer than the second, fourth to ninth all distinetly longer than broad, gradually decreasing in length, tenth as long as broad, eleventh as long as the two preceding together. Thorax slightly transverse, widest before the middle, the sides rounded in front, more narrowed and sinuate behind, the posterior angles obtuse, very finely and rather closely punctured. Elytra scarcely as long as but a little broader than the thorax, transverse, more finely and rather more closely punctured. Abdomen very finely and rather sparingly punctured on the first three segments, yet more sparingly on the following, with a stiff and scanty pubesence. Hab, Viti Levu, Type, I. 16445. Ovalau. Several examples. ATHETA (s.str.) BICINCTA sp. nov. Fore-parts greasy-shining, abdomen shining. Head black; thorax red; elytra pitchy, seareely rufescent at the shoulders; abdomen red, the third, fourth, and base of the fifth (visible) segments black. Antennae brown, the first two joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2°75 mm, About the size and build of A. coriaria Ky., but with broader head. Head 272 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM lransverse, rather large, finely and rather closely punctured, and finely pubeseent, Antennae with the third joint searcely longer than the second, fourth very slightly longer than broad, fifth as long as broad, sixth to tenth transverse, the penultimate about one and a half times broader than long, eleventh vonieal, longer than the two preeeding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest about the middle, the sides evenly rounded, the posterior angles rounded; in the middle before the base with an impressed line, very finely and rather closely punetured, finely pubescent. Elytra searcely longer, but a litthe broader than the thorax, transverse, less finely and rather more closely punctured than the thorax, finely pubescent, Abdomen very slightly narrowed towards the apex, the first three segments very finely and rather sparingly pinetured and pubescent, the following yet more sparingly. ¢ Wighth dorsal segment on either side with a long, slender spine, the inarein between crennlate, and separated from the spine by a rounded onmargination, lub. Wakaya. Two examples. Type, I. 16446. THAMIARAEA INSIGNIVENTRIS Fauv. (MIRIVENTRIS Cam.). Zlab. Motuviki. Widely distributed in the Oriental region, PARACYPHEA (*) NOUMEANA sp. nov. Fore-paris greasy-shining, brownish-red, elytra pitehy, obscurely lighter at the base; abdomen shining black, the first two (visible) se@ments reddish, the posterior half of the filth and whole of the sixth reddish-testaceous, Antennae pitehy, the first three joints testaceous. Legs testaceous. Length, 2 mm, Head narrower than the thorax, finely and closely punctured anc pubescent, Antennae with the third joint shorter than second, fourth as long as broad, fifth to tenth transverse, the penultimate twice as broad as lone, the eleventh stout, oval, larger than the two preceding together. Thorax strongly transverse, widest Ht the middle, the sides evenly ronnded and equally narrowed in front and behind, finely bordered, the posterior angles rounded, the base finely bordered, very finely and rather closely punctured and pubescent. Elytra longer, but as broad as the thorax, very slightly transverse, the puncturation slivhtly less fine, but as elose as that of the thorax, Abdomen a little narrowed towards the apex, the first three segments very finely but not very closely punctured, the following yet more sparingly. & Wiehth dorsal segment with three equal triangulav teeth, separated from each other by a rounded cmargination. Hab. Noumea. Three examples. Type, 1. 16447, (%) So far as can be seen without complete dissection, this insect appears to have the sleucture of the genus Parceyplea, DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary In addition to the Staphylinidae dealt with by Dr. Cameron in the preceding paper, a few species represented by single specimens were examined by him and returned as new; the more distinct ones are described herein. Descriptions or NEW STAPHYLINIDAE rrom FIJI. By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromotocisr, Sourn AusrraLian Museum. In addition to the Staphylinidae dealt with by Dr. Cameron in the preceding paper, a few species represented by single specimens were examined by him and returned as new; the more distinct ones are described herein. TETRAPLEURUS SEMIOPACUS sp. nov, Of a rusty red and opaque, but abdomen shining. Head with two large but shallow depressions. Eyes prominent. Antennae not very long, three or four apical joints forming a loose club. Prothorax slightly wider than long, slightly wider than head across eyes, parallel-sided to basal third and then strongly narrowed to base, which is about half the width of apex; with three longitudinal depressions, of which the median one occupies about one-third of the width, and is divided into two parts by a curved ridge, each lateral depression also interrupted in middle. Elytra slightly longer than wide, and slightly wider than prothorax, sides parallel; with six regular ridges on each, alternating with deep grooves. Length, 1-75 mm. Hab. Taveuni. Type, I. 16455. Dr. Cameron returned the type as a new species of Tetrapleurus (7). In general appearance it is much like a small form of two Australian species of Thoracophorus (sculptus and myrmecophilus, originally referred to Glyptoma). The abdomen, antennae, and legs are of much the same colour as the other parts, but as the latter are opaque they appear differently coloured. Under a com- pound power the opaque parts appear to be rather coarsely shagreened or granulate-punctate, and even the abdomen to be finely reticulate. PALAMINUS TRIVITTIPENNIS sp. nov. Pale reddish-castaneous, abdomen, except at apex, somewhat darker, antennae, palpi, and legs flavous; sides of prothorax, sides and suture of elytra with narrow blackish vittae. Moderately clothed with whitish pubescence, longer on abdomen than elsewhere. Head rather strongly convex, with strong punctures. Prothorax about as long as the apical width, sides rounded and diminishing in width to base, with a median ridge on basal half; punctures more crowded than on head. Elytra considerably longer than wide, sides gently rounded, punctures more even than (1) Bernhauer, Verh, z. b. Ges. Wien, 1914. 274 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM on pronotum. Abdomen more than half the total length; four basal segments and part of the next with the nsual eranulate-reticulate sculpture, apex with two long spines and a shorter median one. Length, 4-5 mm. Hub, Vaveuni. Type, T. 16481. About the size of P. difficilis, but prothorax and elytra with conspicuous, although narrow, markings. P. vitiensis appears to he a slightly larger species, with darker abdomen, and with markings on head and middle of pronotum. SCOPAEUS MYRMECOCEPHALUS sp. nov. Dull reddish-eastaneous, legs slightly paler, basal half of abdomen, except fips and sides of the segments, deeply infuscated on upper surface, Rather densely clothed with very short, depressed pubescence, Head longer than wide, sides gently rounded behind the eyes, base evenly iueurved to middle. Antennae extending almost to base of prothorax, second to tenth joints monilitorm, Prothorax distinctly narrower than head, widest near apex, and then strongly narrowed to apex itself. Elytra about one-fourth longer than wide, slightly longer and distinctly wider than prothorax, Length, 2-4 mm. Tab. Yanuea Lil, Type, L. 16460, In general appearance close to the Australian S. ovieollis, but larger, and apex of elytra and basal half of abdomen differently coloured. 8, flanocastaneus, also from Australia, is larger and more uniformly coloured, The apex of the elytra is very little paler than the preceding parts, and the two shades are not sharply limited. The shape of the head strongly resembles that of many small ants of the genus Jredomyrmex. The whole of the upper surface is finely shagreened, METOPONCUS HOPLOCEPHALUS sp. nov. Head, prothorax, scutellum, and antennae of a rather dingy red, tarsi paler, elsewhere deep black, the elytra with a slight bluish gloss. A few hairs on the sides becoming longer about the apex of abdomen, Head (including mandibles) about twice as long as wide, moderately convex, sides parallel from antennae to basal angles, which are rounded off; with four short oblique grooves in front, the inner ones very short, and between them a thin, conspicuous projection about half the length of the basal joint of antennae, and truncated at apex; punuetures small in front, heeoming smaller and sparser posteriorly. Antennae searcely extending to base of head, most of the joints strongly transverse. Prothorax almost as lone as head, and in front almost as Wide, punctures sparse and mostly small, Elytra slightly longer and wider than head, almost impunetate. Length, 7-5 mm, LEA—NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI 275: Hab. Viti Levu, in July. Type, I. 16463. Readily distinguished from all other species known to me by the armed head; in general appearance it is close to M. semiruber, but the elytra and abdomen are entirely dark. METOPONCUS PLATYCEPHALUS sp. nov. Black, abdomen and tarsi reddish-flavous, antennae and palpi more reddish. With sparse hairs scattered about, becoming longer on sides, and more numerous at apex of abdomen than elsewhere. Head very flat, distinctly longer than wide, angles rounded off; with two short oblique grooves on each side in front, and with a faint median line; pune- tures numerous but not crowded, and rather coarse, with a tendeney to become longitudinal. Antennae rather stout, Just extending to apex of prothorax. Prothorax slightly shorter and narrower than head, widest near apex, all angles rounded off; with an impunctate median line, bounded on each side by a row of distinct punctures, near each side an irregular row of punctures, and a few irregularly scattered. Elytra about as long and as wide as head, sutural striae well defined; with fairly numerous well-defined punctures, becoming small on sides. Abdomen with sparse, distinct punctures. Length, 7-5 mm. Hab. Viti Levu, in July. Type, I. 16464. Readily distinguished from M. semiruber by the wider and very flat head, with very different punctures. Hach puncture of the upper surface contains an erect seta or hair. METOPONCUS ERYTHROCEPHALUS sp. nov. Black, head, antennae, palpi, and tarsi reddish, basal two-fifths of elytra flavous. With a few marginal hairs, becoming more numerous about apex of abdomen. Head flat, almost twice as long (including mandibles) as wide, parallel-sided behind antennae, hind angles rounded off, neck very narrow; with a fairly long and oblique groove on each side in front, and a shorter and straight one behind each antenna; with numerous small punctures, and very finely strigose. Antennae just extending to. prothorax. Prothorax shorter and narrower than head, widest near apex, all angles rounded off; with four punctures of moderate size in pairs, and numerous minute ones. Elytra slightly longer and wider than prothorax, with remnants of sutural striae only near base; punctures sparse and ill-defined. Abdomen almost impunctate. Length, 5-5 mm. Hab. Viti Levu. Type, I. 16465. Considerably smaller than all the other Fijian species, and very differently 276 RECORDS OF THE S,A. MUSEUM coloured; the head is not quite as flat as in the preceding species, and its pune- tures are very different. At first glance the head appears to have a few small punctures only, but on close examination in certain lights its whole surface is seen to be very finely strigose. The flayous part of the elytra is somewhat tri- angularly adyanced about the suture; the prothorax at first appears to be as black as the abdomen, but in some lights its Front part is seen to be slightly diluted with red. PACHYCORYNUS PALLIDUS sp, nov. Pale flavo-castaneous, apical half of elytva infuseated. A few short hairs or setae seattered about, and becoming longer at tip of abdomen. Tead rather large and flat, excluding the jaws about one-fourth longer than wide; a small fovea touching each eye; two short medio-frontal grooves; punetures numerous but not crowded, of moderate size, and sharply defined. Antennae about as long as the head, including mandibles, most of the joints transverse. Prothorax distinetly longer than wide, apex almost semicirenlarly rounded; punctures sharply defined, but smaller and sparser than on head, and absent from a rather narrow median line. Elytra slightly longer and wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided; a distinct stria on each side of suture; punctures slightly more numerous than on head, but smaller and less sharply defined. Abdomen with five basal segments almost parallel-sided. Legs rather short and stout. Length, 3-5 mm. Hab. Viti Levu. Type, 1. 16466, The abdomen and femora are somewhat paler than the head, but even this is not very dark. The head has a median impunctate line, which in front appears asa slight ridge between the frontal grooves, COPROPORUS MORULUS sp. nov. Black; muzzle three apical segments of abdomen, and lees of a rather diugsy brownish-flavons, antennae somewhat darker, apex of elytra obscurely reddish. Sides of abdomen sparsely setose, Head with a few inconspicuous punctures, Antennae about as long as the prothorax is wide. Prothorax fully twice as wide as long, base much wider than apex, outlines continuous with those of head and elytra; ahnost impunctate. Elytra slightly longer than the apieal width, and shorter than the basal; pune- tures minute but fairly dense, Abdomen with five strong apical spines. Length, 1-75 mm. Hiab, Ovalau, in June. ype, 1. 16473. A strongly convex species, structurally near C. cinetipennis, but prothorax LEA—NEW STAPHYLINIDAE FROM FIJI 277 black; the colours are much as in C. alutaceus, but that is a smaller and much flatter species. About one-third of the elytra is obscurely diluted with red, but the shades are not sharply limited, and even the tip from some directions appears almost black. The abdomen of the type is much contracted, LEUCOCRASPEDUM CRYPTOCEPHALUM sp. nov, Dark piceous-brown, head, sides, and apex of prothorax, tips of abdominal segments (the two apical ones more widely than the others), and legs paler, antennae still paler, the apical joint shghtly infuscated. Densely clothed with short, depressed pubescence, the sides of the abdomen with numerous black setae or bristles, becoming longer and more numerous about apex. Prothorax semicircular, twice as wide as long, hind angles slightly clasping elytra, punctures scarcely visible. Elytra slightly longer than prothorax along middle, and their outlines continuous with those of that segment, apex gently ineurved to middle; with crowded and small punctures. Abdomen about three- fifths the total length, punctures much as on elytra. Length, 2 mm. Hab. Viti Levu. Type, I. 16475. In general appearance very close to the Australian L. sidniense (some speci- mens of which have the body parts similarly coloured), but antennae thinner (thinner than on all the described Australian species), only the eleventh joint infuseated, and that but slightly, and abdomen with longer setae. The head is completely covered by the prothorax, but as the apex of the latter is semi- transparent, part of it is vaguely traceable from above. The prothorax and elytra, except that the latter are more abbreviated, are strongly suggestive of Sericoderus of the Corylophidae. DIGLOTTA MARITIMA sp. nov. Of a dingy brownish-flavous, legs paler, most of fourth segment of abdomen blackish. With very short, depressed whitish pubescence. Head with hind angles rounded off. Eyes small and lateral. Antennae almost extending to base of prothorax, second joint slightly shorter than first, distinctly longer than eleventh, and about twice the length of each of the others. Prothorax slightly transverse, almost parallel-sided. Elytra distinctly trans- verse, and distinctly shorter than prothorax. Length, 2 mm. Hab. Wevuka. Type, I. 16476. A small, depressed, dingy species, the only specimen of which was taken under a stone well below high tide; the base of its head was crushed at the time of capture, and there is a median depression on the pronotum, which is probably 278 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM also accidental. The head is slightly wider than the prothorax, and about the width of the abdomen near the apex (where it is slightly wider than elsewhere), but at first glance the insect appears (except for its extremities) parallel-sided throughout. Under a compound power the whole of the upper surface appears finely shagreened. ON A NEW GENUS OF WATER BEETLES (DYTISCIDAE) BY ARTHUR M. LEA, F-.E.S., ENTOMOLOGIST, SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Summary During a recent visit of Australian ornithologists and other naturalists to Dungog, in New South Wales, Mr. Charles Barrett obtained some small and singularly interesting water beetles. They have sharply-defined pairs of geminate striae on the elytra, such as are common on many Melolonthides of the scarabaeidae, but an approach to a structure of a similar nature does not appear to be known in water beetles from any part of the world. In many characters, however, they are allied to Antiporus. Subsequently specimens were obtained from Mr. H. J. Carter and Mr. John Hopson. Two species were taken, readily distinguished, inter se, by the front tibiae of the males and by the spots on the elytra. They were obtained when searching for Dryopidae, and of them Mr. Hopson wrote: “The eight-spotted ones are rather plentiful in the cracks of wood lying in still water; the four-spotted ones are not so plentiful”. On a NEW GENUS or WATER BEETLES (DYTISCIDAE) By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S., Enromonocisr, Sourn AUstratian Museum. Text fig. 106. Durine a recent visit of Australian ornithologists and other naturalists to Dungog, in New South Wales, Mr. Charles Barrett obtained some small and singularly interesting water beetles. They have sharply-defined pairs of geminate striae on the elytra, such as are common on many Melolonthides of the Scara- baeidae, but an approach to a structure of a similar nature does not appear to be known in water beetles from any part of the world. In many characters, how- ever, they are allied to Antiporus. Subsequently specimens were obtained from Mr. H. J. Carter and Mr. John Hopson. Two species were taken, readily distinguished, inter se, by the front tibiae of the males and by the spots on the elytra. They were obtained when searching for Dryopidae, and of them Mr. Hopson wrote: ‘‘The eight-spotted ones are rather plentiful in the cracks of wood lying in still water; the four-spotted ones are not so plentiful.’’ BARRETTHYDRUS gen. nov. Each elytron with five pairs of geminate striae. This character alone is sufficient to distinguish the genus from all others recorded from Australasia, and all of those described or figured by Sharp. The under parts approach those of Necterosoma and Antiporus, near which the genus should be placed. From the former (apart from, the elytra) it is distinet by the fourth tarsal joint of the front legs not passing beyond the lobes of the third, although fairly distinct, despite its minute size; the claw joint is also decidedly shorter. The tarsi are much like those of Antiporus. The short basal striae of the pro- notum, the intercoxal process of the prosternum and other parts of the under-surface denote an approach to Bidessus. Fig. 106. B. geminatus. ‘ 1g. 10 x he « Type of genus, B. geminatus. BARRETTHYDRUS GEMINATUS sp. nov. 6 Black, shining; antennae, palpi, tarsi, knees, and trochanters reddish; elytra with three series of flavous spots. 280 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Head with crowded small prnetires, with two feeble oblique impressions ending in shallow impressions near eyes. Antennae thin, extending to about widdle of metasternum. Prothorax move than thrice as wide as long, sides finely margined; with dense punetures, somewhat Jarger than on head, and Usually sharply defined, but becoming irregular about hase, Elytra widest at about basal fourth, each with five well-defined pairs of geminate striae, punctures crowded and small, only sharply defined near sides: epipleurae sharply defined. Pro- sternum with a narrow, lanceolate intereoxal process, shallowly depressed along its middle, aud meeting a raised prosternal process. Tiees moderately long, front tibiae moderately evurved, with a small tooth at the basal third, middle pair rather wide, bisinuate on lower edge; front tarsi with three basal joints inflated, fourth minute, fifth almost as long as first and seeond combined; hind tarsi with joints regularly deereasing in length, but the fifth almost twice the length of the fourth. Twneth, 3-38-25 mm. 2 Differs in being slightly more robust, front tibiae simple, middle tibiae thinner, and tarsi not dilated, Hab. New South Wales: Dungog in October (C, Barrett and H. J. Carter): Allyn River (H. J. Carter and J. Hopson), On the elytra the markings consist of an irregular basal fascia, interrupted before the suture, and not touching the sides, a series of four rather small post- median spots each usually longer than wide, and two subapical spots somewhat larger than the postmedian ones, The tip of the abdomen is usually obsenrely red- dish. On the base of the prothorax the punctures are irregular, and at one-third from each side there is a feehle basal stria, fairly well defined on some specimens, scarcely traceable on others, many of the adjacent punetures are more or less longitudinally confluent. The under-surface has a shagreened appearance, owing to the small size, and crowded and irregular punctures. The tooth of the front tibiae of the male is small and acute, but being at the position where the incurva- tire is strongest, is concealed from most directions. BARRETTHYDRUS TIBIALIS sp. nov. 4 Blaelk; antennae, palpi, most of legs, and tip of abdomen reddish, elytra with four Havous spots. Head with several fecble impressions. Prothorax with crowded punctures becoming longitudinally confluent about base, with a moderately distinct basal atria slightly nearer each side than the middle. Elytra with five pairs of veminate striae. Front tibiae suddenly bent (almost at right angles) in middle, where there is a deep notvh, bounded by a strong tooth; front tarsi moderately dilated; middle tibiae rather wide and flat, except close to hase. Length, 3-5 mm. LEA—A NEW GENUS OF WATER BEETLES 281 9 Differs in having front tibiae simple, the middle pair less dilated, and all the tarsi thinner. Hab. New South Wales: Allyn River at Eeeleston (H. J. Carter and J. Hopson). In general appearance much like the preceding species, and with very similar punctures, antennae, and under-surface, but somewhat narrower, and with different front legs, etc. Of the elytral striae the first and second pairs are conjoined near apex, also the third and fifth, but of these the fifth pair vanish before the middle; on the preceding species the fifth is well defined throughout, except that it is rather weak posteriorly. Of the elytral spots there are two large humeral ones; the others are about half their size, and placed at the apical third, midway between the suture and sides, their positions being intermediate between the postmedian and subapical spots of the preceding species. The middle tibiae are more flattened and less bisinuate on the lower surface, and the front tarsi are less dilated. ON SOME SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION (HYMENOPTERA TENTHRIDINIDAE) BY DR. RUNAR FORSIUS, FREDRIKSBERG (FINLAND) Summary This paper begins with a general view of the Sawflies belonging to the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, and, in addition, descriptions of some new or little known species in the collection of the same Museum are given. The material upon which the paper is based was submitted to me for study by the kindness of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the Museum. All the types of the new species have been returned to that institution. On some SAWFLIES rrom tHE AUSTRALIAN REGION (HYMENOPTERA TENTHRIDINIDAE) By DR. RUNAR FORSIJUS, FreperksperG (Fintanp). THIS paper begins with a general view of the Sawflies belonging to the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, and, in addition, descriptions of some new or little known species in the collection of the same Museum are given. The material upon which the paper is based was submitted to me for study by the kindness of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the Museum. All the types of the new species have been returned to that institution. The genera and species treated in this paper are mainly arranged according to Rohwer’s (6) proposed classification of the group. The Australian fauna, though very interesting, is so far only incompletely known. It is therefore to be hoped that Australian entomologists, especially collectors in the western and central districts, will in future collect more material of this group. The author of this paper will be only too pleased to work on other collections from the Australian regions. A LIST OF THE TENTHREDINOIDEA IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, AND THEIR LOCALITIES. Famity XIPHYDRIDAE. Xiphydria leai sp. nov. Queensland: Cairns district. Famity ARGIDAE. Trichorhachus australis Westw. W. Aust.: Capel River (W. D. Dodd). Famity TENTHREDINIDAE. Caliroa limacina Retz. Tasm.: Hobart and Launceston. Famity PERREYIDAE. Philomastix macleayi Westw. N.S. Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). P. nancarrowi Froge. N.S. Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). 284 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Famity PTERYGOPHORIDAE. Pterygophorus uniformis Kirby. N.S. Wales: Clarence River (A. and FP. R. Aietz). P. analis Costa. Tasm.: Launeeston; S. Aust.: (FW. R. Zietz), Balhannah (4. Guest). P. cygnus Kirby. N.S. Wales; Clarence Rives (A. and F. R. Zietz). P. cyaneus Leach. Queensl.: Bowen (A. Simson) ; N.S. Wales: Sydney UA. M, Lea), Wentworth (Miss Cushman), Cook’s River; 8. Aust. P. interruptus King. §. Aust.: Lucindale (F. Secker and B. A. Feuerheerdt), Victor Harbour, Adelaide GJ. G. O. Tepper), Keith, Tintinara (G, Karraud ), Bull Island; N.S. Wales: Lindfield, Galston (D, Dumbrell), Sydney (A. M. Lea), Colo Vale (W. W. Froggatt), Wentworth Falls (A. Simson) ; Tasm. (A. Simson), St. Helens (FP. M, Littler); N, Queensl. (Blackburn's collec- tion). P, cinctus Klue. ‘Tasm.; Kelso, Launceston; N.S. Wales: Sydney, Lawson, Tlurstville, Eden. P. cinctus, yar, insignis Kirby. Queensl.: Rockhampton (A. M. Lea), Brisbane (R. Midge) ; Tasm, (A. Simson). Phylacteophaga eucalypti Frogg. N.S. Wales: Sydney, bred from eucalyptus leaves (W. B. Gurney). Diphamorphos apicalis sp. noy. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, Adelaide. Polyclonus atratus Kirby. Queensl.: Mount Tambourine. Eurys laetus Westw. Tasm.: (A. Simson); 5. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Bureess) ; Viet, : Mount Buffalo (Rev. T. Blackburn). Neoeurys caudatus Morice. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea), N. tasmanicus Roh. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M, Lea). N. ventralis sp. nov. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain, N, scutellaris sp. noy.: Tasm.: Hobart. N, affinis sp. nov.: 8. Aust.: Port Lincoln, N. leai sp. noy.: 8. Aust.: Ooldea, N. pusillus sp. noy.: 8. Aust.: Mount Lofty Ranges. N. sp. nov. 7. S. Aust.: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). N. sp. nov. 7. Tasm.: Swansea (A. M. Lea). Clarissa carbonaria sp. noy. N.S. Wales: Forest Reefs. CG. variabilis sp. noy.; S. Aust.: Mount Lofty ; Queensl.; Brisbane. C. variabilis var. collaris noy.: S. Aust.: Melrose and Kangaroo Island. C. variabilis var. obscurus noy. 8S. Aust.: Melrose. FORSIUS—SAWELIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 285 Famity PERGIDAE. Cerealces scutellata Kirby. S. Aust.: Adelaide; N.S. Wales: Sydney. Perga dorsalis Leach. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, Blakiston, Nairne, Adelaide, P: P, P. wy td P: P: P. Reynella; Tasm.; N.S. Wales: Blue Mountains, Sydney. schiodtei Westw. W. Aust.: Warren River. kirbii Leach. S. Aust.; N.S. Wales: Sydney. brevitarsis Morice. S. Aust.: Yeelanna, Ardrossan (J. G. O. Tepper), Dow- lineville (— Willis) ; W. Aust.: Beverley (Ff. H. du Boulay), Badgebup. . brevipes sp. nov. S. Aust.: Yeelanna, Kangaroo Island. . polita Leach. S. Aust.: Balhannah (E. Guest), Adelaide, Darke’s Peak, Nairne, Mount Lofty Ranges (S. H. Curnow), Maclaren Vale (Miss Mor- gan), Roseworthy (A. Rohin) ; Queensl.: Coen River (W. D. Dodd), Bowen (A. Simson). . castanea Kirby. N.S. Wales: Wentworth Falls. . esenbecki Westw. W. Aust.: Beverley (E. F. du Boulay), Badgebup. . mayrii Westw. Queensl.: Bowen (A. Simson). . lucida Roh. S. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Burgess); W. Aust.: Beverley (EB. F. du Boulay). . moricei sp. nov. W. Aust.: Boulder. .cressoni Westw. W. Aust.: Beverley (HE. F. du Boulay), Badgebup; 8. Aust. : On mallee. . christii Westw. W. Aust.: Boulder (A. Bethune). . waitei sp. nov. S. Aust.: Murray River. . guerinii Westw. N.S. Wales: Wentworth Falls; 8. Aust.: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). . ferruginea Leach. N.S. Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea). . latreillei Leach. S. Aust.: Lucindale (B. A. Feuerheerdt). . bella Newm. S. Aust. (Rev. A. P. Burgess), Mindarie, Ardrossan, Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper), Adelaide, Balhannah (HE. Guest), Burnside (Prof. Tate) ; Tasm. (A. Simson). bella var. rubripes Roh. 8. Aust. rugiceps sp. nov. S. Aust.: Ardrossan and Kangaroo Island. sp. nov. ?. W. Aust.: Badgebup. Xyloperga halidaii Westw. S. Aust.: Nuriootpa (J. G. O. Tepper). X. amenaida Kirby. 8. Aust.: Kangaroo Island. X. sp. nov. ?. 8S. Aust. tu wo n RECORDS OF THE $.A, MUSEUM DESCRIPTIONS OF AND REMARKS ON NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN SPECLES. XIPHYDRIA LEAT sp. nov. r 3 Head globose, about as broad as the thorax, not shinine; vertex and posterior orbits finely trausversely striated and edged behind with a thin carina; face and front reticulate; ocelli in a low triangle well below the supra- orbital line; postocellar line a little longer than the ocellocular line; ocell- oceipital line about six times as long as the ocellocnlar line; middle fovea small and continued downwards as a narrow medial furrow, which disappears just above the antennae; antennal ¢rest inconsiderable; the anteunae 21-jointed, distinetly tapering towards the apex; intra-autennal space about four times as long as the antennovular space; scape as long as the third joint, which is as long as 4 + 5; pedicel half as long as the third joint; malar space evidently shorter than the width of the mandibles at the base; clypeus not extending over base of mandibles, broader than long, above not distinctly separated from the face, with fine longitudinal furrows, and with a small mediau tooth; thorax above finely reticulate, not shining; middle of the pronotum and the frontal part of the middle lobes of mesonotum move sparsely sculptured and somewhat shining; thorax beneath sparsely sculptured, shining: the mesopleurae, however, above more closely seulptured and not shiniue; abdomen very finely striated across, shining, without bunches of bristles on the sternites; apical sternite pos- teriorly broadly rounded. Head fulyous; antennae, tips of mandibles, and a large spot on the vertex and front dark piceous; this spot is laterally deeply incised with a pale stripe, which reaches nearly to the hind margin of the head; a little above the antennae the spot suddenly becomes narrower, and extends forwards as a narrow stripe to base of elypeus; thorax and legs entirely ochraceous; wings hyaline; costa yellow, stigma and other nervures piceous; abdomen ochraceous, genital armature concolorous, Long. corp., 95 mm,; antenna, 4 mm.; exp. alar., 14 10m. Queensl:; Cairns district. A single specimen collected by Mr, A, M. Lea, after whom the species is named. This interesting new species seems to me to be nearest to VY. flavepicta Smith (10,11) from New Zealand, and to VY. testucea Mocs. (4) from New Guinea, which [ only know from Kirby's figure (1) and from the very brief descriptions. But the new species has entirely piceous antennae and ochraceous thorax and abdomen. FoRSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 287 CALIROA LIMACINA Retz. This species was no doubt imported to Australia from America or Eurasia, and is a serious pest on Pyrus, Prunus, and other fruit trees in all parts of p ; ; the world. PTERYGOPHORUS CINCTUS Klug. Morice (5) was of the opinion that P. distinctus Roh., P. insigms Kirby, and P. zonalis Roh. are only aberrative specimens of P. cinctus Klug, and | think his opinion is correct. DIPHAMORPHOS APICALIS sp. nov. g Robust; head as broad as the thorax, behind the eyes a little enlarged, finely and closely punctured, with fine and short hairs, slightly shining, behind not carinated; vertex about four times as broad as long, laterally lmited by distinet and deep furrows, and in the middle parted by a fine longitudinal furrow; posterior orbits moderately broad; eyes slightly converging down- wards; postocellar furrow superficial ; ocelli in a low triangle, the anterior one in the supraorbital line; postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular and ocelloccipital lines; frontal area distinct, but not much elevated, in the middle slightly depressed and laterally limited by not very deep furrows; below the anterior ocellus a fine impression which reaches to the median fovea; the median fovea is small and rounded; frontal crest moderately developed; antennae as long as the abdomen, 14-15-articulated, tapering towards the apex, and inserted close to the elypeus; pedicel as long as the scape; third joint as long as 4 + 5; the intermediate joints thickened apically, about as long as on the apex broad; clypeus apparently short, above and laterally separated from the front by distinct furrows; anterior margin nearly truncate, but, how- ever, apparently rounded; labrum long, semicircular ; malar space very narrow ; thorax dorsally almost flat, thinly covered with some fine, short, and pale hairs, finely and closely punctured, shining; parapsidal furrows not deep; middle furrow almost wanting, and only in front manifest; scutellum moderately elevated, with some scattered punctures; front wings with the costa a little thickened before the stigma; stigma moderately broad, apically pointed; radial cellule with a very inconsiderable appendice; the first transversocubital nervure obliterated in the middle; legs with the hind tarsi shorter than the tibiae, and hind basitarsus as lone as the three following joints together ; abdomen very finely sculptured, shining ; sheath (from above) short, triangular, apically with long, curved hairs, from the side broadly rounded with nearly straight apex. 288 RECORDS OF THE $.A. MUSEUM Head dark piceous: labrum, base, and middle of the mandibles and palpi whitish yellow; thorax piceous; the angles of the pronotum, tegulae, the hinder sides of the middle lobes of the mesonotum, hind margin of the scutellum, and superior part of the pleurae more or less pale brownish; wings hyaline; base of the costa yellowish, stigma aud nervures piceous; tip of coxae, trochanters, und lees pale yellow, femora below (hind femora with the exception of the over-side dark), and tips of hind tibiae and tarsal joints brownish; abdomen dark piceous, with the hinder parts of the seements more or less paler brown. § The antennae are as long as the body, 20-articulated; the hincd ocelli it the supraorbital line; hypopygium areuately emarginated apically. Thorax dark piceous, nearly black; on thorax only the upper part of the pleurae pale brown; abdomen wholly dark piceous, only the genital armature pale brown; otherwise as in the female, Long. corp.: @ 4:5-5-5 mmm, ¢ 40 mm. Exp. alar.: @ 11-13 um., é 10 mm. 8. Aust.: Mount Lofty (J, G, O. Tepper), Adelaide, 1.5.18 (H. TL. D. Griffith). One female (paratype) from Monnt Lofty in my own collection. N.B.—The specimeus from Adelaide are more pallid (the pallid markings heing larger) on the infolded margins of the abdominal dorsal plates. D. tibialis is near allied to D. niyrescens Rok., but is hardly identical with ihis species, judging from the brief description. The clypeus of the new species is not quite truneate, the yertex is parted by a manifest furrow, and the hind tibiae and tarsal joints are dari apically. POLYCLONUS ATRATUS Kirby. Rolower (8) says that the antenna of the female of this species, beyond the second joint, has a ramus like Plerygopherus, This remark is not sufficient, heeause the antennae of Plesygophorus ave differently constructed. The antenna of the Females is 18-15-jointed, and the rami are about as long as the width of the joint (ef. Morice’s fie. 9, pl. xii, Pterygophorus uniformis) ; besides, the colour uf this species is otherwise not quite black, but of a visible dark green tinge. According to Konow (3), dneylonewa Cam, and Cludomeeru Smith, are congeneric with Polyelonus Kirby, but this opinion, as far as concerned to Aneyla- neura, is vertainly wrong (the antennae of the male of Aneyloneura ave simple, without rami), and the antenna of the figure by Kirby (1) is so differently drawn that, according to my opinion, (ladomacra cannot possibly be a Polyclonus, CLARISSA Newman and NEOEURYS Roh. The differences between the genera Clarissa and Neoeurys are so insignili- vant that these, | think, in future ought to be treated as one and the same genus, FORSIUS—SAWELIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 289 but may be divided into some subgenera. Rohwer (7) primarily separates them by the numbers of antennal joints, but Morice (5), having stated the variability of the antennal joint in this group, Rohwer (9) attempts to use the differences in the length of the clypeus to separate Neoeurys from Clarissa, with little success, however, and the thickness and length of the antennae and legs also vary very much, Most species of Clarissa are without metallic colour in contrast with the metallic coloured Neoeurys, but C. anomocera Roh. and C. inconspicua Kirby are, among others, distinctly of metallic colour. In this paper the author separates both these ‘* genera’? principally on account of the length and thickness of the antennae and legs. See otherwise remarks on the different new species deseribed by him later on. CLARISSA CARBONARIA sp. nov. 2 Head about as wide as the thorax, viewed from the front as long as broad, narrower behind the eyes, finely reticulated, with fine and short hairs, and slightly shining; vertex very short, about four times as broad as long, with distinct lateral furrows, but without postocellar furrow, in the middle parted by a superficial longitudinal impression; posterior orbits narrow; eyes slightly con- verging downwards; the ocelli in a low triangle, the anterior one just below the supraorbital line; ocelloccipital line about half as long as the ocellocular line; postocellar line about one and a half times as long as the ocellocular line; antennal furrows manifest, but not very deep; frontal area moderately narrow, tapering downwards, the sides shghtly elevated from the lateral ocelli to the not very high frontal crest; below the anterior ocellus a broad but shallow impression, which is downwards continued as a shallow furrow to the moderately developed, round median fovea; antennal grooves deep; antennae as long as the thorax, 12-jointed; the third joint is somewhat longer than the fourth, the seventh and the following ones broader than they are long, and on the under-side slightly serrated; supra- elypeal area convex; clypeus short, about three times as broad as long, almost flat, in the front slightly depressed, the anterior margin in the middle truncated, but the side-corners slightly rounded; labrum rounded; malar space moderately short; thorax rather convex, finely and closely reticulated, finely and sparsely hairy, slightly shining; parapsidal furrows feeble, being only deeper in front; middle furrow in front deep, posteriorly almost wanting; seutellum slightly convex; the radial cellule in the front wing's not appendiculated; stigma narrow and strongly pointed; in the hind wings the radial cellule with a distinet appen- dix; legs normal; the hind tarsi apparently shorter than the tibiae; hind )asi- tarsus as long as the two following joints together; abdomen with very fine transverse striae, sightly shining; sheath from above short, not very broad, and 290 RECORDS OF THE $,A, MUSEUM backwards tapering, but apically not inueh pointed, and with some long hairs, viewed from the side longer than the hind tibiae, uarrow, and behind rather narrowly rounded, Wholly black; only the lowest part of the face with a slight green tinge, the palpi brown, and the tips of the femora and bases and spurs of the tibiae dirty whitish-yellow ; wings infuscated with a darker shade below the stigma; abdomen wholly black. Long. corp,, 6 mm. Exp. alan, 12 mm. Antenna, 2-5 mm, N.S. Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea). Probably nearest to C. atrata Turner (12), but the abdomen ts wholly blaek, and also elypeus and trochanters, without pale markings. (C. amomacera Roh. is a smaller species, with a manifest metallic green tinge on the body. CLARISSA VARIABILIS sp, nov, ? Head a little narrower than the thorax, narrowed behind the eyes, posteriorly not carinated, very tinely and superficially sculptured, very shining, and with fine and short hairs; vertex about three times as broad as long, laterally limited by furrows oecurring distinetly only in front, and in the middle divided hy a shallow longitudinal furrow; postocellar furrow wanting; posterior orbits rather narrow; eyes converging towards the clypeus; ocelli in a low triangle, the lateral ones in the spuraorbital line; ocelloceipital line abont as long as the ovellocular line and the postocellar line; antennal furrows broad and moderately deep; frontal area somewhat clevated, and their edges rounded aud tapering downwards: below the anterior ovellus a shallow impression, which is downwards continued as a fine furrow to the oblong and not very great median fovea s between (he antennae a very obtuse and low frontal crest; autennal grooves deep ; antennae 10-11-jointed, the third joint about as long as the fourth and fifth together, the following shorter, but longer than broad, and on the tnder-side only very slightly serrated; supraclypeal area long and apparently convex; clypeus nearly as long as broad, fat, above separated from the front by a manifest furrow: tentorial foveae small; anterior margin of the clypeus in the middle Iruneate, but the side-corners are rounded; labrum apically broadly roundedt; malar space nol very narrow; thorax moderately convex, very finely reticulated and finely hairy, shining; parapsidal furrows in front deep, but posteriorly very shallow; middle furrow also im front deep, but posteriorly wanting; sentellum slightly convex; radial cellule in the front wings without appendicnlar cellile; xtigma narrow and strongly pointed; the first recurrent neryure interstitial or nearly so; radial cellule in the hind wings truneate and with an appendicular cellule; legs normal: hind tarsi a little shorter than the tibiae, and hind basi- farsi about as long as the two following joints together; abdomen with fine FORSIUS—SAWEFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 29] transverse striae, slightly shining; sheath from above very short, broad and backwards broadly rounded, with long curved hairs apically, viewed from the side long and narrow and with narrowly rounded apex. Head black, sometimes with a slight shifting of metallic green tinge; labrum, palpi, and front part of the clypeus more or less pale brown; thorax black, with sight green shifting on the mesonotum; prothorax reddish; on mesothorax the sides of the lobes of mesonotum and the pleurae reddish; mesosternum. black; metathorax black, and only the metapleurae above reddish; tegulae hrown; wines hyaline; nervures piceous, the base of the costa and the middle of the stigma a little paler; coxae and trochanters more or less reddish; legs reddish, the fore femora on their base and the tips of the tarsal joints blackish; on the hind legs the femora, the extreme third of the tibiae, and the tarsi almost black; abdomen reddish, without apparent metallic tinge; the propodeum black, the following segments in the middle more or less blackish, the last segment above and the sheath black; the black spots on the dorsum of the abdomen are sometimes very small or wholly wanting. 6 Head more narrowed behind the eyes, and the vertex also narrower than in the female; antennae somewhat shorter and thicker, and the sutures between the two last joints hardly visible; the apex of the hypopygium broadly rounded. Head black, with metallic blue or blue-green shiftings; apex of the clypeus and also labrum and palpi pale brownish; thorax black with metallic blue shift- ings; coxae, trochanters, and femora for the most part blackish; abdomen black. Long. corp.: 9 5-6mm., ¢ 44:5 mm. Exp. alar.: 2 11-14 mm., ¢ 10-12 mm. Antenna, about 2 mm. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty, taken with sweep net (A. M. Lea and J. G. O. Tepper) ; Queensl.: Brisbane (A. M. Lea). This species is probably nearest to C. atruta Turner, but is very different in colour, See remarks on the described presumptive varieties of this species. CLARISSA VARIABILIS var. COLLARIS nov. @ Head black with a slight green or aeneous tinge; clypeus, labrum, base, and middle of the mandibles and palpi pale brown; thorax black, more or less shifting in metallic green or aeneous; prothorax reddish; the sides of the lobes of the mesonotum and the upper part of the meso- and metapleurae reddish; abdomen wholly black; antennae 11-jointed; otherwise as in variabilis m. S. Aust.: Melrose, October (A. M. Lea), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). CLARISSA VARIABILIS var. OBSCURA nov. @ Apex of the clypeus, labrum, and palpi pale brown; angles of the pro- notum and tegulae reddish ; coxae and trochanters for the most part black; front 293 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM femora on the basal half black: ou the posterior femora only the extreme apex pale; abdomen black; otherwise as in variabilis 10, 4 Coloured as in the male of C. varjabilis m. type, Long. corp.; 9 5mm, § 44:5 mm. Exp. alar.: @ 12 mm., ¢ 10-11 mn. S. Aust.: Melrose, Ovetober (A, M, Lea), probably together with var. vollaris Mm, 3oth these yarieticy could perhaps be different species, but | cannot find any distinct difference in their structure, and the males collected in company with pariabilis type and var. abseura ave similarly coloured, C. atrata Turner, which | know only from Turner's deseription (12), may probably belong to the same species, but is differently coloured. It is still impossible to clear this question without comparison between typical specimens. C. carbonaria m, is, anong other, jess shining, and the praeapic¢al joints of the antennae are broader than lone, NEOEURYS PUSILLUS sp. nov. 2 Head viewed from above short and broad, posteriorly moderately emarvinate, narrowed behind the eyes, finely retieulate, very finely and shortly airy, moderately shining; vertex short and broad, about four times as broad as lone, almost flat, and without median furrow, amid Jaterally not yery dis- jinetly limited: postocellar furrow distinct, but not very deep; posterior orbits moderately developed; eyes long oval, a little cony ergine towards the elypeus ; ocelli ina very low triangle, the lateral ones in the supre aorbital line; postocellar line a little shorter than the ocellocwar line, which is about ome and a half times as long as the ocelloecipital line; the front apparently broad and conyex, and the lateral furrows curved; below the anterior ocellus a shallow but noi very narrew furrow whieh downwards is conneeted with the moderately deep, elongate median fovea; frontal crest low; inter rantennal space about twice as loug as the antennocular space; autennae 11-jointed, about as long as the fhorax, towards the apex a very little thickened; the seape as long ail broad us the pedicel; third joint about as lone as the two previous joiits together and only a little longer than the fourth; the following joints are longer than their breadth, but diminish by degrees in length, aud are at little broader on their apical parts, and their lower corner is a little prominent, the antennae hot being distinctly serrate, however; the suprachypeal area very convex aud moderately long, laterally rather sharply limited by the deep teutorial foveae ; elypeus almost flat and in the front depressed, about twice as broad us long, front margin moderately vounded, and the clypens well defined above by the distinet snpraclypeal furrow; labrum moderately short, apically broadly rounded; malar space about as long as the seape; cheeks moderate ; thorax mot FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 293 very convex, very finely reticulated, with fine and short hairs, moderately shining; parapsidial furrows distinet, but only on front deeper; middle lobes of the mesonotum only in front distinetly separated, very little convex; sentel- lum flat. the praeseutellar furrow slightly eurved: seutellum behind a little tapering; wings moderately long; stigma strongly tapering to apex; radial cellule without appeudice; the first recurrent neryure interstitial with the first transversocubitalis; nervyulus very near the middle of the cell; radiellan cellule trineate and followed by a distinet appendicular cellule: legs lone and slender ; hind tarsi about as long as the tibiae, hind basitarsus a little shorter than the following joints, and the immer spur of the hind tiiae about half as lone as the basitarsus; abdomen elongate, posteriorly compressed from the sides anil pointed, very finely transversely striated, very finely hairy, rather shining; sheath viewéd trom above exserted moderately far, very narrow, still narrower towards the base, behind almost truneate. viewed from the side moderately Jong and narrow, below slightly emareinated, with rather broadly rounded apex, and furnished with some very short hairs. Head above towards the antennae with a distinet, metallic-cupreous tinge ; below the antennae, however, black, lat chypeus, labrum, mandibles, and malar space fulveus; palpi ereyish, and antennae blaek with vellow scape; tips of mandibles brownish; prothorax and tegulae fulyous; thorax otherwise c¢up- reous; Goxae, trochanters, and legs fulvons; the lower part of hind femora, the posterior part of the hind tibiae, and the tavsi more ov less erevish infuseated ; wings almost hyaline, nervures pale brown, stigma pale testaceous; abdomen above black, without visible metallic tinge: the two last tergites more or less and the sheath basally fulvous: the infolded mareins of the tergites and the venter fulvous. Loug. corp.. 3-5-4 mm, Exp. alar., 8 mm. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty Ranges. This species is probably nearest to ‘Clarissa’? ineonspiena Kirby. whieh | know only from Nirby’s (2) and Turner’s (12) very brief deseriptions, but is, among other features, yery differently coloured, and is nearly allied to the hitherto known Neoeiurys species, but has shorter and a little thieker antentiae and longer elypens. NEOEURYS LEAT gp. nov. Q Head a little narrower than the thorax, finely reticulate, finely and shortly hairy, shining, viewed from above short and broad, behind the eves moderately narrowed and behind slightly areuately emareinated, viewed from the front wu little broader than long; vertex about four times as broad as long, laterally well limited by the distinet and divergent vertical furrows, and in the 204 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM middle divided by a very shallow longitudinal farvow; postocellar Prrrow want ing; ocelli ina low triangle, the lateral ones i the supraorbital line; ocelloeeipital line about half as lone as the oeelloeular line, and postocellar line a very little longer than the ocelloeular line; ocellar basin rather distinet ; eyes oval, shghlly converging towards the clypeus; frontal area broad and moderately convex; middle fovea long, oval, moderately deep, and continued ipwards as a shallow furrow to the ocellar basin; lateral furrows distinct; froutal cvest not developed : mterautewnal space about three times as long as the antennocular space; antennae about as lone as the thorax, 9-jointed, not distinetly thickened towards the apex, and only slightly serrated below; scape about as long as broad; pedicel a little longer and broader than the seape and a little longer than broad; third joint about one and a half times as long as the fourth; all joints longer than broad ; last joint twice as long as its breadth at the base; conie; supraclypeal area moderately long and convex; tentorial foveae small, but deep; clypeus about fone times as broad as long, almost flat, its front margin straight; labrum short ancl broadly rounded: mandibles rather snill; inalar space about as long as the seape: thorax moderately convex, finely refiewlate, finely and sparscly hairy, shining: parap- sidal furrows and median furrow only in front distinet: praeseutellar furrow slightly curved; seutellum nearly teiangnlar, with a fine longitudinal erest hehind; legs moderately Jong; hind tibiae about as long as the hind tarsi; hind basitarsus about as long as the three following joints together, wings rather long and narrow; stigma long and acuminate; radial cellule withont appendientar eellmle; first and second enbital cellules equal in length and only a very little shorter than the third: first and second recurrent nervures veceryed in the basal fourth of the second and third eubital cellnles; nervulus a little before the middle of the diseoidal cellule: radiellan cellule not closed on the outer end; abdomen moderately long, apically compressed from the sides, finely reticulate, very finely and shortly hairy, somewhat shining; sheath viewed from ahove long, exserted, very narrow, slightly thickened backwards, rounded on the apex, and with some not very long and eurved hairs, viewed from the side rather long. not very narrow, on the apex helow somewhat roundly exeised, and the npper end conse- quently rather actuminated. Black with manifest ereenish-cupreous shiftings on head and thorax; front part of the clypens, labrum, base of the mandibles and palpi pale brownish ; legs blackish, with knees, tibiae, and tarsi yellowish; the hind femora nearly wholly Waek, and the tips of the hind tibiae and tarsal joints blackish» wings hyaline ; stigma and nervures brown; base of the stigma and costa yellowish; abdomen black, without evident metallic colour. Long. corp. 3 mm. Exp. alar., 8 mm, 8. Aust.: Ooldea (A.M. Lea). Unique. FoRS IUS -SAWFLIES FROM TITE AUSTRALIAN REGION 295 Apparently uearly allied to Neoeurys lasmanicus Roh, but the antennae are Y-jointed, the ovelloceipital tine only half as lone as the ocvelloenlar line, the basal half of the stigma pale, the sheath wot concave above, but viewed from the side slightly excised behind and on the head and thorax more metallic coloured, and besides shorfer and more robust. NEOEURYS AFFINIS sp. nov. 9 Head viewed from above short and broad, and behind arcuately emarginated, behind the eves moderately narrowed, viewed from the front about as broad as long, but towards the clypeus very converging, finely reticulate, finely and sparsely hairy and somewhat shining; vertex short, about three times broader than long, slightly convex, in the middle not divided; lateral furrows indistinct and postoeellar furrow wanting; posterior orbits rather narrow; ocelli in a low triangle below the supraorbital line; ocellocilar line about one-half longer than the ocelloccipital line, and a little shorter than the postocellar line; eyes large, long oval, towards the elypens somewhat converging; below the anterior ocellis a semicivenlar impression; frontal area broad, rather convex, with broadly rounded sides; lateral furrows only near the antennae deep; median fovea rather small and longitudinal; frontal erest not developed; interantennal space about twice as long as the antennoevlar space: antennae §-jointed, about as long as the thorax, not thickened towards the apex, and not serrate; seape short, nearly as broad as long, a li{tle shorter and smaller than the pedicel, which is a little longer than broad; third joint about one and a half times as long as the fourth; all joints longer than broad; last joint about three times longer than broad ; supraclypeal area long and convex; clypeus only about twice as broad as long, basally somewhat convex, but apically depressed, front margin straight, and the side-corners obtuse; supraclypeal furrow indistinet; tentorial foveae rather small; labrum moderately long and apically broadly rounded: mandibles not very robust; malar space a little longer than the seape; thorax moderately convex, very finely striate, finely and sparsely hairy, somewhal shining; parapsidal furrows moderately deep: middle furrow of the mesonotum in front moderately deep; behind wanting; sentelliam very slightly convex, shining; praeseutellar furrow semicirenlar; seutelliam behind from (he sides a litthe compressed and somewhat angulated: legs moderately lone; hind tibiae a little shorter than the hind tarsi, and the hind bhasitarsi abont as lone as the three following joints together; the inner spur of the hind tibiae about half as long as the basitarsus ; wings rather long and slender; stigma oval, moderately long and aente; radial cellule in the forewings without appendix; the two first enbital eelliles equal in length, the third nearly veetangular and a little longer than the second; the first 296 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM yecurrent neryure nearly interstitial, the second received im the basal fourth of the third enhital cellule; netynlus before the middle of the discoidal cellule: abdomen long oval, on the apey compressed from the sides, finely reticulate, finely and very sparsely hairy, somewhat shining; sheath viewed from above rather long, on the base moderately broad, and narrowed backwards by degrees, and acriminate, and with some not very lone and eurved hairs on the apex, viewed from the side lone, the lower margin nearly straight, and the apex rather narrowly rounded, Black with a slight blue-green shifting on the upper part of the head and thorax; apex of the elypeus, labrum, base of the mandibles and palpi pale brownish; legs testaceous with coxae, trochanters, the base of the front femora, two-thirds of the hind femora, tips of the hind tibiae, and the tarsal joints more or less blackish; wings hyaline, nervures and stigma brownish, but the base at the stigma and costa pale vellowish, Long. corp., 3-5-4 mm. Exp. alar,, 7-5 mm. S. Aust.: Port Lincoln (A. M, lea). The §-jointed antennae are, in this genus, mncommon, but 1 hesitate to ereate a new genus or snbgenns for this species only on account of this, perhaps hot constant character. Clarissa anomecera Roh, which also has 8-jointed antennae, is perhaps the same species, but is larger, the antennae according to Rohwer (8) thiekened apically, the seventh joint with length and width subeqnal. stigma dark brown withont paler base, and bind tibiae without blackish tips, NEOEURYS SCUTELLATUS sp. nov. 2 Head a little narrower than the thorax, viewed from above short, behind the eyes apparently narrowed, yiewed from the front longer thau broad and downwards tapering; head finely retielate, finely and shortly hanry, shining ; yertex about four times as broad as long, laterally limited by distinet furrows, and in the middle divided by a shallow longitudinal furrow; postocellar furrow distinet, in the middle a little enrved forwards and on the outsides of the lateral ocelli strongly bent and wnited with the lateral foveae; posterior orbits narrow ; eves long oval and converging downwards; ocelli in a low triangle, the lateral ones immediately above the supraorbital lines; ocelloceipital line about twice as long as the ocellocular line, which is about as long as the postocellar line; frontal urea broad and apparently convex, with broadly rounded sides; below the nnterior ocellus a slight longitudinal furrow, which connects downwards with the loug aud deep wedge-shaped median fovea; lateral furrows very distinet ; frontal crest vot distinetly developed; interantennal space about three times as long as the antennociular space; antennae moderately long, apically not distinethy Forsius--SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 297 thickened and not distinetly serrated Che left with eight, the right with only two joints, all the vest broken off) ; seape about as broad as long: pedicel a little longer than the scape; third joint about one and a half times as long as the fourth; all the others distinctly longer than broad; supraclypeal area moderately long, convex; tentonal foveac rather small but deep; elypeus abont three times as broad as long, slightly convex, and in the front a little depressed, with straight front margin, and with blunt side-corners; supraclypeal furrow distinet ; labrum moderately long, apically broadly rounded; mandibles vather robust; inalar space about as long as scape and pedicel together; thorax rather convex, finely striate, finely and shortly hairy, shining; parapsidal furrows distinet, but not very deep; middle furrow only distinet in front, posteriorly wanting; prae- seutellar furrow easily enrved; seutellum posteriorly uarrowed, and behind nearly angular, almost flat, very shining, legs Jong and slender: hind tibiae a little shorter than the hind tarsi; hind basitarsus as long as the three following joints together; front wings with the radial cellule without appendix; stigme rather long and not very mueh acuminate, broadest on the middle, and with broadly rounded wnder-margiv:; second enbital cellule, about as long as the first, and only a little shorter than the third: first reenrrent nervure received near the first transversocubital nervure, the second received in the basal fourth of the third eubital cellule; nervulus received in the first third of the discoidal cellile ; abdomen rather long, from the sides apically compressed and somewhat aciimin- ated; finely reticulate, shining; sheath viewed from above broad and long, exserted, tapering backwards by degrees, and apically acuminate, and with some not yery long, almost straight hairs, viewed from the side long and narrow, with slightly excised under-margin, backwards rather narrowly rounded, bul obliquely excised on the apex; saw apparently long and enrved, narrow, and acuminute, Head blackish with slight aeneous shiftings; front part of the elypeus, the two first jonits of the antennae, malar space, base of the mandibles, labrum, and palpi fulvoius; prothorax and tegulae fulvous; mesonotum blackish with acneous shiftings, and with a fulvous spol on the sides of the front part of the middle lobes and on the side lobes near the wings; mesopleurae and mesosternam brownish: seulellam on the sides spotted with fulvons; cenehri brownish » meta- pleurae pale brownish: legs more or less pale brownish, and with yellowish {rochanters and knees; wine's hvaline; stigma and nervures brownish; base of (he stigma and nervures basally pale yellowish; abdomen fulvous; the dorsim, exeept the last segment, blackish; the extreme point of the sheath black. Long. corp., 5 im, Exp. alar., 17 mim, Tasm.: Hobart (A. M. Lea), The type is not in good condition, Inu is no doubt a distinet species. 298 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MuskUM NEOEURYS VENTRALIS sp. nov. @ Head about as wide as the thorax, viewed from above short and broad, seen from the front a little broader than long, behind the eves a little narrowed, finely reticulate, and besides with sore very fie and sparse pumettiires, finely and sparsely hairy, very slightly shining; vertex very short, abont four times as broad as long, laterally distinctly limited by not very deep lateral furrows, in the middle with a very slight longitudinal iinpression; postocellar Turrew want- ing; posterior orbits moderately developed; ocelli in a low triangle; the lateral ovelli just below the supraorbital line; ocellocular line about as long as the postoeellar line and about twiee as lone us the ocelloceipital line; eves moderately large, oval, conversing towards the elypeus: frontal area above the median fovea elevated, and with rounded, broadly declivons sides; lateral furrows distinet ; below the anterior ocellus a narrow and moderately deep, longitudinal, ancl shining furrow which downwards is connected with the stall and not very deeply impressed median fovea; front below the median fovea almost flat; frontal crest not developed; antennae 14-jomted, slender, about as long as head and thorax together, not eonspiciously thickened towards the apex, and not serrated; scape somewhat longer than the pedicel and a little longer than broad; pedicel about as Jone as broad; third joint longer than the fourth; the following joints diminishing by degrees; last joint obtuse and only very little longer than broad ; supraclypeal area convex and rather long; tentorial fovea deep, bunt nof very large; elypeus about three times as broad as long, almost flat, with rounded sidoe- eorners, and with a very small rounded iieision in the middle of the front margin: supraclypeal furrow indistinel; labrum moderately long, and with hroadly rounded apex; malar space about as Jong as the seape; cheeks not very robust; thorax moderately convex, finely reticulate, and with some hardly notice. alle punetures, finely and sparsely hairy, somewhat shining; parapsidal furrows moderately deep: middle lobe of the mesonotum im front with a deep middle furrow, missing behind; seutellum behind a little compressed from the sides, slightly convex, shining’; mesostermiian iinpunetate, very shining: lees long and slender: hind tarsi a little longer than the hind tibiae, hind basitarsus a Tittle shorter than the following joints together: wings long and proportionally slender ; stigma long and acuminate: radial vellnle in the forewings without appendix ; the twa first evbital cellules about equal in leneth; the third reetangular and a little longer than the second; first recurrent nervure veceived in the basal fifth and the second in the basal fourth of the cubital cellules: nevvulus hefore the middle of the diseoidal cellule; abdomen finely tranverse-retientated, and with some moderately small remote prmetiures, somewhat shining; sheath viewed fron ahove short, moderately broad, tapering backwards, and with obtusely pointed FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 299 apex, and with some long and curved hairs, viewed from the side moderately long, slightly emarginated below and rounded behind. Head metallic, with more or less intense cupreous or golden gleams; antennae black; scape, labrum, and palpi fulvous; thorax metallic-green, with cupreous gleams on the mesonotum; legs fulvous, their hind femora more or less black with a slight metallic gleam; the tips of the hind tibiae and the tarsal joints slightly infuscated; wings almost hyaline; nervures and stigma pale brownish, with the base of the stigma and costa pale yellowish; abdomen on the base of the dorsum black, with a slight greenish tinge, apically and underneath with the sheath fulvous. Long. corp., 5 mm. Exp. alar., 10-11 mm. Tasm.: Cradle Mountain (H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea). The scape in one specimen is black and the femora more fulvous. Nearly allied to N. tasmanicus Roh. and N. caudatus Morice, but differently coloured. This species cannot be only a colour variety of those, because the sheath and the saw are differently shaped. Hitherto the males of these species could not be distinguished one from the other with certainty. See Morice’s (5) remarks on the males. CEREALCES SCUTELLATA Kirby. The female of this species and genus was hitherto unknown, and may be described as follows: Robust; head a little narrower than the thorax, behind the eyes apparently dilated, coarsely and very densely punctured, with very short and feeble hairs, slightly shining, only on the posterior orbits more sparsely punctured ; vertex a little broader than long, laterally defined by manifest furrows, but postocellar furrow almost wanting; eves small, oval, parallel; posterior orbits moderately broad; ocelli in a low triangle, the lateral ones just below the supraorbital line and a little elevated, but the anterior ocellus a little impressed in the front; postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular line and somewhat longer than the ocelloccipital line; frontal area not very apparent, in the middle a little depressed; median fovea rounded and moderately deep; frontal crest very high; antennal furrows manifest; antennae low, inserted near the clypeus; anten- nocular space about a third of the interantennal space; antennae shorter than the thorax, dilated apically and somewhat elnb-like, 10-jointed, hut the three last joints not very distinctly separated ; the third joint a little shorter than the fourth and fifth together; the third to seventh dilated on their ends; the three last joints as broad as long; face below the antennae short, in the middle depressed, laterally elevated and limited by the deep tentorial foveae; clypeus about three times as 300 RECORDS OF THE S,A, MuskUM hvoad as long, above limited by a distinet supraclypeal furrow, almost flat, im front moderately excised; labrum small, apically rowneed; anardibles robust; malar space Tnear; thorax coarsely and densely punetured, very finely and sparsely hairy, slightly shining, moderately convex ; pronotum in front depressed, in the middle transverse striate, behind cleyated and posteriorly deeply emargin- ated; parapsidal furrows moderately deep, the middle furrow deep and only wanting behind: mesonotum marginated behind; scutellum almost plain, in the middle divided by a deep longitudinal furrow, the anterior furrow deep and a very little curved; the seutelluam is behind sharply margined, and on the sides produced into sharply-pointed lobes; hind tibiae apparently long, slightly §-curved, at the base and apex thickened, with a small Inot behind between the first and middle third, and with a middle spur in front between the middle and last third; the apical spurs only a little shorter than the basitarsus; hind tarsi half as long as the tibiae; basitarsus shorter than the two following joints together: claws simple; front wings with a small appendicular radial cellule; the second recurrent mervure nearly interstitial; propodenm sharply transversely striated, dull; abdomen nearly eyvlindrie and finely transversely reticulated, slightly shining; sheath from above apparently short and hardly visible, broad, posteriorly rounded, and with some long hairs, viewed from the side moderately Jone and apically strongly rounded, Head black; a small spot on the hind angles of the vertex, a long stripe on the posterior orbits, a small spot above and below the antennae, a little larger spot hetween the antermae and the eyes and the hind part of the clypeus yellow; the hase of the mandibles and palpi brown; thoras black; the lateral and hind margins and the angles of the pronotum, the lateral margins of the side-lobes of the mesonotum, as well as a small spot on the middle of the mesopleurae, and the parapterum, the epimera of the mesopleuvae all yellow; tegnlae pale brown; seutellum brown with paler margins; coxae on their tips and the troehanters more or less pale yellow; femora blaek; the intermediate femora above with a pale stripe and the hind femora broadly striped with yellow above, but the knees black: tibiae and tarsal joimts yellowish, with brownish tips on the hind legs; wings slightly yellowish; neryures and stigma dark piceous; the basal half of the costa and base of some other nerynres yellowish; abclomen piceous; the second and sixth tergites bebind broadly margined with yellow, and the other tergites in front and behind a little paler brownish; venter more or less pale brown; sheath posteriorly brown. Long. corp., 14mm, Exp. alav., 25 mm, The single female was collected at Sydney, is much more robust than the inale, and reminds one of some species of Pergé, orsSTUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 301 PERGA DORSALIS Leach. erga uffins Wirby is certainly not a distinet species, rather only a variety of P. dorsalis Leach. PERGA SCHIODTEI Westw, The Jemale deseribecl by Westwood (13) in his monograph is apparently not the trne female of this species, as Morice (5) bas already stated. He describes the true female briefly, giving information only concerning its colour. Head a little narrower than the thorax, from above short, and behind the eyes not dilated, above coarsely and densely punctured, dull, below more sparsely punctured and shining, sparsely and very finely hairy; vertex nearly as Wide as long, slightly convex, on the sides sharply limited, in front defined by a slight postocellar furrow, and im the middle divided by a slight longitudinal furrow; posterior orbits moderately developed; eves rather large, slightly oval, parallel; ocelt in a moderate low triangle, the lateral ones just below the supraorbital line; postocellar line about as long as the ocellocular line, and somewhat shorter than the orelloceipital line; the anterior ocellus impressed in the front, and the lateral ocelli pressed outwards by a sharply-edwed crest, which begins m the middle of the front margin of the vertex, these being downwards broader, higher, and obtuse, and passing to the antennae; below the anterior ocellus is a not very deep groove, downwards continued as a narrow furrow, which traverses the moderately convex face to the clypeus; antennal furrows manifest ; antennae about as long as the interoenlar space, G-jointed; the intermediate joints longer than broad; elypeus about four times as broad as long, in front truneate, with some moderately great but remote punctures, very shining; labrum about semi- cireular; malar space yery short; thorax coarsely and densely punctured, almost dull; seutelhin with some large but remote punetures, shining, and without middle furrow ; forewings with the third cubital nervure strongly curved and the first not obliterated ; the hind tarsi of the male about as long as the tibiae, of the female apparently shorter (o : 6-5); abdomen with some fine punctures, on the propodeum very finely reticulate, shiniug, sheath from above short and uol very broad, behind nearly truneated, with dense, but moderately lone hairs, viewed from the side strongly curved, but apically truncated; hypopyginn of the mate trumeated behind. The metallic gleams on the side lobes of the mesonotim and the dorsum of the abdomen are ouly evident in some aspects. The figure in Westwood’s paper is very wood, Inthe female the hind tibiae on their last third are blackened. Does this species in fact oeeur at Adelaide, in South Australia, as West- 2 wood writes?) The South Australian Museum possesses no specimens from 302 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM South Australia. The aboye described specimens were collected in Western Australia (Warren River), and all the specimens deseribed by Morice were from Western Australia (Swan River). PERGA BREVIPES sp. nov. 9 Head from ubove short, from the front depressed and about as long as wide, behind the eyes a little dilated, with remote but large prnetires, very shining, moderately hairy; vertex large, a little broader than long; lateral furrows distinet, postovellar furrow slightly impressed, median Furrow not developed; posterior orbits moderate; eyes not yery large, oval, not converging downwards; ocelli in an apparently low triangle, well below the supraorbital lie ; postocellar line a little longer than the ocelloewlar line, but ovelloceipital Line ubout one and a half times as long as the postocellar line; below the anterior veellus a distinet furrow, which below the interantennal space is enlarged to au ulimost plain triangular area; antennal crest wanting, but above the antennae i moderately broad and high crest upwards, being enlarged, and by degrees dis- appearing below the lateral ocellus ; antennal fnrrows moderately deep; antennae a very little longer than the distance between them, G-jointed, inserted near the vlypeus; scape broad, and about twice longer and distinctly broader than the pedicel, which is much broader than long; the following joints are short, but the ihird and fourth distinctly longer than their width; the fifth about as long as the width of the apex; the sixth elub-like and as lone as the three previous jolts together; tentorial foveae not very deep; clypeus about four times as broad as long, almost plain, in frout not yery deeply emarginated; labrum moderately long, apically broadly rounded; cheeks robust; malar space linear; thorax broad and apparently convex, largely and densely punctured, very slightly shining, sparsely hairy; parapsidal furrows moderately deep, median furrow in front deep, but wanting behinds side lobes of the mesonotum with two longitudinal furrows, and on the sides somewhat carinated; seuteltum large, almost flat, largely but not very closely punetured, and more shining than the rest of the notum, without middle furrow; forewings with the third cubital nervure strongly eroved ; hind tarsi short, shorter than the half of the hind tibiae; hind basitarsus a little longer than the three following joints together; abdomen almost broad, a little depressed, and behind a Little compressed from the sides: propodeum voarsely and densely punetured, and with apparently dense hairs; abdomen otherwise with very fine reticulae and shining; sheath viewed from above moder- ately narrow, short, with nearly parallel sides, posteriorly truncate, and with lone and emrved hairs, from the sides not very loug, strongly curved, but on the apex straightly excised. FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 303 Head pale brownish-ycllow; mandibles on the apex piceous; front with a blackish spot round the oeelli; the prothorax, the posterior corner of the middle lobe of the mesonotum, the margins of the lateral lobes, the seutellum, and the upper parts of the plewrae all yellowish; meso- and metasternum blackish, and the hind coxae more or less piceous; wings yellowish, nervures yellowish-brown, the stigma in the middle darker brown; abdomen pale yellowish brown; in some specimens the dors of the abdomen almost entirely blackish, with violaceous gleams in certain lights; in other specimens this spot is more or less reduced, sometimes to a marrow dark line in the middle of the abdomen; the middle of the venter more or less infuscated; the base of the sheath piceous. Long, corp., 17-21 mom. Exp. alar., 86--40 min. S. Aust.: Yeelanna (W. J. Spatford), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). In Morice’s table of the genus Perga this new species runs to belinda Kirby or to the klugii group. P. belinda Kirby is very differently coloured, the hind tarsi are long, and the first cubital nervure is nearly obsolete. In the klugit eroup the antennae are longer in all species. 2. Klugdi besides has the seutellum impunctate, P. Airbie Leach has a dense and rugose punctured scutcllum, which also is bisected by a distinet longitudinal impression, P?. brevitursis Morice like- wise has the seutellim in the middle bisected and with only very few and hardly noticeable punctures, and P. agnata Morice, as the last, has the hind tarsi of normal length, PERGA MAYRII Westw. In some specimens of this species the seutelliun is wholly black. PERGA CRESSONI Westw. The abdomen of this species is sometimes more or less blackish. PERGA CHRISTII Westw. The antennae of this species, which, according to Morice hitherto not described, are very short and pale yellow, with infuseated seape and pedicellum, PERGA WAITEI sp. nov. @ Head from above short, considerably more slender than the thorax, wad behind the eves a little narrowed, viewed from the front about as broad as lone, sparsely and shortly hairy, coarsely, but more or Jess remotely punctured, shining; vertex large, a little broader than long, moderately convex, in the middle divided by a distinet longitudinal furrow, aud with some coarse punetures; vertical furrows deep; postocellar furrow laterally distinet, but in the middle 304 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM wanting; posterior orbits narrow; eyes large and parallel; front more densely punetiured; ovelli ina low triangle well below the supraorbital line; the anterior ovellus impressed in the front and surrounded by a distinet furrow, which is forwards continued as an invonsiderable, clongate median fovea; the frontal area is in the middle impressed and laterally edged with vot very high bnt forwards dilated crests; ocelloceipital line about twite as long as the ocellocular line, and about equal in length with the postoecllar line; frontal crest not very distinetly developed, and in the middle broadly interrupted; anternmal loveae not very apparent; the antenime are G-jointed, very short, and only about as loug as the inferuitennal space; scape evidently longer and broader than the short pedicel; the third joint twice as long as its width, the two following joints broader that long, and the sixth joint as long as the three previous joints together; supra- clypeal area short, in the middle coneaye, and laterally Limited by moderately high urests; tentovial foveae deep; clypeus short, flat, about four times broader than long, in the front nearly truneate, but in the middle with a short incision, and with obliquely truncated side-corners, and basally limited by a sanifest supraclypeal furrow; labrum moderately long, apically rounded ; mandibles robust; malar space very short; thorax broad and high, coarsely anc elosely punetured, almost dull, sparsely hairy; pronotum short, vertical, behind deeply excised, with an apparent obtuse side-bump, amd on the side-angles more remotely punctured and shining; parapsidal furrows deep; middle furrow cleep, but posteriorly wanting: side lobes of the mesonotum on the sides with a distinet Jouwitudinal furvow and laterally sharply edged; seutellim almost flat, in the middle with a very short longiludinal impression, and with some eoarse and remote punctures, besides some fine and hardly visible ones, it is very shining, wid has small hind lobes; mesopleivae with coarse and remote punetiires, shining ; forewings with dhe stigma long and acuminate, and with the unterior Margit apparently curved; the first (ransversoenbitalis only in the middle a little paler, and the third nevvure strongly eurved; hind tarsus distinetly shorter than half of the hind tibia, and the hind basitarsus longer than the three following joints logether; abdomen sparsely bairy and finely transversely striate, with some remote and coarse, but uot very deep, punctures, very shining; sheath viewed from above short, broad, narrowed backwards, but on the apex truncated, with close but moderately long hairs, viewed from the sides moderately long, strongly murved, but on the apex obliquely truneated. Head, antennae, and palpi sulphurcous; oeciput partly, a large spot which eovers the yertex, a part of the posterior orbits, the Front, (he face to somewhat below the anterior ocellus, a stripe to the ¢lypens and the sapraclypeal lnrrow, blackish with a faint bhie tinge; tips of the mandibles piccous; thorax black with yellow markings; prothorax in the middle black, the margins yellow; tegulae yellow; mesouotim black, the hind corner of the middle lobe yellow, ancl the sides FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 305 of the lateral lobes marked with yellow; seutellum and hind-corners yellow; mesopleurae yellow, but meso- and metasterna black; metapleurac marked with vellow; wives hyaline, with a slight yellowish tinge; costa and bases of the other nervures yellow, but stigma and the rest of the nervures brownish; legs yellow ; bases of the middle and hind coxae blackish; coxae and trochanters otherwise yellow; abdomen dorsally and ventvally broadly black, with bluish gleamus; base of the sheath blackish, Lous. corp,, 12 mm, Exp, ular, 36 mim, 5. Aust.: Murray River (H. 8. Cope). Unique. In Morice’s key this species runs to 2, ehristti Westw., but is very differently eoloured and punetured, aud besides is larger and more robust, Named in honour of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Director of the South Australias Museum. PERGA MORICEI sp. nov. 9 Head a little narrower than the thorax, behind the eyes not narrowed, densely and coarsely punetured, with moderately dense and short hairs, almost cull; vertex large, slightly convex, about as broad as long, in front a little broader than behind, iu the middle with a moderately deep longitudinal furrow ; lateral furrows and postocellar furrow deep; hind orbits moderately developed ; lateral ocell) just below the supraorbital line: occlloccipital line about one and a halt times as long as (he ocellocular and the postocellar lines; the anterior ocellus a little impressed in the front, and surrounded by a distinet but not very deep furrow, whieh is continued forwards as a broad but moderately deep furrow, and reaches the clypeus; frontal crest high, but not very sharp; in the middle broadly and deeply interrupted; lateral foveac distinet; eyes oval, moderately large; antennae G-jointed, very little longer than the interantennal space; the seape is longer but not much broader than the pedicel, which is broader than long, the last joint a little longer than the three previous joints together; supra- elypeal area moderately short and Jaterally limited by longitudinal crests; elypeus almost flat, about three times as broad as long, with some remote pune- tures, in front broadly, but shallowly emarginated, and with a shallow, little curved transverse Fnpression, aid with rounded side-corners; basally limited by a distinet furrow; labrum moderately long, apically broadly rounded; matar space short; mandibles robust: thorax moderately convex, densely and rugosely punctured, sparsely and shortly hairy, almost dull; pronotum short, behind deeply cmarginated, on the side lobes in the middle impressed; parapsicdal furrows distinet, but not deep; median furrow distinet, bit behind wanting, and the hind corner of the middle lobe without punctures, anc shining; lateral lobes laterally sharply mareined; sertellain almost flat, with some remote ut coarse 306 RECORDS OF THE $,A. MusSEUM punetures, and in the middle with a shallow longitudinal furrow, shining; meso- pleurae anc mesosternnum with course but not very dense punctures, shining; forewings with a moderately large radial appendicular cell, long and acumimate stigma, the first trausversoeubital nervure not really abseut, but pale; the third lervure not very strongly curved; hind tarsi somewhat shorter than the hind tibiae, and the hind metatarsus as long as the two following joints together ; abdomen very finely reticulate, and the tergites besides with remote prunetures on the hind margims, sparsely and finely hairy, and very shining; the abdomen on the apex a little compressed trom the sides; sheath viewed from above small, but dilated backwards, and behind slightly tromeated, and furnished with some moderately long and curved hairs, viewed from the side long, ancl strongly curved apieally. Head pale chestnut-brown; the antennae dark brown, aud the tips of the, mandibles piceous; the middle of the vertex, lateral parts of the lateral orbits, supraclypeal area, elypeus, and labrum yellowish; thorax pale chestuut-brown ; the pronotum and tegulae, the hind corner of the iwiddle lobe of mesonotum, seutellum, postseutellum, and pleurae yellowish; forelegs, trochanters, and coxac yellowish; the hind lees dark chestnut-brown; wings slightly yellowish, stigma and neryures more or less brownish; abdomen dorsally pale brownish, ventrally yellowish, Long. corp., 17-18 mm. Exp. alar., 24-26 min. W. Aust.: Boulder, Jan, 24, 1899 (A. Bethune). This new species is probably nearest to P. belinda Kirby, but is larger, the thorax paler yellowish, and the head behind the eyes with blackish spots. Morice (5) states that the hind tarsi are pale, but Kirby (1) deseribes them as reddish- chestnut. The saw of the new species differs very much from the saw of LP. belinda (according to Morice’s photograph), and is more like the saw of P. esenbeeki Westw. Named in honour of the Rey. F. D. Morice, who by his type-studies of the Australian sawflies has very much contributed to the knowledge of these imter- esting insects. PERGA RUBRIPES Roh. 1 think Perga rubripes Roh. is only a colour variety of the conumon species P. bella Newm, PERGA RUGICEPS sp. nov. ¢ Head broad, nearly as broad as the thorax, behind the eyes somewhat dilated, above wholly coarsely rngose, dull, on the lateral orbits and below the antennae more remotely punetured and shining, with short remote hairs; vertex large, somewhat conyex, about as broad as loug, in the middle withont manitesi furrow; vertieal furrows distinet, but not very deep; postocellar furrow shallow ; FORSIUS—SAWFLIES FROM THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 307 posterior orbits large; lateral ocelli a little elevated in the supraorbital line; the anterior ocellus impressed in the front, and surrounded by a distinct furrow, which is continued forwards as a moderately broad furrow; ocelloccipital line considerably longer than the ocellocular line, which is about equal in length with. the postocellar line; frontal area narrow, moderately depressed, and laterally limited by not very high crests; lateral foveae distinct; eyes oval, moderately large, parallel; antennae 6-jointed, low inserted, a little longer than the inter- antennal space; scape evidently longer, but not much broader than the short pedicel; the three following joints very little longer than broad, and the sixth about as long as the three previous joints together; frontal crest not very distinct, and incised by a moderately broad furrow; supraclypeal area short; tentorial foveae moderately deep; clypeus short, about three times broader than long, in the middle of the anterior margin slightly incised, almost flat, and with rounded side-corners, basally Limited by a deep furrow; labrum short, apically broadly rounded ; mandibles robust ; malar space rather short; thorax moderately convex, coarsely rugose, dull; pronotum short, and behind deeply emarginated ; parapsidal furrows distinct, moderately deep; middle furrow deep, but pos- teriorly wanting; posterior corner of the middle lobe shining; lateral lobes shallowly furrowed and laterally sharply margined; seutellum almost flat, with some coarse, remote punctures, and in the middle with a shallow longitudinal impression; hind-corners moderately small; mesopleurae rugose; mesosternum remotely punctured and shining; forewings with an apparently large appen- dicular cell; the first transversocubital nervure distinct, the third strongly curved; stigma moderately long and acuminate; hind tarsi longer than the half hind tibia; hind basitarsus as long as the three following joints together; abdomen a little depressed from above, backwards acuminate and compressed from the sides, very finely transversely reticulate, and with some shallow and remote pune- tures on the hind margins of the tergites; sheath from above apparently short, narrow, rather acuminated backwards, moderately hairy, viewed from the sides long and rather strongly curved. Head dark chestnut-brown, the middle of the vertex, lateral orbits, antennal crests, antennae, and the face below the antennae paler yellowish; thorax chestnut- brown, the tegulae, hind corner of the middle lobe of the mesonotum, seutellum, and mesopleurae paler yellowish; legs yellowish; the apices of the hind femora, tibiae, and tarsal joints infuscated; forewings somewhat yellowish, with pale brown stigma and nervures; hindwings almost hyaline; abdomen above pale brownish, below paler yellowish. 6 The forewings are more curved near the stigma, the stigma is a little less acuminate, the abdomen is more depressed, and the last ventral-segment is moderately long, behind broadly rounded, but in the middle slightly sinuated. The dark spot on the head is more blackish, but the vertex wholly pale, the middle 308 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM and side lobes of the mesonotum in the middle blackish; otherwise as in the female, Long. vorp., Ib-18 mm, Exp. alar,, 80-31 mm, 5. Aust.: Ardrossan and Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). This species seems to be nearest to P. belinda Kirby, but the antennae are not black, the tips of the posterior femora, tibiae, and tarsal joints are distinctly blackened; the third to fifth joints of the antennae are as long as broad. Works referred to. 1, Kirby W. B.: List of Hymenoptera in the British Museum, t (1882). 2. Kirby W. F.: Descriptions of One New Genus aud Six New Species of Hymenoptera Terebrautia from Queensland. Aun. Mag. Nat, Hist. (6), xiv, 1894, p. 45-47. 3. Konow Fr, W.: Uber die Gattung Ancylonenra Cam. Acitschr. syst. Hyni. Dipt., vii, 1907, p. 174. 4. Movsary A.: Siricidarnw species duae novae, Termés. Fiizet., xxii, 1900, p. 127. od. Morice F. D.: Notes on Australian Sawtlies, especially the ‘* Authors’ Types” and other specimens in the British Museum of Natural History anc the Hope Colleetions of the Oxford University Museum; with diagnostic avnopses of the Genera and Species, aud photographs ilustrating their structural characters. Trans, Ent. Soe. London, 1918 (1919), p. 247-333. 6, Rohwer S. A.; A Classifivation of the Suborder Chalastogastra of the Tlymenoptera, Proc. Ent, Soe. Washington, xiii, 1911, p. 215-226. Rohwer 8S. A.: Some Australian Sawflies. Entomol, News., xxi, 1910, p. 467-474. 8. Rohwer 8. A.: Notes on and Deseriptions of some Sawflies from the Aus- tralian Revion. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), ii, 1918, p. 454-440. 9, Rohwer 8. A.:; Notes on Sawflies of the Tribe Huriini, with descriptions of two new species. Bull. Brookl. Ent, Soc., xvii, 1922, p. 91-94. =I 10. Smith F.; Deseriptions of New Species of Hymenopterous Itsects of New Zealand, collected by C. M. Wakefield, Esq., principally in the neighbour- hood of Canterbury. Trans. Ent, Soc, London, 1876, p. 473-487. 11. Smith F.: Deseription of New Species of Hymenopterous Insects from New Zealand, collected by Prof, Hutton, at Otago. Trans, Ent. Soc. London, 1875, p. 1-7. 12. Turner G.: Two New Species of Phytophagous Ilymenoptera belonging to the Families Oryssidae and Tenthredinidae, with Notes on other Sawrflies, Prov, Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, xxv, 1900, p. 514-518, 13. Westwood J. G, O.: A Monograph of the Sawflies composing the Australian Genus Perga of Leach, Prove. Zool. Soe., 1880, p, 359-379. NOTES ON AND DESCRIPTIONS OF CHALCID WASPS (CHALCIDIDAE) IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM BY A. A. GIRAULT, ASSISTANT GOVERNMENT ENTOMOLOGIST, QUEENSLAND Summary The following is based upon material kindly loaned to me for study by the Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide. Descriptions of a few new forms collected by other than members of this Museum are included. All of the types are deposited at Adelaide, cotypes in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. NOTES on anp DESCRIPTIONS or CHALCID WASPS (CHALCIDIDAE) tn rue Soutn Ausrratian Musrtum By A. A. GIRAULT, Assistant Government Enromotoaisr, QuEENSLAND. Tor following is based upon material kindly loaned to me for study by the Director of the South Australian Museum at Adelaide. Deseriptions of a few new forms collected hy other than members of this Museum are included. All of the types are deposited at Adelaide, cotypes in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Socn-Faminy MYMARINAE. STETHYNIUM Enock. STETHYNIUM POEMA sp. nov. Runs to 8. cinetiventris, but golden, abdomen except more or less of margins, phragma, axillae except hind margins, cephalic half parapsides, sclerites between axillae, seutum except distal | and lateral margins narrowly, black. Tibiae 2-3 dusky, so flagellum. Fringes half wine width; hind wings 5 lines diseal cilia, 3 cephalic ; 24 lines fine discal cia on fore wing, the ciliation extending to opposite hase of marginal. Funicles, except last two, eylindrical, | twice longer than wide, equal pedicel, 2-8 longest, not thrice longer than wide, distal two oval, equal, shortest. Male black, centre of vertex and face, lateral pronotum widely and scutellium laterad of lateral suleus, silvery-golden, legs as in female, but femur 3 also dusky : joints flagellum (excluding pedicel) twice longer than wide, S. Aust.: Melrose (A, M, Lea). Two males and one female, October. Sup-lramimy TRICHOGRAMMATINA KE. JAPANIA Girault, JAPANIA TRISTIS Girault. One female with the above Stethynium. The antennae were missing, The first pair of tibiae above bear weak teeth, Sup-Faminy ENCYRTINAR, TACHINAEPHAGUS Girault. TACHINAEPHAGUS AUSTRALIENSIS Girault. Many specimens of both sexes from Dipterous puparia, Adelaide, Also 310 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM from a puparium taken from an opossum’s nest, Adelaide. Evidently widely distributed, PARANUSIA Girault. PARANUSIA LONGISCAPUS Girault, One female reared from ants, Liverpool, N.S. Wales (A. M. Lea). This specimen was entirely black, EPANUSIA Girault. EPANUSIA BEENLEIGHI Girault. A female, Sydney, N.S. Wales (A. M. Lea). HEXANUSIA Girault. HEXANUSIA SANGUINITHORAX sp, nov, Differs from the genotype: Stigmal, postmarginal equal, cistinctly shorter than marginal, latter two and a half times longer than wide and nearly twice the stiomal. Frons a bit narrower. Abdomen short, depressed, triangular, smaller than thorax. In male stigmal a bit shorter than postmarginal. Red, wings clear, head, abdomen purple, also face of prothorax and apical seutellum; pedicel above, club aeneus, funicle more or less dusky. Funicle 1 a bit longer than wide, a bit shorter than pedicel, G6 somewhat wider than long. Vertex punctate, two rows punctures along frons on each side; lateral ocellus barely separated from eye, equidistant. Upper thorax densely setose, scape long. Male wiih prothorax, seutellum, cephalic margin scutum across meson widely, seutum at meson candal margin, lateral propodeum, flagellum except apex pedicel, basal half scape, purple, also coxae 1-2 in front, much of femora 1 and 3 on dorsal edge. Club solid, funicles a bit longer than wide, 1 a half longer than wide, shorter than elub, pedicel shorter than funicle 2, hairs dense and longer than in female, but not long. Has veneral appearance of Tachinaephagus custratiensis Girault. The hairless Jine has four lines of cilia on the basal side of if in pairs, separated except caudad, where joining, the whole curves toward base, Queensl.: Innisfail, from syrphid puparia (J. L. Froggatt), July, 1926. Host: Syrphus balteatus. ANUSOIDEA Girault. ANUSOIDEA VARIA sp. nov. Differs from A. auretsevtellum in that mesopleurum, prepectus, coxa 3, femur 1 except silvery base, tibia 1 at base (vest yellow). rest of legs, purple; GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 311 apex tibia 2, tarsi, yellow, The postmarginal vein is pale and not half as long as the marginal; the straight elongate stigmal somewhat exceeds the marginal, N.S. Wales: Stanwell Park (A.M. Lea). One female. TANEOSTIGMODES Ashmead. TANEOSTIGMODES UNIFASCIA sp. noy. Ti the table of species as follows: la. Scape the same; pedicel and ring-joints black. (Apex seape’s dilation truncate and with a scooped-out margin, this emargination not great.) Kuniele 1 shehtly longer than wide, larger but mot longer than the pedicel. Hairs of elub not longer than those of funicle. Three loose Lites ciseal cilia between marginal vein and the rather obseure hairless line. Wings lightly embrowned between bend of submareinal and apex of stigmal, Dull black; dilation of seape, venation, head except vertex, upper side occiput, lower genae and a narrow line (aud ridge) across joining the lower end of the eyes and passing just inder aniennae; proplenrum, tarsi, knees, tibia 1 more Or loss, tibial tips, tegulae, cephalic | mesopleurum, golden, Abdomen sealy, thorax finely retienlated, Distal funicle much wider than lone. S. Aust.: Mount Lofty (A. M. Tea). One female, Sup-Faminy EUPELMINAR. EUPELMUS Dalman. EUPELMUS UNIPUNCTIPENNIS sp, nov. In my revised table of this large Australian genus, rus to EB. lvtheri, and isa typical member of the genus with approaching axillae, Kutirely blne except knees 1-2, tibial tips, and tarsi. Ovipositor half length of abdomen. Wings clear, but with a distinet, large, rounded, brown spot appended from costa near apex postmarginal vein, latter nearly twice the long, evrved stigmal. Lateral ocellus a bit closer to eye than to median, Cheeks with longish hairs. Mesopleurum with only sparse hairs cephalo-ventrad. Hairs from proventer not long, Funicles 2-4 twice longer than wide or nearly, longest, longer than pedicel, others shortening (last 5 antennals missing). Scape with a distinct, rectangular foliaceous ex pansion. Tasm.: Mount Arthur, Dee., 1915 (F. M. Littler). One example, 312 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Sur-Faminy CLEONYMINAE. MESAMOTURA Girault. MESAMOTURA KEATSI sp. nov. Like M. corticis, but femur 3 aeneus except basal 4, base tibia 8 shortly black; basal thick part of ovipositor not 4 ovipositor, which exceeds length of hody ; leg 2 more or less purple; base of dilation of tibia 3 proximad of middle, Queens!.: Kuranda, Nov., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female, MESAMOTURA AESCHYLI sp. nov. As M. keatsi, but in femmr 3 only distal Y; ved, tibia 8 with no black at base, ovipositor shorter than body, basal thick part not a half; base of the dilation of tibia 3 slightly proximad of middle; leg 2 except coxae and ihe paler tarsi, red; tarsus 3 not white, black after joint 1. Queensl,: Nelson, July, 1920 (A, P. Dodd). One female. The species are to be collected from the trunks of dying trees, and are doubtless associated with wood-inhabiting Coleoptera. SCHIZONOTELLA gen. nov. Legs simple, third femur a bit thickened. Habitus of Eupelmus. Middle of propodeum with an erect column, two black hair tufts on forewing, one off base of bend of submareinal vein, the other on base of marginal. Prothorax long, obeonieal, a bit exceeding length of scutum; furrows complete, widely separated, Propodeum with distinct lateral carinae and a carina laterad of the subcentral, small, round spiracle, Petiole quadrate, rest of segments (2, 4-7) large, 3 very short, ovipositor $ abdomen, Lateral ocellus twice closer to median than to eve, near median. Hind tibial spurs small, the smaller minute, Postmarginal elongate, twice the stigmal. Antennae 11 jointed, club solid, below eyes, SCHIZONOTELLA EUPELMOIDEA sp. nov. Orange; apex coxa 3, base femur 2 and of tibia 3, ovipositor except distal 4 plus, tarsi, white; seutellum between its 4 bristles, base to apex, abdomen, pro- notum caudad more or less, leg 3, axillae, coxa 2, trochanter 2, tibia 2 at base, purple; apex ovipositor black, also club and distal two funicles; funicle 1 a ring- joint, stout, 2 four times longer than wide, 8 twice longer than wide, 2 equal the elongate pedicel, Sealy, frons cephalad of ocelli, glabrous; sculpture coarser on scutum. GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 313 Forewing infuscated from first hair tuft nearly to apex and with four hyaline spots in pairs at opposite margins, second pair apex stigmal vein. Queensl.: Kuranda, Oct., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female. ALIGHERINIA Girault. ALIGHERINIA ANGUSTIFRONS sp. nov. As genotype, but scutellum but slightly convex, not mound-shaped, ovipositor extruded for length equal that of abdomen, or nearly, the frons back of ocelli narrow, lateral ocelli barely separated from eye and closer together than either is distant from median. Frons where narrowest more than diameter of an ocellus. Eyes closely pilose. Spiracle round, the propodeum with a median carina, fuzzy laterad and behind. Segment 2 subequal 5, largest, 3 and 4 each shorter by a bit. Femur 1 somewhat swollen and slightly excised beneath at apex. Frons-vertex long, wedge-shaped, cephalic margin carinate. Scrobes short. Pedicel elongate, equal funicle 2, which is four times the quadrate 1 and also equal to the solid club ; funicle 3 twice longer than wide, rest shorter, Femur 3 beneath with edges carinate but quite straight. Entirely aeneus; tarsi except joint 5 and tarsus 3, joints 2-5, white; dorsal aspect tibia 3 ivory white. Forewing brown across from all of marginal and stigmal veins. Dorsal thorax densely shagreened (except propodeum only), scutellum without median carina. Queensl.: Kuranda, Dee., 1919 (F. P. Dodd). One female. The narrow ivory on dorsal tibia 8 is not always present. Sometimes femur 2 bears a yellow-white spot at apex on one side. EPISTENIA Westwood. Differs from Thaumasura in that the antennae are inserted on a level with the ventral ends of the eyes, or a bit lower. The two hind tibial spurs, though unequal, are not elongate, and the prothorax is longer than wide, the axillae somewhat advanced. Lateral margins of abdomen carinate. EPISTENIA SPECIOSISSIMA sp. nov. Brilliant aeneus and finely punctate. Tegulae, legs (except a large blotch on ventral half, lateral aspect femur 3 between middle and apex, an annulus on tibia 8 less than its width from base and a lesser one same place tibia 2, also the aeneus proximal half of coxa 3) and basal half of scape, golden. Funicles 5-7 white. Somewhat resembles Thauwmasura pulchripes. Forewing with infusea- tion as in Thawmasura, but the loop distinetly broken at middle and at base, 314 RECORDS OF THE S.A, MUSEUM leaving the basal part an isolated, middle spot. Pedivel elongate, exceeding funicle 2, which is twice longer than wide, 1 wider than lone, & quadrate, club exeeeding pedicel, Postmareinal vein elongate, shorter than the marginal, over twice the stigmal. Eyes densely pilose; prepectus finely punectulate; cheeks bordering genal suture elabrous; ocelli equidistant, lateral a bit closer to eye than to median, Abdomen flat above, conical, exceeding thorax, last segment stylate ancl half as lone as the ovipositor, which is $ abdomen, segments large, 6 largest, loneer than wide, 3 very short, surface finely wrinkled or reticulated, 2 glabrous, 7 hairy. Differs from EF. miripes: Two marks on forewing, fore femur distinetly more swollen and distinetly excised beneath at apex, the basal end of the excision enarded by an aente tooth; funicle 5 is white (usually dark in other); fore leg usually without blotches (except on distal tibia beneath). Queensl.; Kuranda, Noy. and Dee,, 1919 (F. P, Dodd). THAUMASURA Westwood. THAUMASURA MARMORATIPENNIS sp. nov. As T. dentatitibia, but hair of cheek sparse, short, short on back of vertex and on tibia 3; most of posterior margim of eye except above fringed densely with long, appressed silyery hairs. Eyes naked, Teeth above on tibia 3 pale. Serobes not reaching, by far, to the cephalic ocellus (reaching to ocellus in other); clypeus glabrous (punetate in other). Ocelli equidistant from each other, Ovipositor $ abdomen, Funicle red, joint 2 not quite as long as pedicel. Loop of wing distinet, complete, basal area as large as distal, latter with two hyaline crescents side by side in its middle. Funicle § longer than wide, shorter than club. Femur 1 excised beneath at apex, 3 convexly swollen. Hind tibial spurs short, equal. Tarsi, bases of femora, knees 1-2, tibia 1 except beneath distad, 2 except not quite proximal half and distal 4 exeept beneath, and tibia 3 at little over distal 4, volden. Propodeum with two large foveae af meson, Prepectus densely punctate. Thorax coppery, with dark velvety areas, four of these on seutelhim. The male is very similar, but its propodeium is longer, and bears a median carina. Queens]: Kuranda, Dee. (F. P. Dodd). One female. THAUMASURA PULCHRIPES sp. nov. Ovipositor not extruded, abdomen nonstylate, 7 nonearinate. Seape and legs mostly pale whitish blotched with aeneus, funicles 3-5 whitish, also apex of GIRAULT—CHALCID WASPS 315 2 (and 4-6 slightly). Forewing with distinct loop, at each end of the loop the infuseation continued across the wing; apex of wing dusky. Diseal cilia extended to base on cephalic half, but only after a wide space of nearly colourless cilia against submarginal; funicle 1 longer than wide, 2 not as long as the elongate pedicel. Club over twice the length of the distal funicle. Propodeum with median carina only, spiracle round, smaller than usual. Excision beneath at apex of femur 1 great. Hind tibial spurs small. Lateral ocelli closer to each other than either is distant from median. Queensl.: Redland Bay, Feb., 1926. Two females from trunk of dead gums. Cotype in Queensland Museum, THAUMASURA AURITEGULA sp. nov. As T. arenae Girault, and small, the ovipositor somewhat more prominent ; abdomen, however, brilliant coppery, and with golden (silver at base) fuzz along upper sides, conspicuous on 7 and dorsad there also. Wings clear. Blue, legs except coxae and funicles 1-3 red. Funicle 1 longer than wide, 2 over twice longer than wide, but shorter than pedicel. Scrobes of the long, narrow, deep kind, and to median ocellus. Venation, tegulae golden. Differs further from 7. arenae: Propodeum short at meson, without a distinct carina there, spiracle not rounded, segment 7 bears a strong median carina, and femur 1 is excised beneath at apex. Ocelli equidistant, lateral closer to eye than to median. Eyes pilose. Frons wide. No long hairs on head. Hind tibial spurs short, equal. Queensl.: Nelson, Dee., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). One female. THAUMASURA BELLA Girault. Tasm.: Bridgeport (F. M. Littler, No. 2669). This species differs from 7. brevistylus in having only funicles 2-4 red, and the ovipositor is half the length of the abdomen, tibiae 1-2 aeneus above. The frons is wide. There are two females in the Macleay Museum collection from South Australia. THAUMASURA DENTATITIBIA sp. nov. Hind tibia with a long, spiralled dorso-lateral ridge, which bears 4—5 stout teeth, the latter increasing in size. Hairs from caudal vertex long, black; those from tibiae 2-83 dorsad long, white; cheeks with long greyish hairs. Pattern of wing not solid. Eyes naked. Lateral ocelli closer than. either is to median. 316 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Ovipositor equal abdomen. Legs partly aeneus on femora and tibiae. Tegulae black, funicles 2-4 red, hind tibial spurs shorter and stout. Coxae aeneus. Vict.: Mooroopna, Dec., 1923 (KF. E. Wilson). One female; Queensl: Chin- chilla (A. P. Dodd), cotype in Queensland Museum. WESTWOODIANA Girault. WESTWOODIANA PURPUREIPES sp. nov. Differs from the genotype: Scape purple, ovipositor a bit longer, neck of stigmal vein equal to shortest diameter of knob. The same otherwise, but base femur 1, leg 2 except tarsi, knee and base widely of tibia and lee 8 except tarsi and base of tibia, purple. Queensl.: Kuranda, Oct., 1919 (A. P. Dodd). CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 433 beyond disk, most under arm-plates have a central area of whitish, so that the under side of the arm seems to have a double line of blue like the dorsal side ; these lines, however, are not well separated, but tend to widen and run together on every joint. Fig, 129. Ophiothria lineocacrulea; aboral view of holotype (x2). Tlolotype: Reg. No. E. 463. There is only a single specimen of this handsome Ophiothrix, but the colour- ation is so very distinetive I have no doubt of the validity of the species. In this large and perplexing genus the colour pattern often gives the only reliable species character. Unfortunately there is no locality label with this unique specimen, and hence we cannot be certain that it is from South Australia, but it has the appearance of being from Dr. Vereo’s collections from Speneer or St. Vincent Gulf, and I feel very little doubt about its locality. OPHIOTHRIX LONGIPEDA. Ophiura longipeda Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., 11, 1816, p. 544. Ophiothrix longipeda Miller & Troschel, Syst. Ast., 1842, p. 113. There are seven typical specimens of this well-known species, having disks 12 mm. to 14 mm. in diameter and arms 175 mm. long, more or less. Only one has a loeality label, ‘‘Tumby Bay, South Australia, 28/x/1896.’’ This exainple, except for being dry, is like the other six, and was probably of the same lot originally, but I very much doubt if any of them came from Tumby Bay. 434 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Probably they are from the Northern Territory, where the species almost certainly oecurs, as it is common everywhere on the north-eastern coasts of Australia. It is not known from south of Port Curtis, Queensland, and it is hard to believe that so large and conspicuous a brittle-star could have been over- looked if it occurs along the southern coasts of the continent. OPHIOTHRIX MARTENSI AUSTRALIS. H. L. Clark, Dept. Mar. Biol. Carn. Inst., x, 1921, p. 111. There are nine specimens of this characteristic Australian subspecies, ranging from 6-5 mm. to 9 mm. aeross the disk. Aside from the fact that two or three of the alcoholie specimens are very markedly bleached, all are distinctly of the subspecies australis. One is labelled as from the Northern Territory, where one would expect the species to oceur, five alcoholic specimens have no locality label, and three dry specimens are said to be from ‘‘Tumby Bay.’’ It seems to me very unlikely that any form of O. martensi occurs on the southern coast of the Australian continent, hence I believe that all these specimens are from the Northern Territory. OPHIOTHRIX SPONGICOLA. Stimpson, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philadelphia, vii, 1855, p. 385. There is a fine series of this typically Australian Ophiothrix, consisting of seventy-six specimens, ranging from 4 mm. to 19 mm. across the disk. They exhibit a considerable diversity of colour, and the growth changes are important. How much the colour differences are due to preservation it is hard to say. One specimen is very pale brown or dirty-whitish, with deep purple spots on the interbrachial spaces below, and a hint of a similar spot between the radial shields of each pair; otherwise there are no indications of colour, though there are faint traces of marks on the arms. The smallest specimens are very light-coloured, whitish or pale brown, with conspicuous blue or purple marks between the radial shields of each pair, and extending more or less on to the shields, and irregular markings of the same shade at regular intervals on the arms; the intervals are of three segments, which may be all light or only the middle one wholly light, the others more or less included in the coloured areas. In large specimens the blue may completely cover all the upper arm-plates, but usually indications of banding are distinct. The lighter areas of the arms are usually tinged with red, and may be quite red, the arms then being distinctly banded with red and deep purplish-blue. The shade of blue varies greatly from light greyish-blue to almost black. Stimpson’s deseription says the colours are black and red, and it is probable that this is the impression given by many large specimens in life. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 435 The specimen with the disk only 4 mm. across has no spinelets on the disk, except at the very margin, where a few occur; the interbrachial areas below lack seales as well as spinelets. The arms are only about 20 mm. long, or five times the disk diameter. A specimen about 6 mm. across the disk has arms about 40 mm. long, or nearly seven times the disk. Minute spinelets are beginning {o appear on the disk seales. In the largest specimen the arms are over 160 mm. long, more than eight times the disk; the latter is rather thickly covered with thorny spinelets, whieh are even erowded in between the radial shields of a pair; the radial shields themselves are, however, quite bare. As a rule the disk is well covered with low, blunt spinelets, but it is not uncommon to find specimens in which these are wanting, execpt near the interbrachial margins. In spite of all this diversity in spinulation and colour, the species is easily recognized, at least among the Australian members of the genus, These specimens are chiefly from the Vereo collections, largely from Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs. ¢ 81mm. to 22% 12 mm. There is considerable diversity in the forin of the test, some individuals being so flattened that the height is little more than balf the cliameter, while others are more elevated, with the height exceeding two-thirds of the diameter. In one case the diameter is 16 mm. and the height 12 mimn.. but this specimen is somewhat deformed as a result of lateral pressure. ‘Chere is considerable diversity in the abaetinal system and in the pits and tubercles of the test; the oeular pores are not always slit-like, and may be quite evident; there is usually a pit at the proximal angle of cach ocular plate, and this may be very conspicuous, but it is often entirely wanting; in one specimen, 194 non. in diameter, ocular [ reaches the periproet, but | have found no other specimen in which it even approaches such a condi- tion; the pits in the test vary very much in size in differeut specimens, and there is also some diversity in the size of the primary tubereles. Diversity in colour ig shown, due to the number of siuall spines and the purity of their whiteness ; age is also a factor, for in small specimens the primaries are quite red at buse, with no trace of violet, and there is no indieation of green; these light-coloured little urehins, with nearly white tests and whitish spines, the larger ones with redoon the basal half, look quite unlike the duller and darker adults, with their violet-red and green spines. There is no doubt that thik species is nearly allied to 7. reevesii, but apparently the differences are constant. With the spimes on, the colonr alone ‘listinguishes them easily. The bare tests may be distinguished by the smaller tubercles in 7. a@us/ratis, especially in the ambulacra in the midzone, and the wore symmetrical abactinal system with the more completely exsert ocular 1, CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 461 It is noticeable in many specimens of 7. australis that the primary tuberele on an ambulacral plate in the midzone is of approximately the same size as, or not much larger than, the secondary tubercle at the inner end of the same plate, whereas there is a marked contrast in the sizes of the same tubercles in 7’. reevesii. This species is apparently common on the coasts of South Australia, for while most of the specimens have no locality label, the following localities are represented: Spencer and St. Vincent Gulfs (Vereo); Port Lincoln; Investi- gator Strait, 14 fathoms; Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms (Vereo); Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms (Verco) ; St. Vineent Gulf; Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms (Vereo) ; between Trowbridge Lighthouse and Backstairs Passage. It is probable that australis extends its range to Western Australia, for there is very little doubt that the bare tests of a Temnopleurus which I recorded in 1914 (°°) from Fremantle Beach are to be referred to this species; these tests are more brightly coloured than in any of the specimens before me, but that may be in part artificial. SALMACIS Agassiz. SALMACIS VIRGULATA var. ALEXANDRI. Salmacis alexandri Bell, Zool. ‘‘ Alert,’’ 1884, p. 118. Salmacis virgulata var. alexandri H. li. Clark, Cat. Ree. Ech. Brit. Mus., 1925, p. 88. There are two specimens of this variety, one a bare and somewhat broken test, 57 mm. h.d., and the other a fine specimen, 47 mm. h.d., with primary spines 10 mm. long. The bare test is labelled ‘‘N. Territory,’’ the other ‘‘N. Hast Australia.’? The two agree in the colouration of the test, and in the deep horizontal furrows so characteristic of the variety. The test is fundamentally white, and in the fine specimen is predominantly so; the spines too are pure white (possibly more or less bleached); the margins of all the horizontal furrows are light yellow-green, and the whole of the abactinal system and the adjoining coronal plates are of the same shade. In the bare test the green is more plentiful, and below the ambitus the general colour is light green with white tubercles. MICROCYPHUS Agassiz & Desor. MICROCYPHUS ANNULATUS. Mortensen, Dansk. Selsk. Skr., (7) 1, 1904, p. 101. There are fifteen specimens of this lovely little sea-urchin, all taken by Dr. Verco; one is from Investigator Strait, 14 fathoms, while all the others are (50) Rec. W.A. Mus., i, 1914, p. 164. 462 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf; in only one case, however, is the depth given, and that one is from 20 fathoms. The specimens range in size from 12 x 10 min. to 19 x 16 mm. or 19 x 17-5 mm.; the lowest specimen is 13 x 9-5 mm. Some of the specimens are darker than others, the test and basal part of the small spines being of a deeper shade, but on the whole the colouration is very constant. The primaries are pure white distally, a less pure shade basally; the coloured ring on the proximal half of the spine is very bright red distally, but is more or less dull, and often brownish or even greenish proximally. MICROCYPHUS COMPSUS. H. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 322 (as a substitute for M. elegans Mortensen, preoccupied). There are five bare tests of a Microcyphus which seem to represent this species. Of these, one from Spencer Gulf is 15 mm. h.d., and rather more than 13 mm. high; it is perfectly symmetrical, with a circular ambitus, and is in fine condition; the colour is dull rose-red, becoming dusky brown on the tubereled portion of the plates, while the tubercles themselves are a dirty greenish-white ; this specimen is labelled M. zigzag. Another specimen, from St. Vincent Gulf, is similar in colour, but is duller; it is 11 x 9 mm., and lacks the entire abactinal system. Specimens dredged in 60 fathoms off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, by Dr. Verco, are a trifle larger than this, lack the abactinal system, have holes in the test, and are so light coloured, with only a rosy tinge on the bare portions of the plates, that they are probably much bleached. The smallest specimen, 8 x 6 mm., dredged by Dr. Verco in Backstairs Passage, 23 fathoms, is in good condition, and is notable for its colouration; the > and the tubereled part of the plates is much lghter red is not at all ‘‘rosy,’ (instead of darker, as usual) than the red bare portion. On the whole this individual raises the question whether compsus and zigzag may not intergrade in colour, at least when young. MICROCYPHUS PULCHELLUS ("') sp. nov. Test 12-5 mm. in diameter, 11 mm. high; abactinal system, 2-75 mm. across, with periproct about 1-50 mm.; peristome, 4:5 mm. in diameter. Test wholly bare, with no trace of spines, pedicellariae, or buccal membrane. Oculars all exsert; genitals each with two large tubercles on inner margin, excepting the rather conspicuous madreporite, which has only one, and that at the corner; periproct with numerous small, round plates (mostly missing) ; one, adjoining genital 3, is noticeably the largest of those present. Coronal plates seventeen (51) Pulchellus=beautiful in reference to the very fine colouration. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, LRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 463 or eighteen in a column, commonly with one large primary tubercle and four or five small secondaries, of which three are on the outer half; the bare inter- ambulaeral space is narrow, and the uppermost plates have a small tubercle located in it. Ambulacral plates twenty-seven or twenty-eight in each column, each with a primary tuberele near middle, and some seyen or eight very small tubercles in two horizontal series on outer balf of plate; inner half of plate bare and smooth in midzone, but rarely with a very small tubercle near upper marein ; poriferous areas broad (narrow at peristome), equalling half the plates; inter- poriferous tubercles so small as to be insignificant, Interambulacra are nearly 4:5 mim. wide in midzone; ambulacra scarcely + mm. Hig. 1S, Microenphas pulchetliss: a, aboral view; ), side view of holotype (x2). Margins of all test plates, except near peristome, broadly white; entire surface of all the uppermost coronal plates white with a reddish tinge; lower- most plates and central portion of the others (except uppermost) rich reddish- brown; upper ends of ambilacra dull reddish-brown, merging into the greyish- brown of the abaetinal system, Ilolotype: Ree, No. EE. 628, There is but a single specimen of this striking form, a bare test from Spencer Gulf. Its colouration is so cifferent from that of any other Mirro- cyphus | have ever seen, | do not doubt that it represents a distinet species. But it must be admitted that large series of specimens of Microcyphus may show that the colour differences, which with our scanty material seem so useful, are really neither so important nor so constant as could be desired. MICROCYPHUS ZIGZAG. Agassiz and Desor, Ann. Sei. Nat. (3), vi, 1846, p, 358. A little, bare fest of a Microcyphus, 10 mm. h.d. and 8-5 mm, high, seems to be a young individual of this species. The inner half of the plates in both ambulacral and interambulacral areas is dark yellow-brown, while the outer half is light fleshed; the tubercles in both areas are a light, dingy cream- colour, This specimen was taken by Dr. Vereo in 23 fathoms of water in Backstairs Passage. +64 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM AMBLYPNEUSTES Agassiz. AMBLYPNEUSTES FORMOSUS. Valenciennes, Voy. “Venus,” Zooph., 1846, pl. ii, fig, 2. There are four small Amblypneustes, whieh must be referred to this species, but they do not make its validity any more certain. They range in size from 7x9) non. to 16 x 15 mm, and agree in haying bright ved primary spines. small, white periproctal plates, carrying no spinelets, and dark brown rhom- boidal areas at the outer ends of the coronal plates. The ground colour of the test ranges from light fawn-colour to brown. The characteristic zigzag lines are more or less well developed on the bare interambuwlacral areas. The speci- mens are all from Dr. Verco’s collections in Spencer and St. Vineeut Gulls, AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM. Echinus ovwmn Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., iii, 1816, p. 48. Amblypneustes ovwn Agassiz, Mon. Ech. Anat. Eehinus, 1841, p. ix. There are thirty-six specimens, either without locality labels or from the Vereo collections in St. Vineent and Spencer Gulls, whieh [ am referring to the typical form of this species, and few of them give any cause for hesitation. A specimen 31 mm, bed. is only 25 mm, v.d., its height beine thus only -S8O of its diameter, but the tuberculation and the general colouration and appearance do not warrant assigning it to either of the varieties. The specimens range in size from 11-5 x 10 wm. to 62 x 57 uim.; aside from the one just mentioned the lowest is 87 x 3lamm,, or -84, while the highest is 40 x 47-5 mim., or 1-19.) In nearly every specimen, whether dry or alcoholic, the test is greyish-ereen, the spines more or less pale green or greenish-white, and the tube-feet darker than the test. Even in the smallest specimens, spinelets (at least one or two) ean be found on the thiek, periproctal plates. One specimen, 20 x 13 mm., is curiously deformed, resembling Lehinastrephus in its rounded pentagonal ambitus, which if not actually above ihe equator is nearly so; the periproct is also unnaturally elevated. After repeated study of all the Aumblypneusies in this collection, I am tunable to improve on the grouping adopted in the British Museum catalogue (52), but | do not for a moment suppose that that grouping expresses the true inter- relationships of the various forms. Only iuch larger collections, with exaet field-notes, can give us the light we need, (62) BH. L. Clark, Cat. Rec, Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1925, p, 28. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 465 AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM var. GRANDIS. Aimblypneustes grandis IL. L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 329. Amblypneustes ovwn var. grandis H. L. Clark, Cat. Ree. Heh, Brit. Mius., 1925, p. 99. There are iwo fine specimens from St. Vincent Gulf which certainly repre- sent this variety, 1[n one the height (62 mm.) is -82 of the diameter (75 mm.), but in the other, whieh measures 89 x 61 mm,, it is only -69, This specimen is the largest Amblypneustes recorded. It has the test dark grey-brown (darkest near abacfinal system), and the primary spines are pale red. The smaller specimen is somewhat lighter coloured, with the primaries a very pale rec, AMBLYPNEUSTES OVUM var. PACHISTA. Amblypneustes pachistus HW, L, Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 327. Amblypneustes ovum var, puchista H. L. Clark, Cat. Ree, Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1925, p. 99. This is a heterogeneous lot of eighteen Ainblypneustes, vanging in size From 7x 4°59 nun, to 41 x33 mm., and in colour from the green and erey shades of typical AL. ovwm to the brown and red shades of A. formosus. To be sure, no specinen has the colour markings of A, formasus, nor are the spines so deep a red, but the red is sufficiently conspicuous to make the contrast with A. ovum striking. The only features that these specimens have in conunon are a relatively low test, coarse tuberewlation, and spinelets ou the periproctal plates. A speci- men 20 mm. in diameter is only 12-5 mm. high, while another 21-5 nun. lid. is 17 mm, high; this range of height from -62 to -79 h.d. is illustrative of the heterogeneity of the variety. A specimen 8 x 5-5 mm. has the priinary spines bright violet, and there is room for doubt as to whether it ever had spinelets ou the periproet, but it is certainly much nearer A. pachistu in form and general appearance than it is to any other deseribed variety. It is not unlikely that some of the specimens here referred to wl. pachista are really young A. grandis, but at present we know too little about growth changes and local varieties in the genus to enable us to determine that. Hence the variety A. pachisia becomes a dumping place for all Amblypneustes whieh have spinelets ou the periproct and the height less than «80 hc, and a colouration unlike typical enw. Practically all of the present lot lack locality labels, but a few are undoubtedly from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf. AMBLYPNEUSTES PALLIDUS. Echinus pallidus Lamarek, Anim. s. Vert., iii, 1816, p. 48. Anblypneustes pallidus Valeneicnnes, Voy. ‘‘ Venus,’* Zooph., 1846, pl. ii, fig. 1. +66 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM There are sixty-line specimens of this species, usually recognizable with vase, but thirty-nine are very small (2:5 mm. to Gum. hid.). These little ones were dredged by Dr. Vereo in St. Vineent aud Speneer Gulls. and are of 10 little interest beeause of their form and colour; all are relatively low (y.d. equalling -02 to -59 hid.), which seems to indicate that the tendency to a spherical form so noticeable in Aimblypneustes and Tolopnenstes is uot at all a retention of a primitive condition, brit is a recently aequired specialization. The colour of these young individuals is like that of the adults, either pale green or purple of some shade; twety-fwo of the thirty-nine are predominantly green, eleven are predominantly purple (violet or deep lavender), and six are iuiter- mediate. In both adults and young the small spines are generally lavender, even when the primaries are purple or layender, but oceasionally they are pale green; primaries are usually unicolour, either green or purple, but oecasionally they are green becoming violet at tip. The adult specimens are all without locality labels, and twelve of them are bare tests. They do not show auch diversity of form, for the lowest Is 28 x 25 mm., and the highest is 48 x 50 num.; y.d. is thus from -90 to 1-04 hid. In several large specimens the ambitus is distinetly above the equator, giving the test an ege-like form that is very noticeable. HOLOPNEUSTES Agassiz & Desor, HOLOPNEUSTES INFLATUS, A. Agassiz, Bull. M.C.Z., iii, 1872, p. 56. There are fourteen clry specimens of this species, of which nine are bare tests; none of the other five is fully covered with spmes. [i size they range from 17 x 15 mm. to 648 x Glam. In the largest specimen the ambulacra are 17 mm. wide, and the interaimbulacra are 2Z1ouom., bit iu auother individual with aimbulacra 17 mun. wide, the interambulacra ave only 18 mm. There is not a great deal of diversity in the form of the test, for it is notably high, even in the small specimens, and one 32 im. in dimmeter is actually 34-5 mm. high, with the ambitus aboye the equator, In colouration there is considerable range, the tests being Lieht greenish-grey, or blnish-grey, or dll reddish (with poriferous areas dull but light yellowish-green), or dull violet. The pronary spines are usually violet of some shade, but they may be dull rose or pale red, or even dingy white. Apparently no two of the specimens are exactly alike. There ave no locality labels for any of the spevimenis. HOLOPNEUSTES POROSISSIMUS. Agassiz & Desor, Aun. Sel. Nat. (3), vi, 1846, p. 36-4. Only four of the sixteen dry specimens representing this species have a CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 467 locality label, and that reads ‘'St. Vincent Gulf’? These four are the smallest ones; three are still clothed with thei brilliant red spines; the fourth and smallest is nearly bare, and measnres 27 x 27 mm., but it is not spherical, for the oval surface is flattened and the ambitus is above the equator; in these specimens the test is dull erey-ereen, the small spines and the basal part of a few primaries ereen, and the cried tube-feet white im marked coutrast. OF the other specimens five are still more or less clothed with spines; the fests are dark ervey, more or less stronely tinged with green; the small spines are ercen, greenish, or pale ervey sometimes tipped with red; the primarics are more or less bright red, with the basal part often more or less green; as a rule the spines of the oral surface are most nearly completely red. One of these specimens is 75 mm. hd., but only 56 mm. y.d.; it is thus unusually low, with val. only -74 ld. A second specimen, 75 mm. Iud., is 66 mm, high, while a specimen 69-5 im. ld. is 68 mm. high. One speeimen is markedly conical, while several are nearly spherical. The bare tests call for little comment but 7 x 70 mm. The excess of width of the ambulaera over the inter- ambulaera inereases with age; in the small specimens we find the proportions, one is 7 mubulaera 8-5 mm., interambulaera & mom., and amb. 11-5 mm, int. 10 mim.; in lareer specimens, with anih. 21 wm, across, inf. is 15 or 16 mim.; in the largest speeimens ainb, is 27 ww. to 28 nan, and int, is 20 mm, Pawiny KCHINIDAF. TRIPNEUSTES Agassiz. TRIPNEUSTES GRATILLA, Eehinus grotifia Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. 664. Tiipneustes gratilla Loven, Bih, Svensk, Vet-Akad. TTandl., xiii, 1888, p. 77. A single, bare test, 120 x 658 mm., labelled ‘Hast Australia,’’ is the only representative of this species in the collection, Kaminy STRONGYLOCENTROTIDAE. PACHYCENTROTUS H. L. Clark. PACHYCENTROTUS AUSTRALIAE. Sphaerechinus itusivahiae A. Agassiz, Bull. M.C.Z., iti, 1872, p. 55. Pachyeentrotus mustratiae WW. Ta, Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xxxiv, 1912, p. 349. A very nice series of this little-known sea-urchin contains eighteen speci- mens, ranging from 11x 6 mm. to 38 x 24 mm.; there are five bare tests, but the remaining thirteen specimens are in fine condition. The largest individual 468 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MuSEUM is from the north Coast of Kangaroo Island, the others are all from either St, Vineent or Spencer Gulf. In the smallest specimen ocular 1 is fully insert, but oeular VY is barely so. In all the others both | and V are fully insert, and in two eases (individuals 88 mm, and 35 mm. in diameter) ocular IL is also insert. It seems probable that having 1, V, J] insert is the normal progressive variation for Puchycentrotus, but it is not frequent enough to make it the speeies character for australiae. In the matter of colouration there is a most interesting parallelism between the sea-urehin and the quite unrelated Amblypneustes pallidus, for just as in that species, some individuals are wholly green, others are wholly purple or violet, and others are partly green and partly violet. At one extreme in P, dustraliae we have speciinens with the test grey above, becoming whitish orally, more or less markedly shaded with violet, primary spines bright violet, darkest at base, white-tipped, with one or more narrow vings of a darker violet faintly indicated or sometimes well marked, and small spines wholly white or white with a violet base; there is no ereen indicated anywhere. At the other extreme are specimens with the test grevish green, primary spines dull green, darkest at base, white-tipped, with one or more narrow rines of a dusky green faintly indicated or sometimes well marked, and small spines whitish, more or less ereen at base, and usually tinged with greenish; the only traces of violet are on the basal part of some small spines near the mouth. In both violet and green specimens the tubercles and the plates on the buccal membrane are white. Most specimens are intermediate between these two extremes; often the primary spines are more or less violet, with the basal part dull green, the tip white, and the eneireling rings dark violet, dusky, or greenish; violet tends to be more in evidence orally and green aborally. In some specimens the predominating tone is brown, with a more or less evident greenish tinge, and some small indi- viduals look quite brown and white; such specimens, however, when critieally examined show traces of either violet or green, ar both. This is one of the most distinctive sea-urchins endemic on the southern coast of Australia, and if is a pleasure to note that it is apparently rather common in St. Vincent Gulf. HELIOCIDARIS Agassiz & Desor. HELIOCIDARIS ERYTHROGRAMMA. Fehinus cruthrogranmmis Vilencicnnes, Voy. ‘*Vennus,’’ Zooph., 1846, pl. vii, fie. 1, Helioridaris erythrogramma Agassiz & Desov, Amu Sei. Nat., (3) vi, 1846, p. 371. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 469 This common species is represented by forty-three specimens, of which thirty-five are bare tests. he smallest are 2-75 mm. to 3 mm. in diameter, with seven coronal plates in a series, and the diameter of the peristome is considerably over half the test diameter. The largest is almost twenty-nine times as large (h.d. = 79 mm.), but it has only seventeen or eighteen coronal plates in a series, and the diameter of the peristome is only 24 mm., less than one-third h.d. Some smaller specimens have twenty coronal plates in a column, and the peristome but little more than one-fourth h.d. As for colour, we find the tendency to be either violet or green that Pachycentrotus and Amblypneustes pallidus show, but most specimens that are predominantly green have the basal portion of the spines more or less extensively violet or at least livid with a hint of purple. One specimen, 67 mm. in diameter, is labelled H. armigera, and is certainly suggestive of that form; the primaries are only 20 mm. to 25 mm. long, but as they are less than 2 mm. in diameter they are not stout enough for H. armigera, which, however, is probably not a valid species, but only an extreme form of H. erythrogramma. While many of the specimens are without labels, the following localities are represented in the present series: Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms; Investigator Strait, 14 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf; ‘‘south-east coast of Australia’’; ‘‘Outer Harbour,’’ St. Vineent Gulf. Famiry ECHINOMETRIDAE. PARASALENIA A. Agassiz. PARASALENIA POHLII Pfeffer, Verhandl. Ver. Naturw. Unterh. Hamburg, vi, 1887, p. 110. With the specimen of Hchinometra mathaei, from Cairns, Queensland, there was a test of a Parasalenia, which is better referred to this species than to P. gratiosa, for there are no tubercles on the abactinal system, and the spines left around the peristome are pale violet with faint dusky bands. But genital three is not shut out from the periproct, and there is no red in the colouration. The abactinal system is greenish, but each genital plate is purple at the centre. .The test is 16 mm. long, 13 mm. wide, and 7 mm. high. The colour of the test is nearly white, with some green next to the genital plates; the larger tubercles are pale lavender. There are five subequal anal plates, each one opposite an ocular. It is not altogether unlikely that this peculiar Parasalenia represents an undeseribed species. 470 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM ECHINOMETRA Gray. ECHINOMETRA MATHAKEI. Eehinus mathaet de Blainville, Diet. Sei. Nat., xxxvil, 1825, p. 94, Hehinometra mathaei de Blainyille, Diet. Sei. Nat., Ix, 1830, p. 206. There is a single small specimen of this common sea-urchin from Cairns, Queensland, The primary spines are pale olive at base, becoming darker dis- tally and then abruptly white-tipped. The species belongs, as does Parasalenia, in the North Australian fanna. HETEROCENTROTUS Brandt. HETEROCENTROTUS MAMMILLATUS, Echinus mammillalus Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. 667, Heterocentrolus mammillatus Brandt, Prod. dese. Anim., 1835, p. 266. There is a single small but handsome specimen from north-east Australia. The primary spines are short aud very stout, with two broad but ill-defined white bands near tip; the ground colour is light grey-brown or fawn-colour, becoming dark brown distally, though the actual tip is brownish-yellow; a typical spine ix 60 mm, long, 6 mm. thick at base, and 12 mm. near tip; orally the primaries are flattened and broadly tipped with orange-red or brownish- orange: secondaries deep chocolate-brown. Orver EXOCYCLOIDA Sus-Orper CLYPEASTRINA Famity ARACHNOIDIDAE. ARACHNOIDES Leske. ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA. Echinus placenta Linné, Sys. Nat., ed. X, 1758, p. G66. Arvachnoides placenta Agassiz, Mon, Heh. Mon, Seut., 1841, p. 94. There are five specimens of this well-known ‘‘sand-dollar,’’ of which one, 34 x 34 mm., and water-worn, is from an unknown locality, while four are from Townsville, Queensland, ‘‘ presented by Clement lL. Wragge, August 5, 1886.’’ These are all small specimens. 35 mm. to 48 mm, across; the largest is bare and broken. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA URCHINS $471 AMMOTROPHUS ("") gen. nov, est diseoidal, its height less than -15 of its diameter. Ambulaera wider than interambulacra at margin of test. Petals short, wide; poriferous areas divervent, the outer margin rounded, so that they appear curved inward at tip. Genital pores four, Periproct rather large, on oral surface, some distanee from margin. Peristomal membrane heavily plated. Anricles entirely distinet, mneh more widely separated than in Arachnoides, Pedicellariae with three valves, Genotype: Ammotrophus cyclius sp. nov. (vide infra). There is no doubt that this is the most interesting new genus of Hehino- derms that has been discovered for some time, since it is not only so well characterized, but is obviously a member of a family which has always con- sisted of but a single genus. The character of the auricles, the plated hiteeal membrane, the four genital pores, the form of the test, and the character of the ambulacra leave no room for questioning the relationship to Arachnoides, while the form and position of the periproct, the pedicellariae, and certain details of the petaloid area serve to separate if well from that genus. Tt is noteworthy that the new genus is South Australian, while Araehnoides oceurs from New Zealand and the north-eastern coast of Anstralia northward to the Malay Peninsula. AMMOTROPHUS CYCLIUS ("*) sp. nov. Test 54 mm. long, 54 mm. wide, and 7-5 mm. high, but the outline is not perfeetly eirenlar, for there is a slight indentation at the margin in each ambulaerum, and also in the posterior interradius; if measured throngh T1-4 or TV-1, the diameter is only 53 mm. Petals approximately 15 mm. long by 8-5 mm. wide near the widely open tip; IT and TV are a trifle longer than T and V, and TIT is, by an insignifieant margin, the largest of all; there are about forly pore-pairs on a side in TIT Abactinal system small, with the four genital pores close together. Ambulacral furrows conspienons and very straight. Peristome irregularly cirenlar, less than 8 mm. in diameter. the membrane filled with narrow, thick, curved plates: centre of peristome is 27 mm, from anterior margin of test. Periproct, 3-25 mm, long, 2:5 mm. wide, its membrane heavily plated, ifs centre 7 mm. from posterior margin of test. Test covered with a dense coat of small spines, like those of Arachnordes, bit not nearly so diversified ; those of the dorsal side are relatively short ( about 1 millimetre long), with the distal end swollen, slightly curved, and more or less (M1) dupdrpopos=growing in sand, in refercnee to the habit indicated by the very flat teat. (M41) «txdtosrireular, in reference to the ambital outline, 472 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM asymmetrical, one side being often flattened to some degree; on the oral side the spines are longer, especially about peristome and periproct, not swollen at tip, but generally blunt, though near test-margin they may be pointed; they are usually curved, but may be perfectly straight; there is no essential difference hetween those of different areas, except in size, the largest being near the margin in the interambulaera, the smallest alone the sides of the ambulacral furrows; the latter do not in any seuse ‘‘roof over’’ the furrows. Bie, 140, Ammolrophus eyelias; a, aboral yiew; b, oral view of paratype (nat. size). Pedicellariae so small, so few, and so hard to find that they can be of little service as a species character, but they are of great interest because so entirely different from those of Arachnoides. After prolonged search, T found six, of which one may be ealled triphyllous and the others tridentate; but the tridentate are of two quite distinct sorts. AIL the pediecllariae seen liad three valves, The triphyllons had valves searcely -10 mm. long, with blades nearly straight, narrow, with nearly parallel sides, ending in a conspicuous sharp, inwardly curved, unpaired tooth. The tridentate have the heads about as lone as the stalks, but only about -20 mm. in leneth; the largest was about -25 mm,; in one form the head is stout, lone pyramidal, blunt, with valves somewhat flattened on the back, espeeially basally, and closely appressed to each other, along the finely serrate margins throughout their entire length; in the other form the heads are also stout and about -20 mm. in length, but the yalyes are somewhat. curved, and meet only for about the distal third; they thus resemble somewhat the tridentate pedicellariae of some Clypeasters; both kinds of tridentates in Ammotrophus thus seem to be of a relatively generalized type. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 473 Colour of all (he specimens, whether dry or alcoholic, is a rather bright vellow-browu, sometimes with a more or less evident reddish tinge. Holotype: Reg. No. E. 644. There are eighty-four specimens of this interesting sand-dollar, some of whieh had been identified as" Helimarachwius parm? and some as ‘* Peranella decagonilis’; (here is an obvious vesemblance to HLehinarachnius, and it is possible that the records of that genus from Australia ave based upon specimens of Amuoatrophus. Most of the specimens before me are from Encounter Bay, but a considerable number were dredged by Dr. Verco in St. Vineent anid Spencer Gulfs. There is remarkable uniformity in the shape and proportions of the test; the smallest is 15 x 15 mm., with a height of less than 2 mm., while the largest is 69 x 59x85 imm. The indentations in the margin in the posterior inforradius and in the ambnilaera are about equally evident in youne and old, bid the smallest specimens have the periproet relatively nearer the margin than do the adults. Genital pores are not usually present until the individuals are tearly SO nin. in diameter. The alimentary canal rons forward i ambalaerin ILt for a short distanee (abont to the end of the petal), then passes to the left ito interambulaerum three, and vuns around the body, in the vicinity of the petal tips on the left-hand side, bat distal to them on the right-hand side, to the meht-hand margin of TL, where it bends abruptly inward, anc then vins backward under the petal tips in IL and | to V, where it bends outward, and passing over the outer loop joins the periproct. [ts course is easily traced, through the test, in youne, aleoholic specimens, Examination of a perfeetly clean bare test shows that the ambyilaeral furrows of the oral surface extend up over the margin, and run abnost to the upieal system, diminishing rapidly after they enter the petals, just as in “lpach- nodes, but quite different from any of the Neutellidae. The ambulaera at test- Margin are about twice as wide as the interambulaera; ambulacra I and V ave 23 mm, wide, ina test 0 mm, in diameter, {he others 19 mm. ta 20 mm.; inter- ambulacra 1 and 4 are 9 min. wide, the others 10 mm. to 11 mm, The primor- dial inferambulaeral plates are all in place around the peristome, as in Ayaeh- nodes, Dut just as in that genus the second series of ambulacral plates form a vlosed| ting, separating the other interambulaeral plates from the basicoronal series. The succeeding ambulaeral plates ave much smaller and widely separ- ated interradially, so that there are three pairs of interambulaeral plates in each interambulacrum on the oral side of the test; oecasionally there are only two pairs in addition to the marginal plates, but much more commonly so much of the marvinal plates is visible orally that we might say there are four pairs of oral interambilaeral plates. This condition is interesting. because in Ardell. notes placenta there is only one sueh pair, and in cl, zelandiae there are two 474 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM (sometimes three), so that Ammotraphus is apparently less specialized than Arachnoides. At the other end of the interambulacrum, where it touches the apical system, the plates are very small and more or less coalesced, so that it is almost impossible fo make out the sutures, but in young specimens they are detectable, and it is certain there is not a single adapical plate, as in the Laganidae, Examination of the interior of the test shows that the oral and aboral surfaces are quite separate to the very margin, but the onter third of the interior space is well filled by concentric circles of caleareous pillars, which may coalesce more or less laterally. In each ambulaerum, just at the enc of the petals, are two stonter sets of such pillars, also more or less coalesced, aud in the interradii (on the large ambulacral plates of the second series) are. still larger pillars, the innermost of which are just back of the auricles. The ambu- lacral plates of the hasicoronal series, on whieh the auricles stand, may or may not be in contact to some extent at the peristomal margin of the interior of the fest; in other words, the primordial interambnlaeral plates, which are fairly wide on the outer surface of the test, have bevelled lateral margins, and their inner surface may be so redueed proximally that they no longer separate the ambulacral plates there. AMMOTROPHUS PLATYTERUS (*") sp. nov. Test 27 mm. long, 29-5 mm. wide, and 3-5 mm. high. Petals about 6 mm. long, nearly 4 mm. wide, with about thirty pore-pairs on each side; If is slightly the largest, Tl and 1V the narrowest. Abaectinal system very small, with four genital pores, the posterior pair much further apart than the anterior. Ambu- lacral furrows very well marked, except in [T1, where it is rather indistinet: the fnrrows run up on to the aboral side, as in A. eyelius; furrows TT and TV are nearly straight, with only a slight eurve near peristome, but furrows T and V are much curved: they run ont from the peristome at nearly a right angle to the median line, and then bend downwards to the margin. Peristome posterior, 2-6 mm. long, 2 mnt. wide; its centre is only 12 mm. from posterior margin of test. Periproct rounded diamond-shape, about as long as wide. 1-75 mm. in diameter; its centre is 3-5 mm. from posterior margin of test. In arrangement of plates in fest and proportions of ambulacra und interambulaera, not essen- tially different from A. cyclins. Test perfectly bare, white. Holotype: Ree. No, KB. 645, There is but a single specimen of this species from St. Vineent Gulf. Tt is superficially qnite different from A. cyclins, and probably represents a distinet (49) rAurirepos—broader, in reference te the shape of the test as compared with 4. eyclias. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 475 Species, but it is possible that it is only a ‘freak’? A. cyclins. It is even possible that with larger series of A, cyclius available greater diversity in test-form will be discovered, and this specimen will prove to be only an unusually wide indi- vidnal of the common species. [1 seems better to treat it as a distinct species until more abundant material determines its true status. Fig, 141, Amimotrophus pletyterus; a, aboral view; b, oral view of holotype (* 2). Famiry LAGANIDAE. PERONELLA Gray. PERONELLA LESUEURI, Laganwwn lesveuwt Agassiz, Mon. Beh.: Mon. Seut., 1841, p. 116. Peronella lesueurt A, Agassiz, Rey, Ech., pt. 1, 1872, p. 148. There is only a single, bare test, 112 1mm. lone by 110 mm, wide, from an unknown locality. PERONELLA PERONII. Lagann peranit Agassiz, Mon. Ech.: Mon. Sent., 1641, p. 125. Laganwn (Peronella) perowi Gray, Cat. Ree. Eeh. Brit. Mus., 1855, p. 1s. Peronclla peroniit A, Agassiz, Rev, Beh, pt. 1, 1872, p. 149. Although there are 132 specimens of this charaeteristically Australian species in the colleetion, not a quarter of them haye their normal coat of spines and more than two-thirds are dead, bare tests, often damaged. Specimens, living when taken, are from Dr. Verco's collections in Spencer and St, Vincent Gulfs, but there are dead tests from the following localities, most of which were 476 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM dredged by Dr. Verco: Off Beachport, 110-200 fathoms: Kangaroo Island, off Cape Borda, 62 fathoms; K.L., off Point Marsden, 17 fathoms; K.L., off American River, 8 fathoms; off Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms; 35 miles south-west of Neptune Island, Investigator Strait, 104 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 20-22 fathoms; off Cape Jaffa, 90 fathoms; 60 miles west of Eucla, Great Aust ‘alian Bight. The specimens range in size from less than 2 mm, in length to something over 22 nn, Genital pores are evident in some specimens 12 mm. long, but there is great individual diversity in this matter; in one specimen 6 mun. long the four venital pores are conspicuous while in another almost 12 mm, long there are none visible. Madreporie pores usually begin to appear when the test is 5-6 mm. long, but they are never very miumerous or conspicuous, and the oculo-genital mass (the apical system) is more completely obscured than in any other echinoid [ have examined. Faminy FIBULARILDAE, ECHINOCYAMUS Leske. ECHINOCYAMUS PLATYTATUS. HW, L. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xlvi, 1914, p. 63. Although there are 168 specimens of this species at hand, not one was alive wheu taken so far as can be told from present appearances; only four show any spines at all and in these, the indieations are that the tests were dead ancl the spines were falling off when they were dredged. The largest specimen is fo x8 mun,, while the smallest are about 2mm. long. There is great variation in form, some individuals being as wide as long and practically circular in outline while others are only three-fourths as wide as long, and the anterior end is narrower and bluntly pointed. The height ranges from abont +25 of length to over -82, but usually it is well under +30. There is great diversity also mm the matter of the genital pores, which may be very large or moderate or sinall; there is no correla- tion between the size of the test and the size of the pores; some very small specimens have big pores and some of the largest specimens have small pores; there is probably a sex correlation but that is at present a pure assumption, There are normally four pores but if is not uncommon to find but three anid one individual, uearly 6 mm, long, has but two, one in interradius 1 and one in hy they are relatively very large. This large series of specimens is from the following localities : Of Cape Jaffa, 130 fathoms; off Beachport, 110-200 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 17-22 fathoms: off St. Franeis Island, 1520 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf; King George's Sound, 12-25 fathoms; beach at Hopetown, West Australia. Practically all the specimens were collected by Dr. Vereo. CLARK—SEA-LILIEs, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 477 FIBULARIA Lamarck, FIBULARIA CRANIOLARIS. Hehinocyumus craniolaris Leske, Add. ad Klein, 1778, p. 150. Pibwlaria craniolaris de Blainville, Diet. Sei, Nat. xvi, 1820, p. 512. There ‘ave 305 fibularias, which 1 am ineluding under this name but their diversity of form is very great, as is also the diversity of size. They were taken at the following places, chiefly by Dr. Vereo: Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms; Liuvestigator Strait, 20 fathoms; Backstairs Passage, 17-22 fathoms; off Point Marsden, Kangaroo Island; off Cape Marsden, 17 fathoms; St. Vincent Gulf; east of North Neptune, 45 fathoms; Spencer and St. Vineent Gults; King George’s Sound, 12-25 fathoms. Ouly nine or ten still carry their spines. The smallest are about 2-5 mm. long and less than 2 mm. wide, only moderately well-arched, and with bluntly pointed ends, especially antertorly. Larger specimens Show an increasing variety of form and the large ones are often strikingly unlike; thus one specimen is 9 mm. long, aliwost 8 mm, wide and 7mm. high, while another is 11-9 mm, long, almost 8 ain. wide and 6-5 min, high. some individuals ave somewhat fattened dorsally while others tend to be con- spicuously elevated in ambulacrum ILL in front of the apical system. In spite of this diversity of shape there is such complete agreement im the small periproet placed close behind the peristome, the small genital pores and the large ambu- lavral pores, forming short petals with few pore-pairs, that I do not hesitate to eall all of the specimens 2. craniolaris. FIBULARIA PLATEIA ("") sp. nov, Test G25 mm. long, 4-8 mm, wide and 2-35 mm. high, somewhat higher auteriorly than posteriorly, Petaloid area about 3-25 mim. long by 2.5 mm, wide; pores of petals big, as large as genital pores, two very oblique pairs on each side of each petal but in petal TV, the two pairs in the anterior area each lacks one pore so there are but six pores in petal; in petal IL one of posterior pairs lacks a pore so there are but seven pores in petal; there are thus thirty-seven pores in the whole petaloid area instead of the forty that there should be, Genital pores four, large. Ocular pores not detectable, Madreporic pore single. Peristome 1:25 mm. in diameter, its centre 3 mm, from posterior margin of test. Periproet -80 nim, in diameter, its centre 1-25 mm. from posterior margin of test ; the piece of test between peristome and periproct is thus only a trifle ever half a millimeter wide. Test perfeetly bare, whitish, Ilolotype: Reg. No, K. 630. (a6) wAareia flat, in reference tu the low Behinoeyamus—ke test. 478 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM The holotype is the only adult individual among the 159 specimens of Fibularia that I am referring to this species. The others range from less than two to a little over four mm. in length, There is not much diversity in the shape of the test which is always flattened but there is much diversity in the number of pores in the petaloid area, ranging from thirty-one to thirty-nine in the larger specimens and being much fewer than thirty in the small ones. The genital pores are often much larger than the ambulacral pores. There is no trace of dividing Mig, 142. Fibuleria plateia; a, aboral view; b, oral yiew; e, side view of holotype (x 4). partitions im the interior of the test, the species being a true Fibularia in spite of its flattened test. It is nearest, perhaps, to the Hast Indian species #. eribellwn but the differences in the form of the test and in the petaloid areas seen fo nie too great to permit considering them identical. But | have never seen FP. cribellum and it may be comparison of specimens will show that 1 am wrong in making a new species of the South Australian form. Nearly all of this large series of J”, plateia we owe to Dr. Verco, They were taken at the following places and it will be noticed that this Mibularia ovcurs, apparently, with F. craniolaris and Echinocyamus plalyfaulus: Of Beachport, 40-110 fathoms; DBackstairs Passage, 17-22 fathoms; seven miles south-west of Newland Mead, outside Back- stairs Passage, 20 fathoms; Wallaroo Bay, 15 fathoms; St. Vineent Gulf; off St. Francis Island, 15-20 fathoms; off Cape Borda, 55 fathoms; off Cape Jaffa, 130 fathoms ; east of North Neptune Island, 45 fathoms; off Bunbury, West Australia, 22 fathoms, All the specimens are bare, dead tests, Sus-Orper NUCLEOLITINA Famitry NUCLEOLITIDAE. APATOPYGUS Hawkins. APATOPYGUS RECENS, Nucleoliles recens Milne-Edwards, Cuvier’s Ree. Anim.; Zoophytes. 1836, pl. xiv, fig. 3. Apatopyyus recens Tawkins, Geol. Mag., lvii, 1920, p. 396. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-URCHINS 479 One of the most interesting specimens in the collection is a young Apatopygus taken by Dr. Vereo in 22 fathoms off Bunbury, West Australia. The specimen is 10 num. lone, 8 mm. wide and 4 mm. high, aud is covered with a complete coat of spines and pedicellariae, showing that it was living when taken. The genus is known at present only from New Zealand, though it has been recorded also from Madayasear, This specimen which is undoubtedly from West Australia makes the Madagascar record more eredible. I have no specimen from New Zealand small enough to make a satisfactory comparison with the present spechnen possible but fortunately Mortensen (°7) has given so full aud clear an account of the New Zealand species (cl. recens) that it is not diffienlt to sce wherein the West Australian resembles or differs from it. The resemblances are mauy, the differences few and trivial. The only difference that is worth men- tioning is in the pedicellariae which are fairly abundant and in generul correspond to Mortensen’s description and figures. There are about fifty globi- ferous pedicellariae present chiefly along the sides of the test and as the glandular tissue on the heads of these has dried black (or nearly so), each pedicellaria appears as a blaek spot among the pale yellowish spines. The valves of these pedicellariae ave not exactly like those of the New Zealand form, as the blade is a little longer, more constricted and has but four terminal teeth. The tridentate pedicellariae also show some slight differences due to the greater thiekness of the basal part: the valves seem to be distinetly wider basally. Although these differ- ences seem trivial, they at least suggest the possibility that the West Australian Apatupygus is not identieal with the New Zealand species but represents a new species. In yiew however of the scantiness and youthfulness of the material, it is best to call it A. recens until abundant material shall solve the problem. Sus-Orper SPATANGINA FPaminy HEMIASTERIDAE. PROTENASTER Pomel. PROTENASTER AUSTRALIS. Desoria australis Gray, Aun, Mag. Nat. Hist. (2), vii, 1851, p. 132. Prolenaster australis Pomel, Class. Meth, Beh., 1883, p, 36. A small, bare test, 21 mm. long, 18 mm. wide, and 13 mon. high, of this species is of interest because of its locality. It bears the label: ‘‘Colleeted ou beach at Ellensbrook, w. coast of W. Australia, south of Cape Naturaliste, Dr, Verco.”’ (57) Mortensen, Vid. Med., Ixxiti, 1921, pp. 184-192, pl. viii. +80 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Faminy SPATANGIDAE. GONIMARETIA H., L. Clark. GONIMARETIA INTERRUPTA. Lonchophorus interruptus Studer, Monatsh. Berlin Acad. Wiss., 1880, p. SSO, Gontmarclio inlerrupta HL di. Clark, Mem. M.C.Z., xlvi, 1917, p, 20. A specimen of this rare species is in the collection, but has no loeality label. The only specimen previously known is the unique holotype in Berlin, whieh was taken in ‘'30 fathoms, West Australia.’? Presumably, therefore, the present specimen is from the western coast of the contment, Ut is 26 mm. long, 22 1m. wide, and 12 mm. high; the abactinal system is only 11 mm. from the anterior cud, and the test is highest there. In side view, therefore, the form of the test looks very different from that of G. fylofa, the most nearly allied species of (Gonimaretia. The specimen is an interesting non-pentamerous yariant, ws there is no petal in ambulacrum 1; ocular I seems to be absent, and ambulacrum I ends just above the ambitus in the zone where the petal, if present. would begin. Interambulacra 1 and 5 are both present, clear to the apieal disk, but columa 2 of avea 5 just fails to reach the disk. Petals Ll, 1V, and V are each about Samm. long. The specimen is peutamerous ventrally. It belongs in Jaelkson’s Group 16, and is discussed by that author in his recent memoir ("S). The pedicellariae of this species have never been deseribed, so it is of interest (oO compare them with those of G. fylofa. Globifterous pedicellariae are cominon on the ambulaera orally, as in G. ¢ylola, but they are conspicuously different, for the valves are much shorter and less slender, and the tips are not coloured ; in the present specimen the valves are nearly or quite closed, not spread wide open, as in the specimen of (. fyfola examined, but this is, of eorrse, a matter of preservation, or at least of physiological condition. 'Tridentate pedicellariac are all of the narrow-valved type of @. tyleta; none resembling a rostrate type were seen; the valves are shorter and broader than in @. fy/ofu, but are not very distinctive. Ophicephalous pedicellariae of normal form are present, but seem tu be rare; uo triphyllous pedicellariae were seen. In only one respect does this specimen difter essentially froin Stucer’s original description and figures, aud that is in the presenee of primary spines on the aboral surface. Studer’s specimen seemed to have none, bit in the present individual there are four in interambulacrum 2, near the apical system, close to the boundary of ambulaerim If, and two, or perhaps three, in the same relative position in interambulacrum 3. These primaries are not so large as in G. tylota, and their position is entively different from those of that species. (98) Mem. Boston Sov, Nat. Hist., viii, 1927, p. 536. CLARK—SEA-LILIES, SEA-STARS, BRITTLE STARS, AND SEA-UURCHINS 48] There can be no doubt that the species is a typical Gonimerelia, and it is a vreat pity that we have no information as to when and where the present specimen was taken. BREYNIA Agassiz & Desor, BREYNIA AUSTRALASIAE. Spulaniis custralasive Leach, Zool, Mise., 1, 1815, p. 68. Breynia vustralasive Gray, Cat. Ree. Beh. Brit. Mus., 1855, p. 46. There are seven bare tests of this common Australian spatangoid, of which four are from Port Essington, Northern Territory, and the others are without labels, The smallest specimen is 45 mm. long, 39 mm, wide, and 28 mun. high; the largest is 75 x 62 x 38 mm, ECHINOCARDIUM Gray. ECHINOCARDIUM CORDATUM. Behinus cordalus Pennant, Brit. Zool, iv, 1777, p. 69. Behinocurcdiun cordatus Gray, Brit. Rad., 1548, p. 6. There are eighty-cight specimens of this cosmopolitan species, but the great inajorily are small and of little interest. Those which have locality labels were volleeted at the following places: Off American River, Kangaroo Island; Port Willunga, S.A., A. Zietz coll.; Warooka, Yorke Peninsula; off Yankalilla Bay, 20 fathoms; St. Francis Island, 15-20 fathoms; St. Vineent and Spencer Gulls, Verco collection. The specimen from Warooka is a bare test, 53 mim. lone, 45 wom. wide, and 33 mm. hieh, while that from American River, whieh. is cont pletely bleached and considerably broken, is 57 x 52 x 37 mm, ‘These two specimeus are considerably larger than any non-European indiyiduals of this species that have been recorded. On comparing them with European specimens of similar size | was at once struck by three differences, and for a time [ thought | had found tangible characters by which to distinguish 2. aus/rale as a species distinet from #. cordehon. The three points were first the size and width of the area comprised within the internal fasciole; second, the number of pove-pairs enclosed within the subanal fasciole; and third, the form of the periproel, The South Australian specimens have the area within the internal fasciole relatively small and narrow; the specimens with which L first compared them have it large and notably broad. The Australian specimens have four pore-pairs on each side of the subanal plastron, the Kuropean specimens ouly three. The Australian specimens have the periproct as wide as high, the European specimens have it much higher than wide. But further comparison of specimens convineed me that individual diversity is so great in the form and size of both internal 482 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM fasciole and periproct that those characters cannot be relied on. There is also intergradation in the number of subanal tube-feet, but here the difference between the northern and southern forms is worth noting. Many, perhaps most, Australian specimens over 25 mm. long, have four such tube-feet, and in one specimen there are five on each side. In European specimens I have only found one which had four, and occasionally there are only two, as in young specimens from everywhere. Japanese specimens have only three, so far as my observa- tions go. Of five New Zealand specimens two have two, two have three, and one has four, Evidently we cannot distinguish a species on so yariable a vharacter, but | have not sufficient material to enable me to decide whether we might not wisely recognize a southern variety or subspecies. However, it looks as though the Australian form was as different from that found in New Zealand waters as it is from the Huropean species. A NEW AND VERY LARGE CRIOCERATID AMMONOID FROM THE CRETACEOUS OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA BY PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN AND DR. F. W. WHITEHOUSE Summary The South Australian Museum is indebted to Mounted Constable T. Jury, at one time stationed at Oodnadatta, for a very fine example of an ammonoid shell which he discovered in the Cretaceous argillaceous limestone of the interior of the continent. The specimen was found in the banks of the Arkeringa Creek, forty-eight miles south-westward of Oodnadatta, and situated on the north-eastern flanks of Stuart’s Range, between Giddi-Giddinna Creek and Oolgelima Creek (Pastoral Plan, Sheet No. 14). See map in text (fig. 143). A NEW anvd VERY LARGE CRIOCERATID AMMONOID FROM THE CRETACEOUS or CENTRAL AUSTRALIA By PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN anv DR. F. W. WHITEHOUSE Text figs. 149-145. Tar South Australian Museum is indebted to Mounted Constable T. Jury, at one time stationed at Oodnadatta, for a very fine example of an arnmonoid shell which he discovered in the Cretaceous argillaceous limestone of the interior of the continent. The specimen was found in the banks of the Arkeringa Creek, forty- eight miles south-westward of Oodnadatta, and situated on the north-eastern flanks of Stuart’s Range, between Giddi-Giddinna Creek and Oolgclina Creek (Pastoral Plan, Sheet No, 14). See map in text (fie. 143), In the first instance Mr, Jury forwarded to Adelaide only a portion of the shell that had fallen free from the matrix. The specimen was of such evident scientific interest that under the courteous permission of the Commissioner of Police (Brigadier-General Leane), Mr. Jury was requested to obtain, if possible. the remainder of the fossil. This work was varefully executed, and with the exception of the primordial whorls, whieh were broken off prior to its entomb- ment, the specimen is in perfect condition, and is the largest example, and one of the most complete, of its kind known. REFERENCES TO TITE LITERATURE OF THE AUSTRALIAN CRIOCERATIDS. In 1867 Professor MeCoy obtained a specimen from the head of the Flinders River, Queensland, which he named Ancyloceras flindersi (4). This very imperfectly known species is of enormous size, MeCoy did not figtre the holo- type, the necessary figure being given in 1909 by Etheridge (18, pl. 39, fie. 1). Crioceras australe was founded by Moore in 1869 (5, p. 257) on a specimen from Wallumbilla Creek, Queensland. The type specimen, which was very incomplete, was destroyed in the Sydney Garden Palace fire of September 22, 1882. Owing to the loss of the type, much confusion has arisen as to the inter. pretation of the species, One of us (Whitehouse, 21, p. 214) has lately chosen a neotype of the species, which was then referred tentatively to the genns Tropaewn. 484 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM S\ Ne ve e “i A ounha DATTA Zt 8 oS \ SS WALGE BUCKINA Ry She coy rr oe es" coor ase ra > b=) 2 =z > bh il By oaseanr find er ie & Fig. 143. Shows locality where the fossil was found. HowcHIN AND WHITEHOUSE--A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 485 In 1875 Waagen (6) recorded and figured trom Rortch, in tidia, a portion of a large crioceratid as Crivecras australe Moore. This specimen has been examined by one of us (E.W.W,), Though belonging to the genus Austriliceras. so typical of the Australian Aptian, if represents a species as yet wnknowa i Australia, and for which a new specific name is required. The name Crioeeras jiehii was evected in 1880 by Etheridge (7) for a Walsh River (Queensland) specimen, This species was selected later by Whitehouse as the genotype of Anstraliceras (vu. inf.). In 1883, Etheridge (8) vecorded further ¢rioceratid fragments from North- West Queensland, Tn 1888, Tenison-Woods (9) gave the name (yrioceras irregulare lo a ew form from the Palmer River (Queensland). The specific name was abandoned by Mtheridge in 1892, but re-crected by Whitehouse in 1926, and placed in the genus Austraticeras, Ratte in 1886 published a note (10) on a large fragment referred by him to Crioceras australe, The specimen bas not been examined by either of us; an front the fizmre it is not quite clear to whieh of the speetes, into whieh Criaceras qustrale tas been split, this form belongs. At the first meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science (1887). the late Professor Ralph Tate (12) supplied a ** List of Cretaccous fossils of the Lake Eyre Basin,’ in which Crigcenits mustrale finds a place: but the author @ives no particulars as to the locality where it was found ov to the name of the diseoverer. The specimen to which he referred is probably (lat presented to the Adelaide University by Mr. J. J. East, and mentioned by him in 1889 in a paper on the geology of Central Australia (13). In 1892, Etheridge (14), in his revision of the fossil floras and faunas of Queensland, reviewed the Cretaceous ammonoids. He deseribed and referred to the erioveratid species already named ax Aneyloceras flindersi MeCoy, Crioceras qustrale Moore, and Crieceras sp. ind, As new species were erected ITamites (7) laqueus, Aneyloceras taylori, and Criocerus edkinsi, the name Crivceras jachit ith. fil. was abandoned, it being recorded in the synonyiny of Crioceras australe, Many new locality records were given, In the veport of the Horn Expedition, 1896, Tate and Watt acknowledge the wift of “examples of Crioceras australis’ from Charlotte Waters (15, p. 63), but no further notices of the specimens are available, In two papers published in 1902 (16 and 17), Etheridge recorded the Cretaceous ammonites known from New South Wales and South Australia, but no additions were made to the species. Tn 1905, Etheridge (18) took the opportunity, in deseribing a collection of fossils from Dalhousie Springs, to add still further notes on the Australian 486 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM crioceratids. Crioceras australe Moore, C. jackii Eth. fil. and C. irregulare Tenison-Woods were regarded as identical and placed wnder the name (. australe. Further record was made of Crivceras (Ancyloceras) flindersi, aud a new species, Aneyloceras cordycepoides was erected, Anisoceras (2) sp. was recorded, Etheridge’s main revision (20) of the erivceratids appeared in 1909, In this very important and magnificently iustrated paper a vast wealth of material was deseribed, At that time confusion existed in all countries on the relation of the loosely coiled ammonoids. Etheridge saw that the accepted classifications were unsatisfactory, and, in placing the species in such accepted genera, saw that future generic revision would be necded, He desevibed and figured the following species: Crioceras (2) leptus; Crioeeras sp. nov.; C. sp.; C. jackii Eth. fil, (synonym: C. irregulare Tenison-Woods) ; C. naufiloides sp. nov.; C. aronaides sp. noy.; (. ammuonoides sp. nov.; C. plectoides sp. nov.; C. flindersi MeCoy sp. ; (, lampros sp. nov.; C. cordycepoides Eth. fil.; C. laqueus Eth, fil; CL laylari Eth. fil. sp.; @. (2) sp.; and Leptoceras (2) edkinsi Eth. fil. sp. The name Crioceras australe was abandoned, In 1926 Whitehouse revised the whole of the ammonoid faunas of Eastern Australia. A number of new species were erected, and all names previously ‘bestowed were retained, ‘“Crioceras’’ australe Moore and ‘€."" irregulare Tenison-Woods heing reinstituted. The Australian species were placed in the genera Austlraliceras®, Tropaeum, Towaceratoides, Hamites, Labeceras*, Appur- diceras*, Anisaceras, Aleteceras*, Myloceras* and Flindersttes*, the genera marked with an asterisk being new, Of these Austruliceras, Tropaewm and Toxocerqtaides belong to the Roma Series, the remaining genera coming from the Yambo Series, (In this paper the old ‘*Rolling Downs formation’? was divided into three series: The Morven Bed, the Roma Series, and the Tambo Series in ascending order. ) Famity ANCYLOCERATIDAR Hyarr (emMenn Wuirrrouse). This family includes the lineage Ancyloceras, Australiceras, Tropaeum, and Ammonitoceras. Avstraliceras, which has trituberculation on the initial and. final stages of the shell, but not on the intermediate stages, passes to Tropacum hy the eonrplete loss of tubercles. On the speeimen deseribed below weak tubereles are faintly suggested on the final stage (the coarse costac of the body- chamber), but the initial whorls are not preseryed. It is advisable, however, 10 retain the species in Tropaewn rather than in Ausiraliceras, HOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE—A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID +87 TROPAEUM IMPERATOR sp. nov. Fie, 14. Coiling erioceratid; earliest whorls unknown, later whorls simply costate ; while the costae of the body-chamber are coarse, widely spaced, aud have very faint tri-tuberculation, in the intermediate stages the costae are reclined, slightly flexed, and number about 75 to 80 per whorl; the costae, which occasionally Fie. 44. Tropaeum imperator sp. nay. iB I 458 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM bifureate near the umbilical shoulder, are separated by sulei of equal or greater width, Densiseptate ; septal suture 1.U.L.E., the various elements highly indented ; septal saddles prominently and deeply bifid; septal lobes regularly trifid (fie. 145). This form, as mentioned below, agrees perfectly with Australiceras lampros (Etheridge fil,) in details of ribbing, septal sutures, dimensions, and whorl- section. In two features, however, it is clearly distinet: the size is very mueh larger and the tuberculation is practically absent, thongh famtly suggested on the body-chamber, This undoubtedly represents a further example of a species- lineage changing from Austruliceras to Tropaeum by the orthogenetic loss of {ubereulation. The specimen is of particular interest on account of its enormons size, Lt is hy far the largest erioceratid known, though, of course, not the largest of the ammonoids. That distinction belongs to the well-known Pachidiseus seppen- radensis Landois, from the Turonian of Westphalia, which reaches a diameter of 2 metres. Very large size was attained in ammonoid stocks at various times. The Lower Lias, with Coroniceras, Vermiceras, ete., the Portlandian with Gigantites, and the Turonian with Pachydiseus, Austeniceras, ete., are particularly notice- able, Among heteromorphie forms the Ancyloceratidae in particular specialize in megalomorphs; for, as recently restricted by Whitehouse (23), the family is comprised of four genera, Aneyloceras, Australiceras, Tropaeum, and Animeoni- foceras, each of which is made up almost wholly of species of gigantie size, The earliest of these genera, Ancyloceras, is the least remarkable in this regard, although forms like A. mafheronianum d’Orbigny and A. variante d’Orbigny are outstanding. All four genera are represented in the Roma Series of the ‘Rolling Downs Formation’ by large forms; while in other commtries they are just as remarkable for their megalomorphs. In Europe, e.g., Australiceras gigas (Sowerby, 1, vi, p. 188, pl. 593, fig. 2), Trepaenm howerbanki (Sowerby, 3, p. 410, pl. 34, fig. 1), 7. dillsi (Sowerby, 2, p. 389, pl. 15, figs. 1, 2), ad related forms comprised a group, which, until the discovery of the Australian forms, contained probably the largest known heteromorphs. See, ¢.g., some of the forms figured by Sinzow (19). Ainnonitoceras has correspondingly large species, e.2., A. tovilense Crick (22). Genera belonging to other families which contain megalomorphs include Crioceras (sensu slricto), Distoloceras, Hamites, Anisoceras, and Flindersites. The three genera last mentioned are represented in the Tambo Series of the ITIOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE-—A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 485 Septal suture of Trapacum imperator sp. nov. Fig, 145, 490 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Rolling Downs by species of very considerable size; indeed, when the complete shell of Flindersites flindersi MeCoy (see 18, pl. 39, fig. 1) is found, it will prob- ably rank among the largest known heteromorphs. Tt is thus of interest that, in both the major divisions of the Rolling Downs, megalomorphs of outstanding size are represented; the particular significance of this is not yet apparent. The shell was extracted from the matrix in thirteen pieces, which together measure 10 feet 3 inches. The following table gives the length of each fragment, the diameter of the whorls in two directions; the number of costae to the inch in the earlier whorls; and the width of the sulci, in inches, in the later, Diameter of Whorl Coste, Lougth of Fragment in inches, Number to the No. of Fragment, jn inches. Vertien, Transverse, inch. ] 24 18 1% 8 «. to 1 ineh 2 104 23 2 ieto3 3 124 4 34 1le. tod ,, 4 64 4Y 43 Se. tod 5 124 54 43 d4$e.tod ,, 6 54 a _ 5etod . 7 84 6 54 5a too, 8 4 53 4} 3¢@to4 ,, 9 15 G4 63 2 in, apart 10 14 7 63 2-3. ,, 11 Gs 8 7 4tin. 12 16 83 7 4 in. ,, 13 9 84 8 4 in. , NOTES ON AUSTRALICERAS LAMPROS (ETHERIDGE Fil). In 1909 Etheridge (20, p. 157, pl. 48) deseribed as Crioceras lampros, then a new species, the hody-chamber of a huge erioceratid. This specimen is in the collection of the Geological Suryey of Queensland, and at that time the locality whenee it came was not known. Previously, in 1886, Jack (11, p. 75) had recorded a large erioceratid from the Walsh River, fifteen miles above the Tele- graph Station. Some time after Etheridge’s paper had appeared it was found that the body-chamber forming the type of A. lampros fitted exactly on the end of this other specimen, the join leaving no doubt that the two forms were but fragments of the one individual. This reconstructed holotype of A, lampros measures 540 mm. in diameter, its dimensions, given according to the usual conventions, being 540, 30, 32, 7b. The early whorls were trituberculate, though the portion of the shell anterior to HoOWCHIN AND WHITEHOUSE--A NEW CRIOCERATID AMMONOID 49] the penultimate tuberculate costa is missing. Tuberenlation ceases at « whorl- diameter of 165 mim., the succeeding costae being non-tuberenlate. At a diameter of 355 mm. the costae become coarse and flange-like, and theneeforth are again trituberculate. In 1926, Whitehotise (21) figured a British Museum specimen from the Upper Flinders River|as Australiceras lampros. The specimen was one of a number examined from the same locality and collection, but none had either the initial or the final stage preserved, It was obvious, however, that the early trituberculation was lint, in this respect differine from the holotype. Both forms agreed in dimensions, whorl-shape, in the course of the ribs, and in having about 80 costae per whorl on the non-tubereulate portion, The present specitnen differs from 4. lampros, as mentioned above, in the tubereulation having practically disappeared, so that the Flinders River speci- mens are thus morphologically, and apparently genetically, interniediate between Australiceras lampros and Tropaeum imperator. Recently one of us) (F.W.W., 23), in discussing the ammonoids of the Roma Series, pointed out that three divisions were palacontologically possible, namely, in descending order: Beds with 1. Sanmartinoceras, 2. Tropaeun, 3. Australicerus, but that the ranges of the two general Avstraliceras and Tropuewm probably overlapped to a slight jextent. The holotype of Australiceras lampros, with its prominent tubercles, is! no doubt from a horizon well down in the Aystraliceras beds; on Trepacum iniperatar, however, tubereulation is so indistinet that the form has apparenthy just crossed the border-line between Anstraliceras und Tropacum, It is suggested, consequently, that the specimen was derived from the base of the beds with Trepaeum, The lineage of A. lampros thus has prob- ably an extended range. References to Literature. 1, Sowerby J. and Sowerby J. de C. 1812-29, ‘The Mineral Conchology of Great Britain,’’ ivi (London). 2. Sowerby J. de C. |) 1827. Appendix to Fitton. ‘*On the Strata below the Chalk’’ (Trans. Géol. Soe., Ser. 2, iv). 3. Sowerby J. de C.) 1887, “On the Genus Criseeratites and on Scuphites gigas’? (ibid., Ser.|2, y). 4. MeCoy, F. 1867. “*On the Discovery of lebthyosanrus and Plesiosairis in Australia’? (Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, xix, p. 356). 5. Moore (, 1869 (1870). ‘Australian Mesozoic Geology and Palacontology” (Quart, Jour. Geol, Soe,, xvi, p. 226-261). 6, Waagen W. 1875.) ‘‘Jurassie Fauna of Kuteh- Cephalopoda’? (Mem. Ceol, Sury. of India (Palaeontologia Indica), i, p. 246). 1 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Mtheridge R. jr., 1880. ‘On a Collection of Vossils from the Bowen River Coalfield’? (Proc, Roy. Phys. Soe, Hdin., vy, p. 305). Ktheridge R. ja., 1883. ‘' Fossils from the Cretaceous Rocks of NK. Australia. (Journ, and Proc, Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xvii, p. 88), Tenison-Woods J. E. 1882 (18838). ‘'On some Mesozoic Fossils from the Palmer River, Queensland*’ (Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, xvi, p. 151). Ratte F. 1886. ‘‘Note on Crigceras austrule Moove, a Lower Cretaceous Fossil from Queensland’? (Proce. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, Sev. 2,1, p. 183). Jack R. L, 1886. ‘*Handbook of Queensland Geology’? (Geol. Surv. Qld. pub, 31), Tate R. 1887. ‘‘The Age of the Mesozoic Rocks of the Lake Eyre Basin” (Report Aust. Assoc, Adv. Sei., 1, p. 228-250). East J. J. 1889. ‘*The Geological Structure and Physical Features of Central Australia’? (Trans. Roy. Soe. 8. Aust., xii, p, 31-53 (p. 41)). Jack and Etheridge jr. 1892. ‘*The Geology and Palaeontology of Queens- land and New Guinea’? (Brisbane and London). Tate and Watt. 1896. ‘Geology’? in Report Tlorn Exped. to Central Australia, iii (London). Etheridge R. jr. 1902. ‘‘Monograph of the Cretaceous Livertehrate Fauna of New South Wales’? (Mem. Geol. Surv. of N.S. Wales, Pal. Ser. No. 11, p, 44). Etheridge R. jr. 1902. ‘The Cretaceous Mollusca of South Australia and the Northern Territory’? (Mem. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust. x1, part 1). Etheridge R. jr, 1905. ‘‘Contributions to the Palaeontology of South Australia’? (Appendix to H. Y. L. Brown’s Report of Geol, Explor. in the West and North-west of South Australia’’) (Government Printer, Adelaide). Sinzow J. 1905. Ueber einige evoluten Amunonitiden aus dem oberen Neokom Russlands (Mat. Geol. Russl, xxii). Etheridge R. jr. 1909. ‘‘Lower Cretaceous Fossils from the Sources of the Barcoo, Ward and Nive Rivers, South Central Queensland’? (Ree, Aust. Mus., vii, p. 135). Hanert L. 1910, ‘The Geologieal Age and Organie Remains of the Gingin Chalk’? (Geol. Surv. West Aust., Bull. No. 36, p. 115-127). Crick GC. 1916. ‘SOun Amimonitoceras tavilense from the Lower Green- sand of Kent’? (Proc, Malac. Soc., xi), Whitehouse, F. W. 1926. ‘The Cretaceous Ammonoidea of Hastern Ants- tralia’* (Mem, Qld. Mus,, viii). INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES INDEX to GENERA anp SPECIES Acanthoglossa ,. Aciagrion pe ate neuta, Australomysis advenus, Mind:alotus aeneiseapus, Ormyromorpt uereiseapus, Entedonella aesehyvli, Mesamotura “vethiops, Ophielinus 2, aflinis, Neoeurys : Agrioenemis a 4 Agrionopteri . albiewuda, Ambtroloaton ilbostrinta, Ophiothrix ‘leestris, Rhyothemis Aleposomus nligherei, Chaleis aligherini, Macrodontomorus .. wligherini, Ophelosia ., Aligherinin : nllogenes, Agrionopteri \ Allomyeterus .. Allostichaster s.r allporti, Parapereis — ., ipinus, Mandalotus alternans, Diestotn utaceus, Coproporus ., Amblypneustes Ammotretis Ammotrophus .. a Amphiodin Amphiophiura. Amphiury : Anax oe an Auguilly angularis, Homalota angusta, Daranehialina mnigustifrons, Aligherinia ‘iuissesuthum, Ophiomusiym .. Anisomysis 7% fu annularis, Cheldophila .. annulatus, Microcyphus ‘nmonalus, Apogonops Anomognathus ., va antarcticus, Mustelus Anthaster Anthenea. Anusoiden ed Aputopygus Page 262 41 249 164 237 312 232 295 41 42 +1 429 43, iste ‘ OM ret 829 aad 313 42 254 89 231 185 207 204 464 233 471 426 445 425 42 228 269 245 313 446 25g 269 461 230) 270 224 386 384 310 478 Aphologlossa x ‘ apicalis, Diph: mor phos: upivipennis, Eleusis Apogonops a . aporum, Ophiomusinm ., upricus, Callionymus ., Aptyehotrema : nquilonsaris, Perilamipis Arachnoides Archaster aretidens, Davtyloanrgur Aretocephalus .. ‘ arevstatus, Mehinaster . drenosa, Peetinura Argyripnus ra ai aristulati, Ophiothrix .. ‘rmipectus, Mandalotus armivarius, Mandalotus Arnoglossus oll Ascopharynx asiatiea, Lathrecista Aspidites ussimilis, Peetinura Asterina Astroboa .. ¥; oe Astroehaleis as a8 Astroconus . it astrologorum, Tosia se Astropecten oi “i ater, Neomegastigmus .. Atherina .. eit ae Atheta., bs, Ae atvatus, Polyelonus — .. atricornis, Pareniaca atricoxa, Hurytomonmma« atyphoida, Asterina ., auchmeresthes, Mand:alotus auritegula, Thaumasurn australasiae, Breynia nustraliae, Luidia ita australiae, Pachycentrotus uustraliea, Mierovelia .. Rhagovelia., justraliensis, Leptomysis Pelorotelopsella Tachinaephagus australis, Anisomysis Astroconus Page 267 287 250 230 447 Bal 22+ ais 470 aT5 ride Bn0 Le ANG 442 Yor 450) i 171 222 9 ” 42 24 442 aso 419 420 419 384 371 331 DO 274 aks s26 319 aso Liz 315 ASI 374 467 216 208 246 337 309 252 419 494 australis, Ophiocomina Ophiomusium Ophiomyxa .. Ophiothrix Protenaster .. Raja .. Siriella Temnopleurns Tosia .. Ty phlops Austrilomysis .. Austrofromin Austrolestes is te Azy opus its a buchus, Physieulius Balaenoptera .. = hanksii, Aptychotrema Barretthydrus .. ot hassensis, Arnoglossus . . heenleighi, Epanusin .. bella, Thaumasura bertholdi, Rhynehelwps bicineta, Atheta bifreniutus, Gobius hilobieollis, Mandiotus himacwlatus, Mandalotus biplagiata, Silusa hipunctata, Diplacodes. , hispinosa, Prionocidnris hivitticollis, Mandalotus blaekmorei, Mandalotns Blastophaga Brachida ., TS brachiolata, Comatula brachygnatha, Ophineantha Briachvleon 2 braganzi, Rhyothemis .. breviearinatus, Manidalotus ? breviewndatus, Dasyatis brevieeps, Mursenichthys Stilicopsis brevicornis, Sternotropit brevipes, Perge. brevipinnis, Ammotretis brevis, Nepanthia Breviin .. brishanensis, Pusilempus broadhurstii, Cvnoglossus brownii, Cantherines ., hurusi, Metarretocera encspitosa, Ophiothrix .. Cafing .. 4 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Page 422 449 418 454 479 225 242 458 381 a4 248 A87 41 283 999 262 265 302 waa 393 48] BAT 233 234 325 450 264 Paze evalamuria, Coscinusterias ra .. 899 calear, Patiriella ae 4, ce OSL Caliroa .. ay act ne .+ 2BT Calliderma és + 4° .. 268 Callionvmus an Ae a 1 284 silliphorae, Chaleis .. a! = ~ B22 Callogobius 33 be +s 282 canalieulata, Ophigeoiva u ats .. 487 Cantherines wa tt at .. 23+ capensis, Perilimpus .. re oe ES carbonaria, Clirissa .. ai" .. 289 Oarshirinus fe ’ ba + «224 carinatipes, Mandalotus fle oe LG carlylei, Stomutoceras .. A +s 827 curpenteri, Oligometra .. Bf .. 368 carteri, Mandalotus —.. = .. 162 eastaneus, Lispinus ie rar) ». 260 caudata, Goniogustreta = oe OBS vellaris, Mundalotus La -. 164 eephalus, Mugil .. 3 an .. Ban Ceroulees.. se an “Is oo Ceriagrion ba vs “4 41 cervinus, Ascopharynx. . “te on A Chaleidellia re wa 4 w+ B87 Chaleis ., iF a as os «ABZ Chaleitelloides .. an + oo wan Cheldophila : fs a. 269 Chelimonops bo one re 2. 280 Chelodina a acd bqo whe christii, Porgy ., oe Ae +e ADS Chirysopa. , \ a 48 cinetipennis, CQ opr sporny ye 204 cinetus, Pterygophorus 2. 2ST cinereus, Arctocephalus YS .. 12-13 QOlarissa. .. ry + a o+ 25S Closteromyiia .. oe a O36 Coelorhynchus .. ke vi = 229 coeruleus, Dinphus try ly oa 227 colins, Seomber wt ,. iB3] collaris, Clarissa “s ap 2. 2a Mandalotus .. “' .. TST colleta, Amphiophinra ., os . 445 Comunthus 4-8 ee of oe OT Comatula a7 f 2 866 compressiventris, Vitropinotell: t +. 880 Compsometra — ., we tw .. 369 cvompsus, Mieroeyphus 7 .. =6462 Conchylosmylus. . a - we AB Congiopus a 44 be o. “283 Coproporus oe at - 264, 276 corallieolu, Cafius obs ie .. 264 cordatum, Echinocardium so a. 481 cordipennis, Mandalotus 5 .. 183 Coronuster v4 + re -» SHS coronata, Asterina te es .. 390 Coscinasterius .. oa eraniolaris, Pibularia .. he erassicornis, Mandalotus aye crassispina, Asterina . crawfordi, Mandalotus. , ns Ophelosia eressoni, Perga .. 4 ve croccicollis, Myrmeleon ' erudnus, Mindulotus eryptoeephalmu, Leneoer: ispedum Ctenandropus .. A eupreovirius, Perjlampus eurticollis, Lispinus eyelins, Ammotrophus .. Oynoglossus a Dactylosargus darwini, Brachyleou Dasyatis os me) debilis, Anomaguathus, , decvanus, Pleetuster = t Decatoma a deducta, Neastaeilla delicdtinm, Prehyeorvuus Demunsia.. Denigonia a a) densiventris, Brachida,. dentautitibia, Thaumasura douticulitus, Lepidorhynehug.. Mandalotus dentipes, Mandslotus .. desenrtesi, Murytoma .. ys Dinphus .. iy +3 Diestoti dietrichiae, Suhpalaesa (iffieilis, Palaminus o Diglotta .. os a4 Dinoura .. 4 4 Diphamorphos .. § Diplacades “'p : ‘dliseoidalis, Gyroptinena Distoleon.. as a4 at Ditrepinotella .. is doriferus, Aretoeephyalug be dorsalis, Limnodynastes dorsalis, Pergi Ba diibeni, Pentugonuster .. ‘ dubia, Mierovelia dumerilii, Searus 2 i duponti, Leptops ar io Echinaster si - + Eehinoeardium Eehinoeynmug Page HOS ATT 1638 ago 164 ot ah 4h 164 277 264 oS 260 471 238 250 44 Ow -- 270 B97 32] B38 263 26 20 panne 315 Boy 174 Lo4+ 319 227 267 44 26] 277 316 287 43 266 Ad 330 12-14 31 301 BSO 214 231 ag 395 481 476 INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES Eehinometra Edaphus .. ot ws edna, Chaleis .. Bleusis .. - elevata, Brae iiaa a Ophiozonella emerseni, Pareniaea Pseudiparellsn Emydura,. as Entedonella “ $+ Epanusia Mpistenia. . Episystole eques, Phycodurns ernue, Astrobou ., 44 Krotolepsiella — ., ; erubescens, Ceriugrion . . erythrocephalus, Metopouens .. erythrogramma, Heliavidaris Buantedon re ““ Huclichvthys cupelmoiden, Se Afzonotelli Eupelmus : an Hurytoma an + Enrytomomma .. +3 exigua, Patiriellir extremus, Eehinaster evlandti, Eurytoma .. fasciatus, Coclorhynehus Neoblennius fascicularis, Asterina ,. fergusoni, Mandalotus .. ferrugineum, Parusevium festa, Lathrecista 3% Fibtaria, . *. +s fijiana, Atheta ,. 3 Metaxya fijiensis, Gyrophuens Palaminus filumentosus, Gobins filisilyae, Eurytoms flava, Koebelea .. oa Havescens, Authenea formosus, Amblypneustes forsteri, Aretocephalus fragilis, Acingrion xt frogatti, Pleistodontes .. funereus, Mandalotus fusea, Koobelen fuseusx, Ascopliaryux ., veimbia, Papilio . veminitus, Barretthydrus 495 Page 469 261 g99 259 265 440 3 ar 330 17 337 aio A138 317 228 419 336 4d 275 408 SHO Oey 812 all 319 319 a2 rt way or So 14 oad 42 77 o71 271 206 261 a 48 332 aS4. 4tit 13, 15 41 aos 178 aan Pos 3 389 270 496 RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Page Genocidaris 6 ea +4 1. 407 georginnus, Scorpis fa g 6-380 weranioides, Goniocvidaris it we 455 glabriventris, Tomocersa ss wb oat glomeratus, Echinaster be wo 805 Gnathanaesnithus as es ne 883 Gobins .. .* es 7) ». 23] gootzeei, Gnathannenntius ., oa TS Goninuiwetia es . as .. 480 Goniovilaris ve om *, ee i) Goniogastrella ,. i a Rens 5) gorgonin, Ophiarachnella rar .. 448 wouldii, Denisonia y4 +; ress) eriidis, Amblypneustes te 2. 4065 Nepanthia .. 1+ oe AOS granifera, Uniophora ., $4 .. = 408 eramilatus, Mandalotus ate 2. 164 pratilla, Tripneustes .. aa ss 467 gunnii, Patiriella we ote o 6892 gunthori, Cantherines .. 33 .. Ba euttatiponnis, Chaleidellia ., a eee guttatus, Anix ., ‘ a = 12 gymnogaster, Mandalotus ae + kt eymnonota, Uniophorin, . 3 2. 405 Gynaeanthia +4 es wt ia 42 Gyrophaena om an av .» «BAG hanckei, Purapereia .. tof .» 281 Platyeephalas. , “. .. 338 Hilachivus 4 oe = ye 284 hialei, Siriella =... ct, Bs re 2nG Halosaurus ts a4 iy os” 838 ILalovelia it a var .. 200 hasseltii, Callogohing .. ‘+ we 882 Heloecidaris ms a \ 2. 468 Iletairotermes .. rs .. 269 heteraeantha, Gphioncossota we -. 451 Heterocentrotius im ee .. 470 Hoteromysis . +4 ne +4 «688d Hexanusia + = “i 810 Holopneustes «+ ty as 466 Homalota nn it oh .. BAD hoplovephalus, Metoponeus — .. .. 8T4 loplocnenmus, Mandaletus ms ve TSG lowense, Mierovelin ., in wr 211 lhawensis, Mandalotus ,. - .. 90 humilis, Bleusis -. . aie .. 209 hungerfordi, Mesoy clia A. +4 199 hymengeantha, Ophiothrix —.. .. 643] hypulus, Mimdalotus ., “2 lt hyotricosus, Mandilotus ts a3 UG illustris, Polymetme .. ap a+ BST imbyicutus, Ophioplocus ne a. 6455 iImnuiturus, Coproporus imperator, Tropaeum .. imponderosus, Mandalotus impressicollis, Lispinus. . incerta, Genocidaris —., incommoda, Compsometra inecomptus, Ophiomedon indiea, Calliderima 4 infernalis, Ophiarachnella inflatus, Holopneustes .. inframacula, Demansia insignipes, Mandalotus., insignis, Agrionoptera .. insigniventris, Thamiaraea incisi, Australomysis insulana, Tachyusa je insularis, Apheloglossa. . . Mandalotus .. intercoxalis, Mandalotus interocularis, Mandalotus interrupty, Gonimaretia inusitatus, Mandalotis Trichohaltichella irideseens, Argyripuus ., iregularis, Phylacanthus Sinilasterias Tsoplatoides jaculiterus, Allonrveterns Japanin ., julia, P odagriatclis juno, Chaleis —.. +t keatsi, Mesamotura Ophelosia Systasis .. Ys kinbergi, Ophiura. an kingsleyi, Pachynenronm Koebeles .. ba 4 laevis, Malacovephalus. . lnminatipes, Mandalotus laininipectus, Mandalotus Lamprometra = ., . latebricola, Mandalotus latensis, Nacogeus aa lateralis, Palaminus .. Lathreeista 4 * leai, Hetnirotermes 1 Neoeurys .. bi Paralispinus “a Phloeothrips a Xiphydria ‘i leasthenes, Papilio o Lepidorhynelius Page 204. 487 187 260 457 ang 362 263 444 166 oo =i 172 42 272 249 271 267 14 162 164 480 163 as oe B27 454 402 ao 234 309 an aZd 312 aad 335 445 a5 Rag Pag L+ 164 BOR 181 196 261 42 260 293 259 37 286 330, 241 4 Bag Leptomysis Ae Pa Leptops ,- gi te lesueri, Peronella Leucoeraspedin 4% leneometopon, Congiopus leucopoveilus, Cougiopus limucina, Caliroa fs limbata, Trames Limnodynastes .. 4 lineoeacrntea, Opliothrix Lionurus .. he liosomus, Spheroides Lispinus ,. i Lithocharis a. xt Jongieaudatus, Notomys longicollis, Mandalotus longicornis, Sternotropa longipeda, Opliothvix .. longiseapus, Paranusia. . loweri, Myrmeleon Inci, Stomutoversas lucida, Pseudophaena .. Luidia = .. v6 Mavcrodontomeris - macronena, Ptilometra ninterops, Mandilotus .. munerurus, Carcharinus .. nutenlosus, Threpterius, . uiigna, Notanatoliea —., Malacocephalus .. minimmillatus, Pleterove nitrotus Mandalotus Muantispa f nuiriani, Chaleis re maritima, Diglotta Halovelia marnoratipennis, Miia martensi, Ophiothrix mathuei, Rehinometra ., miyrii, Perga : medcoxalis, Mandalotus Megastigmus .. ud Melainbaphes ' meluueholica, Microvelia Mesamotura ae a mesopoma, Armphiodia mesosternalis, Mandalotus Mesovelia Metarretocera Metaxya .. a4 meteors, Episystole Metoponeus als +“ Microeyphus Page ~, 246 i) 2. ATS Sieded 220333 ee 88a tie B87 fe [a 31 432 e. 829 os B84 260 263 be 2 vt “G2 266 ee #88 xe ply 44 A27 208 S74 nite egy 86S oe TRS VOY 3g 251 44 oot fod .. 470 ., 147 43 .. «323 tT 203 .. old 2) 4A .. 470 -, 303 179 een Ts 1) ~~ 2380 216 312 ow. 426 a. G4 19s 495 2PF1 17 263, 274 461 INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES microps, Mandalotus .. nicrostouia, Atherinit Microyelia “4 F miltoni, Phasgonoplora minerva, Chaleis Pseudidarnes Iniviyentris, Thamiaraca ulitehelli, Notonrys injobergi, Microvelin ., niodestus, Sesrus 4 motuarthrus, Telioerinus nioricei, Perga. morulus, Coproporus mucosus, Cullogobius .. muclleri, Arnoglossus Mugil es pe multicarinatus, Mand: lotus multispina, Neetria Uniophori, Murvenichthys .. multistriata, Lrichohiltichella Mustelus .. aie myrmesocephalus, Sdapuens Myrmeleon be Nuvoveus, . be bt Nannodiplas te . auticus, Catius .. Neastacilla Nectria 2. ag Nemiatalosa nemornimn, Brotelepsiolla Neoblennins Neoeurys .. : Neonegastiginis ons Nepunthia 4% Neurothemis te is nigricaput, Pleistodontes nigriceps, Clenaundropus nigromaculatus, Lionurus niveipes, Blastophaga .. nodipennis, Mandsalotus norfoleensis, Mandalotus Notanatolica Notomys .. : : noumenna, Par: vey pea obesa, Cniophora “ obseura, Clarissi oceanica, Microyelin ovellatu, Neetria ; Odux be an 28 Oligometra : ooplix, Ophiura 4 497 Page va Qt oy teh -. 206 ve (OS4 408 of os 388 B7y 3 B15 oo we oe = % ee ABS S05 276 oa) + re en wae wae ts .. «6880 +4 re 1st ATS 407 pa 28 328 a. 224 274 Ad oe TYG a 2 -. 264 ah 375 yor ae we ole os 2. 886 - + 1282 |e 285, U2 +. Bal ats io 9a +4 2% 42 o4 .. sa7 264 7s )6-229 is “BSS es .« 19s .» 192 ba 44 2 vm ads 498 opacnin, Ophiurodon Ophelosia Ophiacantha Ophiactis Ophiarachnella Ophiclinus Ophiocome Ophioecominn — .. rs Ophiocrossots. Ophiolepis Opliomedon Ophiomusium Opliomyxe 3 Ophioplocus Ophionereis Ophioscolex Ophiothrix Ophiozonella Ophiura Ophinroden Orinyromorphi as Orthetrum oy on ovum, Amblypneustes oxyvomus, Mandalotus Oxytelus paclista, Aublypneustes Pachycentrotus .. Pachyeory nus Pachyueuron pacificn, Apheloglossa iP alaminus . pallidus, Ambly pieustes Pachyeoryiuis Pupilio : papilio, Pavateieli Pauralispinus nap “4 Paranchialina Paranusia Pavapereis Parasalenia Parasey Wun we fs Paratrigla Pareniaea : ve parvicirra, Coumunthus “4 Patiriella 63 puucicirra, Muantedon .. pectinatus, is a Peetinura - ss pectoralis, Halosanrus ., Pelorotelopsella .. es pentagonalis, Mandalotus Pentagonaster peramocna, Microvelia RECORDS OF THE S.A, 268, 2 261,2 Paye 440) a4 420 427 443 ou tee A387 422 450) 453 Pa2 446 418 453 ABS 418 429 449 445 440 333 42 464 179 260 MUSEUM Perga 34 Perilampus Perouella.. peroni, Peronella Peropus a persephone, Dee atouie be Petrivin .. ¥ + Phasgonophora Philoseia . Phlocothrips 63 +e Phycodurus Plivllacauuthus .. Physiculus oie pietifrons, Myrmeleou .. pilosella, Irichohaltichelly pinnifaseintus, Azygopus placenta, Arachnoides ,. plateia, Pibularia Platycephalus platyeephalus, Me toports us platytatus, Rehinoeyamus platyterus, Aummotrophus plebeia, Rhombosolen Plectaster Pleistodontes mn pleuroyramma, Spheroides Podagrionella poema, Chaleis Stethynium poeta, Episystole nr polii, Parasalenia Polyelonus Polymetme A “¥ polynemns, Eulichthys polyphux, Allostichaster polypora, Austrofromia pomonae, Chaleis pondericornis, Mandialotus porosissimus, Holopneustes posteoxalis, Mandalotus preissii, Astropecten Prionocidaris protecta, Lamprometrn Trotenaster Protoplectron Pseudaplhritis Pscudidarnes Pseudiparella Pseudophaena Pterygophorus Ptilometra puella, Chaleis pulchellus, Microcy phus pulchra, Dinoura Page 301 317 ATS 475 20 321 58s s24 145 a7 Bas 454 929 44 825 B33 470 477 O33 275 476 474 337 any 3a7 Bot nao avd Bi 317 46% 288 B27 229 390 SST au 1638 4 185 a72 450 BGS ATY +4 231 332 BB4 208 287 368 323 462 316 pulehripes, Thaumasura pulehra, Ophioeoma puncticollis, Mandalotus punotiventris, Mandelotuy purpureipes, Westwoodian pusillus, Mandalotus Neveurys as Mindalotus .. pyrifer, INDEX quiudveticeps, Acanthoglogsa (quilripunetila, Gyrophiaeh yuadripustubitus, Tseplito quadrisetie, Megastigniusy Raja oe a5 trunsivi, Aspidites i Ophinvachuella Parapereis recens, Apatopy gus rectienrinatus, Mandalotus rewing, Clideis reinhardtit, Anguilla resiliens, Ophinetis Khagovelia te Khombosoles Rivne lebips 43 Rhyothemis richurdsoni, Nemiatolosi rosenbergi, Gynaewitlit rubra, Naunediplux rubripes, Chaleis 2 Pergit .. riis, Manudalotus ruficoruis, Claleis Ci (Les rifotestaceus, Pachyeory|ius .. rugiceps, Porga rugosus, Trachysaurus ruskini, Chaleis .. salina, Philoseia ase Salmacis bs rR saltator, Temngdon i“ sultensis, Stommtoverius silti, Stomatoceras a4 siltinatus, Eurytome sanguinithorax, Wexrarusik singuiniventris, Chaleis staber, Mandalotus pa Senrus Scomber ., ee schayeri, Ophionereis sehiodtei, Perga 4 Schizonotella TO GENERA AND SPECIES Page a4 .. 6489 Le 1159 ve TGR re LG 103 2099 167 nae 267 one oe ane tT aau 225 Md 444 Pal 2. AT rs, SETR a2 Bas 427 208 932 a0 43 225 42 43 30 2. 806 ,. 164 ». 3338 . BAB BOG (a 31 3u5 ia 445 o AGT 230) 307 .- 327 ,. 820 y. 810 822 o. 164 ,. 2331 a+ 23] .. 455 .» 801 312 schiuberti, Chaleis Seopaens i Seorpis ,. ' scutellata, Cere: ule es seuteHatus, Neoeurys semiauriceps, Elastophiaga senuifasciatus, Odax, semifuseicornis, Hurytoma semiopacus, Tetrapleurus semirnber, Metoponcus. . Oxytelus semoni, Ophionereis selistriatus, Mandalotus sexsetac, Megastigimus .. sharpi, Lispinus sidniea, Deeatoma silyae, lrichohaltiebella silvifilia, Lrichohaltiehella silvifilia, Systolomorphella silvipuer, Wurytoma Sihusa simplex, Opkioisinstind sinusoida, Uniophora Niriella .. te Amilasterias : ae sommolentus, Distelean speciosa, Closteromyiia speciosissima, lWpistenia speeuliris, Lispinas Spheroides . spilopterion, P oflagrionella spongicola, Opliothrix squalidus, Mandalotus squamilateratus, Aleposonmus squamosus, Mandalotus sterilis, Mandalotus sternotropa Stethynium, stigmatizans, Neiruthenins Stilicopsts Stomatocerus —.. i. Stomopueustes striatus, Mandalotus strigipes, Mantispa subopucus, Lispinus — ., Suhpalnesa suleipennis, Lispinus sumatrensis, Ndaphus superba, Ophiolepis sydneyensis, Mandaletus syntomus, Astropecten Systusis . +t Systolomorpha Systolomorphella 260 234 ast pea 165 ier IAT Lay 160 2H5 se) 42 aga 207 oad 457 181 a4 it 2nn Ack 260) 201 458 14 372 335 318 316 Tachinaephagus - Tachyusa ra “7 Taneostigmodes io tapirina, Rhombosolea — . tasmaniea, Teteromysis Telioerinus “itd Ay Temnodon be es Temnopleurus .. “ ten, Chaleitelloides be tenuicornis, Mandalotus tenuis, Mandalotus vi tetragonus, Spheroides Tetrapleurus Be ne textilis, Demansia re Thamiaraea ‘c +a Thaumasura pa 24 Threpterius . ‘ thyridopterygis, Systolomorpha tibialis, Barretthydrus timareta, Mandalotus .. Tomocera an a Tosia ao oy ai Traehysaurus .. Tramea ss... Sod : triangularis, Macrodontomerus tricarinata, Xenarretocera trichoptera, Comanthus tricolor, Ophiactis +6 trifasciata, Ormyromorpha Tripneustes ae 4 trisucantha, Amphiura .. triseriatus, Conchylosmylus tristis, Japama. a trivialis, Diplacodes — .. trivittipennis, Palaminus Tropaeum te . truncatus, Chelmonops .. tubaria, Goniocidaris .. tuberculosa, Anthenea .. Astrochalcis RECORDS OF THE S.A. MUSEUM Page 309 271 31] 255 55 865 280 458 32g 164 16) 234 7 uT8 26 272 314 231 318 280 163 B38 381 Pal oy oO 329 825 S67 427 oe 467 425 AS 309 45, me 273 487 280 455 385 420 Typhlops a a typicus, Archaster ra unifaseia, Tanecostigmodes uniformis, Mandalotus .. Uniophora ae ad unipunetipennis, Hupelmus uniserialis, Uniophora uniseriatus, Myrmeleon urvillii, Pseudaphritis —. valyulatus, Authaster .. vanessa, Paratrigha or vappa, Astropecten yaria, Anusoidea +3 variabilis, Clarissa 4 variepatus, Peropus — .. variolaris, Stomopneustes . rarius, Ophiclinus ventralis, Neoeurys art venustum, Protoplectron vergilti, Chalcis : vernicina, Petricia i verticalis, Distoleon at vigilans, Mandalotus .. vilis, Lithoearis 1% yillosovittatum, Orthetrum vincenti, Halaelurus yineenti, Siriella 4 virgulata, Salmacis ro viridivertex, Tomocera wiitei, Heteromysis — .- Pp vores Pergu.. br Westwoodiana .. sf Xenarretoeera .. zy Niphydria .- os zebra, Melambaphes .. zigzag, Microcyphus .. Page 24 375 Bll 165 405 311 413 44 ae 86 2384 373 310 200 20 232 208 44 308 388 44 V7 263 42 Bed Bay 461 333 53 ava 316 325 286 230 AGE